You are on page 1of 848

Revision: December 7, 2010

Lexmark™ X860de, X862de, and X864de MFP 7500-432, -632, and -832

• Table of contents • Start diagnostics • Safety and notices • Trademarks • Index

Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the United States and/or other countries.

7500-432, -632, and -832

Edition: December 7, 2010 The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL, INC. PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATIon “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you. This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in later editions. Improvements or changes in the products or the programs described may be made at any time. Comments may be addressed to Lexmark International, Inc., Department D22X/002-1, 740 West New Circle Road, Lexington, Kentucky 40550, USA, or e-mail at ServiceInfoAndTraining@Lexmark.com. Lexmark may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. References in this publication to products, programs, or services do not imply that the manufacturer intends to make these available in all countries in which it operates. Any reference to a product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does not infringe any existing intellectual property right may be used instead. Evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with other products, programs, or services, except those expressly designated by the manufacturer, are the user’s responsibility. Lexmark and Lexmark with diamond design are trademarks of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the United States and/or other countries. MarkNet is a trademark of Lexmark International, Inc., registered in the United States and/or other countries. PCL® is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. © 2009 Lexmark International, Inc. All rights reserved. UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS This software and any accompanying documentation provided under this agreement are commercial computer software and documentation developed exclusively at private expense. P/N 12G0033

7500-432, -632, and -832

Table of contents
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
Laser notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv Lithium warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix Safety information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix

Previous

Next

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii

Go Back

General information

....................................................................

1-1

Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Printer technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Maximum resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Standard connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Optional connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 Operating systems—printer driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Fonts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Paper capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Paper handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Media types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Media weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Size and weight—without finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Duty cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 Printer overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Basic model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Configured model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 Printer theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Driving force transmission path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 Media transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Functions of main components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 Media tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 Multi-purpose feeder (MPF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 Detecting media size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Transfer roll assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 Printhead assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16 Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21 Electrical components and controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Media size control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 Printhead control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Fuser control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 Xerographic Process During a Print Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Safety system diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33 Document scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34 Document scanning at platen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34 Document scanning at ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35 Image data flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41 Drive torque transfer scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 ADF feed motor assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42 Table of contents

iii

7500-432, -632, and -832

ADF registration motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 Names and functions of components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-45 Scanner unit assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45 ADF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-46 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 Document size detection at scanner unit assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50 ADF document size detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-52 Document scanning steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-55 Tandem tray theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56 Driving force transmission path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57 Media transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58 Media tray assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60 Main components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-63 Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65 Duplex drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65 Media transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-66 Exit 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69 Exit 2 drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69 Media transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-70 Tools required for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-73 Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-74

Previous

Next

Go Back

Diagnostic information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1 Using service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 Confirm the installation status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Power-on Reset sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Understanding the printer operator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 Understanding the home screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 Other buttons may appear on the home screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Using the touch-screen buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Sample touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Other touch-screen buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 Error code messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Service checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36 200.00 Sensor (registration) off jam (too long) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36 200.01 Sensor (registration) static on jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-37 201.00 Sensor (fuser exit) on jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38 202.00 Sensor (fuser exit) off jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 202.01 Sensor (fuser exit) off (too short) jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40 202.02 Sensor (fuser exit) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 203.00 Sensor (exit 2) on jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41 203.01 Sensor (exit 2) off jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 203.02 Sensor (exit 2) on jam in standard bin or finisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45 203.03 Sensor (exit 2) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 230.00 Sensor (duplex wait) on jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 230.00 Sensor (duplex wait) on jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 230.01 Sensor (duplex wait) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 231.00 Sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 231.01 Sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52 241.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 1 feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 241.01 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 1 feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 242.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 2 feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 242.01 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 2 feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 242.02 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 2 feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 242.03 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62 243.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 3 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

iv MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

243.01 243.02 243.03 243.04 244.00 244.01 244.02 244.03 244.04 244.05 250.00 290.00 290.01 290.02 290.03 290.10 290.11 290.12 290.13 290.14 290.15 290.21 290.22 290.23 291.00 291.01 291.02 291.03 294.00 294.01 294.02 295.00 295.01 295.02 295.03 295.04 298.01 841.00 842.00 842.01 842.02 842.03 842.04 842.10 842.11 842.12 843.00 843.01 843.10 843.11 843.12 843.20 843.21 843.22 843.23 843.24 843.25 843.26 844.00

Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 3 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69 Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 4 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 4 media feed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-78 Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-80 Sensor (registration) on jam (MPF pick) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-81 Switch (sheet through) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83 Sensor (sheet through) on jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-83 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam ADF simplex side 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-86 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-88 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90 Sensor (ADF registration) on jam ADF simplex side 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-91 Sensor (ADF registration) on jam side 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93 Sensor (ADF registration) off jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95 Sensor (ADF inverter) on jam (Inverting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-97 Sensor (ADF registration) off jam (inverting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-99 Sensor (ADF width APS 1) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102 Sensor (ADF width APS 2) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-103 Sensor (ADF width APS 3) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-104 Sensor (ADF registration) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-104 Sensor (ADF inverter) off jam (inverting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-105 Sensor (ADF inverter) on jam 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107 Sensor (ADF inverter) off jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-109 Sensor (ADF inverter) static jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam side 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-113 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam on inverting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115 Size mismatch jam (mix-size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-117 Size mismatch jam (no mix-size) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-119 Invalid combine size jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-120 Too short size jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-121 Too long size jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-123 Scanner cable missing or unplugged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-124 Image pipeline ASIC failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-124 Scanner communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125 Scanner communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125 Scanner communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-126 Scanner communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-127 Scanner communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-127 Scanner unit assembly - ADF communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-128 Scanner communication failure (by scanner) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-128 Scanner unit assembly communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-129 Sensor (scanner HP) failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-130 Scanner carriage over run failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131 ADF RAM test failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131 ADF EEPROM failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131 ADF pick roll position lift up failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-132 Scanner unit assembly connection failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-133 Scanner unit assembly EEPROM failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-133 Scanner unit assembly EEPROM sub system failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-134 Scanner cooling fan failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-134 Image processing failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-135 Scanner controller card assembly failure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-135 Scanner controller card assembly failure 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-136 Exposure lamp failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-136

Previous

Next

Go Back

Table of contents

v

7500-432, -632, and -832

844.01 White reference/exposure lamp illumination failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137 845.00 CCD failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-139 845.01 CCD initialization (lamp on) failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-139 845.02 CCD initialization (lamp off) failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-140 846.00 Scanner communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-140 846.01 Scanner communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-141 846.10 Sensor (ADF width APS X) failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-141 846.12 Scanner unit assembly software logic failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-143 846.13 Switch (platen interlock) open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-143 849.00 Hard drive failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144 900.XX RIP card assembly software failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144 903.00 RAM read/write check failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-145 904.00 NVM data failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-145 905.00 NVM read/write cannot be executed failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-146 906.00 CPU power to access NVM failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-146 907.00 RFID ASIC failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147 908.00 PPM data failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-147 909.00 Zero cross failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-148 910.00 Transport motor stop failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-148 911.00 Transport motor failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-149 912.00 PC cartridge unit motor failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-149 913.00 Printhead assembly failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-150 914.00 Toner add motor assembly failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-150 915.00 Fuser cooling fan failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-151 916.00 PC cartridge cooling fan failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-152 917.00 LVPS cooling fan failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-153 918.00 Sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-153 919.00 Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-154 919.01 Exit 2 unit assembly connection failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-155 920.00 Fuser unit assembly on time failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-156 921.00 Over heat temperature failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-156 922.00 Center thermistor failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-157 923.00 Rear thermistor failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-157 924.00 Pressure roll thermistor failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-157 925.00 Fuser operating temperature failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-158 927.00 PC cartridge RFID data write failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-158 928.00 PC cartridge RFID communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-159 929.00 Sensor (ATC) failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-159 930.00 Laser power failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-160 932.00 Toner cartridge RFID data write failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-160 933.00 Toner cartridge RFID communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-160 939.00 RIP card assembly communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-161 941.00 Media tray 1 lift up / no media tray failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-161 942.00 Media tray 2 lift up / no media tray failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-163 943.00 Tray 3 lift up / no tray failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-164 944.00 Tray 4 lift up / no tray failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-166 951.XX RIP card assembly NVRAM failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-167 953.XX Operator panel assembly NVRAM failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-168 955.XX RIP card assembly NAND CRC failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-168 956.00 RIP card assembly processor failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-169 956.01 RIP card assembly processor over temperature failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-169 956.02 RIP card assembly cooling fan failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-169 956.03 RIP card assembly FPGA failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-170 980.00 2TM/TTM controller card assembly communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-170 980.03 Exit interface card assembly communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-170 980.04 Duplex controller card assembly communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-171 980.05 Engine flicker communication failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-172 997.00 Duplex controller card assembly type failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-172 2TM/TTM left door assembly open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-173

Previous

Next

Go Back

vi MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Duplex left door assembly open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exit 2 left door assembly open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Media size mismatch in width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Media size mismatch in width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No media in the select media tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No media in the select media tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Paper is installed (short edge) in the media paper tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PC cartridge end of life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PC cartridge RFID failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PC cartridge set failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printer front door open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printer left door open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printer left lower door open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scheduled maintenance required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard bin 1 full ........................................................... Standard bin 2 full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scanner missing failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch (ADF left cover interlock) open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toner cartridge empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toner cartridge near empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toner cartridge failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toner cartridge RFID failure ................................................... Toner cartridge set failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray 1 media size failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray 2 media size failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray 1 media size mismatch in length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray 2 media size mismatch in length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray 3 media size failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray 4 media size failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray 3 media size mismatch in length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tray 4 media size mismatch in length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Image quality trouble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Image Quality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-174 2-174 2-175 2-176 2-177 2-178 2-179 2-179 2-180 2-180 2-181 2-182 2-183 2-183 2-183 2-184 2-185 2-186 2-186 2-188 2-188 2-189 2-189 2-190 2-191 2-191 2-193 2-195 2-196 2-197 2-199 2-201 2-201 2-202

Previous

Next

Go Back

Diagnostic aids

.........................................................................

3-1

Accessing service menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Diagnostics Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Entering Diagnostics Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Available tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 MOTOR TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 PRINT TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 HARDWARE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 DUPLEX TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 INPUT TRAY TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 OUTPUT BIN TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 FINISHER TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 BASE SENSOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 DEVICE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 PRINTER SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 EVENT LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 SCANNER TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Scanner Manual Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Printing the registration test original page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 Testing the manual scanner registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Analyzing the manual scanner registration copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Manually adjusting the scanner's registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 Scanner manual registration factory defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Table of contents

vii

7500-432, -632, and -832

Exiting Diagnostics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Entering Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 Available menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33 Maintenance Counter Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 Reset Maintenance Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 REGISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 Print Quality Pages (Configuration Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-38 SIZE SENSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 Panel Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40 PPDS Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40 Factory Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-41 Energy Conserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Min Copy Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 Format Fax Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42 EVENT LOG (Configuration Menu) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42 ADF Edge Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42 FB Edge Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42 Paper Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Envelope Prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Jobs On Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Disk Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 Wipe Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47 Font Sharpening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 Require Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50 Short Edge Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50 Tray Low Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50 LES Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50 Key Repeat Initial Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 Key Repeat Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-51 Booklet Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52 Exiting Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 Repeating defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54

Previous

Next

Go Back

Repair information

.....................................................................

4-1

Handling ESD-sensitive parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Removal procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Before starting service work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 Printer front left cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Switch (printer front door interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Top cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Printer front door assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 Front door support strap and front door magnetic catch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Front inner cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Right upper cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Right lower cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10 Rear motor cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11 Rear lower cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Rear RIP card cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 Option hookup cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Rear upper cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Controller box lower cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Controller box side cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Switch (media size) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Media feed unit assembly 1 removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Media feed unit assembly 2 removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Media tray side guides removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Media tray end guide removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

viii MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Media tray lift gear group removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 Media feed lift motor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33 Tray lift coupling assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 Tray lift one way clutch/gear assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 Media feed unit drive gear - 13 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37 Media out actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38 Sensor (media level) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39 Sensor (media out) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 Sensor (pre-feed) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 Media feed unit drive gear - 28 / 21 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42 Media feed unit drive gear - 29 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Feed roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45 Feed roll one way clutch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46 Feed roll one way gear 22 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47 Separation roll one way friction clutch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48 Separation roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49 Pick roll idler gear 33 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50 Pick roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51 Pick roll drive gear 25 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52 Feed unit drive gear 27 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53 MPF feed unit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54 MPF media out actuator and upper frame removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 Sensor (MPF media out) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 MPF transport pinch roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 MPF rear cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 MPF feed drive gear group removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59 MPF pressure pad removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60 MPF transport roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 MPF pick solenoid / pick lever removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62 MPF feed shaft assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63 MPF pick roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64 MPF fold down tray assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65 Vertical drive gear assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 Switch (left lower door interlock) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68 Media transport roll assembly / gear removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69 Printer left lower door assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70 Printer left lower pinch roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71 Left lower door handle assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72 Transfer roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 Printer left door support strap removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 Printer left door assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 Switch (printer left door interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 Transfer roll guide assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77 Printer left door assembly handle removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 Registration roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79 Registration clutch assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80 Sensor (registration) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81 MPF/transport drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83 Switch (PC cartridge interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 Sensor (humidity and temperature) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90 Sensor (RFID PC cartridge) and sensor (RFID toner cartridge) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 Toner cartridge guide assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Toner add motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97 Fuser cooling fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98 Printhead assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99 PC cartridge cooling fan duct removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100 PC cartridge cooling fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 Sensor (fuser exit) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103

Previous

Next

Go Back

Table of contents

ix

7500-432, -632, and -832

Fuser unit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-104 Exit 1 media shift assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-105 Media shift motor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-108 Sensor (exit 1 media shift) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109 Sensor (exit 1 bin full) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110 Exit 1 media shift gear removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111 Exit 1 drive belt removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113 Dual drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-114 High voltage power supply (HVPS) card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115 Switch (main power) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-116 Exit interface card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117 Printer engine card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119 LVPS card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-120 LVPS cooling fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121 AC drive card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122 AC power input socket assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124 AC power input socket removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 Finisher AC output removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126 RIP card chassis bracket removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127 Hard drive removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-128 Fax interface card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-129 RIP card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130 Scanner removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131 Scanner top rear cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132 Scanner left cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133 Scanner right cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134 Operator panel assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135 Operator panel cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-140 USB-Smart card-LED cable assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144 Operator panel user touch screen removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-146 Operator panel controller card removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-147 Operator panel cable removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148 Scanner unit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149 Large platen glass removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150 Scanner controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151 Small platen glass removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153 CCD card/lens assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154 Sensor (platen length APS 1) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-156 Sensor (platen length APS 2) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-157 Switch (platen interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158 Sensor (scanner HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-159 ADF angle actuator assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160 Sensor (ADF angle) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161 Scanner PS card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162 Scanner drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-163 Scanner cooling fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164 Exposure lamp PS card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-165 Exposure lamp removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-166 ADF removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167 ADF unit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167 Platen cushion removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-168 Media scan guide removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-169 ADF media feed assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-170 Document tray assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172 ADF rear cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173 ADF front cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174 ADF controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175 ADF left cover assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176 Left cover pinch roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-179

Previous

Next

Go Back

x MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

ADF feed drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inverter solenoid assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document set LED removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sheet through actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (pick roll position HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADF feed/pick roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Document set actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADF left cover media guide removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pick roll position motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch (ADF left cover interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (ADF width APS 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (ADF width APS 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (ADF width APS 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (ADF registration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (ADF pre-registration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (ADF inverter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actuator/media guide assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inverter gate removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADF registration roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADF feed-out roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADF separation roll guide assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADF exit roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADF transport roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (document set) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (sheet through) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADF registration motor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (document tray width 1) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (document tray width 2) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (document tray width 3) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (document tray length 1) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor (document tray length 2) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM) removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—top cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—foot cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—right cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—rear cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—caster removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray support roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 rear cable assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cable assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media guide rack and pinion removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 media guide lock assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 mylar actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media transport assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 rear cables removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cables removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media guide rack and pinion removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media guide lock assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 mylar actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (tray 4 feed-out) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—switch (TTM media size) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly removal . . . . . . . . . .

4-180 4-181 4-182 4-183 4-185 4-186 4-188 4-189 4-190 4-191 4-192 4-193 4-194 4-195 4-196 4-197 4-198 4-199 4-199 4-201 4-203 4-204 4-206 4-207 4-208 4-209 4-210 4-211 4-212 4-213 4-214 4-215 4-215 4-216 4-217 4-218 4-219 4-220 4-221 4-223 4-224 4-225 4-226 4-229 4-230 4-233 4-234 4-235 4-236 4-237 4-240 4-242 4-244 4-245 4-246 4-248 4-249 4-250 4-253

Previous

Next

Go Back

Table of contents

xi

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (tray 3 feed-out) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-254 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed lift motor removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-255 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—lift coupling assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-256 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—one-way clutch / gear assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-257 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit drive gear 13 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-259 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media out actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-260 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (media level) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-261 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (media out) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-262 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (pre-feed) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-263 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit drive gear 28 / 21 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . 4-264 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit drive gear 29 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-265 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-266 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed roll one-way clutch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-267 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—one-way 22 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-268 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—separation roll one-way friction clutch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-269 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—separation roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-270 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll idler gear 33 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-272 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-273 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll drive gear 25 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-274 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed unit drive gear 27 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-275 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—2TM/TTM left door assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-276 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-277 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 lift gear assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-278 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 lift gear assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-279 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-280 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-281 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—clutch removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-282 Duplex unit removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-283 Duplex unit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-284 Duplex docking locks removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-286 Duplex support strap removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-287 Duplex drive gear 28 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-290 Duplex drive gear 33 / 74 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-293 Duplex drive gear 33 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-296 Duplex drive gear 42 tooth removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-299 Duplex switch (left cover interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-302 Duplex media in actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-305 Duplex drive motor assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-308 Duplex controller card assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-311 Duplex sensor (duplex wait) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-314 Duplex access handle removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-317 Duplex media transport rolls removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-320 Duplex media center transport roll removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-321 Exit 2 removals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-322 Exit 2 unit assembly removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-322 Exit 2 unit docking lever removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-323 Exit 2 left door handle removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-323 Exit 2 diverter gate removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-325 Exit 2 left cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-325 Exit 2 right cover removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-327 Standard bin full exit 2 actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-329 Exit 2 actuator removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-330 Exit 2 switch (exit 2 left door interlock) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-331 Exit 2 media shift gear removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-333 Exit 2 media diverter solenoid removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-334 Exit 2 sensor (exit 2) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-335 Exit 2 sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-336 Exit 2 sensor (standard bin full exit 2) removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-337 Exit 2 cooling fan removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-338

Previous

Next

Go Back

xii MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Component locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Printer boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 HVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 LVPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 Printer motors and sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 Printer switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 TTM components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Duplex components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Exit 2 components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Previous

Next

Go Back

Preventive maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Safety inspection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Lubrication specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
How to use this parts catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 Assembly 1: Covers (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Assembly 2: Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Assembly 3: Media feed unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 Assembly 4: Media feed unit exploded (tray 1 and tray 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Assembly 5: Media tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 Assembly 6: MPF unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Assembly 7: MPF unit feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14 Assembly 8: Left lower door and transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16 Assembly 9: Left door and transfer roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18 Assembly 10: Printer left door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Assembly 11: Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 Assembly 12: Printhead, cartridge guides, and fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 Assembly 13: Fuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Assembly 14: Standard Exit 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 Assembly 15: Dual unit drive motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Assembly 16: Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 Assembly 17: Covers and operator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 Assembly 18: Platen glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38 Assembly 19: Lens and sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 Assembly 20: Carriage motor and cooling fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42 Assembly 21: Full/half rate carriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 Assembly 22: ADF assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46 Assembly 23: ADF covers and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 Assembly 24: ADF base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 Assembly 25: ADF feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 Assembly 26: ADF left cover components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54 Assembly 27: ADF media guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 Assembly 28: ADF feeder roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58 Assembly 29: ADF motor unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 Assembly 30: ADF document tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62 Assembly 31: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64 Assembly 32: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66 Assembly 33: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 Assembly 34: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed and transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70 Assembly 35: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed and transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72 Assembly 36: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74 Assembly 37: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76 Assembly 38: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—drive and electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78 Assembly 39: Duplex outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80

Table of contents

xiii

7500-432, -632, and -832

Assembly 40: Assembly 41: Assembly 42: Assembly 43: Assembly 44: Assembly 45: Assembly 46: Assembly 47: Assembly 48: Assembly 49:

Duplex inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exit 2 outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exit 2 inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power cords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-82 7-84 7-86 7-88 7-89 7-90 7-91 7-92 7-93 7-94

Previous

Next

Go Back

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-1 Part number index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I-9

xiv MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Notices
Laser notice

Previous

Next

The printer is certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class I (1) laser products, and elsewhere is certified as a Class I laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC 60825-1. Class I laser products are not considered to be hazardous. The printer contains internally a Class IIIb (3b) laser that is nominally a 5 milliwatt gallium arsenide laser operating in the wavelength region of 770-795 nanometers. The laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class I level during normal operation, user maintenance, or prescribed service condition.

Go Back

Laser
Der Drucker erfüllt gemäß amtlicher Bestätigung der USA die Anforderungen der Bestimmung DHHS (Department of Health and Human Services) 21 CFR Teil J für Laserprodukte der Klasse I (1). In anderen Ländern gilt der Drucker als Laserprodukt der Klasse I, der die Anforderungen der IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) 60825-1 gemäß amtlicher Bestätigung erfüllt. Laserprodukte der Klasse I gelten als unschädlich. Im Inneren des Druckers befindet sich ein Laser der Klasse IIIb (3b), bei dem es sich um einen Galliumarsenlaser mit 5 Milliwatt handelt, der Wellen der Länge 770-795 Nanometer ausstrahlt. Das Lasersystem und der Drucker sind so konzipiert, daß im Normalbetrieb, bei der Wartung durch den Benutzer oder bei ordnungsgemäßer Wartung durch den Kundendienst Laserbestrahlung, die Klasse I übersteigen würde, Menschen keinesfalls erreicht.

Avis relatif à l’utilisation de laser
Pour les Etats-Unis : cette imprimante est certifiée conforme aux provisions DHHS 21 CFR alinéa J concernant les produits laser de Classe I (1). Pour les autres pays : cette imprimante répond aux normes IEC 60825-1 relatives aux produits laser de Classe I. Les produits laser de Classe I sont considérés comme des produits non dangereux. Cette imprimante est équipée d’un laser de Classe IIIb (3b) (arséniure de gallium d’une puissance nominale de 5 milliwatts) émettant sur des longueurs d’onde comprises entre 770 et 795 nanomètres. L’imprimante et son système laser sont conçus pour impossible, dans des conditions normales d’utilisation, d’entretien par l’utilisateur ou de révision, l’exposition à des rayonnements laser supérieurs à des rayonnements de Classe I .

Avvertenze sui prodotti laser
Questa stampante è certificata negli Stati Uniti per essere conforme ai requisiti del DHHS 21 CFR Sottocapitolo J per i prodotti laser di classe 1 ed è certificata negli altri Paesi come prodotto laser di classe 1 conforme ai requisiti della norma CEI 60825-1. I prodotti laser di classe non sono considerati pericolosi. La stampante contiene al suo interno un laser di classe IIIb (3b) all’arseniuro di gallio della potenza di 5mW che opera sulla lunghezza d’onda compresa tra 770 e 795 nanometri. Il sistema laser e la stampante sono stati progettati in modo tale che le persone a contatto con la stampante, durante il normale funzionamento, le operazioni di servizio o quelle di assistenza tecnica, non ricevano radiazioni laser superiori al livello della classe 1.

Notices

xv

7500-432, -632, and -832

Avisos sobre el láser
Se certifica que, en los EE.UU., esta impresora cumple los requisitos para los productos láser de Clase I (1) establecidos en el subcapítulo J de la norma CFR 21 del DHHS (Departamento de Sanidad y Servicios) y, en los demás países, reúne todas las condiciones expuestas en la norma IEC 60825-1 para productos láser de Clase I (1). Los productos láser de Clase I no se consideran peligrosos. La impresora contiene en su interior un láser de Clase IIIb (3b) de arseniuro de galio de funcionamiento nominal a 5 milivatios en una longitud de onda de 770 a 795 nanómetros. El sistema láser y la impresora están diseñados de forma que ninguna persona pueda verse afectada por ningún tipo de radiación láser superior al nivel de la Clase I durante su uso normal, el mantenimiento realizado por el usuario o cualquier otra situación de servicio técnico.

Previous

Next

Go Back

Declaração sobre Laser
A impressora está certificada nos E.U.A. em conformidade com os requisitos da regulamentação DHHS 21 CFR Subcapítulo J para a Classe I (1) de produtos laser. Em outros locais, está certificada como um produto laser da Classe I, em conformidade com os requisitos da norma IEC 60825-1. Os produtos laser da Classe I não são considerados perigosos. Internamente, a impressora contém um produto laser da Classe IIIb (3b), designado laser de arseneto de potássio, de 5 milliwatts ,operando numa faixa de comprimento de onda entre 770 e 795 nanómetros. O sistema e a impressora laser foram concebidos de forma a nunca existir qualquer possiblidade de acesso humano a radiação laser superior a um nível de Classe I durante a operação normal, a manutenção feita pelo utilizador ou condições de assistência prescritas.

Laserinformatie
De printer voldoet aan de eisen die gesteld worden aan een laserprodukt van klasse I. Voor de Verenigde Staten zijn deze eisen vastgelegd in DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J, voor andere landen in IEC 60825-1. Laserprodukten van klasse I worden niet als ongevaarlijk aangemerkt. De printer is voorzien van een laser van klasse IIIb (3b), dat wil zeggen een gallium arsenide-laser van 5 milliwatt met een golflengte van 770-795 nanometer. Het lasergedeelte en de printer zijn zo ontworpen dat bij normaal gebruik, bij onderhoud of reparatie conform de voorschriften, nooit blootstelling mogelijk is aan laserstraling boven een niveau zoals voorgeschreven is voor klasse 1.

Lasermeddelelse
Printeren er godkendt som et Klasse I-laserprodukt, i overenstemmelse med kravene i IEC 60825-1. Klasse I-laserprodukter betragtes ikke som farlige. Printeren indeholder internt en Klasse IIIB (3b)-laser, der nominelt er en 5 milliwatt galliumarsenid laser, som arbejder på bølgelængdeområdet 770-795 nanometer. Lasersystemet og printeren er udformet således, at mennesker aldrig udsættes for en laserstråling over Klasse I-niveau ved normal drift, brugervedligeholdelse eller obligatoriske servicebetingelser.

xvi MFP Service Manual

Luokan I laserlaitteiden ei katsota olevan vaarallisia käyttäjälle. underparagraf J för laserprodukter av Klass I (1). pels productes làser de classe I (1). underhåll som utförs av användaren eller annan föreskriven serviceåtgärd. Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at personer aldri utsettes for laserstråling ut over klasse I-nivå under vanlig bruk. aquesta impressora compleix els requisits de DHHS 21 CFR. että käyttäjä ei altistu luokan I määrityksiä voimakkaammalle säteilylle kirjoittimen normaalin toiminnan. Laserjärjestelmä ja kirjoitin on suunniteltu siten. Notices xvii .7500-432.liwats. VARNING! Osynlig laserstrålning när denna del är öppnad och spärren är urkopplad. Laser-melding Skriveren er godkjent i USA etter kravene i DHHS 21 CFR. Skrivaren har en inbyggd laser av Klass IIIb (3b) som består av en laserenhet av gallium-arsenid på 5 milliwatt som arbetar i våglängdsområdet 770-795 nanometer. joka toimii aaltoalueella 770 . Klasse I-laserprodukter er ikke å betrakte som farlige. apartat J.795 nanometriä. -632. nominalment de 5 mil. és un producte làser de classe I que compleix els requisits d’IEC 60825-1. i segons ha estat certificat en altres llocs. Betrakta ej strålen. Els productes làser de classe I no es consideren perillosos. Aquesta impressora conté un làser de classe IIIb (3b) d’arseniür de gal. vedlikehold som utføres av brukeren. VARO! Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina näkymättömälle lasersäteilylle. Avís sobre el Làser Segons ha estat certificat als Estats Units. I andra länder uppfyller skrivaren kraven för laserprodukter av Klass I enligt kraven i IEC 60825-1. Kirjoittimessa on sisäinen luokan IIIb (3b) 5 milliwatin galliumarsenidilaser. for klasse I (1) laserprodukter. käyttäjän tekemien huoltotoimien tai muiden huoltotoimien yhteydessä. i funciona a la regió de longitud d’ona de 770-795 nanòmetres. Älä katso säteerefer ton. durant les tasques de manteniment d’usuari ni durant els serveis que satisfacin les condicions prescrites. Laserprodukter i Klass I anses ej hälsovådliga. Previous Next Go Back Laser-notis Denna skrivare är i USA certifierad att motsvara kraven i DHHS 21 CFR. Skriveren inneholder internt en klasse IIIb (3b)-laser. Lasersystemet och skrivaren är utformade så att det aldrig finns risk för att någon person utsätts för laserstrålning över Klass I-nivå vid normal användning. and -832 Huomautus laserlaitteesta Tämä kirjoitin on Yhdysvalloissa luokan I (1) laserlaitteiden DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J -määrityksen mukainen ja muualla luokan I laserlaitteiden IEC 60825-1 -määrityksen mukainen. eller foreskrevne serviceoperasjoner. som består av en gallium-arsenlaserenhet som avgir stråling i bølgelengdeområdet 770-795 nanometer. underkapittel J. og er i andre land godkjent som et Klasse I-laserprodukt i samsvar med kravene i IEC 60825-1.li. El sistema làser i la impressora han sigut concebuts de manera que mai hi hagi exposició a la radiació làser per sobre d’un nivell de classe I durant una operació normal.

-632. and -832 Previous Next Go Back xviii MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

disassemble. There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of this product. Le fabricant n'assume aucune responsabilité concernant la sécurité en cas d'utilisation de pièces de rechange non agréées. Le informazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di assistenza autorizzato. or incinerate a lithium battery. ATTENTION : Ce symbole indique la présence d'une tension dangereuse dans la partie du produit sur laquelle vous travaillez. Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per eseguire l'intervento. Professional service personnel should understand this and take necessary precautions. Les consignes d'entretien et de réparation de ce produit s'adressent uniquement à un personnel de maintenance qualifié. there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you are working. Consignes de sécurité • La sécurité de ce produit repose sur des tests et des • • • agréations portant sur sa conception d'origine et sur des composants particuliers. quindi. Le démontage et l'entretien de ce produit pouvant présenter certains risques électriques. il rischio di subire scosse elettriche e danni alla persona è più elevato. Unplug the product before you begin. Replace it only with the same or an equivalent type of lithium battery. Lithium warning xix . or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task. Norme di sicurezza • La sicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull'approvazione del progetto originale e dei componenti • • • specifici. -632. Il produttore non è responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non autorizzata delle parti. The maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person and is not intended to be used by others. Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto. CAUTION: When you see this symbol. adottare le precauzioni necessarie. Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions and local regulations. ATTENZIONE: Questo simbolo indica la presenza di tensione pericolosa nell'area del prodotto. Il personale di assistenza autorizzato deve. and -832 Lithium warning CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Previous Next Go Back Safety information • The safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific • • • components.7500-432. le personnel d'entretien qualifié devra prendre toutes les précautions nécessaires. Débranchez le produit avant de commencer ou faites preuve de vigilance si l'exécution de la tâche exige que le produit reste sous tension. Do not recharge. The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized replacement parts.

Risco de choques eléctricos e ferimentos graves durante a desmontagem e manutenção deste produto. As informações de segurança relativas a este produto destinam-se a profissionais destes serviços e não devem ser utilizadas por outras pessoas. La información sobre el mantenimiento de este producto está dirigida exclusivamente al personal cualificado de mantenimiento. O fabricante não é responsável pela segunrança. Existe mayor riesgo de descarga eléctrica y de daños personales durante el desmontaje y la reparación de la máquina. Previous Next Go Back Pautas de Seguridad • La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y aprobaciones del diseño original y componentes • • • específicos. Os profissionais destes serviços devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os cuidados necessários. existe a possível presença de uma potencial tensão perigosa na zona do produto em que está a trabalhar. El fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no autorizadas. Die Wartungsinformationen für dieses Produkt sind ausschließlich für die Verwendung durch einen Wartungsfachmann bestimmt.7500-432. bzw. Ziehen Sie vor den Arbeiten am Gerät den Netzstecker des Geräts. no caso de uso de peças de substituição não autorizadas. debe conectarlo. PRECAUCIÓN: este símbolo indica que el voltaje de la parte del equipo con la que está trabajando es peligroso. Antes de empezar. and -832 Sicherheitshinweise • Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des ursprünglichen Modells und • • • bestimmter Bauteile. Informações de Segurança • A segurança deste produto baseia-se em testes e aprovações do modelo original e de componentes • • • específicos. Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wird vom Hersteller keine Verantwortung oder Haftung für die Sicherheit übernommen. arbeiten Sie mit großer Vorsicht. Während des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des Geräts besteht ein zusätzliches Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und körperlicher Verletzung. Das zuständige Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende Vorsichtsmaßnahmen treffen. Antes de começar. desenchufe el equipo o tenga cuidado si. xx MFP Service Manual . para trabajar con él. wenn das Produkt für die Ausführung der Arbeiten an den Strom angeschlossen sein muß. El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este peligro y tomar las precauciones necesarias. CUIDADO: Quando vir este símbolo. die in diesem Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann. ACHTUNG: Dieses Symbol weist auf eine gefährliche elektrische Spannung hin. desligue o produto da tomada eléctrica ou seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar ligado à corrente eléctrica para realizar a tarefa necessária. -632.

and -832 Informació de Seguretat • La seguretat d'aquest producte es basa en l'avaluació i aprovació del disseny original i els components específics. Previous Next • • • Go Back Safety information xxi . La informació pel manteniment d’aquest producte està orientada exclusivament a professionals i no està destinada a ningú que no ho sigui. l'heu de connectar. El fabricant no es fa responsable de les qüestions de seguretat si s'utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades. Abans de començar. PRECAUCIÓ: aquest símbol indica que el voltatge de la part de l'equip amb la qual esteu treballant és perillós.7500-432. per treballar amb l'equip. El personal professional ha d’estar-ne assabentat i prendre les mesures convenients. El risc de xoc elèctric i de danys personals pot augmentar durant el procés de desmuntatge i de servei d’aquest producte. desendolleu l'equip o extremeu les precaucions si. -632.

X862de. repair it. and X864de is contained within two service manuals: Previous • MFP Service Manual—Contains specific service information for the MFP and includes the options error codes. 4. Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications and recommendations to prevent problems. Go Back This manual contains maintenance procedures for service personnel. 7. CAUTION—TIPPING HAZARD: This type of caution indicates a tipping hazard. Warning: A warning identifies something that might damage the product hardware or software. Next • Options Service Manual—Contains specific service information for the 2X 500-Sheet Drawer (2TM). and Finisher. Special tools and test equipment are required. 3. as well as general environmental and safety instructions. Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or repeat symptoms of printer problems. Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for individual FRUs. -632. 5. It is divided into the following chapters: 1. and -832 Preface Service information for the Lexmark X860de. symptom tables. 6. High Capacity Feeder. and service checks used to isolate failing field replaceable units (FRUs). xxii MFP Service Manual . CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: This type of caution indicates there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you are working.7500-432. Conventions Note: A note provides additional information. General information contains a general description of the printer and the maintenance approach used to 2. Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table. Component locations uses illustrations to identify the component locations and test points on the printer. There are several types of caution statements: CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm. Repair information provides instructions for making adjustments and removing and installing FRUs. or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task. CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: This type of caution indicates a hot surface. Unplug the product before you begin.

Previous Next Models Go Back Model name Lexmark X860de Lexmark X862de Lexmark X864de Machine type 7500-432 7500-632 7500-832 Model configuration with cabinet with cabinet + 2 x 500-sheet drawer (2TM) with cabinet + 2000-sheet dual input (TTM) Printer technology • • • • • Monochrome laser 9” color LCD operator panel with touch panel user interface A3/Tabloid size flatbed color scanner Recirculation ADF Duplex printing integrated Maximum resolution • Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi Processor • 800 MHz Memory • Standard: 256 MB • Maximum: 1280 MB • Hard drive: 80 GB Standard connectivity • Ethernet • USB Optional connectivity • Parallel • Serial • Wireless 802.7500-432. copy. and fax (standard or optional) functionality. and -832 1. scan. -632. All information in this service manual pertains to all models unless explicitly noted. General information The Lexmark™ X860 Series is a family of multi-function printers that integrate print.11g adapter General information 1-1 .

6 HTML Direct Image Go Back Fonts • PCL 6 emulation – Scalable: 89 (84 plus 5 special) – Bit mapped: 2 • PostScript 3 emulation – Scalable: 158 • PPDS – Scalable: 39 – Bit mapped: 5 • PDF 1. and -832 Operating systems—printer driver • • • • • Microsoft Windows Linux Mac OS Novell UNIX Previous Next Emulation • • • • • • • PCL 6 PostScript 3 PPDS Migration Tool XPS PDF v1.7500-432.800 sheets 1-2 MFP Service Manual . -632.6 Paper capacity • Input – Standard: 5 sources for 3.100 sheets – Maximum: 6 sources for 5.100 sheets • Output – Standard: 1 bin for 500 sheets – Maximum: 2 bins—one with finisher—for 3.

index Size and weight—without finisher • Size: W x D x H—25 x 26 x 43 in. if finisher is installed) – Optional • Finisher (3-hole or 4-hole punch) – Finisher bin 1: 500 sheets – Finisher bin 2: Up to 3. (640 x 700 x 1095 mm) • Weight: 233 lb.000-sheet dual input drawer (one 850-sheet tray and one 1.000 sheets Previous Next Go Back Media types • Plain paper. based on a single-month’s usage • Standard warranty – One year On-Site or 600. paper labels Media weights • Plain paper: 17 to 28 lb.150-sheet tray) – Optional • 2.7500-432. (106 kg) Duty cycle • Printer – 300. and -832 Paper handling • Input – Standard • 100-sheet multipurpose feeder • Two 500-sheet trays • 2. -632. card stock.000-sheet high capacity feeder • Output – Standard • 500-sheet output (reduced to 300 sheets. • Card stock: Up to 90 lb.000 pages per month maximum.000 pages. transparencies. whichever comes first General information 1-3 . envelopes.

-632. Go Back ADF Operator panel Exit 2 (used in conjunction with duplex unit) Duplex unit Multipurpose feeder (MPF) Tray 3 and Tray 4 (850. during a lightning storm.and 1150-sheet dual input trays) Tray 1 and Tray 2 (500-sheet trays) 1-4 MFP Service Manual . Previous Next Basic model The following illustration shows a printer with its base features.7500-432. and -832 Printer overview CAUTION: Do not set up this product or make any electrical or cabling connections. such as the power cord or options and features.

Items denoted with an asterisk (*) are options.and 1150-sheet dual input trays) General information 1-5 . Previous Exit 2 (Used in conjunction with duplex unit) ADF Operator panel Next Go Back Duplex unit Multipurpose feeder (MPF) Bridge unit* (Used in conjunction with finisher) Finisher* Tray 5* (2000-sheet high capacity feeder) Tray 1 and Tray 2 (500-sheet trays) Tray 3 and Tray 4 (850. -632.7500-432. and -832 Configured model The following illustration shows a fully configured printer.

MPF/Transport drive motor assembly Vertical drive gear ASM Gear18T Transport roll ASM The MPF/transport drive motor provides the driving force transmitted to the gear drives. MPF pick roll ASM 1-6 MFP Service Manual . and the multipurpose feeder (MPF) pick roll. -632. the transport roll assembly. The driving force transmitted to the pulley (25 tooth) drives the exit 1 media exit roll assembly through the gears. The driving force transmitted to the fuser assembly drives the heat roll. Previous Next Go Back Media transport motor Pulley25T Gear exit Gear19T Registration Roll Assembly Fuser unit ASM Exit1 media exit roll ASM The driving force transmitted to the gear drives the transport roll assembly. The driving force transmitted to the pulley (25 tooth) drives the exit 1 media exit roll assembly through the gears. MPF/transport drive motor The rotating force of the transport motor is transmitted through the gear and the pulley (25 tooth) to components that need mechanical driving force as shown in the following diagram. multipurpose feeder (MPF) feed roll. registration roll assembly. and -832 Printer theory Driving force transmission path Media transport motor The rotating force of the transport motor is transmitted through the gear and the pulley (25 tooth) to components that need mechanical driving force as shown in the following diagram.7500-432. and exit 1 media exit roll assembly through the clutch and gears. fuser assembly. The driving force transmitted to the fuser assembly drives the heat roll.

Next Magnetic Roll Go Back General information 1-7 . -632. and -832 PC cartridge motor The rotating force of the PC cartridge motor is transmitted through the gears to components that need a mechanical driving force as shown in the following diagram. Previous PC cartridge motor Drum Transfer roll The driving force transmitted to the PC cartridge drives the drum. The driving force is then transmitted to the transfer roll assembly by direct contact with the drum.7500-432.

MPF Tray 1 Tray 2 Previous Next Go Back MPF pick roll Pick roll Pick roll MPF Transport Roll ASM Separation roll Feed roll Media feed unit ASM Separation roll Feed roll Media feed unit ASM MPF ASM Media transport roll ASM Registration roll ASM Transfer roll ASM Drum PC cartridge Heat roll Pressure roll Fuser unit ASM Exit 1 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 media transport roll ASM Exit 1 Exit 2 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 Duplex media transport roll ASM Duplex media Center transport roll ASM 1-8 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. and -832 Media transport Media transport path Media is supplied from the MPF. and is transported to the printer along the media transport path shown below. tray 1 or tray 2. -632.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Media transport path layout The following is a cross section of the laser printer. Previous Main components associated with transport of media Exit 2 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 media exit pinch rolls Exit 2 Exit 2 media transport roll ASM Exit 1 media exit roll ASM Exit 1 media exit pinch rolls Pressure roll Heat Roll Transfer roll ASM Drum Registration pinch roll Registration roll ASM Pick roll Feed roll Next Go Back Duplex Duplex media transport roll ASM Duplex media center transport roll ASM Duplex media transport pinch roll Duplex media transport roll ASM MPF pick roll MPF MPF Transport pinch roll MPF Transport roll ASM Media transport pinch roll Transport roll ASM Separation roll TRAY 4 TRAY 3 (TTM) Tandem tray Tray 4 transport roll ASM General information 1-9 . showing main components directly associated with the media path and transport.

The bottom plate is pushed up by the rotation of the lift up shaft. These guides come into contact with the media and hold it in position. -632. The rear media tray guide moves together with the front media tray guide assembly. Media tray end guide The media tray assembly is designed so it can adapt to the media length in the media feed direction by moving the media tray end guide to the left or right. 1-10 MFP Service Manual . Front media tray guide assembly and rear media guide The front media tray guide assembly can be adjusted to different media sizes by moving the guides to the front or rear. Bottom plate The force pushing up the bottom plate is transmitted by the driving force of the motor on the media feed unit assembly to the lift up shaft through the gear (13/60 tooth) and sector gear (12 tooth).7500-432. and -832 Functions of main components • • • • • • • Media tray assembly Media feed unit assembly MPF Xerographics Fuser Drive Electrical components and rolls Previous Next Go Back Media tray assembly It is necessary to adjust the front media tray guide assembly. which causes the supplied media to come in contact with the pick roll. rear media tray guide and media tray end guide of the media tray assembly to match the media size.

The driving force. from the media feed lift motor on the media feed unit assembly. the signal is off. Sensor (media out) If media runs out in a media tray assembly. the actuator lowers and the actuator flag. When the sensing area is blocked (media is present). sensor (media level) and sensor (pre-feed). and the actuator of the sensor (media level) lowers accordingly. Media feed unit assembly Since tray 1 and tray 2 are functionally equivalent in terms of the switch (media size). The media size is detected by the on/off information of these switches. The media feed unit assembly is a mechanical unit supplying media from the media tray assembly to the printer. is transmitted to the three media feed rolls to feed media. A signal indicating the media size is transmitted as a voltage to the printer engine card assembly. and -832 Media tray assembly Media end guide Rear media tray guide Previous Next Go Back Bottom plate Front media tray guide assembly Detection of media size The media size set for the media tray assembly is transmitted to the switch (media size) by moving these guides. unlocks the sensing area of the sensor (media out). Thus. General information 1-11 . When the pick roll picks up media. When feeding media. the remaining media decreases. it rotates forward to drive the pick roll. When the sensor (media level) detects the lowering. -632. Switch (media size) This switch (media size) sets the size of media supplied from each media tray assembly. only the components of one tray are described here. it rotates reversely to drive the tray module gears to lift the lift up shaft.7500-432. sensor (media out). the media feed lift motor is activated to lift the lift up shaft and the bottom plate accordingly. The sensor light is transmitted. When lifting the bottom plate. Media feed lift motor This motor is activated to feed media and to lift the bottom plate. the remaining media is ready to be fed.

the sensor detects that the media has been lifted. and -832 Sensor (media level) This sensor detects by the actuator position whether media in the media tray assembly is lifted. Next Go Back Media feed lift motor Sensor (pre feed) Sensor (media level) Sensor (media out) Media feed unit asm Switch (media size) Front Tray asm 1-12 MFP Service Manual . The sensor on/off states can be monitored by media passing through the sensor (pre-feed) sensing area. When the flag of the actuator unblocks the sensing area of the sensor (media level).7500-432. -632. Previous Sensor (pre-feed) This sensor detects a media jam in the media tray assembly by the media position and sensor on/off time.

MPF media transport roll ASM Sensor (MPF media out) MPF pick roll MPF pick solenoid Sensor (MPF media width) General information 1-13 . Go Back Sensor (MPF media out) The sensor (MPF media out) detects whether media is present on the MPF. The driving force from the transport motor of the dual drive motor assembly is transmitted to the MPF feed roll to feed media. and -832 Multi-purpose feeder (MPF) The MPF is a mechanical unit suppling media to the printer. Sensor (MPF media width) The MPF side guides detects the width (length in the main scanning direction) of media on the MPF.7500-432. Previous MPF pick roll The MPF pick roll feeds media set on the MPF and into the feeder. Next MPF pick solenoid The MPF pick solenoid transmits the driving force from the main motor to the MPF pick roll. -632.

5” x 11” SEF (Letter) 11” x 17” LEF A4 LEF A3 SEF Stopper (max) Width (mm) 84 88 89 102 140 148 148 148 152 182 182 191 210 210 216 216 216 216 220 229 229 235 241 257 257 267 267 (270) 267 (270) 279 279 297 297 303 Feed length (mm) 216 152 216 100 105 210 102 129 257 98 148 297 140 279 330 356 110 162 324 120 105 182 364 184 194 (195) 389 (390) 216 432 210 420 - Previous Next Go Back 1-14 MFP Service Manual . Media sizes that can be automatically detected are as follows: Media size Side-guide stopper (min. and -832 Detecting media size The size of media on the MPF is transmitted by moving the MPF side guide. -632.5” x 8. and is determined by the printer engine card assembly.) Media detection area (min.5” x 8.5” SEF Postcard SEF 5.) 3.5” x 14” SEF (Legal) DL LEF C5 LEF C4 SEF Rectangular LEF Com10 LEF B5 LEF B4 SEF Executive LEF 16K LEF TFX (PRC) 8K SEF TFX (PRC) 8.5” x 8.5” x 11” SEF (Letter) 5.5” x 13” SEF (Legal) 5.7500-432.5” SEF Postcard LEF A6 LEF A5 SEF Postcard LEF B6 LEF B5 SEF Monarch LEF A5 LEF A4 SEF 5.5” LEF 5.

and optional tray to the PC cartridge and fuser.7500-432. TTM. The transfer roll assembly applies positive charges to the rear surface of the media when the media passes between the transfer roll assembly and the drum. The negatively charged toner image is attracted by positive General information 1-15 . Registration clutch Registration roll assembly Sensor (registration) Transport roll assembly Front Transfer roll assembly The transfer roll assembly is driven by direct contact with the drum of the PC cartridge. and -832 Registration Sensor (registration) The sensor (registration) must be installed before the registration roll assembly can detect whether media exists in the registration path. Previous Next Registration clutch Go Back The registration clutch transmits the drive force of the main motor to the registration roll assembly. -632. Transport roll assembly The transport roll assembly feeds paper from the tray 2. Registration roll assembly The registration roll assembly feeds paper from the tray 2. and optional tray or MPF to the PC cartridge and the fuser. TTM.

a two-dimensional image is created. 3. SOS card assembly — when a laser beam hits the SOS sensor on the SOS card assembly. Thus. and detects the initial position where a scan starts on each line. The resolution in the scanning direction (from right to left) is determined by the rotational speed of the printhead motor. The resolution in the process direction (from top to bottom) is determined by the rotational speed of the printhead motor. The mirror rotation shifts the incidence and reflection angles of a laser beam to scan the laser beam in the drum axial direction. When a laser beam is scanned across the drum surface from one end to the other while turning on and off the beam. printhead motor. depending on how quickly the laser is adjusted. lens (L2). one line of latent image is created. It consists of four components: laser diode (LD) card assembly. The beam is turned on or off according to a print data signal. and is rotated at a high speed by the printhead motor. (The higher the scanning speed becomes. and start of scan card assembly. The laser beam then arrives at the drum surface.) 1-16 MFP Service Manual . Printhead motor/polygon mirror — the polygon mirror is mounted to the shaft of the printhead motor. the sooner the scanning of the next row can be started. and window. the toner image is transferred from the drum surface to the media surface. If the scanning by the laser beam is repeated while rotating the drum. -632. and -832 charges on the rear surface of the media. the beam is converted to an electrical signal (SOS signal). 2. 1. LD card assembly — generates a laser beam with the two LDs of LD1 and LD2. polygon mirror. The laser beam reaches the polygon mirror as it passes through the lens (L1). Previous PC cartridge Transfer roll assembly Next Go Back Printhead assembly The printhead scans the drum surface with a laser beam.7500-432.

and -832 Conceptual diagram of an image created by scanning Previous Next Go Back SOS card ASM LD card ASM Polygon mirror Printhead motor General information 1-17 . -632.7500-432.

1-18 MFP Service Manual . -632. Pressure is applied to the media between the pressure roll and heat roll. pressing the melted toner against the media. Thermostat If the heat roll temperature exceeds the preset temperature. Previous Next Pressure roll Go Back The pressure roll is a metal shaft coated with sponge rubber. and the sub heater lamp 1 and 2 to heat the central portion of the heat roll.7500-432. The heat is applied to the media passing between the heat roll and pressure roll. and -832 Fuser Heat roll The heat roll is a hollow metal tube with a coated surface. Three heater lamps are provided: the main heater rod to heat entire heat roll. Heater lamp The heater rod of the lamp is compressed of a quartz glass tube containing a heater coil. Pressure roll thermistor The pressure roll thermistor monitors the temperature of the pressure roll to control the idling time for fuser warm-up before printing. Center thermistor The center thermistor monitors the surface temperature of the media-feed portion of the heat roll to control on/off of the main heater lamp and sub heater lamps 1 and 2. Rear thermistor The rear thermistor monitors the surface temperature at the rear side of the heat roll to switch the heater lamp to on. the thermostat cuts off the circuits of the main heater rod and sub heater rods 1 and 2. fusing the toner on the media. A terminal is mounted to the end of the heater rod via a harness. This tube is heated by the inner heater lamp.

General information 1-19 . it is also possible to eject media to the standard bin 2 by changing the orientation of the diverter gate on the exit 1.7500-432. With the exit 2 installed. and -832 Fuser exit sensor The fuser exit sensor detects the arrival of media at the detection point in the exit area of the fuser. and also detects the ejection of media from this point. Exit 1 media exit roll assembly The exit 1 media exit roll assembly feeds printed media from the fuser to the standard bins. -632. Previous Center thermistor Pressure roll thermistor Pressure roll Next Rear thermistor Go Back Sub heater lamp 2 Heat roll Sub heater lamp 1 Front Main heater lamp Thermostat Exit Exit 1 ejects printed media from the printer to the standard bin 1. Dual drive motor assembly Drives the exit 1 media exit roll assembly that feeds media to each bin. Sensor (standard bin full exit 1) The sensor (standard bin 1 full) detects whether the exit 1 face down tray is full by moving the actuator up and down.

-632. Previous Media diverter gate Next Go Back Sensor (standard bin full exit 1) Exit 1 media exit roll asm Dual drive motor asm Rear 1-20 MFP Service Manual . media is fed to the standard bin exit 1. media is fed to the standard bin exit 2. and -832 Media diverter gate The media diverter gate switches the media transport path. When it is lowered.7500-432. When the media diverter gate is lifted.

registration roll assembly. Previous Next PC cartridge motor Go Back The PC cartridge motor is a DC brushless motor that drives the PC cartridge. fuser assembly. Dual drive motor assembly PC cartridge motor MPF/transport motor assembly Rear Media transport motor General information 1-21 . -632. and -832 Drive Media transport motor The media transport motor is a DC brushless motor that drives the exit 1 media exit shaft assembly.7500-432. mag roll and transfer roll assembly.

5 V for laser diodes. development (magnet roll). power supplies/cuts off the main power of the printer. Go Back Switch (printer front door interlock) and switch (printer left door interlock) The switch is a safety switch to cut off a 24 VDC power supply from the LVPS card assembly to the high volt power supply (HVPS) card assembly. HVPS card assembly The HVPS card assembly generates AC power. and 4 to the registration roll assembly. Fuser cooling fan The fuser cooling fan discharges air from the printer to prevent excessive temperature increase. and feeds them to the charge roll. Switch (PC Cartridge interlock) The switch (PC interlock) 5 V interlock is a safety switch to cut off a 5 VDC power supply from the LVPS card assembly to the printhead while the PC cartridge is removed. It also contains the fuser relay to feed/cut off AC power to the heater lamps of the fuser assembly. and 24 V for motors/clutches) from AC power.7500-432. It also controls optional module boards. and -832 Electrical components and controller Switch (main power) Turning on/off the switch. Previous Next Finisher AC output Supplies power to the finisher from the main LVPS (low voltage power supply) card assembly. Switch (printer left lower door interlock) The switch (left lower door interlock) detects open or close of the printer left lower door assembly. printer engine card assembly and to the dual motor assembly. RIP card assembly The RIP card assembly connected to the printer engine card assembly controls the entire system. Printer engine card assembly The printer engine card assembly controls printing operation based on the communication with the RIP card assembly and on sensor/switch information. LVPS card assembly The LVPS card assembly generates low voltages (5 V and 3. a high DC voltage.3 V for logic circuits. 3. -632. Transport roll assembly The transport roll assembly feeds media from tray 2. while the printer front door assembly and the printer left door assembly are open. transfer roll assembly. 1-22 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. -632. Registration clutch Registration roll assembly Sensor (registration) Transport roll assembly Front General information 1-23 . and -832 Registration roll assembly Switch (PC cartridge interlock) Switch (main power) Switch (printer left door interlock) Fuser cooling fan AC drive card assembly Switch (printer left lower door interlock) Rear HVPS AC power input socket Printer engine card asm Previous Next Go Back Switch (printer front door interlock) LVPS The registration roll assembly feeds media from all trays to the PC cartridge or fuser.

5" X 11"LEF 16K LEF(TFX/GCO) 11" X 17"LEF Off Off Off Off Off Off Off On On On On On On On On S/W2 Off Off Off On On On On Off Off On On On On On On S/W3 Off On On Off Off On On On On Off Off Off On On On 1-24 MFP Service Manual . “S/W3”. and -832 Control Media size control Media tray assembly feeding The following table gives the states (on/off) of the switches on the switch (media size). -632.5" X 13"SEF 8.5" X 8. Note: The switches on the switch (media size) are denoted by “S/W2”.5" X 14"SEF A4 SEF 8. Digital switch S/W4 Off Off On On On Off Off Off On Off On On Off Off On S/W5 Off Off On Off On Off On Off Off On Off On Off On On Previous Next Go Back Analog switch Media size S/W1 No media tray assembly 5. “S/W5”.5"SEF/A5 SEF B5 SEF 8.7500-432. and “S/W1” respectively from the left side. corresponding to the media sizes of the media tray assembly. “S/W4”.5" X 11"SEF A4 LEF A3 SEF B5 LEF/executive LEF 8K SEF(TFX/GCO) B4 SEF 8.

and turns off after a preset time has passed from the end of printing. or return from the low power mode. ready. The fuser transmits between the five states (warm up. jam reset. the heater lamps are turned off. Also turns off if a print command is not received within 30 seconds from the reception of the signal. standby. and low power) depending on the heat roll surface temperature or printer conditions. Previous Next Operation mode Standby mode Print mode Always off PRINTHEAD motor on/off Go Back Turns on upon receiving the signal from the controller. The fuser temperature control starts when the fuser ready in the LVPS card assembly is turned on after a preset time period has passed from power on. and then the fuser temperature control is stopped. and ends when the ready temperature is attained. Fuser warm-up The fuser warm-up starts at the time of power on. or when executing diagnosis. Always off Sleep mode Determination of printhead ready The printhead goes into ready state after the specified period passes since the reception of the printhead MPA start signal and the SOS cycle exceeds the reference value. If a failure occurs. General information 1-25 . when a failure occurs. the fuser ready is turned off. interlock open or close. Main/sub heater lamps on/off control The center and rear thermistors detect the heat roll surface temperature (fuser temperature) to regulate the temperature at the target control temperature by turning on or off the main/sub heater lamps. print.7500-432. Printhead reference value Printhead reference value Ready reference value Fail reference value Description SOS signal interval (equivalent to 98% or more of the rated RPM of the printhead motor) SOS signal interval (less than 98% of the rated rpm of the printhead motor) Fuser control Fuser control method The on/off control of the main/sub heater lamps is performed based on the fuser control temperature. and -832 Printhead control Rotation of printhead motor The on/off control of the printhead motor is performed according to the mode of operation as shown below. -632.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Xerographic Process During a Print Cycle Previous Next Go Back 1-26 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. and -832 Charge The Charge Roll places a uniform negative electrostatic charge on the surface of the drum. -632. Light striking the drum discharges the surface charge. The drum surface is made of a photoconductive material that holds an electrical charge as long as the drum remains in darkness. Previous Next Charge roll HVPS (-VDC) Go Back (-VDC) Ground DRUM Photoconductive Surface Conductive Tube Ground Drum Surface Image Drum Surface Voltage -VDC value 0V General information 1-27 .

electrostatic image on the surface of the drum. That point is now discharged and slightly less negative than the surrounding negative charge. Previous Charge roll HVPS (-VDC) (-VDC) Next Go Back Ground DRUM Photoconductive Surface Conductive Tube Ground Drum Surface Image Drum Surface Voltage -VDC value 0V Exposure The Printhead generates a beam of laser light. turning it on and off according to image information that is received from the host computer and software. This image is called a latent image. the beam scans the negative charged drum surface. 1-28 MFP Service Manual . and -832 The charge roll is a conductive roll that is positioned slightly above the surface of the drum.7500-432. Whenever the print controller sends a command to print a black pixel. The less negative areas are considered positive. the laser switches on long enough to shine onto the drum at a single pixel point. The HVPS supplies the charge roll with two voltages. a negative DC charge voltage and an AC discharge voltage that is used for electrically cleaning the drum. This discharge/no discharge process creates an invisible. Image data received from the RIP card assembly modulates this beam. Through the use of a series of rotating and stationary mirrors within the Printhead. -632.

The surface of the Magnetic Roll is made up of a thin sheet of conductive material. The DC voltage is used to transfer toner from the Magnetic Roll to the surface of the drum. A discharged point on the surface of the drum now appears less negative in relation to the negative charge on the Magnetic Roll. -632. The Magnetic Roll maintains a negative DC electrical potential.7500-432. Negative charged areas of the drum have a lower electrical potential. or lower relative negative value. The AC voltage agitates the toner on the Magnetic Roll. a DC voltage and an AC voltage. General information 1-29 . and -832 The Printhead also helps to clean and prepare the drum by scanning the surface of the drum at the beginning of each individual printer cycle. The HVPS supplies the Magnetic Roll with two voltages. or higher relative negative value than the Magnetic Roll. than the Magnetic Roll. The Metering Blade spreads the toner into a very thin layer on the Magnetic Roll. making toner transfer easier. This action discharges a residual DC charge that may still remain on the Drum from the last print cycle. Discharged areas of the drum have a higher electrical potential. Friction between the Magnetic Roll and the CM Blade generates a small electrical charge that is transferred to the toner. Previous Modulated Laser Beam Next Printhead DRUM Go Back Drum Surface Image Laser Beam Drum Surface Voltage Laser Beam Discharge Level Invisible Latent Image 0V Development The toner contained within the PC Cartridge has a magnetic property that causes it to adhere to the Magnetic Roll.

There is now a visible toner image on the drum surface. The image is called a developed image.7500-432. toner transfers from the Magnet Roll to that point on the drum. and -832 The toner adhering to the Magnet Roll is always in contact with the drum surface. -632. Previous Magnetic Roll Metering Blade Toner HVPS Next Go Back DRUM -VDC Drum Surface Image Drum Surface Voltage Toner at -VDC Developer Bias value Discharge Level Visible Developed Image 0V 1-30 MFP Service Manual . When a less negative point on the drum (a discharged area) comes in contact with the more negative charged toner on the Magnet Roll.

This positive charge transfers the negative charged toner image from the drum surface to the top surface of the paper. and -832 Transfer As the paper travels between the Transfer Roll and the drum surface. -632.7500-432. the Transfer Roll applies a positive charge to the back of the printing paper. The toner image is now on the paper and the paper is now stuck to the drum surface due to the relative electrical differences between the negative electrical charge of the inner conductive layer of the drum and the positive electrical charge of the paper. Previous Next Go Back HVPS -VDC -VDC DRUM Transfer roll Sheet of paper General information 1-31 .

the Printhead scans the surface of the drum. The toner that the Cleaning Blade removes is collected inside the sealed PC Cartridge and reused. the HVPS supplies the charge roll with an AC voltage that is used to electrically clean the drum. VAC VAC HVPS Charge roll DRUM Ground Ground 1-32 MFP Service Manual . Previous Used Toner Next Cleaning Blade Go Back Charge roll DRUM Discharge At both the start and the end of each individual printer cycle. further discharging any residual DC charge that may be left on the drum. and -832 Cleaning The Cleaning Blade removes any toner that remains on the drum after the transfer process.7500-432. At the beginning of each individual printer cycle. The AC voltage removes any residual DC charge that was left from the previous print cycle. -632.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Safety system diagram Fuser cooling fan Switch (PC Cartridge interlock) Switch (Printer front door interlock) Switch (Printer left door interlock) Previous Printhead Printhead motor Next Dual drive motor ASM Transport PC cartridge motor motor Go Back Printer engine card ASM Printhead motor Fuser cooling fan control Fuser unit ASM PC cartridge motor Transport motor Main heater lamp Sub heater lamp Sub heater lamp HVPS Switch(main power) LVPS General information 1-33 .

Previous Next Go Back ADF Scan position Platen registration point Full rate carriage CCD Half rate carriage Sensor (scanner HP) Document scanning at platen Shown below is the operational overview of document scanning at the platen.7500-432. Half rate carriage 1st mirror Exposure lamp Lens 3rd mirror 2nd mirror CCD Image sensor Rear Sensor (scanner HP) Full rate carriage Scanner drive motor assembly 1-34 MFP Service Manual . -632. This ADF employs a constant velocity transport system that scans images by feeding the document at a constant speed over the specified position (scan position) where the carriage (full/half rate carriage) of the scanner unit assembly is fixed. and -832 Document scanning The document scanning section of this machine consists of a scanner that reads a single-sheet document placed on the platen glass and a document feeder that can transport a multiple-sheet document and flip the sheets for two-sided scanning.

and -832 The full rate carriage and half rate carriage travel to read the document. ADF Feed roll Sensor (ADF document set) Sensor (pick roll position HP) Sensor (ADF sheet through) Sensor (ADF pre-registration) Sensor (ADF APS 1) Sensor (ADF APS 2) Sensor (ADF APS 3) ADF transport roll assembly Sensor (ADF registration) ADF registration roll assembly Scan position Inverter gate Sensor (inverter) Sensor (document tray length 1) ADF feed-out roll assembly Sensor (document tray length 2) A document sheet set in the document tray assembly is fed through the ADF feed roll. As the full rate carriage travels. In conjunction with the full rate carriage. Then the machine recognizes that the document has been set properly. For a duplex document sheet. Go Back Document scanning at ADF Shown below is the document feed path from the ADF. Described below is the overview of the steps before document scanning and that of simplex and duplex document scanning modes. the document on the platen glass is scanned and exposed with the exposure lamp.7500-432. The image data is read with the scanner CCD image sensor assembly. the ADF document set actuator moves to place the sensor (ADF document set) in the unshielded (unblocked) state. Preparation for feed Pressing the start button with the document set in the document tray will start feeding the document. The document image is scanned at the scan position. The pick roll moves down with the normal rotation of the pick roll position motor assembly and it moves up with the reverse rotation of the pick roll position motor assembly. ADF pick roll. and ADF registration roll assembly. The exposure lamp is installed on the full rate carriage. Previous Next The optical image of the exposed document is reflected by the scanner 1st mirror of the full rate carriage and directed to the scanner lens via the scanner 2nd mirror and the scanner 3rd mirror of the half rate carriage. First the pick roll moves down and presses the document on the document tray to enable document feed. the half rate carriage travels half of the stroke of the full rate carriage. -632. turning on the document set LED. General information 1-35 . ADF Pick roll ADF exit roll assembly Sensor (document tray length 1) Sensor (document tray length 2) Sensor (document tray length 3) Setting a document When a document is set on the document tray assembly and the lead edge is pushed into the tray until it stops. and the document sheet is ejected through the ADF feed-out roll assembly and the ADF exit roll assembly. the image on side 1 is scanned at the scan position and then the document sheet is inverted and fed to the ADF transport roll assembly again.

When the sensor (ADF pre-registration) detects a document sheet. Previous Pre-feed In the pre-feed step. the ADF feed motor assembly slows down. and -832 Upon completion of document feed. When the sensor (ADF registration) detects the document sheet. ADF feed-out roll assembly. The ADF registration roll assembly feeds the document sheet (fed from the ADF transport roll assembly) to the scan feed reference position. 1-36 MFP Service Manual . As a result. To correct the skew. -632. the document sheet (fed to the ADF transport roll assembly in the pre-feed step) is fed to the ADF registration roll assembly and then the lead edge of the document sheet is fed from the ADF registration roll assembly to the scan feed reference position (Wait Position) located upstream from the scan position. correcting the skew. At this point. a document sheet is fed from the Feed roll to the ADF transport roll assembly. the ADF feed motor assembly and ADF registration motor decelerate continuously until the document stops in the predetermined amount of time. the ADF feed motor assembly slows down. When the sensor (ADF sheet through) detects a document sheet. the document sheet stops against the ADF transport roll assembly. This is when the document sheet stops at the scan feed reference position. the pick roll returns to the normal (raised) position. where the document stops. the machine recognizes that feed of the first document sheet is complete. The pick roll feeds the top document sheet on the document tray toward the Feed roll. When the sensor (ADF pre-registration) detects the document sheet. registration of the lead edge of the document is performed. When the document sheet is fed to the ADF transport roll assembly. side1 of the document sheet is thrust against the ADF transport roll assembly rotating in the reverse direction and side2 is thrust against the ADF transport roll assembly at rest. and ADF exit roll assembly. Next Go Back Feed roll ADF transport roll assembly Pre-registration In the pre-registration step. From this moment on. the document sheet stops with the lead edge nipped by the ADF registration roll assembly at 15 mm from the top. the ADF feed motor assembly rotates in the reverse direction (CCW direction) to drive the pick roll and Feed roll. With the pick roll at the down position (see Preparation for feed).7500-432. the ADF registration motor rotates in the reverse direction (CCW direction) to drive the ADF registration roll assembly. the ADF feed motor assembly changes its rotational direction to the normal direction (CW direction) to drive the ADF transport roll assembly. The Feed roll nipped by the separation roll feeds the document sheets (from the pick roll) one by one. The ADF transport roll assembly feeds the document sheet toward the ADF registration roll assembly. Thus.

The inverter gate is so designed that the document sheet fed toward the exit can pass through it smoothly. it closes the downstream document feed path. This enables scanning of a duplex document. and ADF exit roll assembly. the ADF feed motor assembly stops. By thrusting the document sheet against the ADF transport roll assembly at rest. thereby inverting the document sheet.7500-432. Upon receipt of the scan signal. Thus the document sheet is fed over the inverter gate up to the ADF transport roll assembly when fed backward. Each motor gradually accelerates up to the specified speed. the skew of the inverted document sheet is corrected. When the predetermined period of time has elapsed since the document sheet passed through the sensor (ADF inverter). the ADF registration motor decelerates until it stops. Inversion In the inversion step. the ADF registration motor starts rotating in the normal direction (CW direction) to drive the ADF exit roll assembly in the direction opposite to the exit direction. When the predetermined period of time has elapsed since the document sheet ceased to be detected by the sensor (ADF pre-registration). the images on the document sheets are exposed by scanning with the exposure lamp of the full rate carriage. and read by the CCD image sensor assembly. General information 1-37 . ADF feed-out roll assembly. When the document sheet passes the scan position at the specified speed. the document sheet is inverted and fed to the ADF transport roll assembly again. When the sensor (ADF pre-registration) detects the document sheet. -632. the ADF registration motor stops. the document sheet is inverted at the inverter gate and fed to the ADF transport roll assembly again. The document sheet stopping at the scan feed reference position is then fed to the scan position when the scan signal is sent from the main unit of the machine after the predetermined time lapse following the paper detection at sensor (ADF registration). When the trail edge of the document sheet has passed through the inverter gate. the ADF feed motor assembly rotates in the normal direction (CW direction) to drive the ADF transport roll assembly and the ADF registration motor rotates in the reverse direction (CCW direction) to drive the ADF registration roll assembly. Thus. When the predetermined period of time has elapsed since the document sheet passed the sensor (inverter). and -832 Previous ADF transport roll assembly Next Go Back ADF registration roll assembly Scan control Scanning of the image illuminated with the exposure lamp of the full rate carriage is controlled by changing the feed speed according to the copy magnification.

feed is performed in the following sequence: 1. The document is fed to the ADF registration roll assembly. When the trail edge of the first document sheet has passed through the sensor (ADF pre-registration). (see Pre-registration) 3. the feed of the second document sheet starts. (see Scan control) 4.7500-432. The first document sheet is fed to the ADF transport roll assembly. and the image on it is scanned with the exposure lamp at the scan position. ADF exit roll assembly that are driven by the ADF registration motor turning in the reverse direction (CCW direction). the document sheet is fed and ejected by the ADF feed-out roll assembly and 5. (see Pre-feed) 2. The document sheet is fed at the feed speed corresponding to the selected magnification. and -832 Previous ADF exit roll assembly Next Go Back Inverter gate Document Simplex document For two simplex document sheets. As the image is scanned. and then fed to the scan feed reference position. 1-38 MFP Service Manual . -632.

For two simplex documents. the document sheet (Side 2) is inverted and fed toward the ADF transport roll assembly again. When the trail edge of the document has passed through the sensor (inverter). -632. the inverter solenoid assembly is turned on to release the nipped ADF exit roll assembly and exit pinch roll.7500-432. the document sheet is inverted and fed to the ADF transport roll assembly again. 6. the lead edge of the document sheet (Side 2) reaches the ADF exit roll assembly before the trail edge of the document sheet (Side 2) leaves the ADF exit roll assembly when the document sheet (Side 2) is long in the slow scanning direction. the ADF registration motor changes its rotational direction to the normal direction (CW direction) to drive the ADF exit roll assembly in the opposite direction. As the image is scanned. The document sheet (Side 2) is fed to the ADF registration roll assembly and then fed to the scan feed reference position. inverts the document sheet. 10. (see Pre-registration) 3. the document sheet (Side 2) is fed by the ADF feed-out roll assembly and ADF exit roll assembly that are driven by the ADF registration motor turning in the reverse direction (CCW direction). The first document sheet (Side 1) is fed to the ADF transport roll assembly. the ADF registration motor changes its rotational direction to the normal direction (CW direction) to drive the ADF exit roll assembly in the opposite direction. The document sheet (Side 1) is fed to the ADF registration roll assembly and then fed to the scan feed reference position. and the image is scanned with the exposure lamp at the scan position. When the trail edge of the document sheet (Side 2) has passed through the sensor (inverter). General information 1-39 . 7. Thus. The document sheet (Side 1) is fed at the feed speed corresponding to the selected magnification. scans the image on Side 2 (side facing down when set on the tray). the inverter solenoid assembly is turned off to nip the ADF exit roll assembly and exit pinch roll. thus feeding the document sheet (Side 1) toward the exit. Therefore. 9. and -832 Previous Sensor (ADF pre-registration) 2nd documant Next Go Back 1st document Duplex document The ADF scans the image on Side 1 (side facing up when set on the tray). (see Pre-registration) The document sheet (Side 2) is fed at the feed speed corresponding to the selected magnification. feed is performed in the following sequence. 8. (see Scan control) 4. 5. the ADF feed motor assembly rotates in the normal direction (CW direction) to drive the ADF transport roll assembly. 1. (see Pre-feed) 2. As the image is scanned. (see Scan control) When the trail edge of the document sheet (Side 2) passes through the sensor (ADF pre-registration). If these rolls are not released. When the sensor (ADF pre-registration) detects the lead edge of the document sheet (Side 2). the duplex document sheet is ejected with Side 2 up as with the simplex document sheet. and then ejects the document sheet while inverting it. At the same time. the document (Side 1) is fed by the ADF feed-out roll assembly and ADF exit roll assembly that are driven by the ADF registration motor rotating in the reverse direction (CCW direction). and the image on it is scanned with the exposure lamp at the scan position. Thus.

the inverter 12. The subsequent steps are the same as those for the first document sheet. When the trail edge of the document sheet (Side 1) passes the sensor (ADF pre-registration).7500-432. At this timing. the inverter solenoid assembly is turned off to nip the ADF exit roll assembly and exit pinch roll. 15. 14. thereby ejecting the document sheet with the ADF exit roll assembly. Previous Next Go Back 2nd document 1st document (side 2:scan) 2nd document 1st document (side 2:scan) 2nd document 1st document (side1:no scan) Sensor (ADF pre-registration) 2nd document 1st document (side1:no scan) 2nd document 1st document (side1:no scan) 1-40 MFP Service Manual . solenoid assembly is turned on to release the nipped ADF exit roll assembly and exit pinch roll and the ADF registration motor decelerates and stops. After the predetermined time. -632. and -832 11. the feed of the second document sheet starts. When the sensor (ADF pre-registration) detects the lead edge of document sheet (Side 1). the ADF registration motor starts rotating in the reverse direction (CCW direction) to drive the ADF registration roll assembly and ADF feed-out roll assembly in the exit direction in order to feed the document sheet (Side 1). 13.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Image data flow The image date from the document set on the scanner unit assembly or ADF goes through the following components before it is printed at the Engine section. Previous Next Document Go Back Lens CCD image sensor Scanner controller card assembly Scanner Engine RIP card assembly Printhead assembly PC cartridge assembly (drum) General information 1-41 .

and -832 Drive torque transfer scheme ADF feed motor assembly The rotational force of the ADF feed motor assembly is transferred to each document feeding roll as shown below.7500-432. Previous Next ADF feed motor assembly Go Back ADF drive belt Feed drive rear pulley 14/32/37 Transport roll drive belt Feed/pick drive gear 20T Transport roll drive gear/pulley 20/50T Feed/pick drive shaft assembly Transport roll drive gear 20T Feed roll drive gear 26T Transport roll assembly Feed roll Pick roll idler gear 36T Pick roll drive gear 34T Pick roll 1-42 MFP Service Manual . -632.

7500-432. -632. Previous Gear layout Next ADF registration motor Go Back Registration roll drive belt Registration drive gear/pulley 21/54T Registration drive belt Exit/feed-out drive pulley 25/28 Registration roll drive gear 28T Exit roll drive belt Feed-out roll assembly Registration roll assembly Exit roll drive pulley 20T Exit roll assembly General information 1-43 . and -832 ADF registration motor The rotational force of the ADF registration motor is transferred to each document feeding roll as shown below.

-632. and -832 Previous Feed/pick drive gear 20T Feed drive gear/pulley14/32/37T Transport roll drive gear pulley 20/50T ADF feed motor assembly Feed roll drive gear 26T Pick roll idler gear 36T Exit roll drive pulley 20T Pick roll drive gear 34T Pick roll Registration main drive pulley 21/54T Transport roll drive gear 20T Registration roll drive pulley 28T Exit/feed-out drive pulley 25/28 Transport roll assembly Feed-out roll assembly Exit roll assembly Next ADF registration motor Go Back Registration roll assembly Feed roll 1-44 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

The rear portion of the full rate carriage frame functions as an actuator that shields the senor (scanner HP) for detection. Switch (platen interlock) A switch that detects whether the ADF is open and determines the timing of platen document size detection. and -832 Names and functions of components The sections below describe the functions of main components of the scanner. Exposure lamp PS card assembly A card that switches on/off the exposure lamp according to the signal from the scanner controller card assembly. Scanner controller card assembly A card that controls the scanner section. Scanner exposure lamp A xenon lamp to which the document is exposed. Previous Scanner unit assembly Sensor (platen length APS 1) Next Go Back Sensor (platen length APS 2) The document length in the slow scanning direction is detected by a combination of the two reflector sensors.7500-432. Sensor (scanner HP) A sensor that detects the HP position of the full rate carriage. -632. General information 1-45 . Scanner drive motor assembly A stepping motor that drives the full rate carriage and the half rate carriage. Lens assembly A kit that consists of a lens used to read the document and a CCD image sensor used to photoelectrically convert the image data read from the document. Sensor (ADF angle) A sensor that detects the angle at which the ADF opens and determines the timing of platen document size detection.

Sensor (ADF document set) A sensor that detects the presence or absence of a document on the ADF document tray. Absence: Beam is shielded (blocked). (Presence: Beam is unshielded (unblocked). Previous Scanner drive motor assembly Next Exposure lamp PS card assembly (under the carriage) Sensor (platen length APS1) Go Back Scanner cooling fan ADF angle actuator assembly Sensor (ADF angle) Sensor (scanner HP) Scanner controller card assembly Exposure lamp Switch (platen interlock) Sensor (platen length APS2) CCD image sensor Lens ADF Sensor (ADF tray length 1) Sensor (ADF tray length 2) The document length in the slow scanning direction is detected by a combination of these two sensors. 1-46 MFP Service Manual . Sensor (document tray width 1) Sensor (document tray width 2) Sensor (document tray width 3) The document length in the fast scanning direction is detected by the combination of these three sensors detecting the position of the tray on which the document is set. -632.) Pick roll position motor assembly A stepping motor that moves the pick roll vertically.7500-432. and -832 Scanner cooling fan A fan that prevents overheating of the scanner controller card assembly and exposure lamp.

Next Switch (ADF left cover interlock) A switch that detects whether the ADF left cover assembly is open.7500-432. and -832 Sensor (pick roll position HP) A sensor that detects the home position of the pick roll. Sensor (ADF sheet through) The ADF sensor (ADF sheet through) is installed immediately downstream from the Feed roll to detect completion of document feed. Go Back ADF controller card assembly A card that controls the ADF unit assembly. Previous ADF Document Set LED An LED that illuminates when a document is set on the ADF Document Tray. (document is present: shielded (blocked). document is absent: unshielded (unblocked)) General information 1-47 . Sensor (document set) Pick roll position motor assembly ADF controller card assembly Sensor (document tray width 1) Sensor (document tray length 1) Sensor (document tray length 2) Sensor (pick roll position HP) Switch (left cover interlock) Sensor (document tray width 2) Document set LED Sensor (document tray width 3) Sensor (ADF APS 1) Sensor (ADF APS 2) Sensor (ADF APS 3) These are sensors that detect the fast-scanning-directional width of the moving document. -632. The ADF controller card assembly is connected to and controlled by the Scanner controller card assembly.

ADF feed-out roll assembly. ADF registration motor The registration motor is a stepping motor that rotates the ADF registration roll assembly. triggering the pre-feed of the next document sheet. triggering the pre-registration of the next document sheet. When this motor rotates in the reverse direction. When this motor rotates in the normal direction. Normally. and -832 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) The ADF sensor (ADF pre-registration) is installed immediately upstream from the ADF transport roll assembly to detect that the preceding document sheet has left the ADF transport roll assembly. Previous Sensor (ADF registration) The sensor (ADF registration) is installed upstream from the ADF registration roll assembly to detect that the preceding document sheet has left the ADF registration roll assembly. -632. ADF feed motor assembly The feed motor assembly is a stepping motor that rotates the pick roll and feed roll in the reverse direction (CCW direction) and rotates the ADF transport roll assembly in the normal direction (CW direction). and ADF exit roll assembly in the reverse direction (CCW direction) and rotates the ADF exit roll assembly in the normal direction (CW direction). Inverter solenoid assembly This solenoid nips or releases the ADF exit roll assembly and exit pinch roll. Next Go Back Sensor (ADF inverter) The sensor (ADF inverter) is installed immediately downstream from the ADF feed-out roll assembly to detect the ejection of a document sheet. On: Released Off: Nipped 1-48 MFP Service Manual . the ADF transport roll assembly stops. the ADF exit roll assembly and exit pinch roll are nipped.7500-432. the ADF registration roll assembly and ADF feed-out roll assembly run idle.

-632. and -832 Previous Sensor (ADF pre-registration) ADF feed motor assembly Sensor (sheet through) ADF registration motor Next Go Back Sensor (ADF registration) Sensor (ADF inverter) Inverter solenoid assembly Sensor (ADF APS 3) Sensor (ADF APS 1) Sensor (ADF APS 2) General information 1-49 .7500-432.

-632. Previous Next Go Back Document size detection timing The size of the document sheet on the platen glass is detected at the following timings: • When the Platen Cover (ADF) is closed • When the START button is pressed with the Platen Cover (ADF) open Identification of standard document sizes The width of the document sheet is detected in millimeters with the CCD image sensor to determine the size in the fast scanning direction. and -832 Control Document size detection at scanner unit assembly The width (fast-scan-directional size) of the document sheet on the Platen Grass is detected with the CCD image sensor.. 8.g. With respect to a pair of documents whose sizes in the fast scanning direction are the same.5x11SEF vs. A3SEF. A4LEF vs.7500-432. 8. and the length (slow-scanning-directional size) is detected with the sensor (platen length APS 1) and the sensor (platen length APS 2). The standard document sizes to be identified by the same given detection information are defined on an area-by-area basis. Each area is to be set in the system data.5x13SEF). The figure below shows the positional relationships among the scan position of the CCD image sensor and the positions of sensor (platen length APS 1) and the sensor (platen length APS 2). Sensor (platen length APS 1) Sensor (platen length APS 2) CCD scan position 1-50 MFP Service Manual . the document size is determined by detecting paper presence/absence at the positions of sensor (platen length APS 1) and sensor (platen length APS 2) (e.

0 128.0 210.4 279.9 215.5 SEF A5 SEF Japanese Post Card LEF Post Card LEF B5 SEF 16kai SEF A5 LEF A4 SEF 5.9 215. -632.9 215.5 X 11 LEF 11 X 14.0 215. and sensors.5 X 13 SEF 8. and -832 Shown below are the combinations of document size.0 148.7500-432.0 266.4 279.0 127.9 254.9 215.0 210.4 SEF 8.5 LEF 8.0 194.4 267—275 Off On 275—289 Off On Off On/Off Off On 262—267 On Off On Off 226—262 Off Off 213—226 163—188 188—202 202—213 On On/Off Off On Off On On Off Off Off On/Off Off Off On 138—163 Off Off 115—138 Off Off Detection Range 90—115 Previous Length (Slow scanning direction) Area Next Sensor (platen length APS 1) Off Sensor (platen length APS 2) Off 0 1 2 Go Back Japanese Post Card SEF Post Card SEF A6 SEF 5 X 7 SEF B6 SEF 5.9 SEF 11 X 17 SEF X N O N O X O X N O X O O O*1 O*1 N O N N O*2 O X X*2 X X O*2 N O X O N O N O X X N X X X*3 X *3 N X O N O X O N X O X*3 O O X*3 X*3 X X X X O O X X X*3 X*3 X*5 X X*5 O O N N O X*4 X X O*4 N X X O N O General information 1-51 .5 X 11 SEF 8. Width (Fast scanning direction: mm) Document Size Fast scanning Width 100.4 182.0 152.6 105.0 279. detection range in the fast scanning direction.5 X 8.5X 14 SEF 8 X 10 LEF B5 LEF B4 SEF Executive LEF 8 X 10.0 257.0/ 270.0 101.5 LEF 16kai LEF 8kai SEF 8.5 X 12.0 257.7 266.0 139.0/ 195.7 267.7 148.5 X 8.

5 X 8. -632.7500-432. ADF document size detection The ADF first detects the document size when the document is set on the document tray.5 X 11 SEF to A4 SEF by the system data. Changeable from A4 LEF to 8. or from 8. 1-52 MFP Service Manual . When different-sized sheets are stacked on the tray. sensor (ADF APS 2) and the sensor (ADF APS 3) for detecting the document width (in the fast scanning direction) and ON/off status of the sensor (document tray length 1) and the sensor (document tray length 2) for detecting the document length (in the slow scanning direction).5 X 11 LEF to 8 X 10.5 X 11 LEF.5 LEF to A5 LEF. Detection Range 289—307 Previous Length (Slow scanning direction) Area Sensor (platen length APS 1) Off On Sensor (platen length APS 2) Off On 0 1 2 Next A4 LEF A3 SEF O O O O O*5 O*5 Go Back N: Detectable by replacing the document size marked as O with the system data having the same detection information.5 LEF by the system data. Changeable from Executive LEF to 8 X10 LEF. the document size is determined by a combination of ON/off status of the sensor (ADF APS 1). the document size is determined by using the largest possible combination of width and length obtained from the sheets. Detectable by setting the system data. sensor (document tray width 2) and the sensor (document tray width 3) are shielded (blocked) or unshielded (unblocked) by the document tray size actuator moving in conjunction with guides of the document tray. *1: *2: *3: *4: *5: Changeable from 5. and detects the document size again when the document travels.2 O: Detectable by default. Changeable from B5 LEF or 8. X: Not detectable. or from A3 SEF to 11 X 17 SEF. and -832 Width (Fast scanning direction: mm) Document Size Fast scanning Width 297. The document length is detected according to whether the sensor (document tray length 1) and the sensor (document tray length 2) are shielded (blocked) or unshielded (unblocked) by the document set on the tray. The document width is detected according to whether the sensor (document tray width 1). When the document is set on the document tray.2 297.

and -832 The standard document sizes to be identified by the same given detection information are defined on an area-by-area basis. Previous Document tray media size actuator Next Go Back Sensor (document tray width 1) Sensor (document tray width 2) Sensor (document tray width 3) General information 1-53 . Each area is to be set in the system data. -632.7500-432.

5 X 11 SEF 8.5 X 8.5 SEF A5 LEF A4 SEF 5.5 LEF 8. sensor (ADF APS 2) and the sensor (ADF APS 3).5 LEF Executive LEF 16kai LEF 8kai SEF 8.5 SEF A5 SEF B5 SEF 8 X 10 SEF 8 X 10. document size detection is performed as follows.7500-432. -632. The document length in the slow scanning direction is detected by the scanning time measured from the moment when the document starts scanning from the wait position (see Pre-registration) until its tail end passes through the sensor (ADF sheet through). Width (Fast scanning direction) Sensor (document tray width *) 1 5. When the document goes through the sensor (ADF APS 1).5 X 11 LEF 11 X 17 SEF A4 LEF A3 SEF O: Detectable X: Not Detectable While the document is traveling.5 X 8. the document width in the fast scanning direction is detected according to the combination of shielded/ unshielded status of each sensor.5 X 13 SEF 8. and -832 The table below shows the combinations of document sizes and sensors.5 X 14 SEF 8 X 10 LEF B5 LEF B4 SEF 8 X 10. On On On On On Off On On On On On On Off On Off On On Off Off On Off On On Off On On Off Off Off On Off Off Off On On Off On Off Off On Off On On Off Off Off Off On Off Off Off On Off Off 2 Off 3 Off Length (Slow scanning direction) Sensor (document tray length *) 1 On 2 Off 0 X O X X O O O O O O X O O O O O X O O O O O Previous Area 1 O X X O X O O O O X O O O O O O X O O O O O 2 X O O X X O O O O X O O O O X X O O O O O O Go Back Document Size Next 1-54 MFP Service Manual .

For the ADF. General information 1-55 . the CCD image sensor output is adjusted and the read image data is compensated. This compensation includes shading compensation. black level variation compensation is performed at the white reference plate position of the platen. Black level variation compensation Black level variation compensation is performed to compensate for variation in black level that is caused by the temperature drift of the CCD image sensor and analog circuit. AGC is performed at initialization. For the platen. For the ADF. -632. Previous Next Go Back AGC (auto gain control): white level coarse adjustment AGC is a function that adjusts the gain so that the CCD image sensor output becomes as specified when the exposure lamp is on. The CCD image sensor output is adjusted with the gain/offset voltage of the amplifier in the analog circuit. and -832 Document scanning steps The CCD image sensor is used to read image data from the document. the reference data is collected and compensation values are calculated to compensate for the read image data. In addition. black level variation compensation is performed at the scanner read position.7500-432. These adjustment and compensation steps are detailed below. AOC is performed at initialization. White level variation compensation includes two processes: acquisition of white variation compensation reference data during initialization and white variation compensation during document scanning. white variation compensation. Shading compensation Shading compensation is a function that compensates for pixel-to-pixel sensitivity variation of the CCD image sensor and pixel-to-pixel output variation of the CCD image sensor that is caused by illumination non uniformity in the fast scanning direction of the optical system. white level variation compensation is performed at both the white reference plate position of the platen and at the white reference plate of the scanner read position. AGC functions as a coarse white level adjustment of the image. AOC functions as a black level adjustment of the image. The reference data is prepared by reading the image data of a white reference plate via the CCD image sensor. AOC (auto offset control) AOC is a function that adjusts the offset voltage so that the CCD image sensor output becomes as specified when the exposure lamp is off. To stabilize the read image data. Shading compensation is performed at initialization. White level variation compensation White level variation compensation is performed to compensate for variation in light quantity of the exposure lamp. and black variation compensation. This adjustment includes AGC and AOC. Black level variation compensation is performed during document scanning.

and -832 Tandem tray theory Previous Next Go Back 1-56 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

and -832 Driving force transmission path 2 tray / tandem tray drive motor assembly The rotating force of the 2 tray / tandem tray motor is transmitted through the gears to components that require mechanical driving force as shown below. -632. General information 1-57 .7500-432. Previous Next 2TM/TTM drive motor Go Back TTM drive gear (22/40) 2TM/TTM clutch TTM drive gear (38T) TTM drive gear (60T) TTM drive gear (60T) TTM drive gear (60T) TTM drive gear bracket ASM TTM drive gear (37T) TTM tray 4 media transport roll ASM TTM drive gear (32T) TTM drive gear (37T) 2TM/TTM media transport roll ASM The driving force transmitted to the gear 22/40T drives the transport roll assembly through the clutch and gears.

-632. and -832 Media transport Media transport path Media is supplied from tray 3 or tray 4. Tray 3 Tray 4 Previous Next Pick roll Pick roll Go Back Separation roll Feed roll Separation roll Feed roll Upper pinch roll Lower pinch roll Upper pinch roll 2TM/TTM media Transport roll ASM 2TM/TTM media Transport roll ASM Media transport roll ASM Registration roll ASM Transfer roll ASM Drum PC cartridge Heat roll Pressure roll Fuser unit ASM Exit 1 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 media transport roll ASM Exit 1 Exit 2 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 Duplex media transport roll ASM Duplex media Center transport roll ASM 1-58 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. and is transported to the printer along the media transport path shown below.

and -832 Media transport path The following is a cross section of the printer and the tandem tray module. additional trays are available.7500-432. General information 1-59 . Previous Exit 2 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 media exit pinch rolls Exit 2 Next Go Back Duplex Duplex media transport roll ASM Duplex media center transport roll ASM Duplex media transport pinch roll Duplex media transport roll ASM MPF pick roll MPF MPF Transport pinch roll MPF Transport roll ASM Media transport pinch roll Transport roll ASM Separation roll Exit 2 media transport roll ASM Exit 1 media exit roll ASM Exit 1 media exit pinch rolls Pressure roll Heat Roll Transfer roll ASM Drum Registration pinch roll Registration roll ASM Pick roll Feed roll TRAY 4 TRAY 3 (TTM) Tandem tray Tray 4 transport roll ASM Functions of main components When the tandem tray module is installed under the printer. showing the main components directly associated with the media path and transport. -632.

The force pushing up the bottom plate of tray 4 is transmitted to the tray lift shaft assembly through the tray lift gear assembly 4. front right cable and front left cable by the rotation of the tray lift shaft assembly.7500-432. which causes the supplied media to come into contact with the pick roll. which causes the supplied media to contact the pick roll. -632. These guides come into contact with the front and rear edges of the media and hold it in position. Previous Next Front media guide / rear media guide The front media guide can be adjusted to different media sizes by moving it to the front or rear. The rear side guide moves together with the front side guide. Go Back Bottom plate The force pushing up the bottom plate of tray 3 is transmitted by the driving force of the media feed lift motor on the media feed unit assembly to the media lift shaft assembly through the tray lift gear assembly 3. The bottom plate is lifted up via the rear tray cables. The bottom plate is lifted up via the front tray cables and rear tray cables by the rotation of the tray lift shaft assembly. Tray 3 media tray assembly Rear lift cables Rear media guide Front media guide Bottom plate F/L lift cable F/R lift cable 1-60 MFP Service Manual . and -832 Media tray assembly Media feed unit assembly It is necessary to adjust the front and rear side guides in the media tray assembly to match the media size.

When the sensing area is blocked (media is present). While feeding media. When lifting the bottom plate. Thus. Sensor (media out) If there is no media in the media tray assembly. the media level actuator of the sensor (media level) lowers accordingly. the signal turns off. -632. the light of the sensor is transmitted.7500-432. sensor (media out). the media out actuator lowers and the flag of the media out actuator that has stayed in the sensor (media out) sensing area leaves there. Switch (TTM media size) The switch (TTM media size) switches the setting of the size of media supplied from each media tray assembly. Media feed lift motor The media feed lift motor is activated to feed media and to lift the bottom plate. A signal indicating the set size is transmitted as a voltage to the printer engine card assembly. The media feed unit assembly is a mechanical unit supplying media from the media tray assembly to the printer. and -832 Tray 4 media tray assembly Previous Rear lift cables Rear media guide Next Front media guide Go Back Bottom plate F/L lift cable F/R lift cable Media feed unit assembly Since the tray 3 and tray 4 are functionally equivalent in terms of the switch (TTM media size). The driving force from the media feed lift motor on the media feed unit assembly is transmitted to the three roll assemblies to feed media. When the pick roll picks up sheets of media and the remaining media decreases. General information 1-61 . only the components of one tray are described here. it rotates forward to drive the pick roll. sensor (media level) and sensor (pre-feed). it rotates in reverse to drive the tray module gears to turn the lift up shaft.

7500-432. When the flag of the actuator leaves the sensor (media level) sensing area. the sensor detects that the media has been lifted. -632. The sensor on/off states can be monitored by media passing through the sensor (pre-feed) sensing area. Previous Sensor (pre-feed) This sensor detects a media jam in the media tray assembly by the media position and sensor on/off time. and -832 Sensor (media level) This sensor detects by the actuator position whether media in the media tray assembly is lifted. Next Go Back Media feed lift motor Sensor (pre-feed) Sensor (media level) Sensor (media out) Media feed unit assembly Switch (TTM media size) Front 1-62 MFP Service Manual .

2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly The 2TM/TTM transport roll assembly feeds media from the tray 3 or tray 4 to the printer. 2TM/TTM controller card assembly The 2TM/TTM controller card assembly.7500-432. -632. controls media feed in the tandem tray module upon receiving a command from the printer engine card assembly and sensor/switch information. Switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) 2TM/TTM media transport roll ASM Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) Front General information 1-63 . Previous Next Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) The sensor (tray 3 feed-out) detects media fed from the tray 3 or tray 4. Go Back Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) The sensor (tray 4 feed-out) detects media fed from the tray 4. and -832 Main components Switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) The left door interlock switch detects open/close of the left door assembly. which contains a CPU.

Previous Next Analog switch Media Size S/W1 No Tray B5L/7. corresponding to the media sizes of the media tray assembly. Note: The switches (TTM media size) are denoted by “S/W1” and “S/W3” respectively from the left side. -632. and -832 Switch (tandem tray media size) The following table gives on/off states of the switches on the switch (TTM media size).7500-432.25” x 10.5”L 8.5” x 11”L A4L Off Off On On S/W3 Off On Off On Go Back 1-64 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. Duplex drive motor Duplex drive gear 33/74T Duplex drive gear 33/74T Duplex drive gear 28T Duplex drive gear 28T Duplex drive gear 33T Duplex media center transport roll asm Duplex media transport roll asm Duplex drive gear 42T Duplex drive gear 33T Duplex drive gear 28T Duplex media transport roll asm The transmitted driving force drives the two duplex media transport roll assemblies. -632. General information 1-65 . and -832 Duplex Previous Next Go Back Duplex drive motor The rotating force of the drive motor is transmitted through the gears to components that need mechanical driving force as shown below. and the (duplex media center transport roll assembly) through the gears.

-632. and is transported to the printer along the media transport path shown below. MPF Tray 1 Tray 2 Previous Next Go Back MPF pick roll Pick roll Pick roll MPF Transport Roll ASM Separation roll Feed roll Media feed unit ASM Separation roll Feed roll Media feed unit ASM MPF ASM Media transport roll ASM Registration roll ASM Transfer roll ASM Drum PC cartridge Heat roll Pressure roll Fuser unit ASM Exit 1 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 media transport roll ASM Exit 1 Exit 2 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 Duplex media transport roll ASM Duplex media Center transport roll ASM 1-66 MFP Service Manual . and -832 Media transport Media transport path With the duplex installed.7500-432. tray 1 or tray 2. media is supplied from the MPF.

General information 1-67 . Switch (duplex left door interlock) The switch (left door interlock) detects open/close of the left door. The following outlines the functions of the main components of the duplex. and -832 Layout of media transport path The main components associated with the media path and transport with the duplex installed. Previous Exit 2 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 media exit pinch rolls Exit 2 Exit 2 media transport roll ASM Exit 1 media exit roll ASM Exit 1 media exit pinch rolls Pressure roll Heat Roll Transfer roll ASM Drum Registration pinch roll Registration roll ASM Pick roll Feed roll Go Back Next Duplex Duplex media transport roll ASM Duplex media center transport roll ASM Duplex media transport pinch roll Duplex media transport roll ASM MPF pick roll MPF MPF Transport pinch roll MPF Transport roll ASM Media transport pinch roll Transport roll ASM Separation roll TRAY 4 TRAY 3 (TTM) Tandem tray Tray 4 transport roll ASM Functions of main components When the duplex is installed to the left of the printer. Sensor (duplex wait) The sensor (duplex wait) detects whether media is remaining in the duplex. -632. duplex (double-sided) printing is available with the printer.7500-432.

Duplex media transport roll asm Sensor (duplex wait) Duplex controller card asm Duplex media center transport roll asm Duplex drive motor Duplex media transport roll asm 1-68 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. and -832 Duplex media transport roll assembly The two duplex media transport roll assemblies and the duplex media center transport roll assembly re-feeds the media printed on the front side through the duplex to print on the rear side. Next Go Back Duplex drive motor The duplex drive motor transmits driving force to the two duplex media transport roll assemblies and the duplex media center transport roll assembly middle that feeds media. -632. Previous Duplex controller card assembly The duplex controller card assembly that contains a CPU controls media feed in the duplex upon receiving a command from the printer engine card assembly and sensor/switch information.

7500-432. and -832 Exit 2 Previous Next Go Back Exit 2 drive motor The rotating force of the exit 2 drive motor is transmitted through the gears to components that need mechanical driving force as shown below. General information 1-69 . -632. Exit 2 drive motor Exit 2 drive gear 19T Exit 2 drive gear 19T Exit 2 drive gear 19/44T Exit 2 media exit roll asm Exit 2 drive gear 19T Exit 2 media transport roll asm The transmitted driving force drives the exit 2 media transport roll assembly and the exit 2 media exit roll assembly through the gears.

tray 1.7500-432. or tray 2 and is transported to the printer along the media transport path shown below. MPF Tray 1 Tray 2 Previous Next Go Back MPF pick roll Pick roll Pick roll MPF Transport Roll ASM Separation roll Feed roll Media feed unit ASM Separation roll Feed roll Media feed unit ASM MPF ASM Media transport roll ASM Registration roll ASM Transfer roll ASM Drum PC cartridge Heat roll Pressure roll Fuser unit ASM Exit 1 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 media transport roll ASM Exit 1 Exit 2 media exit roll ASM Exit 2 Duplex media transport roll ASM Duplex media Center transport roll ASM 1-70 MFP Service Manual . -632. media is supplied from the MPF. and -832 Media transport Media transport path With the exit 2 installed.

7500-432. -632. Reverse rotation of this motor moves it to the rear side. Forward rotation of this motor moves the media exit roll assembly to the front side. Previous Exit 2 media exit roll ASM Next Exit 2 media exit pinch rolls Exit 2 Go Back Duplex Duplex media transport roll ASM Duplex media center transport roll ASM Duplex media transport pinch roll Duplex media transport roll ASM MPF pick roll MPF MPF Transport pinch roll MPF Transport roll ASM Media transport pinch roll Transport roll ASM Separation roll Exit 2 media transport roll ASM Exit 1 media exit roll ASM Exit 1 media exit pinch rolls Pressure roll Heat Roll Transfer roll ASM Drum Registration pinch roll Registration roll ASM Pick roll Feed roll TRAY 4 TRAY 3 (TTM) Tandem tray Tray 4 transport roll ASM Functions of Main Components Drive motor The drive motor is a stepping motor driving the transport roll assembly and media exit roll assembly. General information 1-71 . Media shift motor The media shift motor is a stepping motor moving the media exit roll assembly frontward or rearward. Forward rotation of this motor drives these rollers to feed media to the exit 2 standard bin. Reverse rotation of this motor drives the transport roll assembly to feed media to the duplex. and -832 Layout of media transport path The following figure illustrates the main components directly associated with the media path and transport with the exit 2 installed.

and -832 Exit interface card assembly (located in the printer) The exit interface card assembly contains a CPU and controls media feed in the exit 2 upon receiving a command from the printer engine card assembly and sensor/switch information. Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) The sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) detects the media exit roll assembly position. 1-72 MFP Service Manual . Go Back Sensor (Standard bin full exit 2) The sensor (exit 2 standard bin full) detects whether the standard bin is full. Next Sensor (exit 2) The sensor (exit 2) detects whether media is remaining in the exit 2. Previous Exit 2 left door assembly The left door assembly detects open/close of the exit 2.7500-432. -632.

magnetic #2 Phillips screwdriver.7500-432.5 mm hexdriver (magnetic) General information 1-73 . magnetic #2 Phillips screwdriver. and -832 Exit 2 transport roll assembly and media exit roll assembly The exit 2 transport roll assembly and exit 2 media exit roll assembly are rollers used to eject media to the exit 2 standard bin or to feed media to the duplex. -632. magnetic short-blade Needle nose pliers Diagonal side cutters Spring hook Analog or digital multi meter Parallel wrap plug 1319128 Twinax/serial debug cable (#1381963) Coax/serial debug cable (#1381964) 5. Previous Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) Exit 2 media exit roll asm Sensor (standard bin full exit 2) Next Go Back Exit interface card asm Sensor (exit 2) Switch (exit 2 left door interlock) Exit 2 media transport roll asm Media shift motor Rear Exit 2 drive motor Tools required for service Flat-blade screwdriver #1 Phillips screwdriver.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Acronyms 2TM AC ADF APS ASIC CRU CSU CCW CW DC DIMM DRAM EDO EP EPROM ESD FRU GB GFI HCF HVPS LASER LCD LD LED LEF LVPS MPF MS NVM NVRAM OEM OPT PC PEL POR POST PPM PSC PSD PWM RADF RFID RIP ROM RPM SDRAM SEF SIMM SOS SRAM 2 Tray Module Alternating Current Automatic Document Feeder Automatic Paper Size Application Specific Integrated Circuit Customer Replaceable Unit Customer Setup Counterclockwise Clockwise Direct Current Dual Inline Memory Module Dynamic Random Access Memory Enhanced Data Out Electrophotographic Process Erasable Programmable Read-only Memory Electrostatic Discharge Field Replaceable Unit Gigabyte Ground Fault Interrupter High-Capacity Feeder High Voltage Power Supply Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation Liquid Crystal Display Laser Diode Light-Emitting Diode Long Edge Feed Low Voltage Power Supply Multi-Purpose Feeder Microswitch Nonvolatile Memory Nonvolatile Random Access Memory Original Equipment Manufacturer Optical Sensor Photoconductor Picture element Power-on Reset Power-on Self Test Pages Per Minute Parallel Synchronous Communications Position Sensing Device Pulse Width Modulation Recirculation Auto Document Feeder Radio Frequency Identification Raster Imaging Processor Read only Memory Revolutions Per Minute Synchronous Dual Random Access Memory Short Edge Feed Single Inline Memory Module Start of Scan Static Random Access Memory Previous Next Go Back 1-74 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. -632. and -832 TTM TVOC UPR V V ac V dc Tandem Tray Module Total Volatile Organic Compound Used Parts Return Volts Volts alternating current Volts direct current Previous Next Go Back General information 1-75 .

7500-432. -632. and -832 Previous Next Go Back 1-76 MFP Service Manual .

be sure to follow the procedures in this manual. allow the surface to cool before touching. and -832 2. Go Back CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: The printer weighs approximately 75 kg (165 lbs) and requires two or more trained personnel to lift it safely. Go to “Power-on Reset sequence” on page 2-2. never touch the conductive parts while it is not specifically required. Never touch the live parts. Diagnostic information 2-1 . Servicers should wear a wrist band or the like to remove static electricity from their body. • If you get an error code message. be sure to keep them covered unless otherwise specified. go to “Understanding the printer operator panel” on page 2-3. look for the following information: • Verify the installation status. -632. When operating the driving units using the diagnostics or other tools. Note: There may be printer error messages that are not contained in this service manual. Go to “Confirm the installation status” on page 2-2. CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: The inside of the printer might be hot. or electronic board. This is a precaution for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer. go to “Service checks” on page 2-36. • For additional operator panel information. Warning: Using service checks To determine the corrective action necessary to repair a printer. • Does POR (Power-on Reset) stop? Check the POR sequence. refer to the User’s Guide. assembly. Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down. Warning: Warning: When operating the driving units using the diagnostics or other tools. • If you have an attendance message. To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component. – For detailed information on specific error codes and error messages. CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: If the printer is kept on. When operating the driving units using diagnostics or other tools. Disconnect any connections between the printer and PCs/ peripherals.7500-432. go to “Error code messages” on page 2-11. grounding their body while working. never touch the driving units. Go to “Handling ESD-sensitive parts” on page 4-1. Call your next level of support for assistance. The power switch and inlet of the low voltage power supply card (LVPS card) assembly is live even while the power supply is cut off. Diagnostic information Start Previous Next CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet and then from the printer before connecting or disconnecting any cable.

Previous • With the power cord unplugged from the wall outlet. check that the cord is free from breakage. The scanner exposure lamp flashes several times. 6. fire. The fuser unit assembly lamps turn on. The RIP card assembly cooling fan turns on. The following is an example of the screen that appears after the code is loaded. humidifier. disconnected wire. and -832 Confirm the installation status Be sure to check the following items before starting the troubleshooting procedures. Check all attached options for proper attachment and electrical connection. The printer is not installed in direct sun. in a very dusty • • • • • • • place. The printer is not installed in a place where volatile gas or inflammable gas is generated. or a place exposed to air flow from the air conditioning system. The fuser cooling fan turns on. Media meets specifications and is installed properly. Customer maintenance parts have been replaced at the specified intervals. heat generating unit. Next • The printer is properly grounded. 4. 3. Turn the machine on. Power-on Reset sequence The following is an example of the events that occur during the POR sequence: 1. Check the power cord ground terminal. The printer is installed on a level and stable surface. or incorrect connection in the power cord. The transport motor turns on. 5. 7. Go Back • The printer is not installed close to water service. The Lexmark splash screen appears with a progress bar in the center until the code is loaded. -632. short-circuit. 2-2 MFP Service Manual . Refer to the User’s Guide for proper installation. Operator panel LED becomes solid. 8. • The printer is not installed at a place subjected to extreme temperature. extreme humidity or rapid changes in temperature.7500-432. 2.

faxing. and -832 Understanding the printer operator panel 1 4 GHI 7 PQRS 2 ABC 5 JKL 8 TUV 0 3 DEF 6 MNO 9 WXYZ # II Previous 2 3 Next 10 9 8 1 * Go Back 4 5 7 6 3 DEF 5 JKL 7 PQRS 8 TUV 6 MNO 9 WXYZ 0 # II 1 4 GHI 2 ABC * 11 12 Item 1 2 Display Keypad 1 4 GHI 7 PQRS 2 ABC 5 JKL 8 TUV 0 3 DEF 6 MNO 9 WXYZ # II Function View scanning. -632.7500-432. letters. or symbols on the display. Enter numbers. and printing options as well as status and error messages. * Diagnostic information 2-3 . copying.

8 Stop 9 Back In the Copy menu. * 11 12 Front USB port Standard output bin LED Insert a USB flash drive to send data to the printer. press to redial a fax number. press to delete the right-most digit of the value in the Copy Count.). the Fax Destination List menu item. enter it twice— ##. • From the home screen. or printing. processing data. another press of causes the cursor to move up one line. then the shortcut is deleted. or home screen. but idle. • From the home screen. • If pressed while a job is scanning. Next 4 Dial Pause Go Back 5 Home 6 Start • Press to initiate the current job indicated on the display. • Press to cause a two. 10 Asterisk * is used as part of a fax number or as an alphanumeric character. -632. Once an entire line is deleted. or Profile List menu item to access shortcuts. 2-4 MFP Service Manual . In the Fax Destination List. • Blinking red—Operator intervention is needed. the button has no effect. Stops all printer activity. • The button functions only within the Fax menu or with fax functions. press to start a copy job with the default settings. and -832 3 Pound or number character Press # : Previous # • For a shortcut identifier. a Dial Pause is represented by a comma (. E-mail Destination List menu item. • Solid green—The printer is on. Press to return to the home screen. fax function.7500-432.or three-second dial pause in a fax number. For a Fax number with a #. If the character is in a shortcut. • Blinking green—The printer is warming up. In the Fax To field. In the E-mail Destination List. Provides adequate lighting for viewing printed media. • Within phone numbers. • From the home screen. A list of options is offered once Stopped appears on the display. 7 Indicator light • Off—The power is off. You can also press to delete an entire shortcut entry. press to delete the right-most digit of a number entered manually. When outside of the Fax menu. pressing causes an error beep. press to delete the character to the left of the cursor. The default value of 1 appears if the entire number is deleted by pressing numerous times.

Use the Home screen buttons to initiate an action such as copying. Opens the menus. These menus are available only when the printer is in the Ready state. and -832 Understanding the home screen After the MFP is turned on and a short warm-up period occurs. the Copy menus can also be accessed by pressing a number on the keypad. faxing.7500-432. Once it is set up. the display shows the following basic screen which is referred to as the Home screen. it appears as a display item. or scanning. or to respond to messages. -632. Opens a screen containing all the held jobs 3 4 Fax FTP 5 6 Menus Held Jobs Diagnostic information 2-5 . Previous Next 1 2 3 4 Go Back 10 9 8 7 6 5 Display item 1 2 E-mail Copy Function Opens the E-mail menus Opens the Copy menus Note: From the home screen. Opens the Fax menus Opens the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) menus Note: This function must be set up by your system support person. to open the menu screen.

2-6 MFP Service Manual . Searches on any of the following items and returns search results: • • • • • User names for held or confidential print jobs Job names for held jobs. such as Close door or Insert print cartridge. excluding confidential print jobs Profile names Bookmark container or job names USB container or job names for supported extensions only Previous 8 Search Held Jobs Next Go Back 9 Status/Supplies Appears on the display whenever the MFP status includes a message requiring intervention. • Shows MFP conditions such as Toner Low.7500-432. then there are held faxes with a schedules hold time previously set. Touching this button opens a PIN entry screen. and -832 7 Status message bar • Shows the current MFP status such as Ready or Busy. Touch this button to access the messages screen for more information on the message. including how to clear it. touch this button. Entering the correct PIN locks the printer operator panel (touch screen and hard buttons). Opens a context-sensitive Help feature within the display touch screens 10 Other buttons may appear on the home screen Button Release Held Faxes Function If this button is shown. -632. To access the list of held faxes. Held Jobs Opens a screen containing all the held jobs Lock Device This button appears on the screen when the printer is unlocked and Device Lockout Personal Identification Number (PIN) has been set. • Shows intervention messages to give instructions on what the user should do so the MFP can continue processing.

Previous Next Cancel Jobs Opens the Cancel Jobs screen. If more than three jobs exist in a column. Fax. Touching this button opens a PIN entry screen. The Cancel Jobs screen shows three headings: Print. and -832 Unlock Device This button appears on the screen when the printer is locked. Go Back Diagnostic information 2-7 . Each job appears as a button which you can touch to access information about the job. then an arrow appears enabling you to scroll through the jobs. -632. and Network headings: • Print job • Copy job • Fax profile • FTP • E-mail send Each heading has a list of jobs shown in a column under it which can show only three jobs per screen. The following items are available under the Print. The printer operator panel buttons and shortcuts cannot be used while it appears. Entering the correct PIN unlocks the printer operator panel (touch screen and hard buttons).7500-432. and Network. Fax.

and -832 Using the touch-screen buttons Note: Depending on your options and administrative setup. your screens and buttons may vary from those shown. -632.7500-432. Previous Next Sample touch screen Go Back Button Home Returns to the home screen Function Scroll down Opens a drop-down list Left scroll decrease Scrolls to another value in decreasing order Right scroll increase Scrolls to another value in increasing order Left arrow Scrolls left 2-8 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. The radio button is blue to show it is selected. and -832 Button Right arrow Scrolls right Function Previous Next Submit Saves a value as the new user default setting Go Back Submit Back Navigates back to the previous screen Other touch-screen buttons Button Down arrow Moves down to the next screen Function Up arrow Moves up to the next screen Unselected radio button This is an unselected radio button. Cancel Jobs See “Cancel Jobs” on page 2-9. Diagnostic information 2-9 . The radio button is gray to show it is unselected. Selected radio button This is a selected radio button. -632.

This feature acts as a trail. such as copy or fax. Previous Next Cancel • Cancels an action or a selection • Cancels out of a screen and returns to the previous screen Go Back Select Selects a menu or menu item Features Feature Menu trail line: Menus <arrow>‡ Settings <arrow>‡ Copy Settings <arrow>‡ Number of Copies Description A Menu trail line is located at the top of each menu screen. showing the path taken to arrive at the current menu. and -832 Button Continue Function Touch this button when more changes need to be made for a job or after clearing a paper jam. Attendance message alert If an attendance message occurs which closes a function. -632. Touch any of the underlined words to return to that menu or menu item. If you touch an underlined word on the Number of Copies screen before the Number of Copies is set and saved. This indicates that an attendance message exists. The Number of Copies is not underlined since this is the current screen. then the selection is not saved. and it does not become the user default setting. It gives the exact location within the menus. then a solid red dot appears over the function button on the home screen.7500-432. 2-10 MFP Service Manual .

01 Paper jam Check area A 201.00 Paper jam Check area A Sensor (fuser exit) off jam The sensor (fuser exit) is not turned off within the specified time after the sensor (fuser exit) is turned on. 202.02 Paper jam Check area A 203.03 Sensor (exit 2) static jam” on page 2-46. Go Back 200.00 Paper jam Check area A Error contents Sensor (registration) off jam (too long) Description/Action Previous Next The sensor (registration) is not turned off within the specified time after the registration clutch is turned on. Go to “203.00 Sensor (exit 2) on jam” on page 2-41. Go to “202. Go to “202. E 203. Diagnostic information 2-11 .01 Paper jam Check areas A. -632. and -832 Error code messages Error code or message 200.00 Sensor (registration) off jam (too long)” on page 2-36. Go to “200.02 Paper jam Check areas A. E Sensor (exit 2) off jam The sensor (exit 2) is not turned off within the specified time after the sensor (exit 2) is turned on.03 Paper jam Check areas A. 202. The sensor (fuser exit) is not turned on within the specified time after the registration clutch is turned on.01 Sensor (exit 2) off jam” on page 2-43.00 Paper jam Check area A Sensor (registration) static jam Media remains on the sensor (registration). Go to “203.00 Sensor (fuser exit) off jam” on page 2-39.01 Sensor (registration) static on jam” on page 2-37. Go to “203.01 Sensor (fuser exit) off (too short) jam” on page 2-40. Sensor (fuser exit) on jam 202.02 Sensor (fuser exit) static jam” on page 2-41.01 Paper jam Check area A Sensor (fuser exit) off (too short) jam The sensor (fuser exit) is turned off earlier than the specified time after the sensor (fuser exit) is turned on. Go to “202. Go to “201. Sensor (exit 2) static jam Media remains on the sensor (exit2). E 203. Go to “200. Sensor (exit 2) on jam The sensor (exit 2) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (fuser exit) is turned on.00 Sensor (fuser exit) on jam” on page 2-38. Sensor (exit 2) is on in the standard bin or simplex finisher The sensor (exit 2) was turned on when the media is delivered to the exit 1 standard bin or simplex finisher.00 Paper jam Check area A Sensor (fuser exit) static jam Media remains on the sensor (fuser exit). 203.7500-432.02 Sensor (exit 2) on jam in standard bin or finisher” on page 2-45. Go to “203.

Go to “231. 242. E 230. tray 1 241. D 241.01 Paper jam Check area D 231. D 231. Next Sensor (duplex wait) static jam Media remains on the sensor (duplex wait). Go to “242.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 1 feed)” on page 2-54.03 Paper jam Check area B Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) static jam Media remains on the sensor (tray 2 feed-out).00 Paper jam Check areas A. Go to “242. Go to “241. Go to “242.01 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 1 feed)” on page 2-55. Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 1 feed) The sensor (pre-feed) tray 1 is not turned on within the specified time after the tray 1 media feed lift motor is turned on.00 Paper Jam Check area. -632.01 Paper jam Check area B. Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 2 feed) The sensor (registration) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) is turned on. Go to “230. Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 2 feed) The sensor (pre-feed) tray 2 is not turned on within the specified time after the tray 2 media feed lift motor is turned on.00 Sensor (duplex wait) on jam” on page 2-48.7500-432.00 Sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed)” on page 2-50. Sensor (registration) is not turned on within the specified time after the duplex motor is turned on.01 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 2 feed)” on page 2-58. and -832 Error code or message 230. Go to “231. Go to “241.02 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 2 feed)” on page 2-60.02 Paper jam Check area B Previous Error contents Sensor (duplex wait) on jam Description/Action The sensor (duplex wait) is not turned on within the specified time after the exit2 motor is turned on.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 2 feed)” on page 2-56. Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 1 feed) The sensor (registration) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (pre-feed) media feed unit 1 is turned on.01 Sensor (duplex wait) static jam” on page 2-50. tray 2 242.00 Paper jam Check area tray 2 242.01 Paper jam Check areas A. Go to “242. tray 1 242. Go Back Sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed) Sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed) Sensor (registration) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (duplex wait) is turned on. 2-12 MFP Service Manual .01 Sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed)” on page 2-52. Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 2 feed) The sensor (tray 2 feed-out) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (pre-feed) media feed unit 2 is turned on. Go to “230.01 Paper jam Check areas A.03 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) static jam” on page 2-62.00 Paper jam Check areas n A.

2TM equipped machines. 2TM equipped machines. go to “243. 2TM equipped machines. refer to the Options Service Manual. TTM equipped machines.01 Paper jam Check areas C.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 3 media feed)” on page 2-62. 243. TTM equipped machines. TTM equipped machines. TTM equipped machines. Diagnostic information 2-13 .03 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 3 media feed)” on page 2-67. refer to the Options Service Manual. go to “243.01 Paper jam Check areas C.01 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed)” on page 2-64. 243.00 Paper jam Check area tray 3 Previous Error contents Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 3 media feed) Description/Action The sensor (pre-feed) is not turned on within the specified time after the tray 3 feed lift motor is turned on. Go Back Next 243. refer to the Options Service Manual. 244. -632. 243.02 Paper jam Check areas A. go to “243. TTM equipped machines. go to “243. 244.7500-432.01 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed)” on page 2-73. tray 3 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed) The sensor (tray 3 feed-out) is not turned on within the specified time after the pre-feed sensor3 is on. 2TM equipped machines. 2TM equipped machines. TTM equipped machines. 2TM equipped machines.04 Paper jam Check area C Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) static jam Media remains on the sensor (tray 3 feed-out).03 Paper jam Check area B Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 3 media feed) The sensor (registration) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) is turned on. refer to the Options Service Manual. and -832 Error code or message 243. tray 4 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed) The sensor (tray 3 feed-out) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) is turned on. B Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed) The sensor (tray 2 feed-out) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) is turned on. refer to the Options Service Manual. go to “244.02 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed)” on page 2-66. go to “243.00 Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed)” on page 2-70. TTM equipped machines.04 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) static jam” on page 2-69. refer to the Options Service Manual. refer to the Options Service Manual. go to “244. 2TM equipped machines.00 Paper jam Check areas C. tray 4 Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed) The sensor (tray 4 feed-out) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (pre-feed) is turned on.

03 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 4 media feed)” on page 2-77. Sensor (tray 5 pre-feed) on jam The sensor (tray 5 pre-feed) is not turned on with in the specified time after the HCF feed lift motor is turned on.03 Paper jam Check area K 250. go to “244.7500-432. TTM equipped machines. 244. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Sensor (registration) on jam (MPF pick) The sensor (registration) is not turned on within the specified time after the MPF pick solenoid is turned on. go to “244. refer to the Options Service Manual. -632. refer to the Options Service Manual. go to “244. TTM equipped machines. TTM equipped machines. Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam The sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on the printer is not turned on within the specified time after the HCF feed lift motor is turned on. refer to the Options Service Manual. 2TM equipped machines. 244.04 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 4 media feed)” on page 2-78.02 Paper jam Check area B 245. Go Back Next 244. 2TM equipped machines.02 Paper jam Check areas B. go to “244. 2-14 MFP Service Manual .02 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed)” on page 2-75. MPF Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) static jam Media remains on the sensor (tray 4 feed-out).04 Paper jam Check area tray 4 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 4 media feed) The sensor (pre-feed) is not turned on within the specified time after the tray 4 feed lift motor is turned on.03 Paper jam Check area B Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 4 media feed) The sensor (registration) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) is turned on. Go to “250.05 Paper jam Check areas C. TTM equipped machines. tray 4 245. 2TM equipped machines.00 Paper jam Check areas A. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Sensor (tray 5 feed-out) static jam Paper remains on the sensor (tray 5 feed-out). tray 5 245. Refer to the Options Service Manual.00 Sensor (registration) on jam (MPF pick)” on page 2-81. Sensor (registration) on jam The sensor (registration) on the printer is not turned on within the specified time after the HCF feed lift motor is turned on. Refer to the Options Service Manual.01 Paper jam Check area K 245.00 Paper jam Check area K. C Previous Error contents Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed) Description/Action The sensor (tray 2 feed-out) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) is turned on. refer to the Options Service Manual.05 Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) static jam” on page 2-80. and -832 Error code or message 244. 2TM equipped machines.

01 Paper jam Check area A 280. the sensor (fuser exit) in the printer is in the on state.00 Paper jam Check area A Previous Error contents Sensor (bridge unit media entrance) on jam Description/Action Sensor (bridge unit media entrance) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (fuser exit) in the printer is turned on.02 Paper jam Check area F 281. Go Back Sensor (bridge unit media entrance) static jam B Paper remains on the sensor (bridge unit media entrance). Sensor (buffer path) on jam A Sensor (buffer path) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (finisher media entrance is turned on. At this time.01 Paper jam Check area F Sensor (bridge unit media exit) on jam B Sensor (bridge unit media exit) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (bridge unit media entrance) is turned on. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Diagnostic information 2-15 . Sensor (bridge unit media exit) static jam A Paper remains on the sensor (bridge unit media exit). Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual.7500-432. the sensor (bridge unit media entrance) is in the on state. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Sensor (finisher media entrance) on jam Sensor (finisher media entrance) is not turned on with the specified time after the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual. At this time. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on. 281. Next Sensor (bridge unit media entrance) static jam A Paper remains on the sensor (bridge unit media entrance). G4 Sensor (bridge unit media exit) on jam C Sensor (bridge unit media exit) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (bridge unit media entrance) is turned on. Refer to the Options Service Manual.00 Paper jam Check areas A 280.01 Paper jam Check areas F 283.00 Paper jam Check areas G. Refer to the Options Service Manual.03 Paper jam Check area F 282. -632. At this time. Sensor (finisher media entrance) static jam A Paper remains on the sensor (finisher media entrance). Refer to the Options Service Manual. Sensor (bridge unit media exit) on jam A Sensor (bridge unit media exit) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (bridge unit media entrance) is turned on.00 Paper jam Check area F 282.02 Paper jam Check area F 281. and -832 Error code or message 280. 281.

03 Paper jam Check area G2 284. At this time. and -832 Error code or message 283.01 Paper jam Check area F Sensor (lower media exit) on jam A Sensor (buffer path) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on. 284. Sensor (buffer path) static jam B Paper remains on the sensor (finisher buffer path). the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned off. the sensor (diverter gate) is on state but the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned off. Refer to the Options Service Manual.7500-432.04 Paper jam Check area H Sensor (lower media exit) on jam C Finisher sensor (lower media exit) not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (buffer path) is turned on. Refer to the Options Service Manual.02 Paper jam Check areas G2. Sensor (buffer path) static jam C Paper remains on the sensor (finisher buffer path). Refer to the Options Service Manual. At this time. Sensor (lower media exit) off jam A Sensor (lower media exit) is not turned off within the specified time after the finisher sensor (lower media exit) is turned on. At this time. Sensor (lower media exit) off jam B Finisher sensor (lower media exit) not turned off within the specified time after the finisher sensor (lower media exit) on.03 Paper jam Check areas G2 283. the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on. both sensor (diverter gate) and sensor (finisher media exit) are on state. the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on. 284. At this time the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on. the sensor (diverter gate) is turned on. G3 283. the sensor (diverter gate) is turned off. 284. Go Back Next Sensor (buffer path) static jam A Paper remains on the sensor (finisher buffer path). Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual.02 Paper jam Check areas G2. Refer to the Options Service Manual.00 Paper jam Check area F Previous Error contents Sensor (buffer path) on jam B Description/Action Sensor (buffer path) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (finisher media entrance is turned on. At this time. G3 Sensor (lower media exit) on jam B Sensor (buffer path) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (bridge unit media entrance) is turned on. -632. At this time. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual.01 Paper jam Check area G2 283.04 Paper jam Check areas G4 284. At this time. Refer to the Options Service Manual. 2-16 MFP Service Manual . At this time.

Sensor (upper media exit) on jam A Sensor (upper media exit) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on. -632. Refer to the Options Service Manual. 287. At this time. Go Back Sensor (compiler media in) static jam Paper remains on the sensor (compiler media in). Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual. At this time. Refer to the Options Service Manual.02 Paper jam Check areas G1. 287.00 Paper jam Check area H 286. G3 Sensor (upper media exit) on jam B Sensor (upper media exit) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on.01 Paper jam Check area F Sensor (upper media exit) off jam A Sensor (upper media exit) is not turned off within the specified time after the sensor (upper media exit) is turned on. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on. At this time. 287. Refer to the Options Service Manual. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned off.05 Paper jam Check area F Sensor (upper media exit) static jam A Paper remains on the sensor (upper media exit). 287. and -832 Error code or message 284. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on. At this time. Next Finisher set eject jam Finisher sensor (compiler media in) is not turned on within the specified time after the media eject motor is turned on.00 Paper jam Check area F Previous Error contents Sensor (lower media exit) static jam Description/Action Paper remains on the sensor (lower media exit).00 Paper jam Check area H 287. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is on state Refer to the Options Service Manual.05 Paper jam Check area H 285. Refer to the Options Service Manual. 287. Refer to the Options Service Manual.7500-432. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on.04 Paper jam Check area G Sensor (upper media exit) off jam B Sensor (upper media exit) is not turned off within the specified time after the sensor (upper media exit) is turned off. Diagnostic information 2-17 . At this time.03 Paper jam Check area G1 Sensor (upper media exit) on jam C Sensor (upper media exit) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on. At this time.

Refer to the Options Service Manual. both sensor (finisher media entrance) and sensor (bridge unit media exit) are turned off.01 Paper jam Check area F Previous Error contents Sensor (upper media exit) static jam B Description/Action Paper remains on the sensor (upper media exit). Refer to the Options Service Manual. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on.07 Paper jam Check area G1 288. 288.7500-432. both sensor (bridge unit media exit) and sensor (finisher media entrance) are turned off. Refer to the Options Service Manual. At this time. At this time. 2-18 MFP Service Manual . Sensor (diverter gate) static jam (to stacker bin) A Paper remains on the sensor (diverter gate) when the finisher is in the stacker bin exit mode. 288. At this time. At this time. Next Sensor (upper media exit) static jam C Paper remains on the sensor (upper media exit). At this time the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on.06 Paper jam Check areas G1. the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Go Back Sensor (diverter gate) on jam Sensor (diverter gate) is not turned on within the specified time after the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned on. Refer to the Options Service Manual. the sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on.06 Paper jam Check area G2 Sensor (diverter gate) static jam (to stacker bin) C Paper remains on the sensor (diverter gate) when the finisher is in the stacker bin exit mode. At this time. 288. both sensor (finisher media entrance) and sensor (bridge unit media exit) are turned off. Sensor (diverter gate) static jam (to top bin) A Paper remains on the sensor (diverter gate) when the finisher is in the upper bin exit mode. Refer to the Options Service Manual.05 Paper jam Check areas G2.03 Paper jam Check area G1 288.04 Paper jam Check area F Sensor (diverter gate) static jam (to top bin) C Paper remains on the sensor (diverter gate) when the finisher is in the upper bin exit mode. 288.00 Paper jam Check area F 288.02 Paper jam Check areas G2. G3 Sensor (diverter gate) static jam (to top bin) B Paper remains on the sensor (diverter gate) when the finisher is in the upper bin exit mode. Refer to the Options Service Manual. and -832 Error code or message 287. At this time. G3 287. -632. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual. but the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned off. At this time. but the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is turned off. the sensor (bridge unit media exit) is off state but the finisher sensor (finisher media entrance) is turned on. G3 Sensor (diverter gate) static jam (to stacker bin) B Paper remains on the sensor (diverter gate) when the finisher is in the stacker bin exit mode.

After the Pre Feed operation started for the second sheet.13 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. Diagnostic information 2-19 .11 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. the sensor (ADF registration) did not turn off within the specified time. Sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam After the sensor (sheet through) turned off in simplex mode. 290. the feed drive motor turned on (CW)) in Duplex mode. the sensor (ADF pre-registration) did not turn on within the specified time.12 Sensor (ADF registration) on jam side 2” on page 2-93. the sensor (ADF pre-registration) did not turn off within the specified time. -632. Previous Error contents Switch (sheet through) static jam Description/Action The system detected that the sensor (sheet through) is on. 290. the feed drive motor turned on (CW)) in Duplex mode.10 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) static jam” on page 2-90. Go Back Sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam ADF simplex side 1 After the Pre Feed operation started for the first sheet. 290. 290. 290.00 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. Go to “290. Go to “290.10 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner.01 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner.7500-432.13 Sensor (ADF registration) off jam” on page 2-95. Next Sensor (sheet through) on jam After the first feed operation started. Sensor (ADF pre-registration) static jam The system detected that the sensor (ADF preregistration) is on. After the ADF registration motor turned on in duplex mode. Go to “290. Go to “290. 290.11 Sensor (ADF registration) on jam ADF simplex side 1” on page 2-91. Go to “290.03 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam” on page 2-88. the sensor (ADF preregistration) did not turn on within the specified time. Go to “290. the feed drive motor turned on (CCW)).02 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner.03 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner.12 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner.02 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam ADF simplex side 1” on page 2-86. and -832 Error code or message 290. the feed drive motor turned on (CW)) in Duplex or Simplex mode. the sensor (sheet through) did not turn on within the specified time. the sensor (ADF pre-registration) did not turn off within the specified time. Sensor (ADF registration) off jam After the sensor (ADF pre-registration) turned off during the Read operation.01 Sensor (sheet through) on jam” on page 2-83. Sensor (ADF registration) on jam side 2 After the sensor (ADF pre-registration) turned on at Invert. Go to “290. the sensor (ADF registration) did not turn on within the specified time. Sensor (ADF registration) on jam ADF simplex side 1 After pre-registration started. the sensor (ADF registration) did not turn on within the specified time. Go to “290.00 Switch (sheet through) static jam” on page 2-83. 290.

2-20 MFP Service Manual .01 Sensor (ADF inverter) off jam (inverting)” on page 2-105. Go to “290. 291.02 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. Sensor (ADF registration) static jam The system detected that the sensor (ADF registration) is on.00 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. the sensor (ADF inverter) did not turn on within the specified time.02 Sensor (ADF inverter) on jam 2” on page 2-107.23 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. 290. Go to “291. Go to “290. the sensor (ADF registration) did not turn off within the specified time.14 Sensor (ADF inverter) on jam (Inverting)” on page 2-97.21 Sensor (ADF width APS 1) static jam” on page 2-102. Go to “291. Go Back Sensor (ADF width APS 1) static jam The system detected that the sensor (ADF width APS 1) is on. the sensor (ADF inverter) did not turn off within the specified time. Sensor (ADF width APS 2) static jam The system detected that the sensor (ADF width APS 2) is on.14 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. Sensor (ADF width APS 3) static jam The system detected that the sensor (ADF width APS 3) is on.15 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. After the ADF registration motor turned on (CCW) during Invert operation. -632. Go to “290. 290. the sensor (ADF inverter) did not turn on within the specified time. Next Sensor (ADF registration) off jam (inverting) After the sensor (ADF pre-registration) turned off at Invert.01 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. 291.00 Sensor (ADF registration) static jam” on page 2-104. Sensor (ADF inverter) on jam 2 After the Read Speed Control operation started.15 Sensor (ADF registration) off jam (inverting)” on page 2-99.21 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. the ADF registration motor turned on (CCW)). Go to “290.23 Sensor (ADF width APS 3) static jam” on page 2-104.22 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. Go to “291. 290. 290.7500-432. the sensor (ADF inverter) did not turn off within the specified time. Previous Error contents Sensor (ADF inverter) on jam (Inverting) Description/Action After the sensor (ADF registration) turned on during the Invert operation.22 Sensor (ADF width APS 2) static jam” on page 2-103. and -832 Error code or message 290. 291. Sensor (ADF inverter) off jam (Inverting) After the sensor (ADF registration) turned off during the Invert operation of the last document. Go to “290.

it was detected that the Fast Scan Direction size was different from the width of the document guide.01 Size mismatch jam (no mix-size)” on page 2-119.03 Too short size jam” on page 2-121. 294.7500-432. the sensor (ADF pre-registration) did not turn off within the specified time. 294. (Simplex mode) After the ADF registration motor turned on (CCW) during the Read operation.03 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. 295.00 Sensor (ADF inverter) static jam” on page 2-112. Go to “295.00 Size mismatch jam (mix-size)” on page 2-117. the sensor (ADF inverter) did not turn off within the specified time. 295. the sensor (ADF pre-registration) did not turn on within the specified time. Go to “295. Go to “294.01 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. Previous Error contents Sensor (ADF inverter) off jam Description/Action After the sensor (ADF registration) turned off during the Read operation of the last document.01 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam side 2” on page 2-113.03 Sensor (ADF inverter) off jam” on page 2-109. Sensor (ADF inverter) static jam The system detected that the sensor (ADF inverter) is on.02 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner.02 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam on inverting” on page 2-115.02 Invalid combine size jam” on page 2-120. Invalid Combine Size Jam An invalid document size combination was detected. Sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam side 2 After the Invert operation started.00 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner.02 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner.01 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. 295. the ADF registration motor turned on (CW)) at Invert. Go to “294. (Duplex mode) Go to “291.03 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. Go to “294. the sensor (ADF inverter) did not turn off within the specified time. the sensor (ADF inverter) did not turn off within the specified time. Next Go Back 294. 295. Go to “295. Go to “295. Too Short Size Jam The system detected a document with a length shorter than 115mm in the Slow Scan Direction.00 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. (Simplex mode) After the sensor (ADF registration) turned off during the Read operation. and -832 Error code or message 291. Size mismatch Jam (No Mixsize) The second and subsequent documents are different size from the first document. Diagnostic information 2-21 . -632. Sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam on inverting After the ADF registration motor turned on at Invert. Size mismatch Jam (Mixsize) In Mixed Size Originals.

01 Scanner cable missing or unplugged” on page 2-124.04 Too long size jam” on page 2-123. Go to “Scheduled maintenance required” on page 2-183. PC cartridge end of life The PC cartridge needs to be replaced. Go to “PC cartridge RFID failure” on page 2-180. Go Back 32 Unsupported toner cartridge 34 Incorrect media. Go to “PC cartridge set failure” on page 2-180.1mm or longer Go to “295. and -832 Error code or message 295. Toner cartridge RFID failure Tray 1 media size mismatch in length The media length detected by the sensor (registration) after the media is fed from media tray 1 does not match the length detected by media tray 1 switch (media size). Tray 4 media size mismatch in length Go to “Tray 4 media size mismatch in length” on page 2-199. Go to “298. Scheduled maintenance required Service is required to maintain printer performance. 34 Incorrect media. check tray 4 guides 80 Scheduled maintenance 84 Insert PC unit 84 PC unit abnormal 84 Replace PC unit Tray 3 media size mismatch in length Go to “Tray 3 media size mismatch in length” on page 2-197. PC cartridge set failure PC cartridge RFID failure A PC cartridge of a incorrect specification is installed. check tray 2 guides Tray 2 media size mismatch in length The media length detected by the sensor (registration) after the media is fed from media tray 2 does not match the length detected by media tray 2 switch (media size). 34 Incorrect media.4mm or longer • Duplex mode: 480.01 Previous Error contents Too Long Size Jam Description/Action The system detected a document with the following length in the Slow Scan Direction: • Simplex mode: 672. check tray 1 guides. Go to “PC cartridge end of life” on page 2-179. A toner cartridge of an incorrect specification is installed. check tray 3 guides 34 Incorrect media.7500-432. 298. Go to “Tray 2 media size mismatch in length” on page 2-193. -632. 2-22 MFP Service Manual . The PC cartridge is not installed. or is not installed properly.04 Scanner jam Remove all originals from the scanner. Go to “Toner cartridge RFID failure” on page 2-189. Next Scanner power cable missing or unplugged The scanner is not receiving input power. Go to “Tray 1 media size mismatch in length” on page 2-191.

Go to “842. Go to “842. Go to “843. Go to “842. After the Carriage Motor turned on. Go to “842. Scanner unit assembly . Go to “842.7500-432.ADF communication failure” on page 2-128. Next 842. Go to “842. Communication timeout.11 Service scanner failure 842.00 Sensor (scanner HP) failure” on page 2-130.00 Scanner communication failure” on page 2-125. Scanner communication failure Controller detected a communication failure.03 Service scanner failure 842. Scanner communication failure Controller detected a communication failure.11 Scanner communication failure (by scanner)” on page 2-128.00 Service image pipeline Previous Error contents Image pipeline ASIC failure Description/Action The image pipeline for processing the data that comes from the scanner. the sensor (scanner HP) did not turn on within the specified time. prior to being printed. -632.12 Scanner unit assembly communication failure” on page 2-129. Go to “842. Invalid message parameter(s). Sensor (scanner HP) failure An failure occurred while counting the pulses of the scanner drive motor assembly.03 Scanner communication failure” on page 2-127.01 Service scanner failure 842. Scanner unit assembly communication failure Communication failure occurred between the scanner controller card assembly and the RIP card assembly.00 Image pipeline ASIC failure” on page 2-124. has failed. Invalid message command. Go to “842.04 Scanner communication failure” on page 2-127. Go Back Scanner communication failure Controller detected a communication failure packet timeout.02 Scanner communication failure” on page 2-126.04 Service scanner failure 842.10 Scanner unit assembly . Go to “841.02 Service scanner failure 842.12 Service scanner failure 843.01 Scanner communication failure” on page 2-125. and -832 Error code or message 841.10 Service scanner failure 842. Scanner communication failure Controller detected a communication failure. Invalid message checksum.00 Service scanner failure 842.ADF communication failure Communication failure occurred between the scanner controller card assembly and the ADF controller card assembly. Scanner communication failure (by scanner) Communication failure occurred between the scanner controller card assembly and the RIP card assembly.00 Service scanner failure Scanner communication failure Controller detected a communication failure. Diagnostic information 2-23 .

10 Service scanner failure Previous Error contents Scanner carriage over run failure Description/Action The scanner carriage has over run. and -832 Error code or message 843.01 Service scanner failure 843. Next ADF RAM test failure Go Back 843.24 Service scanner failure 843.7500-432.22 Service scanner failure 843.25 Service scanner failure Scanner unit assembly connection failure There is an open circuit in the scanner interface cable assembly between the scanner controller card assembly and the RIP card assembly. the sensor (pick roll position HP) did not turn off within the specified time. (It checks at the time of power on) Go to “843.21 Scanner unit assembly EEPROM failure” on page 2-133.24 Image processing failure” on page 2-135.01 Scanner carriage over run failure” on page 2-131.23 Service scanner failure 843. Go to “843.21 Service scanner failure 843. Scanner cooling fan failure The scanner cooling fan has failed.12 ADF pick roll position lift up failure” on page 2-132. Go to “843. the sensor (pick roll position HP) did not turn on within the specified time. Go to “843.20 Scanner unit assembly connection failure” on page 2-133 Scanner unit assembly EEPROM failure The scanner unit assembly EEPROM failed during the read/write operation. ADF pick roll position lift up failure After the pick roll position motor assembly started reverse rotation. Go to “843.20 Service scanner failure 843. 843. Image processing failure An failure occurred in the image-processing system. -632. Go to “843. Go to “843.11 ADF EEPROM failure” on page 2-131. Go to “843. Scanner unit assembly EEPROM sub system failure The scanner unit assembly EEPROM failed during the read/write operation. After the pick roll position motor assembly started normal rotation. Go to “843.12 Service scanner failure ADF EEPROM failure The ADF-EEPROM failed during the read/write operation.11 Service scanner failure 843. The ADF controller card assembly RAM has failed in the read/write operation.10 ADF RAM test failure” on page 2-131. 2-24 MFP Service Manual .25 Scanner controller card assembly failure 1” on page 2-135.22 Scanner unit assembly EEPROM sub system failure” on page 2-134. Scanner controller card assembly failure 1 An internal processing failure occurred in the scanner controller card assembly. Go to “843.23 Scanner cooling fan failure” on page 2-134.

Sensor (ADF width APS X) failure Scanner unit assembly software logic failure A software failure was detected by the scanner controller card assembly.13 Switch (platen interlock) open” on page 2-143.26 Scanner controller card assembly failure 2” on page 2-136. Scanner communication failure Controller detected failures. Go to “846.01 Scanner communication failure” on page 2-141.00 Exposure lamp failure” on page 2-136.01 CCD initialization (lamp on) failure” on page 2-139. CCD initialization (lamp off) failure The CCD does not make a correct output when light is absent.00 Service scanner failure 845.01 Service scanner failure 846.12 Service scanner failure 846. Detected I/O failure. Switch (platen interlock) open The system detected that the switch (platen interlock) is open. The white reference initialization of the scanner unit assembly has failed after a POR or the amount of light from the exposure lamp is inadequate at the start of the scan.00 Scanner communication failure” on page 2-140. Go to “846. Go to “844. -632.01 White reference/exposure lamp illumination failure” on page 2-137.01 Service scanner failure Previous Error contents Scanner controller card assembly failure 2 Description/Action An internal processing failure occurred in the scanner controller card assembly. Go to “845. CCD initialization (lamp on) failure The CCD does not make a correct output when it receives a specified amount of light.01 Service scanner failure 845.00 CCD failure” on page 2-139.00 Service scanner failure 846. 845. Go Back White reference/exposure lamp Illumination failure The large platen glass is not properly installed or missing.00 Service scanner failure 844. sensor (ADF width APS 2) and sensor (ADF width APS 3) are abnormal. Go to “846.10 Service scanner failure 846. Scanner communication failure Controller detected failures. Go to “846. Scanner download timeout.26 Service scanner failure 844. The combinations of outputs from the sensor (ADF width APS 1).13 Service scanner error CCD failure A failure has occurred with the CCD sensor assembly. Go to “844.10 Sensor (ADF width APS X) failure” on page 2-141. Next Exposure lamp failure A failure has occurred with the exposure lamp. Go to “843. Go to “845. Go to “845.12 Scanner unit assembly software logic failure” on page 2-143.7500-432. Diagnostic information 2-25 . and -832 Error code or message 843.02 CCD initialization (lamp off) failure” on page 2-140. Go to “846.02 Service scanner failure 846.

RFID ASIC failure The RFID control circuit failed.00 Service hard drive 84 PC unit life warning 88 Toner low 88 Replace toner 900. Go to “907. Go to “906. Go to “905. Go Back Toner cartridge near empty The toner cartridge needs to be replaced soon. 2-26 MFP Service Manual .00 Service engine error 905. PPM data failure An incorrect NVM data is saved on the PPM.00 RAM read/write check failure” on page 2-145.00 Service engine error 904. Go to “900. CPU power to access NVM failure An internal process for data write of the NMVM on the printer engine card assembly failed. Toner cartridge empty All toner in the toner cartridge is consumed. the transport motor does not stop when media is not transported. -632. Go to “PC cartridge end of life” on page 2-179.xx System software error” on page 2-145. System software error A failure has occurred in the RIP card assembly software.00 Transport motor stop failure” on page 2-148.XX Service RIP software 903.00 Service engine error 906. Transport motor stop failure Due to the malfunction in the control system of the printer engine card assembly. even though its configuration ID indicates that a hard drive should be present.00 Service engine error 908.00 Service zero cross 910.00 CPU power to access NVM failure” on page 2-146.00 Zero cross failure” on page 2-148. Go to “908. RAM read/write check failure Read/write of RAM on the printer engine card assembly failed.00 Service engine error 909.00 Service motor error Previous Error contents Hard drive/configuration ID mismatch Description/Action The device does not have a hard drive installed.00 Service engine error 907. NVM read/write cannot be executed failure Read/write of the NVM on the printer engine card assembly failed. or toner supply is clogged.00 NVM data failure” on page 2-145. Go to “904. Next PC cartridge life near end The PC cartridge needs to be replaced soon.00 RFID ASIC failure” on page 2-147. NVM data failure A data error of NVM on the printer engine card assembly occurred. Go to “Toner cartridge empty” on page 2-186.7500-432.00 Hard drive failure” on page 2-144. Go to “910. Go to “909.00 NVM read/write cannot be executed failure” on page 2-146. Go to “Toner cartridge near empty” on page 2-188. Go to “849. Go to “903. and -832 Error code or message 849.00 PPM data failure” on page 2-147. Zero cross failure The zero cross engine has failed.

Go to “917.00 Printhead assembly failure” on page 2-150.00 Service motor error 912.00 Toner add motor assembly failure” on page 2-150. PC cartridge cooling fan failure The PC cartridge cooling fan has failed. Go to “919. bin 1 error Fuser cooling fan failure The fuser cooling fan has failed.00 PC cartridge cooling fan failure” on page 2-152.00 Service fan error 916.01 Service std. Next PC cartridge unit motor failure The PC cartridge motor does not rotate at the specified speed.01 Exit 2 unit assembly connection failure” on page 2-155. LVPS cooling fan failure Sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) failure The sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) is not turned on within the specified period after the exit 1 media shift motor is turned on.00 Service motor error Toner add motor assembly failure The toner concentration in the PC cartridge does not increase when the toner add motor is turned on for more than the specified time. bin 2 error Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) failure The sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) is not turned on within the specified time after the exit 2 shift motor is turned on. Go to “911. 914.00 Transport motor failure” on page 2-149. 915.00 Service fan error 917. Go to “912. Go Back Printhead assembly failure Rotation speed of the printhead motor is less than the specified value even when the specified time is passed after the motor starts rotating.00 Service std. Go to “918. Go to “915. -632.00 PC cartridge unit motor failure” on page 2-149.00 Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) failure” on page 2-154. and -832 Error code or message 911.00 Fuser cooling fan failure” on page 2-151. Go to “913. Go to “919.00 Sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) failure” on page 2-153.00 LVPS cooling fan failure” on page 2-153.00 Service motor error 913. bin 2 Exit 2 unit assembly connection failure Exit 2 unit assembly is missing or damaged.00 Service fan error 918.00 Service std.7500-432. Light intensity of the LD1 is less than the specified value. Go to “916. Diagnostic information 2-27 . 919. The LVPS cooling fan has failed. Go to “914.00 Service motor error Previous Error contents Transport motor failure Description/Action The transport motor does not rotate at the specified speed. 919.

the control thermistor does not detect the ready temperature even when the specified time is passed after the main lamp is turned on. Go to “920.00 Over heat temperature failure” on page 2-156.00 Fuser unit assembly on time failure” on page 2-156.00 PC cartridge RFID communication failure” on page 2-159. Go to “923. Go to “922.00 Rear thermistor failure” on page 2-157. Next Go Back 921.00 Center thermistor failure” on page 2-157. 922. the control thermistor does not detect the specified temperature even when the specified time is passed after the main lamp is on.00 PC cartridge RFID data write failure” on page 2-158.00 Service fuser error 924. Go to “925. During print. PC cartridge RFID data write failure A data write error occurred on the PC cartridge RFID tag in the PC cartridge.00 Service fuser error 925.00 Service fuser error 927.00 Service fuser error Over heat temperature failure The control thermistor detects a temperature higher than the specified value. During print. The lamp change thermistor detects a temperature higher than the specified value. Pressure roll thermistor failure The pressure roll thermistor has failed. Fuser temperature is not high enough during printing. Go to “927. the control thermistor does not detect the idling stop temperature even after the specified time is passed. Go to “928. after power-on.00 Pressure roll thermistor failure” on page 2-157. Go to “921.00 Service fuser error Previous Error contents Fuser unit assembly on time failure Description/Action During the warm-up period. and -832 Error code or message 920.00 Service PC cartridge Center thermistor failure The center thermistor has failed.7500-432. the control thermistor does not detect the specified temperature even when the specified time is passed after the main lamp is turned on. 2-28 MFP Service Manual . Go to “924. Rear thermistor failure The rear thermistor has failed.00 Service PC cartridge 928. PC cartridge RFID communication failure A communication error occurred between the PC cartridge RFID tag in the PC cartridge and the RFID ASIC on the printer engine card assembly.00 Service fuser error 923.00 Fuser operating temperature failure” on page 2-158. the control thermistor does not detect the specified temperature even when the specified time is passed after the sub lamp is turned on. During idling. During the standby period. the control thermistor does not detect the specified temperature even when the specified time is passed after the sub lamp in on. Fuser operating temperature failure. During the standby period. -632.

TTM equipped machines. Go Back Toner cartridge RFID data write failure A data write error occurred on the toner cartridge RFID tag in the toner cartridge. Next Laser power failure Light intensity of the LD2 is less than the specified value.00 Toner cartridge 933.00 Service RIP engine Comm.00 Media tray 2 lift up / no media tray failure” on page 2-163. 942.00 Sensor (ATC) failure” on page 2-159. TTM equipped machines. -632.00 RIP card assembly communication failure” on page 2-161. The media tray 1 switch (media size) detected no media tray. Toner cartridge RFID communication failure A communication error occurred between the toner RFID tag in the toner cartridge and the RFID ASIC on the printer engine card assembly. 2TM equipped machines.00 Service tray 2 failure Media tray 2 lift up / no tray failure The media tray 2 sensor (media level) is not turned on within the specified time after the media tray 2 media feed lift motor is turned on.00 Service PC cartridge 930. 944. refer to the Options Service Manual. 943.00 Laser power failure” on page 2-160. Go to “939. The tray 3 switch (media size) detected no tray.00 Toner cartridge RFID data write failure” on page 2-160.00 Tray 3 lift up / no tray failure” on page 2-164. go to “944. 941.00 Media tray 1 lift up / no media tray failure” on page 2-161. Go to “933. The media tray 2 switch (media size) detected no media tray. Go to “930. 939.00 Service tray 3 failure Media tray 3 lift up / no tray failure The tray 3 sensor (media level) is not turned on within the specified time after the tray 3 media feed lift motor is turned on. Diagnostic information 2-29 .7500-432.00 Tray 4 lift up / no tray failure” on page 2-166. and -832 Error code or message 929.00 Service tray 4 failure Media tray 4 lift up / no tray failure The tray 4 sensor (media level) is not turned on within the specified time after the tray 4 media feed lift motor is turned on. refer to the Options Service Manual. Go to “929. Go to “941. Go to “932.00 Toner cartridge RFID communication failure” on page 2-160. Media tray 1 lift up / no tray failure The media tray 1 sensor (media level) is not turned on within the specified time after the tray 1 media feed lift motor is turned on.00 Toner cartridge Previous Error contents Sensor (ATC) failure Description/Action The sensor (ATC) failed.00 Service tray 1 failure RIP card assembly communication failure A communication error occurred between the printer engine card and the RIP card assembly. Go to “942. go to “943. 2TM equipped machines. The tray 4 switch (media size) detected no tray.00 Service printhead error 932.

XX Operator panel assembly NVRAM failure” on page 2-168.03 Service system board 980.01 RIP card assembly processor over temperature failure” on page 2-169. Refer to the Options Service Manual. 2-30 MFP Service Manual . Go to “956.02 Service system board 956. Go to “951.00 Service system board 956. Go to “956.01 Service system board 956. The RIP card assembly has exceeded safe operating temperature.XX RIP card assembly NVRAM failure” on page 2-167. Go to “956. Next Tray 5 HCF NVM R/W failure A read/write error has occurred on the NVM of the tray 5 HCF controller card assembly.03 RIP card assembly FPGA failure” on page 2-170. Go to “955. RIP card assembly processor over temperature failure RIP card assembly cooling fan failure The RIP card assembly cooling fan is not functioning properly.XX Service NVRAM failure 953. RIP card assembly processor failure The RIP card processor has failed. 2TM equipped machines. Refer to the Options Service Manual.02 Service finisher error Tray 5 HCF communication failure A communication error occurred between the printer engine card assembly and the HCF controller card assembly.00 Service tray 3 comm.XX RIP card assembly NAND CRC failure” on page 2-168. Go to “956. Previous Error contents Media tray 5 lift up/no tray failure Description/Action The sensor (HCF media level) is not turned on with the specified time after the HCF feed lift motor is turned on.XX Service NVRAM failure 955. refer to the Options Service Manual. and -832 Error code or message 945. Tray 3/4 communication failure 980.00 2TM/TTM controller card assembly communication failure” on page 2-170.02 RIP card assembly cooling fan failure” on page 2-169. 980. RIP card assembly NAND CRC failure The code ROM or NAND flash failed the cyclic redundancy check.00 RIP card assembly processor failure” on page 2-169.XX Service Code CRC 956. TTM equipped machines. Printer engine card-finisher communication failure A communication error occurred between the printer engine card assembly and the finisher. go to “980. Go Back RIP card assembly NVRAM failure A failure has occurred in the RIP card assembly NVRAM. Go to “953. A communication error occurred between the printer engine card assembly and the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly. -632. Refer to the Options Service Manual. RIP card assembly FPGA failure The RIP card assembly has failed.00 Service tray 5 failure 945.01 Service tray 5 comm. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Operator panel assembly NVRAM failure NVRAM chip failure with operator panel assembly (mirror).01 Service tray 5 failure 951.7500-432.

Refer to the Options Service Manual. -632.03 Exit interface card assembly communication failure” on page 2-170. 983. Go to “980.04 Duplex controller card assembly communication failure” on page 2-171. Stacker bin upper limit failure The stacker bin abnormally rises beyond the specified upper limit position (stacker bin level).05 Engine flicker communication failure” on page 2-172. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Previous Error contents Exit interface card assembly. and the front tamper stopped its moving. Sensor (front tamper HP) off failure The sensor (front tamper HP) is not turned off within the specified time after the front tamper starts leaving from the front tamper home position. Diagnostic information 2-31 .00 Service finisher error 983. Refer to the Options Service Manual.7500-432. Next Duplex controller card assembly communication failure A communication error occurred between the printer engine card assembly and the duplex controller card assembly. 981. Or the sensor (front tamper HP) is turned on again after the sensor (compiler front tamper HP) is turned off.00 Service finisher error 981. Refer to the Options Service Manual.03 Service standard bin comm. Or the sensor (compiler rear tamper HP) is turned on again after the sensor (compiler rear tamper HP) is turned off. Go to “980. Go to “980. 980.01 Service finisher error 981. and the rear tamper stopped its moving.01 Service finisher error Engine flicker communication failure A communication error has occurred in the printer engine card assembly. communication failure Description/Action A communication error occurred between the printer engine card assembly and the exit interface card assembly. Stacker bin lower limit failure The stacker bin abnormally lowers beyond the specified lower limit position (full stack). Refer to the Options Service Manual. Stacker bin failure The sensor (stacker bin level) is not turned on within the specified period after the stacker bin starts rising.04 Service duplex comm. and -832 Error code or message 980.05 Service Flicker comm.01 Service finisher error Sensor (rear tamper HP) on failure The sensor (rear tamper HP) is not turned on after the rear tamper starts moving to the rear tamper home position. Sensor (front tamper HP) on failure The sensor (front tamper HP) is not turned on after the front tamper starts moving to the front tamper home position. Refer to the Options Service Manual.00 Service finisher error 982. Sensor (compiler rear tamper HP) off failure The sensor (compiler rear tamper HP) is not turned off within the specified time after the rear tamper starts leaving from the rear tamper home position. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Go Back 980.02 Service finisher error 982.

985. -632. Refer to the Options Service Manual.00 Service finisher error 987. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Go Back Sensor (punch carriage shift HP) on failure The sensor (punch carriage shift HP) is not turned on even when the specified time passed after the punch carriage shift motor assembly is turned on. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Or the sensor (punch carriage shift HP) is turned on again after the sensor (punch carriage shift HP) is turned off and the punch carriage shift motor assembly stopped its rotation.00 Service finisher error 988. and -832 Error code or message 984. 986.01 Service finisher error Sensor (punch carriage shift HP) off failure The sensor (punch carriage shift HP) is not turned off even when the specified time passed after the punch carriage shift motor assembly is turned on. The sensor (punch unit side reg 1) or sensor (punch unit side reg 2) did not detect the media correctly or is defective. Next Sensor (punch unit HP) off failure The sensor (punch unit HP) is not turned off even when the specified time passed after the punch unit motor is turned on.00 Service finisher error Previous Error contents Sensor (punch unit HP) on failure Description/Action The sensor (punch unit HP) is not turned on even when the specified time passed after the punch unit motor is turned on.01 Service finisher error 987. 2-32 MFP Service Manual .00 Service finisher error 986. Sensor (media eject shaft HP) on failure The sensor (media eject shaft HP) is not turned on within 200 ms after the set clamp starts operating.7500-432. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual.01 Service finisher error 988. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Sensor (punch unit side reg 1) on failure Sensor (punch unit side reg 2) on failure Sensor (punch unit side reg 1) off failure Sensor (punch unit side reg 2) off failure The sensor (punch unit side reg 1) or sensor (punch unit side reg 2) did not detect the media correctly or is defective. Or the sensor (punch carriage shift HP) is turned off again after the sensor (punch carriage shift HP) is turned on and the punch carriage shift motor assembly stopped its rotation.00 Service finisher error 984. Refer to the Options Service Manual.01 Service finisher error Sensor (eject clamp HP) on failure The sensor (eject clamp HP) is not turned on within 500 ms after the eject clamp up starts. Sensor (eject clamp HP) off failure The sensor (eject clamp HP) is not turned off within 200 ms after the eject clamp down starts. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Sensor (media eject shaft HP) off failure The sensor (media eject shaft HP) is not turned off within the specified time after the set clamp ends operating. Refer to the Options Service Manual.01 Service finisher error 985.

Refer to the Options Service Manual. and -832 Error code or message 989. Or the sensor (stapler unit motor HP) is not turned on within the specified timer after the stapler unit motor is on (reverse operation). Refer to the Options Service Manual. the media size is not detected correctly. Go to “Tray 1 media size failure” on page 2-190. and the stapler stopped its moving. Tray 1 media size failure. 995. Refer to the Options Service Manual. -632.00 Service finisher error Check tray 1 guides Finisher NVM R/W failure A read/write error occurred on the NVM of the finisher controller card assembly. Finisher engine/RIP functional failure The engine reported a finisher failure that the RIP card assembly did not recognize.00 Service finisher error Sensor (stapler carriage HP) on failure The sensor (stapler carriage HP) is not turned on within two seconds after the stapler starts moving toward the staple position.00 Service finisher NV 996. Finisher type failure An incorrect type of finisher is connected. Or the sensor (stapler carriage HP) is turned off again after the sensor (stapler carriage HP) is turned on. 990.00 Duplex controller card assembly type failure” on page 2-172. Although tray 1 is in the printer. Or the sensor (stapler carriage HP) is not turned on after the stapler was moved to the staple position. Diagnostic information 2-33 . Go to “997.00 Service wrong duplex 999. Check tray 1 or 2 orientation or guides Paper is installed (short edge) in the media paper tray. Go Back Next 990. Go to “Paper is installed (short edge) in the media paper tray” on page 2-179. Or the sensor (stapler carriage HP) is not turned off after the stapler was moved to the staple position. Duplex controller card assembly type failure A duplex controller card assembly of a different specification is installed. and the paper in the tray is not installed long edge (Letter A4).00 Service wrong finisher 997. and the stapler stopped its moving.00 Service finisher error Previous Error contents Stapler unit failure Description/Action The off/on status of the sensor (stapler unit motor HP) is not detected within the specified time after the stapler unit motor (forward operation). Refer to the Options Service Manual. Or the sensor (stapler carriage HP) is turned on again after the sensor (stapler carriage HP) is turned off. and sensor (stapler carriage HP) is turned off. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Refer to the Options Service Manual. and also the sensor (stapler carriage HP) is turned off.01 Service finisher error Sensor (stapler carriage HP) off failure The sensor (stapler carriage HP) is not turned off within 500 ms after stapler starts moving to the staple position. This error occurs when short edge printing is disabled.7500-432.

Go to “Printer left lower door open” on page 2-183. Go to “Media size mismatch in width” on page 2-176. -632. Refer to the Options Service Manual. The printer left door assembly is open. Refer to the Options Service Manual. 2TM equipped machines. The punch waste box is full. The media width is incorrect. go to “2TM/TTM left door assembly open” on page 2-173. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Close door G Finisher front door open. Close door E Exit 2 left door open The exit 2 left door is open. The finisher front door is open. refer to the Options Service Manual. Punch waste box missing. Next Tray 2 media size failure. Go to “Printer front door open” on page 2-181. Close cover K HCF top door open The tray 5 HCF top door is open. the media size is not detected correctly. Staple cartridge empty. Refer to the Options Service Manual.7500-432. Description/Action The media width is incorrect. The bridge unit assembly cover is open. Close surface H Empty hole punch box Insert hole punch box Load staples Eject cover open. Staple cartridge empty. Go to “Media size mismatch in width” on page 2-175. TTM equipped machines. Bridge unit cover is open. Punch waste box full. Go Back Check tray 3 or check tray 4 orientation or guides Close cover F Media size mismatch in width. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Go to “Printer left door open” on page 2-182. and -832 Error code or message Check tray 1 or tray 2 orientation or guides Check tray 2 guides Previous Error contents Media size mismatch in width. Refer to the Options Service Manual. 2-34 MFP Service Manual . Close door C 2TM/TTM left door assembly open The 2TM/TTM door is open. Finisher eject cover is open. Go to “Tray 2 media size failure” on page 2-191. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Close door D Duplex left door open The duplex left cover is open. Go to “Exit 2 left door assembly open” on page 2-174. Close door J Printer front door open. Close door A Printer left door open. Go to “Duplex left door assembly open” on page 2-174. The printer left lower door assembly is open. No punch waste box. Although tray 2 is in the printer. The printer front door assembly is open. Close door B Printer left lower door open.

Finisher upper media bin full. but can be used. Switch (ADF left cover interlock) open The system detected that the switch (ADF left cover interlock) is open. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Media is not loaded in the tray. Scanner missing cable unplugged Toner low Scanner missing failure The scanner unit assembly is unplugged or missing. Media is not loaded in the tray. and -832 Error code or message Load tray 1 or tray 2 with <media> Load tray 3 or tray 4 with <media> Load tray 5 with <media> Remove paper from bin 1 Previous Error contents No media in the selected media tray. The tray 5 HCF unit is not properly docked with the printer or the HCF tray 5 is not set. No media in the selected media tray. -632. Go to “Toner cartridge RFID failure” on page 2-189. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Toner cartridge near empty The toner in the toner cartridge is low.7500-432. Go to “Standard bin 2 full” on page 2-184. Description/Action Media is not loaded in the tray. Go to “No media in the select media tray” on page 2-177. Go to “No media in the select media tray” on page 2-178. Refer to the Options Service Manual. The upper media bin has reached maximum capacity. Media in standard bin 1 is at maximum capacity. Tray 5 missing HCF unit docking failure or HCF tray 5 set failure. Go to “Standard bin 1 full” on page 2-183. Stacker media bin full (mix size) The stacker media bin has reached maximum capacity (mix size). Media in standard bin 2 is at maximum capacity. Toner unsupported Toner cartridge RFID failure A toner cartridge of a different specification is installed. Standard bin 2 full. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Stacker set over count. Standard bin 1 full. Go Back Next No media in the selected media tray. Go to “Scanner missing failure” on page 2-185. Refer to the Options Service Manual. Diagnostic information 2-35 . Remove paper from bin 2 Remove paper from bin 2 Remove paper from standard output bin Remove paper from standard output bin Scanner ADF cover open Stacker media bin full (no mix) The stacker media bin has reached maximum capacity (no mix). Go to “Toner cartridge near empty” on page 2-188. Go to “Switch (ADF left cover interlock) open” on page 2-186.

Open the printer left door assembly. Does the registration clutch make an audible clicking sound when activated? Go to step 7. and check it. 2. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? Go to step 5. 1. 4. Is the registration clutch properly connected? Replace the registration clutch. Is the sensor (registration) properly connected? Replace the sensor (registration). Clean or replace the transport roll assembly. -632. Touch Registrat clutch. Problem solved. 2-36 MFP Service Manual . No Go to step 2. 2. 7 Perform a print test. 3 Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. Go to “Transfer roll assembly removal” on page 4-73. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Touch Registration. 4 Check the sensor (registration) connection. 3. 5 Check the registration clutch for proper operation. Replace the connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Go to “Registration clutch assembly removal” on page 4-80. Open the printer left door assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. 6 Check the registration clutch connection. 1. Is the transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 3. Go Back Open the printer left door assembly. Touch Printer Motor Test. and check it.00 Sensor (registration) off jam (too long) Previous Next Step 1 Check the media position. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. and visually check it. Check Yes Remove the media. Go to step 4. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.7500-432. Go to step 6. 3. and -832 Service checks 200. Touch Media Path. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? 2 Check the roll.

Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. and visually check it. 4.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Problem solved. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. and check it. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Open the printer left door assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? 3 Check the sensor (registration) connection. Is the sensor (registration) properly connected? Replace the sensor (registration). 4 Perform a print test. Previous Next Go Back Diagnostic information 2-37 . Touch Media Path. Replace the connection. No Go to step 2. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? 2 Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Touch Registration. Go to step 3. Check Yes Remove the media. Go to step 4. and -832 200. 2. 3.01 Sensor (registration) static on jam Step 1 Check the media position. 1. -632. Open the printer left door assembly.

Touch BASE SENSOR TEST.00 Sensor (fuser exit) on jam Step 1 Check the media position. connection. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 4. and check it. Go to“Transfer roll assembly removal” on page 4-73. 5 Check the sensor (fuser exit) for proper operation. 1. Go to “Sensor (fuser exit) removal” on page 4-103. Go to step 6. Allow the fuser area to cool before proceeding. 4. and check it. 7 Check the registration clutch for proper operation. Check Yes Remove the media. Go to “Sensor (fuser exit) removal” on page 4-103. Go to step 3. 3. Touch Fuser exit. Go to step 5 Replace the transfer roll guide assembly Go to “Transfer roll guide assembly removal” on page 4-77. -632. Is the sensor (fuser exit) properly connected? Replace the Replace the sensor (fuser exit). Does the registration clutch make an audible clicking sound when activated? Go to step 8. No Go to step 2. Is the transfer roll guide assembly free of damage? 2-38 MFP Service Manual . Touch Registrat clutch. 2 Check the fuser exit actuator. Is the transfer roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? 4 Inspect the pinch roll on the transfer roll guide assembly. 2. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? 6 Check the sensor (fuser exit) connection. Does the fuser exit actuator appear to be binding or sticking in its normal resting position and not allowing media to pass? Replace the fuser exit actuator. and -832 201. 2. Clean or replace the transfer roll assembly. Open the printer left door assembly. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. The area around the actuator is very hot. Touch Printer Motor Test. 3. Open the printer left door assembly. Go to step 4. Go to step 9 Go to step 7. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the media touch the sensor (fuser exit)? Open the printer left door assembly.7500-432. Touch Media Path. Previous Next Go Back 3 Check the roll. and visually check it.

No Go to step 2. 1. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Problem solved. 3. The area around the actuator is very hot. Open the printer left door assembly. and visually check it. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. connection. Open the printer left door assembly. Diagnostic information 2-39 . Is the registration clutch properly connected? Yes Replace the registration clutch. No Replace the connection. Check Yes Remove the media. 2. Open the printer left door assembly. 5 Perform a print test. Allow the fuser area to cool before proceeding. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. and check it. 4.7500-432. Does the media touch the sensor (fuser exit)? 2 Check the roll. Touch Fuser exit. and -832 Previous Step 8 Check Check the registration clutch connection. Problem solved.00 Sensor (fuser exit) off jam Step 1 Check the media position. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Is the sensor (fuser exit) properly connected? Replace the Replace the sensor (fuser exit). -632. and check it. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Registration clutch assembly removal” on page 4-80. Go to step 5. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? 4 Check the sensor (fuser exit) connection. Go to “Sensor (fuser exit) removal” on page 4-103. Next Go Back 9 Perform a print test. Is the transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? 3 Check the sensor (fuser exit) for proper operation. Touch Media Path. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. 202. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Clean or replace the transport roll assembly.

1. Open the printer left door assembly. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. and check it. 2. connection. 2-40 MFP Service Manual . and -832 202. Touch Media Path. Is the sensor (fuser exit) properly connected? Replace the Replace the sensor (fuser exit). Open the printer left door assembly. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. The area around the actuator is very hot. 3. and visually check it. Is the fuser unit assembly installed properly? Go to step 4. Go to “Sensor (fuser exit) removal” on page 4-103. Go to step 7. Go to “Fuser unit assembly removal” on page 4-104. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the media touch the sensor (fuser exit)? 2 Check the fuser unit assembly for a media jam. Is there a media jam in the fuser unit assembly? 3 Check the fuser unit assembly for proper installation. and check it. Open the printer left door assembly. Previous Next Go Back 4 Check the roll. Go to step 6.01 Sensor (fuser exit) off (too short) jam Step 1 Check the media position. and check it. Open the printer left door assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? 6 Check the sensor (fuser exit) connection. Problem solved. Go to step 3. Open the printer left door assembly. Remove the media.7500-432. Go to “Transfer roll guide assembly removal” on page 4-77. Is the transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? 5 Check the sensor (fuser exit) for operation. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. and check it. -632. 7 Perform a print test. Check Yes Remove the media. No Go to step 2. Touch Fuser exit. Clean or replace the transport roll assembly. Go to step 5. Allow the fuser area to cool before proceeding. 4. Install the fuser unit assembly properly.

Check Yes Remove the media. 4 Perform a print test. and -832 202. Touch Fuser exit. Does the media touch the sensor (fuser exit)? 2 Check the media position. 2 Check the sensor (fuser exit) for operation. 3. Touch Media Path.7500-432. 2. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Diagnostic information 2-41 . Enter the Diagnostics Menu. The area around the actuator is very hot. Allow the fuser area to cool before proceeding. Go to step 3. Go to step 4.02 Sensor (fuser exit) static jam Step 1 Check the media position. Previous Next Go Back 203.00 Sensor (exit 2) on jam Step 1 Check Check the media position. Go to “Exit 1 media shift assembly removal” on page 4-105 Remove the media. Open the printer left door assembly. and visually check it. 4. Open the printer left door assembly. Yes Remove the media. and check it. No Go to step 2. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. 1. and check it. Replace the connection. Open the printer left door assembly. Is the exit 1 media exit roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Go to step 3. No Go to step 2. and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? 3 Is the sensor (fuser exit) properly connected? Replace the sensor (fuser exit). Go to “Sensor (fuser exit) removal” on page 4-103. Problem solved. -632. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. and visually check it. Open the exit 2 left door assembly. Clean or replace the exit 1 media shift assembly. Open printer left door assembly. Does the media touch the sensor (exit 2)? 3 Check the roll. Does the media touch the sensor (fuser exit)? Open the printer left door assembly.

Go Back 6 Check the sensor (fuser exit). 2-42 MFP Service Manual . Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (exit 2). Touch Media Path. Go to “Exit 1 media shift assembly removal” on page 4-105. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (fuser exit). Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 4. 7 Check the exit 2 drive motor for proper operation. Open the printer left door assembly. Replace the connection. Touch Fuser exit. 5. 1. 9 Check the sensor (exit 2) for proper operation. -632. Go to step 10. Go to “Exit 2 sensor (exit 2) removal” on page 4-335. Next 5 Check the sensor (fuser exit) for operation. Replace the connection.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 1. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Touch Media Path. Does the above motor rotate normally? Go to step 9. Allow the fuser area to cool before proceeding. 1. Replace the connection. and check it. 8 Check the exit 2 drive motor for proper operation. Open the printer left door assembly and the exit 2 left door assembly. 2. 2. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Touch Printer Motor Test. Touch Exit2. 3. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. No Replace damaged components. Go to “Sensor (fuser exit) removal” on page 4-103. 10 Check the sensor (exit 2) for proper connection. Does the exit 1 media exit roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Yes Go to step 5. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 11. 2. 3. Go to step 8. Touch Exit2 drive mtr. Touch Forward or reverse. 3. 4. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Check the drive power transmission. Go to step 6. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? Go to step 7. The area around the actuator is very hot. Touch MOTOR TESTS.

Enter the Diagnostics Menu. and visually check it. Open the exit 2 left door assembly. Do the exit 2 media transport roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Go to step 4. Is the above component connect properly? Replace the media diverter solenoid. Clean or replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Does the media touch the sensor (exit 2)? 2 Check the roll. 13 Perform a print test. Does the above component operate normally? Yes Go to step 13. Open the printer left door assembly. 2. Next Go Back 12 Check the media diverter solenoid for proper connection. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. 3. Is the exit 2 media transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? 3 Check the drive power transmission. and -832 Previous Step 11 Check Check the media diverter solenoid for proper operation. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Exit 2 media diverter solenoid removal” on page 4-334. No Go to step 2. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to step 3. Touch Diverter solenoid. Clean or replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Replace damaged parts. 14 Perform a print test. Problem solved. Replace the exit interface card assembly. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.01 Sensor (exit 2) off jam Step 1 Check Check the media position. 1. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 203. Does the error still occur? Problem solved. Is the exit 2 media exit roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Diagnostic information 2-43 . Go to step 5. Touch Printer Motor Test.7500-432. Go to step 14. -632. Yes Remove the media. Open exit 2 left door assembly. Open the exit 2 left door assembly. No Go to step 12. Replace the connection. 4. 4 Check the roll.

Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 8. No Replace damaged parts. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the drive power transmission. Touch Media Path. 10 Perform a print test. 2. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Problem solved. Go to step 11. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Touch Exit2. 4. Does the error still occur? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Touch Exit2 drive mtr. -632. 4. 2-44 MFP Service Manual . Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Touch Printer Motor Test. Does the above motor rotate normally? Go to step 10. 5. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. Go to step 7. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Go to step 9. 9 Check the exit 2 drive motor for proper connection. Touch Forward or reverse. Open the printer left door assembly and the exit 2 left door assembly.7500-432. 1. Next 6 Check the sensor (exit 2) for proper operation. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Do the exit 2 media exit roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Yes Go to step 6. 3. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 2. Problem solved. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (exit 2). Replace the connection. 1. 3. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Exit 2 sensor (exit 2) removal” on page 4-335. 8 Check the exit 2 drive motor for proper operation. Go Back 7 Check the sensor (exit 2) for proper connection. 11 Perform a print test.

Touch Media Path. Go to “Exit 2 sensor (exit 2) removal” on page 4-335. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 5. Open the printer left door assembly and the exit 2 left door assembly. Remove any obstructions. 7 Check the sensor (exit 2) for proper connection. -632. Go to step 9. Touch Diverter solenoid. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Touch Printer Motor Test. Replace the connection. Does the above component operate normally? Go to step 3. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Does the media touch the sensor (exit 2)? Go to step 6. and visually check it. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Diagnostic information 2-45 . 1. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (exit 2). 4. Is the media diverter gate facing toward exit 1? Check the media diverter gate for an obstruction. Go to step 3. No Go to step 3. 8 Perform a print test. Does the error still occur? Replace the exit interface card assembly. 5 Check the media position. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 4 Check the media diverter solenoid for proper connection. Open the exit 2 left door assembly. Problem solved. 2. Touch Exit2. Replace the connection. 4. 3. Go to step 7. and -832 203. 1. 2. Open the printer left door assembly. Next Go Back 3 Check the diverter solenoid for proper operation.02 Sensor (exit 2) on jam in standard bin or finisher Previous Step 1 2 Check Check the position of the media diverter solenoid. Remove the media. 3. 6 Check the sensor (exit 2) for proper operation. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 8.7500-432. Is the above component connected properly? Replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Is the media diverter gate free of any debris or obstructions? Yes Go to step 2.

-632. and visually check it. Replace the connection. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. No Problem solved. Go to “Exit 2 sensor (exit 2) removal” on page 4-335. Open the printer left door assembly and the exit 2 left door assembly. Touch Media Path.03 Sensor (exit 2) static jam Step 1 Check Check the media position. 4 Perform a print test. Next Does the error still occur? Go Back 203. Touch Exit2. Go to step 4. Yes Remove the media.7500-432. and -832 Previous Step 9 Perform a print test. No Go to step 2. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Go to step 3. 5 Perform a print test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 1. 4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? 3 Check the sensor (exit 2) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (exit 2). 2. Go to step 5. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. 3. Does the error still occur? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. Open the exit 2 left door assembly. Does the media touch the sensor (exit 2)? 2 Check the sensor (exit 2) for proper operation. 2-46 MFP Service Manual . Problem solved.

Touch Sensor Test. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Does the exit 2 media exit roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? 6 Check the exit 2 drive motor for proper operation. Touch Printer Motor Test. 4. 2. Replace damaged parts. 8 Check the connection between the exit interface card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Replace damaged parts. 1. Go to step 6. Clean or replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 9. 3. Open exit 2 left door assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. and -832 230. 3. Replace the connection. Does the exit 2 media transport roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Go to step 4. -632. Go to step 9. Is the exit 2 media exit roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? 5 Check the drive power transmission. Does the above motor rotate normally? 7 Check the exit 2 drive motor for proper connection. and visually check it. Go to step 10. Replace the connection. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the exit 2 unit assembly. 1. Clean or replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Previous Next Go Back 4 Check the roll. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Diagnostic information 2-47 .7500-432. Go to step 7. Go to step 3. Are connectors PJ431 and PJ421 connected properly? Check the sensor (duplex wait) for proper operation. 5. 2. Touch DUPLEX TESTS. Does the media remain in the exit 2? Open the exit 2 left door assembly. 2 Check the roll. 9 Go to step 11. 4. Touch Exit2 drive mtr. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to step 5. Touch Forward or reverse. Touch Duplex wait. No Go to step 2. Open exit 2 left door assembly. Open the duplex left door assembly.00 Sensor (duplex wait) on jam Step 1 Check Check the media position. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Is the exit 2 media transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? 3 Check the drive power transmission. Yes Remove the media.

7500-432. Is the exit 2 media transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? 3 Check the drive power transmission. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Problem solved. Open exit 2 left door assembly. 13 Perform a print test. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Yes Remove the paper. Go to step 3. 2-48 MFP Service Manual . -632. Does the error still occur? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Do the exit 2 media transport roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Go to step 4. No Replace the connection. and -832 Previous Step 10 Check Check the sensor (duplex wait) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly? Yes Replace the sensor (duplex wait). Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 230. Is the exit 2 media exit roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 5. Go to step 13. Replace damaged components or the exit 2 unit assembly. Does the error still occur? Replace the duplex controller card assembly. No Go to step 2. Go to “Duplex sensor (duplex wait) removal” on page 4-314. Go to “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. Problem solved. Go Back 12 Perform a print test. 4 Check the roll. Open exit 2 left door assembly. Does the paper remain in the exit 2? 2 Check the roll. Problem solved. Clean or replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Next 11 Perform a print test. Go to step 11. Clean or replace the exit 2 unit assembly.00 Sensor (duplex wait) on jam Step 1 Check Check the paper position. Open the exit 2 left door assembly. and visually check it. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322.

11 Perform a 2 sided print test. 1. Go to step 12. Touch Duplex wait. Go to step 10. Replace the connection. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Touch DUPLEX TESTS. Touch Forward or reverse. 4. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Replace the connection. Does the above motor rotate normally? Go to step 8. 8 Check the connection between the exit interface card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. 2. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the drive power transmission. Go Back 7 Check the exit 2 drive motor for proper connection. 3. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (duplex wait). Go to step 7.7500-432. Problem solved. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the exit 2 unit assembly. Open the duplex left door assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. Replace the connection. Next 6 Check the exit 2 drive motor for proper operation. Are connectors P431 and P421 connected properly? Check the sensor (duplex wait) for proper operation. 3. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Touch Printer Motor Test. 12 Perform a 2 sided print test. Touch Sensor Test. 9 Go to step 11. Go to “Duplex sensor (duplex wait) removal” on page 4-314. Diagnostic information 2-49 . Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 1. Do the exit 2 media exit roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Yes Go to step 6. Problem solved. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. Does the error still occur? Replace the duplex controller card assembly. Touch Exit2 drive mtr. No Replace damaged components. 10 Check the sensor (duplex wait) for proper connection. 2. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked by the duplex wait actuator? Go to step 9. 5. -632.

Does the paper touch the duplex wait actuator? 2 Check the sensor (duplex wait) for proper operation. Previous Next Go Back 231. and visually check it. Remove duplex unit assembly. and visually check it. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to step 5. Open the duplex left door assembly. and -832 230. Replace the connection. Open the printer left door assembly. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (duplex wait). Open the duplex left door assembly. Does the paper touch the sensor (registration)? 2 Check the Duplex for proper installation. 3. Touch DUPLEX TESTS. -632.7500-432. Go to step 4. 4. Does the error still occur? Go to step 3. Touch Sensor Test. Problem solved. 1. Yes Remove the paper. Problem solved.01 Sensor (duplex wait) static jam Step 1 Check Check the paper position. Does the error still occur? Replace the duplex controller card assembly. 5 Perform a 2 sided print test. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked by the duplex wait actuator? 3 Check the sensor (duplex wait) for proper connection. Go to “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. Yes Remove the paper. 4 Perform a 2 sided print test. and reinstall it.00 Sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed) Step 1 Check Check the paper position. Problem solved. 2. Perform a two sided print test. No Go to step 2. 2-50 MFP Service Manual . Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 3. Touch Duplex wait. Go to “Duplex sensor (duplex wait) removal” on page 4-314. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. No Go to step 2.

Go to “Duplex media center transport roll removal” on page 4-321. Open the duplex left door assembly. Open the duplex left door assembly. Go to “Duplex media center transport roll removal” on page 4-321. Are the connections on the duplex controller card assembly and the connector P417 on the printer engine card assembly connected? Go to step 9. Touch Duplex drv mtr. Do the duplex media transport center roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Go to step 7. Does the above motor rotate properly? Go to step 9. Replace the connection. Go to step 14. Is the above motor connected properly? Check the duplex controller card assembly and printer engine card assembly for proper connection. 3. Replace the connection. Replace damaged components. Replace damaged components. 8 9 Check the duplex drive motor for proper connection. Diagnostic information 2-51 . Go to step 10. 6 Check the drive power transmission. Does the error still occur? Replace the duplex controller card assembly. Open the duplex left cover assembly. 1. Go to “Duplex media transport rolls removal” on page 4-320. No Clean or replace the duplex media transport roll assembly. Go to step 8.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Duplex media transport rolls removal” on page 4-320. 5 Check the roll. Check Yes Go to step 4. 10 Perform a 2 sided print test. Open the duplex left door assembly. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check the roll. Do the duplex media transport roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Go to step 5. 4. Go to “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. Is the duplex media transport center roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 6. 7 Check the duplex drive motor for proper operation. Touch Printer Motor Test. Problem solved. Is the duplex media transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Next Go Back 4 Check the drive power transmission. -632. Open the duplex left door assembly. 2. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Clean or replace the duplex media transport center roll assembly.

Go to step 7. Next Go Back 231. and visually check it.7500-432. Does the paper touch the sensor (registration)? 2 Check the paper position. Replace damaged components. Remove the duplex unit assembly and reinstall it. and visually check it. Go to “Duplex media transport rolls removal” on page 4-320. Is the roll of the duplex media transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 5. Perform a two sided print test. Go to “Duplex media center transport roll removal” on page 4-321. Go to step 3. Open the duplex left door assembly. Go to step 4. 5 Check the drive power transmission. Open the duplex left door assembly. -632. Clean or replace the duplex media transport roll assembly. and -832 Previous Step 14 Check Perform a 2 sided print test. Open the duplex left door assembly. Clean or replace the duplex media center transport roll assembly. Do the duplex media transport roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? 6 Check the roll. Remove the paper. Does the error still occur? Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. Does the error still occur? 4 Check the roll. Open the printer left door assembly. No Problem solved. Go to step 6. Problem solved. Does the paper touch the duplex wait actuator? 3 Check the duplex unit for proper installation.01 Sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed) Step 1 Check Check the paper position. Open the duplex left door assembly. No Go to step 2. Yes Remove the paper. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to “Duplex media transport rolls removal” on page 4-320. Is the roll of the duplex media center transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? 2-52 MFP Service Manual .

Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the duplex drive motor.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 13 Perform a 2 sided print test. 14 Perform a 2 sided print test. 3. 3. Touch Printer Motor Test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. Replace the connection. Go to step 11. Open the duplex left door assembly. 1. 12 Check the duplex controller card assembly and printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked by the duplex wait actuator? Go to step 10. Problem solved. Touch Duplex wait. 1. Go to “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. Problem solved. Touch DUPLEX TESTS. Replace the connection. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the drive power transmission. Go to “Duplex drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-308. 4. 2. -632. Is the above sensor connected properly? Check the duplex drive motor for proper operation. Do the duplex media center transport roll assembly and the other gears rotate smoothly? Yes Go to step 8. Are the connections on the duplex controller card assembly and the connector P417 on the printer engine card assembly connected? Replace the connection. Does the above motor rotate properly? Go to step 10. Go to step 14. Next Go Back 8 Check the sensor (duplex wait) for proper operation. Go to step 9. No Replace damaged components. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 11 Check the duplex drive motor assembly for proper connection. Diagnostic information 2-53 . Open the duplex left door assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the error still occur? Replace the duplex controller card assembly. 2. 9 10 Check the sensor (duplex wait) for proper connection. Go to “Duplex media center transport roll removal” on page 4-321. Go to step 12. Touch Duplex drv mtr. Go to step 13. Touch Sensor Test. Open the duplex left cover assembly.

and pick roll free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Touch Printer motor tests. Touch Tray 1 feed mtr. Touch MOTOR TESTS. and -832 241. 8 Check the media feed lift motor connection. Next 2 Check the media size setup. Replace the connection. Go Back 3 Check the rolls for tray 1. Go to “Feed roll removal” on page 4-45. Is the sensor (pre-feed) properly connected? Check the media feed lift motor in tray 1 for proper operation. Go to step 10. 4 Check the media position. 4. and check it. 1. Touch Sensor test. 6 7 Check the sensor (pre-feed) connection. separation roll. Are the feed roll. Replace the connection. Remove the media tray assembly and check it. 2-54 MFP Service Manual . or pick roll. 5 Check the sensor (pre-feed) for proper operation in tray 1. Go to step 7. Does the media feed lift motor rotate normally? Replace the sensor (pre-feed). 2. Skip to step 9. -632. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. and “Pick roll removal” on page 4-51. Touch Pre-feed. Go to step 5. 1. Open the printer left door assembly. Go to step 6. Go to step 3. 3. separating roll. or change the media size setup. Does the media touch the sensor (pre-feed) in tray 1 media feed unit assembly? Remove the media. Is the media feed lift motor properly connected? Go to step 9. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 1? Replace the media. 4. Clean or replace the feed roll. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? Yes Replace the damaged media with new.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 1 feed) Step 1 Previous Check Check the media condition. Remove tray 1. 5. check it over. 3. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area? Ensure the media feed unit front guide is installed properly. No Go to step 2. Pull out the tray 1.7500-432. and visually check it. Touch Tray 1. “Separation roll removal” on page 4-49.

and visually check it. Touch Printer Motor Test. and pick roll. or change the media size setup. Are the feed roll. Yes Replace with new media. 4 Check the media position. Next Go Back 10 Perform a print test. 1. Remove and check tray 1. Does the motor rotate normally? Yes Re-install the media feed lift motor for tray 2 as it previously was. ensure it is dry. Diagnostic information 2-55 . separation roll. separation roll. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. No Go to step 2. and “Pick roll removal” on page 4-51. Open the printer left door assembly. Go to “Media feed lift motor removal” on page 4-33.7500-432. Go to “Feed roll removal” on page 4-45. 2. Does the size of media in use match the size set for tray 1? 3 Check the rolls for tray 1. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 4. and pick roll free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4.01 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 1 feed) Step 1 Check Check the media condition. 3. No Go to step 10. and -832 Previous Step 9 Check Check the media feed lift motor for proper operation of tray 1. Go to step 5. Replace the media feed lift motor for tray 1 with one from tray 2. “Separation roll removal” on page 4-49. and replace the tray 1 motor with a new one. Replace the media. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the media touch the sensor (registration) or the sensor (pre-feed) in tray 1 media feed unit assembly? Remove the media. 241. -632. Go to step 3. Touch Tray 1 feed mtr. Does the error continue? Problem solved. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Clean or replace the feed roll. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? 2 Check the media size setup.

Replace the connection. Touch Pre-feed. Replace the media. and check it. Go to step 3.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 2 feed) Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Replace the connection. 3. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? 2 Check the media size setup. Touch Registration. 3. -632. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Problem solved. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator operates? Yes Go to step 7. 2. 2-56 MFP Service Manual . No Go to step 6. 1. 2. Next Go Back 6 Check the sensor (registration) connection. 5. Touch Media Path. Open the printer left door assembly. 4. Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. 4. 9 Perform a print test. Go to “Sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-41. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Go to step 9. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. 242. Touch Tray 1. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 2? Yes Replace the media with new media. No Go to step 2. ensure it is dry. 1. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area? Ensure the media feed unit front guide is installed properly. Touch Sensor test. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 8 Check the sensor (pre-feed) connection. Is the sensor (registration) properly connected? Replace the sensor (registration). Remove the media tray assembly. or change the media size setup. Is the sensor (pre-feed) properly connected? Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Go to “Sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-41. 7 Check the sensor (pre-feed) for proper operation in tray 1. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly.7500-432.

Touch Tray 2. 2. Are the feed roll. and pick roll. Touch Pre-feed. 2. Go to step 5. “Separation roll removal” on page 4-49. Touch Sensor test. Replace the connection. -632. Pull out the tray 2. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Open the printer left lower door assembly. 4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area? Ensure the media feed unit front guide is installed properly. separation roll. 1. Remove the media tray assembly. 4. 3. 3. 8 Check the media feed lift motor connection. Go to step 7. and pick roll free of excess wear and contamination? Next Go Back 4 Check the media position. Check Yes Go to step 4. Go to “Sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-41. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to step 10. Remove tray 2 and check it. Does the media feed lift motor rotate normally. Replace the connection. Go to “Sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-41. Touch Tray 2 feed mtr.7500-432. Go to step 8. and “Pick roll removal” on page 4-51. 1. Is the media feed lift motor properly connected? Go to step 9. separation roll. Go to step 6. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Is the sensor (pre-feed) properly connected? Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch Printer Motor Test. 5 Check the sensor (pre-feed) in tray 2 for proper operation. No Clean or replace the feed roll. and check it. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check the rolls for tray 2. and visually check it. Go to “Sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-41 Diagnostic information 2-57 . 6 Check the sensor (pre-feed) connection. 7 Check the media feed lift motor in tray 2 for proper operation. Go to “Feed roll removal” on page 4-45. and check it. Does the media touch the sensor (pre-feed) in the tray 2 media feed unit? Remove the media. 5.

Touch MOTOR TESTS. and check it. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. and “Pick roll removal” on page 4-51. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 2? 3 Check the rolls for tray 2. No Go to step 10. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) or the tray 2 media feed unit? Remove the media. -632. Next Go Back 10 Perform a print test. Go to “Feed roll removal” on page 4-45. 242. separation roll. Go to step 2. 4. Touch Tray 2 feed mtr. No Go to step 2. or change the media size setup. “Separation roll removal” on page 4-49. 2-58 MFP Service Manual . Go to step 5. Clean or replace the feed roll. 2. Yes Replace the media with new media. ensure it is dry. 3. Pull out the tray 2. Replace the media. Are the feed roll. 4 Check the media position. and replace the motor for tray 2 with a new motor. and visually check it. Touch Printer Motor Test.7500-432. Replace the printer engine card assembly.01 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 2 feed) Step 1 Check Check the media condition. and pick roll free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Does the error continue? Problem solved. 1. Replace the media feed lift motor for tray 2 with the one from tray 1. Open the printer left lower door assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Media feed lift motor removal” on page 4-33. and pick roll. separation roll. and -832 Previous Step 9 Check Check the media feed lift motor in tray 2 for proper operation. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? 2 Check the media size setup. Does the media feed lift motor rotate normally? Yes Install the media feed lift motor for tray 1 as it previously was.

Touch Sensor test. Touch Sensor test. Open the printer left lower door assembly and check it. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3. 1. 5. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area? Ensure the media feed unit front guide is installed properly. No Go to step 6.7500-432. Go to step 11. 1. Go to “Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) removal” on page 4-83. Perform the MPF/transport drive motor test. Go to step 9. Go to step 10. 4. Touch Tray 2. Go to “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Is the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) properly connected? Replace the sensor (tray 2 feed-out). Touch Media out. 2. Does the MPF/transport motor operate properly? Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Replace the connection. 8 9 Check the sensor (pre-feed) connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Is the sensor (pre-feed) properly connected? Check the MPF/transport drive motor. Touch Pre-feed. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the MPF/ transport drive motor. Remove the rear motor cover. in tray 2. for proper operation. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. 3. Go to “MPF/ transport drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-82. 7 Check the sensor (pre-feed). 5. 10 Check the MPF/transport drive motor for connection. Touch Printer Motor Tests. Remove the media tray assembly and check it. 3. Replace the connection. 4. Replace the connection. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area? Yes Go to step 7. 4. Touch MPF/Transport mtr. Next Go Back 6 Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) connection. Diagnostic information 2-59 . Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 1. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) for proper operation. 2. Touch Tray 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Touch MOTOR TESTS. -632.

Remove tray 2. and visually check it. crumpled or damaged? 2 Check the media size setup. Next Go Back 242. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. separation roll. Open the printer left lower door assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? Go to step 8. and check it. “Separation roll removal” on page 4-49. Is the media in the tray. Touch Registration. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 2 feed-out)? Remove the media. Go to step 6. 2-60 MFP Service Manual . Open the printer left door assembly. or change the media size setup. Are the feed roll. and pick roll. -632. and -832 Previous Step 11 Perform a print test. 2. 4 Check the media position. 4. Go to “Feed roll removal” on page 4-45. and check it.7500-432. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? Remove the media. ensure it is dry. Go to step 5. 3.02 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 2 feed) Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Open the printer left door assembly. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 2? 3 Check the roll for tray 2. and pick roll free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Clean or replace the feed roll. Yes Replace the media with new. Go to step 7. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. No Go to step 2. 6 Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. and check it. Go to step 3. and check it. Touch Media Path. Open the printer left door assembly. Replace the media. 5 Check the media position. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 1. No Problem solved. separation roll. and “Pick roll removal” on page 4-51. Does the error continue? Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly.

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 7

Check Check the sensor (registration) connection. Is the sensor (registration) properly connected?

Yes Replace the sensor (registration). Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81.

No Replace the connection.
Next

Go Back

8

Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 2. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the printer left lower door assembly, and check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area?

Go to step 10.

Go to step 9.

9

Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) connection. Is the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) properly connected?

Replace the sensor (tray 2 feed-out). Go to “Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) removal” on page 4-83.

Replace the sensor (tray 2 feed-out).

10

Check the MPF/transport drive motor. Perform the MPF/transport drive motor test. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the rear motor cover. Go to “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 3. Touch Printer Motor Tests. 4. Touch MPF/Transport mtr. Does the MPF/transport motor operate properly?

Go to step 12.

Go to step 11.

11

Check the MPF/transport drive motor for connection. Is the above motor connected properly?

Replace the MPF/ transport drive motor. Go to “MPF/ transport drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-82.

Replace the connection.

12

Perform a print test. Does the error continue?

Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

Problem solved.

Diagnostic information

2-61

7500-432, -632, and -832

242.03 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) static jam
Step 1 Check the media position. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 2 feed-out)? Open the printer left lower door assembly, and visually check it. 2 Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 2. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the printer left lower door assembly, and check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area? 3 Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) connection. Is the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) properly connected? 4 Perform a print test. Does the error continue? Replace the sensor (tray 2 feed-out). Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Replace the connection. Problem solved. Go to step 4. Go to step 3 Check Yes Remove the media. No Go to step 2.

Previous

Next

Go Back

243.00 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 3 media feed)
Step 1 2 Check Check the media condition. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? Check the media size setup. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 3? 3 Check the tray 3 rolls. Pull out the tray 3, and check it. Are the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Go to step 3. Replace the media, or change the media size setup. Clean or replace the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266, “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270, and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Yes Replace the media. No Go to step 2.

2-62 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 4

Check Check the media position. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (pre-feed) of the tray 3 media feed unit assembly?

Yes Remove the media.

No Go to step 5.
Next

5

Check the tray 3 sensor (pre-feed) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3. 5. Touch Feed-out. Remove the media tray assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area of the above sensor?

Go to step 7.

Go to step 6.

Go Back

6

Check the tray 3 sensor (pre-feed) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-263. Go to step 8.

Replace the connection.

7

Check the connection between the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Are the above cards connected properly? Check the tray 3 media feed lift motor for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 3. Touch Printer Motor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3 feed mtr. Does the above motor rotate normally?

Replace the connection. Go to step 9.

8

Go to step 11.

9

Check the tray 3 media feed lift motor for proper connection. Is the above motor connected properly? Check the tray 3 media feed lift motor for proper operation. Replace the media feed lift motor for tray 3 with that from tray 4. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 3. Touch Printer Motor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3 feed mtr. Does the above motor rotate normally?

Go to step 10.

Replace the connection. Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281.

10

Reinstall the media feed lift motor for tray 4 as it previously was, and replace the media feed lift motor for tray 3 with a new one. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— media feed lift motor removal” on page 4-255.

Diagnostic information

2-63

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 11 Perform a print test.

Check

Yes Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 12.

No Problem solved.
Next

Does the error still occur?

Go Back

12

Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

Problem solved.

243.01 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed)
Step 1 2 Check Check the media condition. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? Check the media size setup. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 3? 3 Check the tray 3 rolls. Pull out the tray 3, and check it. Are the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Go to step 3. Replace the media, or change the media size setup. Clean or replace the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266, “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270, and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Remove the media. Go to step 5. Yes Replace the media. No Go to step 2.

4

Check the media position. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the tray 3 feed-out sensor or the sensor (pre-feed) of the tray 3 media feed unit assembly?

2-64 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 5

Check Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates?

Yes Go to step 7.

No Go to step 6.
Next

Go Back

6

Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (tray 3 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 3 feedout) removal” on page 4-254. Go to step 8.

Replace the connection.

7

Check the connection between the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Are the above cards connected properly? Check the tray 3 sensor (pre-feed) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3. 5. Touch Feed-out. Remove the media tray assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area of the above sensor?

Replace the connection. Go to step 9.

8

Go to step 10.

9

Check the tray 3 sensor (pre-feed) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-263. Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 11.

Replace the connection.

10

Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Problem solved.

Diagnostic information

2-65

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 11 Perform a print test.

Check

Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

No Problem solved.
Next

Does the error still occur?

Go Back

243.02 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed)
Step 1 2 Check Check the media condition. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? Check the media size setup. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 3? 3 Check the tray 3 rolls. Pull out the tray 3, and check it. Are the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Go to step 3. Replace the media, or change the media size setup. Clean or replace the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266, “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270, and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Remove the media. Go to step 5. Yes Replace the media. No Go to step 2.

4

Check the media position. Open the printer left lower door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 2 feed-out)?

5

Check the media position. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 3 feed-out)?

Remove the media.

Go to step 6.

6

Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 2. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the printer left lower door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area of the above sensor?

Go to step 8.

Go to step 7.

2-66 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 7

Check Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Yes Replace the sensor (tray 2 feed-out). Go to “Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) removal” on page 4-83. Go to step 10.

No Replace the connection.
Next

8

Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates?

Go to step 9.

Go Back

9

Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (tray 3 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 3 feedout) removal” on page 4-254. Go to step 11.

Replace the connection.

10

Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly?

Replace the connection.

11

Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 11.

Problem solved.

12

Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

Problem solved.

243.03 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 3 media feed)
Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? Yes Replace the media. No Go to step 2.

Diagnostic information

2-67

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 2

Check Check the media size setup. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 3?

Yes Go to step 3.

No Replace the media, or change the media size setup. Clean or replace the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266, “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270, and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273.

Next

3

Check the tray 3 rolls. Pull out the tray 3, and check it. Are the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination?

Go to step 4.

Go Back

4

Check the media position. Open the printer left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)?

Remove the media.

Go to step 5.

5

Check the media position. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 3 feed-out)?

Remove the media.

Go to step 6.

6

Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. 3. Touch Media Path. 4. Touch Registration. Open the printer left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates?

Go to step 8.

Go to step 7.

7

Check the sensor (registration) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (registration). Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81.

Replace the connection.

8

Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates?

Go to step 10.

Go to step 9.

2-68 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 9

Check Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Yes Replace the sensor (tray 3 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 3 feedout) removal” on page 4-254. Go to step 11.

No Replace the connection.
Next

Go Back

10

Check the connection between the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Are the above boards connected properly? Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Replace the connection. Problem solved.

11

Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 12.

12

Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

Problem solved.

243.04 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) static jam
Step 1 Check Check the media position. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 3 feed-out)? Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. 2 Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 4. Go to step 3. Yes Remove the media. No Go to step 2.

Diagnostic information

2-69

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 3

Check Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Yes Replace the sensor (tray 3 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 3 feedout) removal” on page 4-254. Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 5.

No Replace the connection.
Next

Go Back

4

Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Problem solved.

5

Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

Problem solved.

244.00 Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed)
Step 1 2 Check Check the media condition. Is the media in the tray, crumpled or damaged? Check the media size setup. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 4? 3 Check the tray 4 rolls. Pull out the tray 4, and check it. Are the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Go to step 3. Replace the media, or change the media size setup. Clean or replace the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266, “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270, and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Remove the media. Go to step 5. Yes Replace the media. No Go to step 2.

4

Check the media position. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (pre-feed) of the tray 4 media feed unit assembly or the sensor (tray 4 feedout)?

2-70 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 5

Check Check the tray 4 sensor (pre-feed) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 4. 5. Touch Feed-out. Remove the media tray assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area of the above sensor?

Yes Go to step 7.

No Go to step 6.
Next

Go Back

6

Check the tray 4 sensor (pre-feed) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-263. Go to step 8.

Replace the connection.

7

Check the connection between the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Are the above cards connected properly? Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 4. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates?

Replace the connection. Go to step 9.

8

Go to step 10.

9

Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (tray 4 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 4 feedout) removal” on page 4-248.

Replace the connection.

Diagnostic information

2-71

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 10

Check Remove the tray 4 media transport assembly from the TTM. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media transport assembly removal” on page 4-236. Inspect the metal tab on the tray 4 media transport assembly as shown in the graphic below.

Yes Straighten the metal tab with needle nose pliers, or replace the tray 4 media transport assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— tray 4 media transport assembly removal” on page 4-236.

No Go to step 11.
Next

Go Back

Is the metal tab on the tray 4 media transport assembly bent? 11 Perform a print test. Does the error still occur? Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 12. 12 Perform a print test. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Problem solved. Problem solved.

2-72 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

244.01 Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed)
Step 1 2 Check Check the media condition. Is the media in the tray, crumpled or damaged? Check the media size setup. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 4? 3 Check the tray 4 rolls. Pull out the tray 4, and check it. Are the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Go to step 3. Replace the media, or change the media size setup. Clean or replace the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266, “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270, and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Remove the media. Go to step 5. Yes Replace the media. No Go to step 2.

Previous

Next

Go Back

4

Check the media position. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) or the sensor (tray 4 feed-out)?

5

Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 4. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates?

Go to step 7.

Go to step 6.

6

Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (tray 4 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 4 feedout) removal” on page 4-248. Go to step 8.

Replace the connection.

7

Check the connection between the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Are the above cards connected properly?

Replace the connection.

Diagnostic information

2-73

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 8

Check Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 3. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates?

Yes Go to step 10.

No Go to step 9.
Next

Go Back

9

Check the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (tray 3 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 3 feedout) removal” on page 4-254. Straighten the metal tab with needle nose pliers, or replace the tray 4 media transport assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— tray 4 media transport assembly removal” on page 4-236.

Replace the connection.

10

Remove the tray 4 media transport assembly from the TTM. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media transport assembly removal” on page 4-236. Inspect the metal tab on the tray 4 media transport assembly as shown in the graphic below.

Go to step 11.

Is the metal tab on the tray 4 media transport assembly bent?

2-74 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 11 Perform a print test.

Check

Yes Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 12.

No Problem solved.
Next

Does the error still occur?

Go Back

12

Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

Problem solved.

244.02 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed)
Step 1 2 Check Check the media condition. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? Check the media size setup. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 4? 3 Check the tray 4 rolls. Pull out the tray 4, and check it. Are the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. Go to step 3. Replace the media, or change the media size setup. Clean or replace the feed roll, separation roll, and pick roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266, “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270, and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Remove the media. Go to step 5. Yes Replace the media. No Go to step 2.

4

Check the media position. Open the printer left lower door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 2 feed-out)?

5

Check the media position. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 4 feed-out)?

Remove the media.

Go to step 6.

Diagnostic information

2-75

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Step 6

Check Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 2. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the printer left lower door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area of the above sensor?

Yes Go to step 8.

No Go to step 7.
Next

Go Back

7

Check the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (tray 2 feed-out). Go to “Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) removal” on page 4-83. Go to step 10.

Replace the connection.

8

Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper operation. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Touch Sensor Test. 4. Touch Tray 4. 5. Touch Feed-out. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly, and visually check it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates?

Go to step 9.

9

Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly?

Replace the sensor (tray 3 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 3 feedout) removal” on page 4-254. Go to step 11.

Replace the connection.

10

Check the connection between the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Are the above cards connected properly? Perform a print test. Does the error still occur?

Replace the connection. Problem solved.

11

Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 12.

2-76 MFP Service Manual

Diagnostic information 2-77 . Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly. separation roll. 2. 1. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266. Go to step 6. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 6 Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. Pull out the tray 4. -632. Open the printer left door assembly. and -832 Previous Step 12 Perform a print test. “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270. 3. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Next Does the error still occur? Go Back 244. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? 5 Check the media position (2). Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to step 3. Go to step 7. No Problem solved. Touch Registration. Is the media in the tray crumpled or damaged? Check the media size setup. and pick roll. separation roll. and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4.7500-432. and visually check it. 4 Check the media position (1). No Go to step 2. Replace the media. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 4? 3 Check the tray 4 rolls. or change the media size setup. Are the feed roll. Go to step 5. and check it. Clean or replace the feed roll. and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 8. Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly.03 Sensor (registration) on jam (tray 4 media feed) Step 1 2 Check Check the media condition. Yes Replace the media. and visually check it. Touch Media Path. 4. Open the printer left door assembly. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 4 feed-out)? Remove the media. and visually check it. Remove the media.

Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. -632.04 Sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 4 media feed) Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Is the above sensor connected properly? Yes Replace the sensor (registration). 2. Go to step 11. Touch Feed-out. Next 8 Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper operation. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. No Replace the connection. 2-78 MFP Service Manual . Problem solved. Is the media in the tray. and visually check it. Touch Sensor Test. crumpled or damaged? Yes Replace the media. 12 Perform a print test. Does the error still occur? Replace the connection. Touch Tray 4. 4. Go Back 9 Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper connection. 1. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (tray 4 feed-out). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 4 feedout) removal” on page 4-248. Go to step 12. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Replace the connection. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 11 Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. 3.7500-432. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the sensor (registration) for proper connection. No Go to step 2. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. 5. Are the above cards connected properly? Perform a print test. Problem solved. 244. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 9. 10 Check the connection between the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 10.

Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (pre-feed) removal” on page 4-263. 8 Go to step 11. 9 Check the tray 4 media feed lift motor for proper connection. Replace the connection. Is the above motor connected properly? Go to step 10. 3. Replace the connection. “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 8. Touch Printer Motor Test. 7 Check the connection between the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly. Remove the media tray assembly. Touch Sensor Test. Touch Tray 4 feed mtr. Does the display on the operator panel change every time a white piece of paper is placed over the sensing area of the above sensor? Go to step 7. No Replace the media. Does the above motor rotate normally? Replace the connection. 1. Are the above cards connected properly? Check the tray 4 media feed lift motor for proper operation. and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. 4. 5. Does the media size in use match the size set for tray 4? Yes Go to step 3. 5 Check the tray 4 sensor (pre-feed) for proper operation. Pull out the tray 4. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (pre-feed). Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Clean or replace the feed roll. 2. and pick roll. separation roll. Touch MOTOR TESTS. and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Diagnostic information 2-79 . and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the media size setup. 6 Check the tray 4 sensor (pre-feed) for proper connection. 2. Go Back 4 Check the media position. -632. Go to step 5. Touch Tray 4. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 3. Next 3 Check the tray 4 rolls. 4. Go to step 9. Does the media touch the sensor (pre-feed) of the tray 4 media feed unit assembly? Remove the media.7500-432. 1. Touch Pre-feed. and check it. Are the feed roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266. separation roll. Go to step 6. or change the media size setup.

Touch Tray 4. 5. Replace the media feed lift motor for tray 4 with that for tray 3. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly. 4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 4. Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. 244. 2.7500-432. Does the above motor rotate normally? Yes Reinstall the media feed lift motor for tray 3 as it previously was. 12 Perform a print test. 1. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. No Go to step 2. Does the error still occur? Problem solved. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly. 1. Go to step 3. Go to step 12. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. No Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Touch Tray 4 feed mtr. 4. Touch Feed-out. and then replace the media feed lift motor for tray 4 with a new one. Touch Printer Motor Test. 3. 3. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly.05 Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) static jam Step 1 Check Check the media position. Problem solved. Yes Remove the media. and visually check it. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. -632. and -832 Previous Step 10 Check Check the tray 4 media feed lift motor for proper operation. Does the media touch the sensor (tray 4 feed-out)? 2 Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper operation. Next Go Back 11 Perform a print test. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— media feed lift motor removal” on page 4-255. 2. Touch Sensor Test. and visually check it. 2-80 MFP Service Manual .

-632.00 Sensor (registration) on jam (MPF pick) Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. and visually check it. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? 4 Check the MPF media side guides for proper operation. Is the above sensor connected properly? Yes Replace the sensor (tray 4 feed-out). and reinstall it. crumpled or damaged? 2 Check the media size setup. 250. Yes Replace the media with new. Replace the media. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check Check the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) for proper connection. 5 Perform a print test. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? Problem solved. No Replace the connection. Problem solved. ensure it is dry. Does an error occur during print test? Go to step 6. Diagnostic information 2-81 . Perform a print test. or change the media size setup. Do the MPF media side guides operate smoothly? 5 Check the MPF for proper installation. Does the media size in use match the size set for MPF tray? 3 Check the media position.7500-432. Open the printer left door assembly. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. Go to step 3. Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Next Go Back 4 Perform a print test. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. No Go to step 2. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (tray 4 feedout) removal” on page 4-248. Go to step 5. Go to step 4. Go to step 5. Is the media in the MPF tray. Remove the media. Adjust the MPF media side guides correctly.

Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Problem solved. 8 Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. 4. 2. Check Yes Go to step 7. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? Go to step 10. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. No Clean or replace the MPF feed roll assembly. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. and check it. 3. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. 10 Check the MPF pick solenoid for proper operation. Touch Printer Motor Test. 1. Replace the connection. Touch Registration. Does the MPF pick solenoid make an audible clicking sound when activated? Go to step 12. Touch Media Path. Go to “MPF pick solenoid / pick lever removal” on page 4-62. Is the sensor (registration) properly connected? Replace the sensor (registration). Is the MPF pick solenoid properly connected? Replace the MPF pick solenoid. Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. 11 Check the MPF pick solenoid connection. and -832 Previous Step 6 Check the roll. Touch MPF pick solenoid. 3. Remove the MPF pick unit assembly. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Clean or replace the MPF feed roll assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. Is the MPF feed roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 8. -632. 2.7500-432. 1. 12 Perform a print test. Go to step 11. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. Open the printer left door assembly. 2-82 MFP Service Manual . Go to step 9. Is the MPF feed roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Next Go Back 7 Check the roll. 4. 9 Check the sensor (registration) connection.

and perform a ADF test.00 Switch (sheet through) static jam Step 1 Check Check the sensor (sheet through).01 Sensor (sheet through) on jam Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. Perform a ADF test. Touch SCANNER TESTS.7500-432. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. go to step 2. Go to step 3. and replace with a new undamaged original document. holes. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. 2. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch Sheet through. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (sheet through). Remove the ADF rear cover. Problem solved. and perform a ADF test. 5 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Yes Go to step 2. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Open the ADF left cover assembly. No Remove damaged original document. 1. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. -632. Touch Sensor Tests. Go to step 4. Go to “Sensor (sheet through) removal” on page 4-208. tears. Replace the connection. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (sheet through) for connection. Is the feed media path free of media or media fragments? 2 Check the sensor (sheet through) for operation. Previous Next Go Back 290. 4. No Remove any media or media fragments. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. If the problem remains. Go to step 5. 4 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Diagnostic information 2-83 . 3. and -832 290. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Perform the sensor (sheet through) test. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2.

Override the switch (ADF left cover interlock). 1. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to step 7. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Remove all contaminates from the media path. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173.7500-432. Touch Pick roll position mtr. Perform the feed drive motor test. 4 Check the pick roll position motor assembly. No Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Remove the ADF rear cover. 2-84 MFP Service Manual . 2. 6 Check the feed drive motor for correct operation. 5 Check the pick roll position motor assembly connection. Does the pick roll position motor assembly raise and lower properly? Go to step 6. Go to “Pick roll position motor assembly removal” on page 4-190. Touch ADF feed drv mtr. Next Go Back 3 Check the media path for contaminates. Replace the connection. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Perform the pick roll position motor test. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the ADF rolls for wear. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? Go to step 4. Go to step 5. 4. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Does the feed drive motor rotate properly? Go to step 8. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the pick roll position motor assembly. Open ADF left cover assembly. 3. -632. 2. 4. 3. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll assembly free of excess wear? Yes Go to step 3.

Next Go Back 8 Check the sensor (sheet through) for operation. and perform a ADF test. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the feed drive motor connection. Go to step 11. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 10. Touch Sheet through. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (sheet through). 1. 10 Check the feed drive motor connection. No Replace the connection. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. 2. Remove the ADF rear cover. 12 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 3. and perform a ADF test. Touch Sensor Tests. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Is the above motor connected properly? Yes Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly. -632. Perform the sensor (sheet through) test. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Replace the connection. Go to “Sensor (sheet through) removal” on page 4-208. Problem solved. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 4. Replace the connection.7500-432. 11 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Diagnostic information 2-85 . Go to step 9. 9 Check the sensor (sheet through) for connection.

tears.7500-432. 2-86 MFP Service Manual . or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Is the document set actuator flag flat as shown in the graphic below? Replace the document set actuator. go to step 3. go to step 2. Go to “Document set actuator removal” on page 4-188. 4 Check the media path for contaminates.02 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam ADF simplex side 1 Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. Previous Next Go Back 2 Open the ADF left cover assembly and inspect the document set actuator as shown in the graphic below. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 4. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. Remove all contaminates from the media path. No Remove damaged original document. order 40X2283. If problem remains. Note: To receive the new rounded flag actuator. 3 Check the ADF rolls for wear. -632. Perform a ADF test. If the problem remains. holes. and -832 290. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? Go to step 5. and replace with a new undamaged original document.

Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Open the ADF left cover assembly. No Go to step 6. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 10 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. 2. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Remove the ADF rear cover. Go to step 10. and perform a ADF test. Replace the connection. 4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 7. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the sensor (ADF pre registration) for operation. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF pre registration). Touch MOTOR TESTS. 3. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to step 8. 4. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Next Go Back 6 Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration) for connection. Diagnostic information 2-87 . 2. 7 Check the feed drive motor for correct operation. 8 Check the feed drive motor for connection. Replace the connection. Perform the sensor (ADF pre registration) test. Touch Sensor Tests. 1. Perform the feed drive motor test. Open the ADF left cover assembly. -632. Touch ADF pre registration. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Problem solved. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF preregistration). Does the feed drive motor rotate properly? Go to step 9. Touch ADF feed drv mtr. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. 3. 1. and perform a ADF test. 9 Place an undamaged document in the ADF.7500-432. Go to “Sensor (ADF preregistration)” on page 4-196. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly.

3 Check the media path for contaminates. No Remove damaged original document. Touch Sheet through. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (sheet through).03 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 5 Check the sensor (sheet through) for connection. and -832 290. 4. Previous Next Go Back 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear. Touch Sensor Tests. Replace the connection. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. and replace with a new undamaged original document.7500-432. tears. 3. -632. Go to step 5. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? 4 Check the sensor (sheet through) for operation. Remove the ADF rear cover. Go to “Sensor (sheet through) removal” on page 4-208. go to step 2. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. holes. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 2-88 MFP Service Manual . Go to step 6. If the problem remains. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Perform the sensor (sheet through) test. 2. 1. Remove all contaminates from the media path. Perform a ADF test. Touch SCANNER TESTS.

Go to step 9. 8 Check the feed drive motor for correct operation. 3. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 2. 2. Remove the ADF rear cover. Perform the feed drive motor test. 4. Perform the registration motor test. 5. Perform the sensor (ADF pre registration) test. No Go to step 7. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Next Go Back 7 Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration) for connection. Touch Sensor Tests. 9 Check the feed drive motor for connection. Diagnostic information 2-89 . Open the ADF left cover assembly. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Go to “Sensor (ADF preregistration)” on page 4-196. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the Replace the sensor (ADF pre. Open the ADF left cover assembly.7500-432. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Replace the connection.connection. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? Go to step 12. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. 1. Go to step 11. 1. 2. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Touch MOTOR TESTS. and -832 Previous Step 6 Check Check the sensor (ADF pre registration) for operation. Touch ADF feed drv mtr. Does the feed drive motor rotate properly? Go to step 10. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Touch Forward or reverse. Remove the ADF rear cover. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 3. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF pre registration). -632. 3. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 8. registration). 4. 4. Touch ADF pre registration. 10 Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test. Touch Scanner Motor Tests.

No Replace the connection. Problem solved. 1. Perform the sensor (ADF pre registration) test. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF pre-registration). Replace the connection. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly.10 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) static jam Step 1 Check Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration). Go to “Sensor (ADF preregistration)” on page 4-196. Is the feed media path free of media or media fragments? 2 Check the sensor (ADF pre registration) for operation. Go to step 3. -632. and -832 Previous Step 11 Check Check the ADF registration motor for connection. No Remove any media or media fragments. Go to step 13.7500-432. 290. Is the above motor connected properly? Yes Replace the ADF registration motor. and perform a ADF test. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF pre registration). Touch Sensor Tests. Touch ADF pre registration. 2-90 MFP Service Manual . Yes Go to step 2. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Next Go Back 12 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. 3. 13 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. and perform a ADF test. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration) for connection. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Go to step 4. 4. Open the ADF left cover assembly.

Next Go Back 5 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. and perform a ADF test. and perform a ADF test. No Remove damaged original document. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. tears. Problem solved. holes. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203.11 Sensor (ADF registration) on jam ADF simplex side 1 Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. No Go to step 5. and replace with a new undamaged original document. Perform a ADF test. 290. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? Go to step 4. Does the error remain? Yes Replace the ADF controller card assembly. If the problem remains. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. go to step 2. Diagnostic information 2-91 . Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear. Remove all contaminates from the media path. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly.7500-432. -632. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. 3 Check the media path for contaminates.

8 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Go to step 7. 4. Open the ADF left cover assembly.7500-432. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 6. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Does the feed drive motor rotate properly? Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Perform the sensor (ADF registration) test. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly. Perform the feed drive motor test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Problem solved. 2. Replace the connection. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. and perform a ADF test. 7 Check the feed drive motor for connection. Next Go Back 5 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for connection. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “Sensor (ADF registration)” on page 4-195. Remove the ADF rear cover. 4. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. -632. 6 Check the feed drive motor for correct operation. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 3. 2. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF registration). Go to step 9. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 2-92 MFP Service Manual . Touch Sensor Tests. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Touch ADF registration. Place a piece of white paper into the ADF media entrance and over the sensor (ADF registration). Touch Scanner Motor Tests. 9 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. 3. Replace the connection. 1. 1. Touch ADF feed drv mtr. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Check the sensor (ADF registration) for operation. No Go to step 5. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. and perform a ADF test.

tears. Touch Sensor Tests. 5 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for operation. go to step 2. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Go to “Inverter gate removal” on page 4-199. and replace with a new undamaged original document. holes. 4. Remove all contaminates from the media path. Previous Next Go Back 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 2. No Remove damaged original document. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2.12 Sensor (ADF registration) on jam side 2 Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. 3. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF registration). Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. 3 Check the media path for contaminates. Touch ADF registration. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. and -832 290. Place a piece of white paper into the ADF media entrance and over the sensor (ADF registration). -632. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 6 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for connection. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. Go to step 7. Go to “Sensor (ADF registration)” on page 4-195. 1. Diagnostic information 2-93 . If the problem remains. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? 4 Check the inverter gate condition.7500-432. Go to step 6. and does it move smoothly? Go to step 5. Replace the inverter gate. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Is the inverter gate free of damage and warpage. Perform a ADF test. Perform the sensor (ADF registration) test. Go to step 4.

11 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Go to step 12. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly. 2. Perform the inverter solenoid test. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. No Go to step 8. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. 10 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for connection. 3. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the inverter solenoid assembly. Remove the ADF rear cover. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Close the ADF left cover assembly. Touch ADF feed drv mtr. Perform the feed drive motor test. 4. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the feed drive motor for correct operation.7500-432. 1. -632. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. Does the feed drive motor rotate properly? Yes Go to step 9. Does the inverter solenoid assembly operate properly? Go to step 11. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 9 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for operation. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to “Inverter solenoid assembly removal” on page 4-181. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. and perform a ADF test. and perform a ADF test. 1. Next Go Back 8 Check the feed drive motor for connection. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 4. Touch Inverter solenoid. Replace the connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2-94 MFP Service Manual . Go to step 10. Problem solved. Replace the connection. 12 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3. 2.

4. Remove the registration pad cover. 3. Perform a ADF test. If the problem remains.13 Sensor (ADF registration) off jam Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. and replace with a new undamaged original document. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Does the problem remain? 3 Check the ADF rolls for wear. Previous Next Go Back 2 Remove the registration pad cover. and perform an ADF test. Problem solved. and -832 290. 1. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. 2. Remove the two screws securing the registration pad cover. Go to step 3. Diagnostic information 2-95 . No Remove damaged original document. Raise the ADF to the full upright position. Reinstall the registration pad cover. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 4. tears. and clean the black registration pad shown in the diagram below. go to step 2. -632. 5. Clean or replace the black registration pad of excess paper dust. holes.7500-432. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. Place several undamaged documents in the ADF. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203.

Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Touch Sensor Tests. 1. Place a piece of white paper into the ADF media entrance and over the sensor (ADF registration). Go to step 10. -632. 1. 5. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? Yes Go to step 5. and perform a ADF test. Remove the ADF rear cover. 4. 2-96 MFP Service Manual . 2. Replace the connection. Go Back Next 5 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for operation. 2. 6 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for connection.7500-432. No Remove all contaminates from the media path. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 7. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 7 Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test. Go to “Sensor (ADF registration)” on page 4-195. Go to step 6. 8 Check the ADF registration motor for connection. 9 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Check the media path for contaminates. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Touch ADF registration. Perform the sensor (ADF registration) test. Touch Forward or reverse. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? Go to step 9. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF registration motor. 3. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF registration). Perform the registration motor test. 4. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Go to step 8.

Touch ADF inverter. and perform a ADF test. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 5. 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear. 2. Remove all contaminates from the media path. -632. Go to “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Touch Sensor Tests. If the problem remains. Manually rotate the ADF exit roll assembly by hand to feed the sheet through the ADF to operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF inverter). tears. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. No Problem solved.7500-432. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? 4 Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for operation. 1. Next Go Back 290. Remove the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Perform a ADF test. Insert a sheet of paper into the ADF paper path entrance.14 Sensor (ADF inverter) on jam (Inverting) Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. and replace with a new undamaged original document. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. No Remove damaged original document. holes. Diagnostic information 2-97 . Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Go to step 4. 3.9. Perform the sensor (ADF inverter) test. and -832 Previous Step 10 Check Place an undamaged document in the ADF. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. go to step 2. Go to FIP2. Does the error remain? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3 Check the media path for contaminates. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. 4.

Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Go Back 7 Check the ADF registration motor for connection. Perform the sensor (ADF registration) test. 4. Touch Sensor Tests. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? Go to step 8. -632. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF registration). Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Sensor (ADF registration)” on page 4-195. 2-98 MFP Service Manual . Replace the connection. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. 9 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for connection. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF registration motor. Touch ADF registration. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 3. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. Go to “Sensor (ADF inverter)” on page 4-197. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 2. 2. Next 6 Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test. Perform the registration motor test. Go to step 7. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to step 11. 8 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for operation. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 10. 4. 1. Go to step 9. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 1. Touch Forward or reverse. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for connection. 5. Place a piece of white paper into the ADF media entrance and over the sensor (ADF registration). 10 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. 3. No Replace the connection. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. and perform a ADF test. Is the above sensor connected properly? Yes Replace the sensor (ADF inverter). Replace the connection. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Remove the ADF rear cover.7500-432.

7500-432. Does the error remain? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly. tears. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Diagnostic information 2-99 . Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? Go to step 4. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. No Remove damaged original document. If the problem remains. 3 Check the media path for contaminates. and perform a ADF test. and replace with a new undamaged original document. -632. Next Go Back 290. No Problem solved. Remove all contaminates from the media path. Go to “ADF feed/pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Perform a ADF test. Clean or replace the ADF feed/ pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. holes.15 Sensor (ADF registration) off jam (inverting) Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. go to step 2. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. and -832 Previous Step 11 Check Place an undamaged document in the ADF. 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear.

3. Replace the connection. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 6. Touch ADF feed drv mtr. Does the feed drive motor rotate properly? Go to step 10. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF pre registration). Touch SCANNER TESTS. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Check the sensor (ADF registration) for operation. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “Sensor (ADF preregistration)” on page 4-196 . Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch Sensor Tests. 1. Go to step 7. 3. Touch ADF registration. No Go to step 5. Replace the connection. Touch ADF pre registration. 2. Perform the sensor (ADF pre registration) test. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3. -632. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF preregistration). Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173.7500-432. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 4. 1. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 8. 2. Remove the ADF rear cover. Perform the sensor (ADF registration) test. 1. Perform the feed drive motor test. Go to step 9. 6 Check the sensor (ADF pre registration) for operation. Next Go Back 5 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for connection. 8 Check the feed drive motor for correct operation. 4. 4. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF registration). Go to “Sensor (ADF registration)” on page 4-195 . Place a piece of white paper into the ADF media entrance and over the sensor (ADF registration). Touch MOTOR TESTS. Touch Sensor Tests. 2. 2-100 MFP Service Manual . Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 7 Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration) for connection.

Go to step 13. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? Go to step 14. Perform the registration motor test. 4. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Close the ADF left cover assembly. No Replace the connection. Touch Forward or reverse. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the inverter solenoid assembly. 13 Check the ADF registration motor for connection. 1. Touch Inverter solenoid. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Go to “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. Remove the ADF rear cover. 4. Replace the connection. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Does the inverter solenoid assembly operate properly? Go to step 12. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 3. Next Go Back 10 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for operation. 2. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Perform the inverter solenoid test. 3. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF registration motor. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. and -832 Previous Step 9 Check Check the feed drive motor for connection.7500-432. 2. Go to step 11. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “Inverter solenoid assembly removal” on page 4-181. 5. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. -632. Diagnostic information 2-101 . 11 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for connection. Is the above sensor connected properly? Yes Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly. 1. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 12 Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test.

Touch ADF width APS 1. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Go to step 3. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 1). and perform a ADF test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. and -832 Previous Step 14 Check Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for connection. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130.7500-432. No Go to step 15. 2. Touch Sensor Tests. Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 1) test. 3. No Remove any media or media fragments. 4 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. 2-102 MFP Service Manual . Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. 290. 1.21 Sensor (ADF width APS 1) static jam Step 1 Check Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1). Yes Go to step 2. Does the error remain? Yes Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Next Go Back 15 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Replace the connection. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 1)” on page 4-192. Open the ADF left cover assembly. and perform a ADF test. Is the feed media path free of media or media fragments? 2 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for operation. and perform a ADF test. -632. 4. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Go to step 4. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Problem solved. Go to step 5. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 1).

Open the ADF left cover assembly. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly.7500-432. No Remove any media or media fragments. Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 2) test. Yes Go to step 2. Replace the connection. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 2). Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for connection. -632. Go to step 5. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 1)” on page 4-192. Does the error remain? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly. Touch ADF width APS 2. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 1). Next Go Back 290. Touch Sensor Tests. 3. No Problem solved. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Diagnostic information 2-103 . Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to step 4. Touch SCANNER TESTS. and perform a ADF test. 1. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Problem solved. Is the feed media path free of media or media fragments? 2 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 2) for operation. 4 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. 2. 4. and perform a ADF test. 5 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 3. and perform a ADF test.22 Sensor (ADF width APS 2) static jam Step 1 Check Check the sensor (ADF width APS 2).

and -832 290. Touch Sensor Tests. -632. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Go to step 5. 2-104 MFP Service Manual . 4. 5 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 3). Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Go to step 3. Yes Go to step 2. 2. Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 3) test. 4 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch ADF width APS 3.7500-432. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Problem solved. Is the feed media path free of media or media fragments? Yes Go to step 2. 3. 1. Previous Next Go Back 291. and perform a ADF test.00 Sensor (ADF registration) static jam Step 1 Check Check the sensor (ADF registration). Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 1). Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for connection.23 Sensor (ADF width APS 3) static jam Step 1 Check Check the sensor (ADF width APS 3). No Remove any media or media fragments. Is the feed media path free of media or media fragments? 2 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 3) for operation. No Remove any media or media fragments. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 1)” on page 4-192. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Touch SCANNER TESTS. and perform a ADF test. Go to step 4. Replace the connection.

Next Go Back 3 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for connection. 5 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. and perform a ADF test. If the problem remains. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the sensor (ADF registration) for operation. Touch ADF registration. Go to “Sensor (ADF registration)” on page 4-195. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF registration). Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 4. tears. Perform the sensor (ADF registration) test. -632.01 Sensor (ADF inverter) off jam (inverting) Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. 4 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. 4. Touch Sensor Tests. Go to step 5. Replace the connection. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. holes. and perform a ADF test. 291. and replace with a new undamaged original document. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Place a piece of white paper into the ADF media entrance and over the sensor (ADF registration). No Remove damaged original document. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Problem solved. 1. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Diagnostic information 2-105 . Perform a ADF test. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. 2. No Go to step 3.7500-432. 3. go to step 2.

2. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Go to step 5. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 6. Remove the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Insert a sheet of paper into the ADF paper path entrance. 6 Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test. 3. Perform the sensor (ADF inverter) test. Touch ADF inverter. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF inverter). Go to “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Perform the registration motor test. No Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. 4. Replace the connection. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 4. 1. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Yes Go to step 3. 5 Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for connection. Go to “Sensor (ADF inverter)” on page 4-197. 2-106 MFP Service Manual . Next Go Back 3 Check the media path for contaminates. Remove the ADF rear cover. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the ADF rolls for wear. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Manually rotate the ADF exit roll assembly by hand to feed the sheet through the ADF to operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF inverter). Touch Forward or reverse. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 7. 5. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? Go to step 4. 2. 1. 4 Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for operation. Touch Sensor Tests. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? Go to step 8. Remove all contaminates from the media path. -632.7500-432.

Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? Go to step 4. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the ADF registration motor for connection.02 Sensor (ADF inverter) on jam 2 Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. 291. tears. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. go to step 2. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Next 8 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. and perform a ADF test.7500-432. holes. and replace with a new undamaged original document. No Replace the connection. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. No Remove damaged original document. Diagnostic information 2-107 . Go to step 9. Problem solved. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Perform a ADF test. -632. 3 Check the media path for contaminates. and perform a ADF test. Is the above motor connected properly? Yes Replace the ADF registration motor. Go Back 9 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. If the problem remains. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. Remove all contaminates from the media path.

Manually rotate the ADF exit roll assembly by hand to feed the sheet through the ADF to operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF inverter). Next Go Back 1. Replace the connection. 2. -632. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. 4. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Replace the connection. Remove the ADF rear cover. No Go to step 5. Yes Go to step 6. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Is the inverter gate free of damage and warpage. Perform the registration motor test. 6 Check the inverter gate condition. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Touch Forward or reverse. Perform the sensor (ADF inverter) test. Go to “Inverter gate removal” on page 4-199. 4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 5 Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for connection. Touch Sensor Tests. Insert a sheet of paper into the ADF paper path entrance. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. Go to step 9. 3. Remove the ADF separation roll guide assembly. 2-108 MFP Service Manual . 7 Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test. Go to “Sensor (ADF inverter)” on page 4-197. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF registration motor. 5. 2. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for operation. 1. Replace the inverter gate. Go to step 8. and does it move smoothly? Go to step 7. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3. Touch ADF inverter. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF inverter). Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? 8 Check the ADF registration motor for connection.7500-432.

Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? Go to step 4. 291. holes. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. Does the error remain? Yes Replace the ADF controller card assembly. and -832 Previous Step 9 Check Place an undamaged document in the ADF. go to step 2. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. If the problem remains. tears. 3 Check the media path for contaminates. -632.7500-432. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. No Go to step 10. and perform a ADF test. No Remove damaged original document and replace with a new undamaged original document.03 Sensor (ADF inverter) off jam Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. and perform a ADF test. Perform a ADF test. 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear. Diagnostic information 2-109 . Next Go Back 10 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Remove all contaminates from the media path. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Problem solved. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130.

Yes Go to step 6. Go to “Sensor (ADF registration)” on page 4-195. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 3. Touch ADF inverter. 1. Manually rotate the ADF exit roll assembly by hand to feed the sheet through the ADF to operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF inverter). Go to step 7. -632. Is the inverter gate free of damage and warpage. 6 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for operation. 8 Check the inverter gate condition. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF inverter). and does it move smoothly? Go to step 9. Go to “Inverter gate removal” on page 4-199. Remove the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 7 Check the sensor (ADF registration) for connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Go to “Sensor (ADF inverter)” on page 4-197. Perform the sensor (ADF registration) test. Touch Sensor Tests. Insert a sheet of paper into the ADF paper path entrance. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for operation. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 2-110 MFP Service Manual . No Go to step 5. 4. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to step 8. Replace the connection. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 2. Touch Sensor Tests. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF registration). Replace the inverter gate. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 5 Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for connection. Next Go Back 1.7500-432. 2. Replace the connection. Touch ADF registration. 3. Place a piece of white paper into the ADF media entrance and over the sensor (ADF registration). Perform the sensor (ADF inverter) test. 4.

13 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. and -832 Previous Step 9 Check Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test. Perform the inverter solenoid test. 3. Touch MOTOR TESTS. and perform a ADF test. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Diagnostic information 2-111 . Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. 14 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Touch Forward or reverse. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. Problem solved. 2. Replace the connection. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to step 14. Touch Inverter solenoid. 5. Go to step 12. 4. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? Yes Go to step 11. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. Perform the registration motor test. 1. Remove the ADF rear cover. -632. Close the ADF left cover assembly. 4. Go to “Inverter solenoid assembly removal” on page 4-181. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF registration motor. Next Go Back 10 Check the ADF registration motor for connection. and perform a ADF test.7500-432. 12 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for connection. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. 2. 11 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for operation. No Go to step 10. 3. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Replace the connection. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the inverter solenoid assembly. Does the inverter solenoid assembly operate properly? Go to step 13. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu.

Perform the sensor (ADF inverter) test. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for connection. Remove the ADF separation roll guide assembly. and -832 294. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF inverter). Go to step 4. -632. Insert a sheet of paper into the ADF paper path entrance. Is the feed media path free of media or media fragments? 2 Check the sensor (ADF inverter) for operation. 3. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 4 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. and perform a ADF test. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Previous Next Go Back 2-112 MFP Service Manual . Go to step 5. and perform a ADF test. 1. Touch ADF inverter. Replace the connection. Go to “Sensor (ADF inverter)” on page 4-197. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Problem solved. 2. 5 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Go to step 3.00 Sensor (ADF inverter) static jam Step 1 Check Check the sensor (ADF inverter). Yes Go to step 2. No Remove any media or media fragments. Go to “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. 4. Touch Sensor Tests.7500-432. Manually rotate the ADF exit roll assembly by hand to feed the sheet through the ADF to operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF inverter).

and does it move smoothly? Go to step 5. If the problem remains. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF preregistration). Remove all contaminates from the media path. Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. 4. 5 Check the sensor (ADF pre registration) for operation.7500-432. Previous Next Go Back 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear. Go to step 4. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? 4 Check the inverter gate condition. Go to “Sensor (ADF preregistration)” on page 4-196. Touch Sensor Tests. Touch ADF pre registration. 3. Diagnostic information 2-113 . tears. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 6 Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration) for connection. -632. go to step 2. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. 3 Check the media path for contaminates. Perform the sensor (ADF pre registration) test. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF pre registration). and -832 294. Is the inverter gate free of damage and warpage. Replace the inverter gate. Perform a ADF test. Go to “Inverter gate removal” on page 4-199. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Replace the connection. Go to step 7. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to step 6. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly.01 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam side 2 Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. No Remove damaged original document and replace with a new undamaged original document. 1. holes.

2. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. Touch Forward or reverse. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. No Go to step 8. 2-114 MFP Service Manual . Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. -632. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Go to “Inverter solenoid assembly removal” on page 4-181. 4. 3. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Go to step 12. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. Remove the ADF rear cover. 11 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Perform the inverter solenoid test. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. 4. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Go to step 10. Touch Inverter solenoid. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? Yes Go to step 9. Next Go Back 87 Check the ADF registration motor for connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the inverter solenoid assembly. Problem solved. Does the inverter solenoid assembly operate properly? Go to step 11. 9 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for operation. 10 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for connection. Replace the connection. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Replace the connection. Close the ADF left cover assembly. 2. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF registration motor. 1.7500-432. 5. 1. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test. 3. Perform the registration motor test. 12 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. and perform a ADF test. and perform a ADF test.

Is the original document free of paper clips and staples as well as damage such as creases. 1. -632. go to step 2. or excessive wear? Yes Go to step 2. and -832 294. Go to “ADF feed/ pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186 or “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. Go to step 6. Touch Sensor Tests. tears. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. Remove all contaminates from the media path. If the problem remains. Go to step 4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 5 Check the sensor (sheet through) for connection. Clean or replace the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Is the ADF feed/pick roll assembly or the ADF separation roll guide assembly free of excess wear? Go to step 3. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Go to step 5. Diagnostic information 2-115 .02 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam on inverting Step 1 Check Check the original document condition. Replace the connection.7500-432. Go to “Sensor (sheet through) removal” on page 4-208. Perform a ADF test. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (sheet through). Touch SCANNER TESTS. 2. Is the media path free of excess media dust and foreign objects such as paper clips and staples? 4 Check the sensor (sheet through) for operation. Remove the ADF rear cover. Perform the sensor (sheet through) test. Previous Next Go Back 2 Check the ADF rolls for wear. 3. 3 Check the media path for contaminates. Touch Sheet through. No Remove damaged original document and replace with a new undamaged original document. holes. Open the ADF left cover assembly.

No Go to step 7. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Remove the ADF rear cover. 1. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to step 11. Next Go Back 7 Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration) for connection. -632. Enter the Diagnostics Menu.7500-432. Perform the inverter solenoid test. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. Go to step 9. Does the inverter solenoid assembly operate properly? Go to step 12. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the ADF feed drive motor assembly. 2. 4. Touch ADF feed drv mtr. 4. 8 Check the feed drive motor for correct operation. 1. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 8. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 2.connection. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF pre registration). registration). Go to “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. 1. 3. Does the feed drive motor rotate properly? Go to step 10. Close the ADF left cover assembly. 10 Check the inverter solenoid assembly for operation. Perform the feed drive motor test. Go to “Sensor (ADF preregistration)” on page 4-196. 2-116 MFP Service Manual . 3. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. 4. and -832 Previous Step 6 Check Check the sensor (ADF pre registration) for operation. Replace the connection. Touch Inverter solenoid. 3. 9 Check the feed drive motor for connection. 2. Touch Sensor Tests. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the Replace the sensor (ADF pre. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Touch ADF pre registration. Perform the sensor (ADF pre registration) test.

7500-432. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Touch Forward or reverse. Go to step 15. 295. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the ADF registration motor. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 5. and perform a ADF test. Problem solved. and -832 Previous Step 11 Check Check the inverter solenoid assembly for connection. Go to step 13. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Perform the registration motor test. 1. No Replace the connection. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. 3. Go to “Inverter solenoid assembly removal” on page 4-181. 14 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Does the ADF registration motor operate properly? Go to step 14. -632. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Diagnostic information 2-117 . Next Go Back 12 Check the registration motor (forward or reverse) test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Go to “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. Touch ADF registration drv mtr. 15 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Are the document tray media guides set correctly? Yes Go to step 2. Is the above motor connected properly? Yes Replace the inverter solenoid assembly.00 Size mismatch jam (mix-size) Step 1 Check Check the document tray media guide position. No Adjust the document tray media guides to the proper position. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. 2. and perform a ADF test. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. 4. 13 Check the ADF registration motor for connection. Remove the ADF rear cover.

Go to step 7. Replace the connection. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 2)” on page 4-193. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 2). 3. 4. Touch Sensor Tests. Touch ADF width APS 1. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 1). Touch Sensor Tests. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 6. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 3). Replace the connection. 2. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 2. Next Go Back 3 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for connection. -632. Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 2) test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. No Go to step 3. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 1)” on page 4-192. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 1.7500-432. Touch Sensor Tests. 5 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 2) for connection. 6 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 3) for operation. 3. 4. Go to step 5. 3. 4. 2-118 MFP Service Manual . Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 1) test. 2. Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 3) test. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 8. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 1. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for operation. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 2. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 2). 1. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 1). Touch SCANNER TESTS. Touch ADF width APS 2. Touch ADF width APS 3. 4 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 2) for operation. Open the ADF left cover assembly.

Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. No Replace the connection. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly.7500-432. and perform a ADF test. Next Go Back 8 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Diagnostic information 2-119 . and perform a ADF test. 9 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 3)” on page 4-194. 4 Perform a POR. Problem solved. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130 .01 Size mismatch jam (no mix-size) Step 1 Check the document size. Adjust the document tray media guides to the proper position. 295. 3 Check the connection of each ADF controller card assembly connector. Is the correct size document being inserted into the ADF? 2 Check the document tray media guide position. No Insert the proper size document into the ADF. 5 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the sensor (ADF width APS 3) for connection. Problem solved. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is each connector of ADF controller card assembly connected properly? Go to step 4. Is the above sensor connected properly? Yes Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 3). Connect each connector of ADF controller card assembly properly. Are the document tray media guides set correctly? Go to step 3. Check Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 9. -632. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175 . Problem solved. and perform a ADF test.

1. Go to step 6. 4. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 2). Replace the connection. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 2. Is the correct size document being inserted into the ADF? 2 Check the document tray media guide position. Go to step 5. Touch Sensor Tests. Are the document tray media guides set correctly? 3 Check the connection of each ADF controller card assembly connector. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. 4. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Touch Sensor Tests. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 1). -632. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 1)” on page 4-192. Replace the connection. No Insert the proper size document into the ADF. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Connect each connector of ADF controller card assembly properly. Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 1) test. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 1). Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 7 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 2) for connection. Previous Next Go Back 2-120 MFP Service Manual . Touch SCANNER TESTS. Touch ADF width APS 1.7500-432. Touch ADF width APS 2. Is each connector of ADF controller card assembly connected properly? 4 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for operation.02 Invalid combine size jam Step 1 Check the document size. and -832 295. Go to step 4. Go to step 8. 6 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 2) for operation. Go to step 7. Adjust the document tray media guides to the proper position. 1. 3. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 2). Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 2) test. 3. Go to step 3. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 5 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for connection. Check Yes Go to step 2. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 2)” on page 4-193.

Problem solved. Diagnostic information 2-121 . 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 3). Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Open the ADF left cover assembly. and -832 Previous Step 8 Check Check the sensor (ADF width APS 3) for operation. -632. 3. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 3)” on page 4-194. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 10. 10 Perform a POR. No Go to step 9. 11 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Is the correct size document being inserted into the ADF? Check Yes Go to step 2. Replace the connection. 4. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. No Insert the proper size document into the ADF. Touch Sensor Tests. Touch ADF width APS 3.7500-432. Problem solved. 2. Next Go Back 9 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 3) for connection. and perform a ADF test. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 3). Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. 295. Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 3) test.03 Too short size jam Step 1 Check the document size. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Touch SCANNER TESTS.

2-122 MFP Service Manual . 1. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 2. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Yes Go to step 4. Perform the sensor (sheet through) test. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 6. Next Go Back 3 Check the sensor (sheet through) for connection. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. 3. 1. 6 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Touch Sensor Tests. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (sheet through). Go to step 5. 4 Check the sensor (ADF pre registration) for operation.7500-432. Replace the connection. Touch ADF pre registration. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF preregistration). Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. Problem solved. 3. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch Sensor Tests. Perform the sensor (ADF pre registration) test. Go to step 7. Go to “Sensor (ADF preregistration)” on page 4-196. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the sensor (sheet through) for operation. Touch Sheet through. Replace the connection. Does the error remain? Replace the RIP card assembly. 4. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to “Sensor (sheet through) removal” on page 4-208. 2. No Go to step 3. and perform a ADF test. and perform a ADF test. -632. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF pre registration). 7 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Remove the ADF rear cover. 5 Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration) for connection.

7500-432. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF pre registration). 6 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Touch Sheet through. 3. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 4. Go to step 4. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Check Yes Go to step 2. Touch Sensor Tests. Perform the sensor (sheet through) test. and perform a ADF test. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF preregistration). 1. and -832 295. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. 2. 4 Check the sensor (ADF pre registration) for operation. Is the correct size document being inserted into the ADF? 2 Check the sensor (sheet through) for operation. 3. Touch Sensor Tests. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Go to step 6. Go to “Sensor (ADF preregistration)” on page 4-196. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 5 Check the sensor (ADF pre-registration) for connection. Previous Next Go Back Diagnostic information 2-123 . No Insert the proper size document into the ADF. Perform the sensor (ADF pre registration) test. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (sheet through). Touch ADF pre registration. Remove the ADF rear cover. Go to step 3. Replace the connection. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (sheet through) for connection. Go to “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 2. Go to “Sensor (sheet through) removal” on page 4-208. Go to step 7. Go to step 5. -632. 1. Replace the connection. 4.04 Too long size jam Step 1 Check the document size.

6 Perform a POR. Replace the connections. and perform a ADF test. No Problem solved. Go to step 5. Are all the connections on the above component properly connected? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is the above component properly connected? 4 5 Check the scanner main power connection. Is the above component’s connecting pins free from damage? 2 Check the scanner interface cable assembly for proper connection. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. go to step 2. No Perform several print tests. Does the error remain? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. If the problem remains. 841.01 Scanner cable missing or unplugged Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly for damage. Replace the connections.7500-432. -632. Problem solved. Is the above component properly connected? 3 Check the scanner main power connection under the scanner top rear cover. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Is the above component properly connected? Check the multiple connections on the scanner controller card assembly.00 Image pipeline ASIC failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Go to step 4. No Replace the scanner interface cable assembly. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Yes Go to step 2. 2-124 MFP Service Manual . Replace the connections. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Next Go Back 298. Replace the connections.

No Problem solved. Is the scanner interface cable assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Next Go Back 842. 4 Perform a POR. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly. -632. No Replace the connection. Go to step 3. Yes Go to step 2. 842.01 Scanner communication failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly connection between the RIP card assembly and the scanner unit assembly. No Replace the connection. Go to step 3.7500-432. Go to step 4. Problem solved. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Diagnostic information 2-125 . Problem solved. 3 Perform a POR. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly.00 Scanner communication failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly connection between the RIP card assembly and the scanner unit assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Is the scanner interface cable assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. Yes Go to step 2. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly.

Go to step 4. Is the scanner interface cable assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. Yes Go to step 2. -632. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly.02 Scanner communication failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly connection between the RIP card assembly and the scanner unit assembly. Problem solved. 2-126 MFP Service Manual . 3 Perform a POR. Go to step 4. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Check Yes Replace the scanner controller card assembly. No Replace the connection. 842. Problem solved. and -832 Previous Step 3 Perform a POR. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. 4 Perform a POR.7500-432. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly. No Problem solved. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Go to step 3. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Go Back 4 Perform a POR. Problem solved.

Yes Go to step 2. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. 4 Perform a POR. 3 Perform a POR. Go to step 4.7500-432. -632. and -832 842.03 Scanner communication failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly connection between the RIP card assembly and the scanner unit assembly. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. No Replace the connection. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Is the scanner interface cable assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. Problem solved. Diagnostic information 2-127 . No Replace the connection. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Problem solved. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Problem solved. Is the scanner interface cable assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Go to step 4. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130.04 Scanner communication failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly connection between the RIP card assembly and the scanner unit assembly. 842. Previous Next Go Back 3 Perform a POR.

No Problem solved. Go to step 3. Are the connections of the ADF controller card assembly connected properly? 3 Perform a POR. Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. No Replace all connections. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the ADF controller card assembly. 4 Perform a POR. Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Go Back 842. Yes Go to step 2. -632. and -832 Previous Step 4 Perform a POR. Problem solved. Problem solved. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Replace all connections. Replace all connections.7500-432. Are the connections of the ADF controller card assembly connected properly? Go to step 3. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the ADF controller card assembly.ADF communication failure Step 1 Check Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. 2-128 MFP Service Manual .10 Scanner unit assembly . Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the ADF controller card assembly. 842. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Go to step 2. Check Yes Replace the RIP card assembly.11 Scanner communication failure (by scanner) Step 1 Check Yes No Replace all connections. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175.

Are the connections of the ADF controller card assembly connected properly? 3 Perform a POR. Replace all connections. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. 842. Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Go Back 4 Perform a POR. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the ADF controller card assembly. Problem solved. Problem solved. 4 Perform a POR. Go to step 3. No Replace all connections. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151.12 Scanner unit assembly communication failure Step 1 Check Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. No Problem solved. and -832 Previous Step 3 Perform a POR. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. -632. Check Yes Replace the ADF controller card assembly.7500-432. Yes Go to step 2. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Diagnostic information 2-129 . Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Problem solved.

Remove the large platen glass. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Touch Scanner drv mtr. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (scanner HP). Replace the connection. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 2. Touch Scanner HP. Go to step 6. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Enter the Diagnostics Menu.00 Sensor (scanner HP) failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner carriage rails. Go to “Scanner drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-163. Perform the sensor (scanner HP) test. and -832 843.7500-432. Problem solved. 5. -632. 4. Touch Sensor Tests. Is there any foreign substance on the scanner rails? 2 Check the sensor (scanner HP) for operation. No Go to step 2. Go Back 2-130 MFP Service Manual . Go to “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. 3. 6 Place media on the large platen and perform a scanner test. Does the scanner drive motor assembly operate properly? 5 Check the scanner drive motor assembly for connection. 4. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Perform the scanner drive motor test. Go to “Sensor (scanner HP) removal” on page 4-159. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (scanner HP) for connection. Does the error remain? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Go to step 4. 1. Gently move the scanner carriage side to side. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 3. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the scanner drive motor assembly. 1. 2. Go to step 5. Previous Next Go to step 3. Yes Clean and lubricate the scanner carriage rails. Touch Forward or reverse. 4 Check the scanner drive motor assembly.

Problem solved. Yes Go to step 2. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. -632. Is each connector of ADF controller card assembly connected properly? Yes Go to step 2. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Go to step 3.01 Scanner carriage over run failure Step 1 Check Check the connections of the scanner controller card assembly. 2 Perform a POR. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151.7500-432. and -832 843. No Connect the ADF controller card assembly and the scanner controller card assembly properly. Are the connectors of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Perform a POR. No Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Diagnostic information 2-131 . 843.10 ADF RAM test failure Step 1 Check Check the connection between the ADF controller card assembly and the scanner controller card assembly Are the ADF controller card assembly and the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Yes Replace the ADF controller card assembly. No Connect each connector of ADF controller card assembly properly. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151 .11 ADF EEPROM failure Step 1 Check Check the connection of each ADF controller card assembly connector. Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Previous Next Go Back 843.

Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Go Back 843. Touch Pick roll position HP. Check Yes Replace the ADF controller card assembly. 4. Does The feed/pick roll assembly moves smoothly up/down when the gears are manually rotated? 2 Check the sensor (pick roll position HP) for operation. 3. Perform the sensor (pick roll position HP) test. Go to step 3. Open ADF left cover assembly. Does the pick roll position motor assembly raise and lower properly? Go to step 6. Touch Sensor Tests. Go to “Sensor (pick roll position HP) removal” on page 4-185. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Yes Go to step 2. Remove the ADF left cover media guide. Override the switch (ADF left cover interlock). Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (pick roll position HP). Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 3 Check the sensor (pick roll position HP) for connection. 1. 4. Go to step 4. 1. 2. 3. -632. No Replace the feed/ pick roll assembly. 2. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Manually rotate the gears of the pick roll position motor assembly to raise and lower the pick roll. Replace the connection. and -832 Previous Step 2 Perform a POR. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Touch Pick roll position mtr. Perform the pick roll position motor test. 2-132 MFP Service Manual . No Problem solved. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “ADF left cover media guide removal” on page 4-189.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu.12 ADF pick roll position lift up failure Step 1 Check Check the feed/pick roll assembly. Go to step 5. Touch SCANNER TESTS. Remove the left cover media guide. 4 Check the pick roll position motor assembly. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175 .

20 Scanner unit assembly connection failure Step 1 Check Check the connection of each ADF controller card assembly connector. -632. 843. Diagnostic information 2-133 . Is each connector of ADF controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Check the connection of each RIP card assembly connector. Go to step 3.21 Scanner unit assembly EEPROM failure Step 1 Check Check the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connector Is each connector of scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Yes Go to step 2. Yes Go to step 2. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. No Replace the connection. No Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Go to “Pick roll position motor assembly removal” on page 4-190. No Connect each connector of ADF controller card assembly properly. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Connect each connector of the RIP card assembly properly. and perform a ADF test. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the pick roll position motor assembly for connection. Is the above motor connected properly? Yes Replace the pick roll position motor assembly. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Go to step 7. Next Go Back 6 Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Problem solved. 843.7500-432. Are the connectors of the RIP card assembly connected properly? 3 Perform a POR.

Touch Scanner cooling fan. 2 Perform a POR. 4. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. -632. Are the connectors of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Yes Go to step 2.7500-432.23 Scanner cooling fan failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner cooling fan operation. Check Yes Replace the ADF controller card assembly.22 Scanner unit assembly EEPROM sub system failure Step 1 Check Check the connection of each scanner controller card assembly connector. 3. 2. No Problem solved. Is the above fan connected properly? Replace the scanner cooling fan. Replace the connection. 2-134 MFP Service Manual . 1. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Problem solved. Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Go Back 843. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. and -832 Previous Step 2 Perform a POR. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Yes Go to step 2. Does the scanner cooling fan speed increase when the test is performed? 2 Check the scanner cooling fan for connection. No Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Go to “Scanner cooling fan removal” on page 4-164. No Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Remove the rear upper cover. 843. Perform the scanner cooling fan test.

No Problem solved. Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Go Back 843. Go to step 3. Problem solved. 843. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. No Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. No Connect each connector of scanner controller card assembly properly. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Are the connectors of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Check the software version for the scanner controller card assembly. and -832 Previous Step 3 Perform a POR. Problem solved.24 Image processing failure Step 1 Check Check the connections of the scanner controller card assembly. Yes Go to step 2.25 Scanner controller card assembly failure 1 Step 1 Check Check the connection of each scanner controller card assembly connector. Upgrade the software of the scanner controller card assembly.7500-432. Is the version of the software of the scanner controller card assembly correct? 2 Perform a POR. Diagnostic information 2-135 . Is each connector of scanner controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Perform a POR. Check Yes Replace the scanner controller card assembly. -632. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Yes Go to step 2.

Is each connector of scanner controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Perform a POR. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. -632. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. 1.00 Exposure lamp failure Step 1 Check Check the exposure lamp for operation.26 Scanner controller card assembly failure 2 Step 1 Check Check the connection of each scanner controller card assembly connector. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Perform the exposure lamp test. Replace the scanner PS card Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. Yes Go to step 2. No Connect each connector of scanner controller card assembly properly. Does the exposure lamp operate properly? Yes Go to step 6. 4. 844. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. and -832 Previous Step 3 Perform a POR. Go to “Scanner PS card assembly removal” on page 4-162. 3. No Go to step 3.7500-432. Touch MOTOR TESTS. No Problem solved. 2-136 MFP Service Manual . 3 Perform a POR. Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Go Back 843. Check Yes Replace the scanner PS card assembly. Problem solved. Touch Exposure lamp. Go to “Scanner PS card assembly removal” on page 4-162. Problem solved. 2.

Go to “Exposure lamp removal” on page 4-166. Reinstall the large platen glass properly. Is the above card properly connected to the scanner controller card assembly? Replace the exposure lamp PS card assembly. Go to step 3. 1 Check the large platen glass. Is the above component connected properly? Yes Replace the exposure lamp. Go to “Exposure lamp PS card assembly removal” on page 4-165. Go Back 4 Check the scanner PS card assembly for connection. Next 3 Check the exposure lamp PS card assembly. No Remove and clean the large platen glass. -632. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151.7500-432. Go to “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. Go to “Scanner PS card assembly removal” on page 4-162. No Replace the connection. Is the large platen glass installed properly? Diagnostic information 2-137 . 844. Replace the connection. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the exposure lamp for connection. Is the above card connected properly? Replace the scanner PS card assembly. Problem solved. 5 Perform a POR.01 White reference/exposure lamp illumination failure Step Check Yes Go to step 2. Replace the connection.

7500-432. No Go to step 4. Is the above card properly connected to the scanner controller card assembly? Replace the exposure lamp PS card assembly. 2-138 MFP Service Manual . Touch MOTOR TESTS. -632. Check the bottom of the large platen glass in the vicinity the white reference strip for contamination. 4 Check the exposure lamp for operation. 3. Perform the exposure lamp test. Does the exposure lamp operate properly? 5 Check the exposure lamp for connection. Go to “Exposure lamp removal” on page 4-166 . Go to step 3. Go to “Exposure lamp PS card assembly removal” on page 4-165 . 2. and -832 Previous Step Check Yes Clean the bottom of the large platen glass in the vicinity of the white reference strip. Reinstall the large platen glass properly. Does the error remain? Go to step 4. Problem solved. Does the error continue when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. 6 Check the exposure lamp PS card assembly. 8 Perform a POR. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151 . Go to step 8. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Problem solved. Is the above component connected properly? Replace the exposure lamp. Go to step 5. 4. Replace the connection. Next 2 Remove the large platen glass. Touch Exposure lamp. Go to “Scanner PS card assembly removal” on page 4-162 . Touch Scanner Motor Tests. 1. 7 Check the scanner PS card assembly for connection. Is the vicinity of white reference strip contaminated? Go Back 3 Perform a POR. Is the above card connected properly? Replace the scanner PS card assembly. Replace the connection. Replace the connection.

Replace the connection. Touch Scanner Motor Tests. Is the above card properly connected to the scanner controller card assembly? Replace the exposure lamp PS card assembly. Is the above card connected properly? Replace the scanner PS card assembly. Touch Exposure lamp.7500-432. Does the error remain? Replace the CCD/lens assembly. Diagnostic information 2-139 .01 CCD initialization (lamp on) failure Step 1 Check Check the exposure lamp for operation. -632. 3. 4 Check the scanner PS card assembly for connection. 2. 4. 1. Is the CCD/lens assembly connected properly? Check all the connections on the scanner controller card assembly. Go to “Exposure lamp PS card assembly removal” on page 4-165. 3 Check the exposure lamp PS card assembly. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Perform the exposure lamp test. Go to “Exposure lamp removal” on page 4-166. Go to “Scanner PS card assembly removal” on page 4-162. Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Replace the connection. Replace the connection. Is the above component connected properly? Replace the exposure lamp. and -832 845. Does the exposure lamp operate properly? 2 Check the exposure lamp for connection. Yes Go to step 6. No Go to step 3. Replace the connection. No Replace the connection. Are all the connections connected properly? 3 Perform a POR. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Yes Go to step 2. Previous Next Go Back 845.00 CCD failure Step 1 2 Check Check the CCD/lens assembly connection.

Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. No Problem solved. Are the connectors of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? 2 Perform a POR.02 CCD initialization (lamp off) failure Step 1 Check Check the connection of the scanner controller card assembly. Check Yes Replace the scanner controller card assembly.00 Scanner communication failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly connection between the RIP card assembly and the scanner unit assembly. 3 Perform a POR. No Replace the connection. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Is the scanner interface cable assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. 846. -632. Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Go Back 845. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. 2-140 MFP Service Manual . and -832 Previous Step 5 Perform a POR. Yes Go to step 2. No Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly.7500-432. Problem solved. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Replace the scanner PS card Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. Go to step 3. Go to “Scanner PS card assembly removal” on page 4-162. Yes Go to step 2. Problem solved.

No Problem solved. -632. 846. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Diagnostic information Yes Go to step 2. Yes Go to step 2. and -832 Previous Step 3 Perform a POR. No Replace the connection. 3. Go to step 3. Is the scanner interface cable assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. 3 Perform a POR. 2. Touch ADF width APS 1. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 1). Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. Touch SCANNER TESTS.10 Sensor (ADF width APS X) failure Step 1 Check Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for operation. Check Yes Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Next Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Go Back 846. No Go to step 3. 4. Go to step 4. 1.7500-432. Go to step 4. Touch Sensor Tests. Problem solved.01 Scanner communication failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly connection between the RIP card assembly and the scanner unit assembly. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 2-141 . Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 1) test.

Go to step 8. 2. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 2)” on page 4-193. Touch ADF width APS 3. Touch Sensor Tests. Touch Sensor Tests. Go to step 5. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 8. 4. Touch ADF width APS 2. 6 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 3) for connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Is the above sensor connected properly? Yes Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 1). Open the ADF left cover assembly. Replace the connection. Touch SCANNER TESTS. and perform a ADF test. 3. No Replace the connection. Go to “ADF controller card assembly removal” on page 4-175. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 3). 2-142 MFP Service Manual . 4. Operate the actuator of the sensor (ADF width APS 2). 4 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 2) for connection. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 2). Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 6.7500-432. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 3)” on page 4-194. 1. Touch SCANNER TESTS. -632. Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 2) test. Go to step 7. Go to “Sensor (ADF width APS 1)” on page 4-192. Replace the connection. 5 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 3) for operation. 1. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the sensor (ADF width APS 1) for connection. Next Go Back 3 Check the sensor (ADF width APS 2) for operation. 3. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the error remain? Replace the ADF controller card assembly. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF width APS 3). Perform the sensor (ADF width APS 3) test. 2. 7 Place an undamaged document in the ADF.

Touch Sensor Tests. Is the sensor (ADF angle) installed correctly? 3 Check the sensor (ADF angle) for operation. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151.7500-432. Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 5. Touch ADF angle. No Upgrade the software of the scanner controller card assembly. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 1. -632. Go to “Sensor (ADF angle) removal” on page 4-161. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 4. 2.13 Switch (platen interlock) open Step 1 Check Check the ADF for opening and closing. Go to step 3. Is the version of the software of the scanner controller card assembly correct? 2 Perform a POR. Does the ADF lay completely flush on the scanner unit when it is in its closed position? 2 Check the sensor (ADF angle) for proper installation. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (ADF angle). Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 4 Check the sensor (ADF angle) for connection. and -832 846. Yes Go to step 2.12 Scanner unit assembly software logic failure Step 1 Check Check the software version for the scanner controller card assembly. No Inspect and adjust the ADF left hinge and right hinge as required. Reinstall the sensor (ADF angle). Open and close the ADF unit assembly. Replace the connection. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Previous Next Go Back 846. 3. Problem solved. 4. Diagnostic information 2-143 . Perform the sensor (ADF angle) test.

Does the error remain? Yes Replace the scanner controller card assembly. No Replace the connections. No Go to step 6. -632. 2-144 MFP Service Manual . Next Go Back 849. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Place an undamaged document in the ADF. Are the above connections connected properly? Yes Replace the hard drive. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly. and perform a ADF test. Problem solved.00 Hard drive failure Step 1 Check Check the hard drive data and power connections. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130.7500-432. Go to “RIP card chassis bracket removal” on page 4-127. 2 Perform a POR.

xx.xx errors that can occur. • Turn the device off. write down this information about the file being sent to the printer: • • • • Application used Operating system Driver type File type (PCL. Does the 900.xx error reoccur during startup? Go to step 3. determine the operating system used when the error occured. PostScript. • Clear the print queues. Determine if the problem is constant or intermittent. is displayed. 3 Check all the cables connected to the RIP board for proper connectivity. Restart the device into diagnostic mode. The communication and software aspects should be checked first. • Restart the device into diagnostic mode. and remove all memory options. -632. Go to step 4. 4 Properly connect the cables to the RIP board. Go to step 10. 7 Re-attach the communications cable.xx error reoccur during startup? Go to step 5. 6 Print the following: • Error log • Menu settings page • Network settings page Does the 900.xx error reoccur? Note: Before performing this step. No Problem resolved. Use the troubleshooting procedure below to isolate the issue. Does the 900. Previous Next Go Back 2 • Write down the exact 900.xx error code displayed on the device. Note: Before troubleshooting. There may be a communication problem (Bad cable. You will need that information in the event you need to contact your next level support. and restart the device. Go to step 6. Take any notes as instructed. Restart the printer to operating mode. Go to step 31. Problem resolved. • Disconnect all communication cables. 5 Replace the RIP board. Does this fix the problem? Note: If an error. Go to step 7. Does the 900. Does the error reoccur? Yes Go to step 2. If possible determine whether a PostScript or PCL file was sent to the device when the error occured. consult the service check for that error. Go to step 6. network connection. Ask the customer which Lexmark Solutions applications are installed on the device. and -832 900.) Go to step 8. • Remove all ISP and modem cards. different from the original 900. Send the printer a print job. XPS. Are the cables properly connected? Go to step 5. Diagnostic information 2-145 . or ISP (Internal solutions port). and so on) software issue. etc.xx System software error There are different types of 900. Step 1 Action and questions POR the device.xx error reoccur while these pages were printing? Go to step 31. or a hardware problem with the controller board.7500-432.

xx error reoccur? Is there optional memory installed? Reinstall the memory. Go to step 10. Go to step 18. Problem resolved. Go to step 26. Does the 900. Go to step 13. Does the 900. Does the 900. Go to step 23. Restart the device. Does the 900. -632.xx error reoccur? Yes Go to step 9. Does the 900. Go to step 16. No Go to step 10. Contact your next level of support for the correct firmware level to use. Go to step 22. Problem resolved.xx error reoccur? Run a job to test the option. 15 Install a Lexmark recommended memory option. Go to step 20. Does the 900. Problem resolved.xx error reoccur? Run a fax job. Go to step 24. Contact your next level of support for the correct firmware level to use. Problem resolved.xx error reoccur? Go to step 11. and send a print job to the device. Does the 900. Go to step 25. Go to step 15. Go to step 12. Go to step16. 16 17 18 Is there a modem installed on the device? Reinstall the modem. Send a different print job to the device.xx error reoccur? Are there any ISP (internal solutions port) options installed? Reinstall the first ISP option. Go to step 13. Restart the printer to operating mode. Go to step 14. Go to step 24. Restart the device. Restart the printer to operating mode. Go to step 31.xx error reoccur? Go to step 17. Does the 900. Go to step 21.xx error reoccur? Upgrade the firmware. Go to step 31. Does the 900. and -832 Step Action and questions Restart the printer to operating mode. Send the printer a print job.xx error reoccur? Go to step 31. Problem resolved. Does the 900.xx error reoccur? Run a scan to PC job. Send the printer a print job. Go to step 19. Contact your next level of support for the correct firmware level to use. Restart the printer to operating mode. 19 20 21 22 23 24 Replace the modem.xx error reoccur? Go to step 31. Does the 900. Restart the device. Previous 8 Next 9 Upgrade the firmware. Go to step 21. Go Back 10 11 12 13 14 Is the device a Multi Function Printer? Run a copy job.xx error reoccur? Upgrade the firmware. 2-146 MFP Service Manual .xx error reoccur? Go to step 31. Go to step 31. Does the 900. Send a print job to the device.7500-432. Does the 900.

30 31 Replace the faulty ISP option. Does the 900. 3 Perform a print test.7500-432. If the problem remains. Restart the printer to operating mode. go to step 2.xx error reoccur? Yes Go to step 31. -632. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Contact your next level of support. Problem resolved. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2.00 RAM read/write check failure Step 1 Perform a POR. No Perform several print tests. Next Go Back Go to step 29.xx error reoccur? Upgrade the firmware. Replace the printer engine card Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? assembly.xx error reoccur? Go to step 27 Go to step 29. Does the 900. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? Replace the RIP card assembly.xx error reoccur? Run a job to test the option. You will need the following information for them: • • • • • • • • • Exact 900. Restart the device. Does the 900. Does the 900. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Previous 25 26 27 28 29 Are there any more ISP options to install? Install the next ISP option. Go to step 26. and -832 Step Action and questions Replace the faulty ISP option.xx error digits and complete error message Printed menu settings page Printed network settings page Device error log A sample print file if error appears to be isolated to a single file File/Application used if error is related to specific print file Device Operating System Driver used (PCL/PS) Frequency of the occurrence of the error 903. Go to step 28. Go to step 26. Go to step 26.xx error reoccur? Go to step 31. Diagnostic information 2-147 . 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Does the 900. Restart the device. Contact your next level of support for the correct firmware level to use. Problem solved. No Go to step 26. Restart the device. Go to step 30. Go to step 3.

If the problem remains. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. and -832 904. No Perform several print tests. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. 3 Perform a print test. Problem solved.00 NVM data failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Replace the printer engine card Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. 2-148 MFP Service Manual . Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2.7500-432. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Problem solved. 3 Perform a print test. Problem solved. No Perform several print tests. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. -632. Previous Next Go Back 905. Go to step 3. go to step 2. Replace the printer engine card Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. Does the error still occur? Replace the RIP card assembly. go to step 2. If the problem remains. Does the error still occur? Replace the RIP card assembly. Problem solved.00 NVM read/write cannot be executed failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130.

Previous Next Go Back 907. If the problem remains. Problem solved. Diagnostic information 2-149 . 4 Perform a print test. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Replace the connection. Problem solved. Go to step 3. Replace the printer engine card Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. go to step 2. No Perform several print tests. properly connected? Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.7500-432. Problem solved. go to step 2. -632. Go to step 4. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2.00 RFID ASIC failure Step 1 Perform a POR. If the problem remains. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Check connector P419 on the printer engine card assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Does the error still occur? Replace the RIP card assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Go to step 3. 3 Perform a print test. Does the error still occur? Replace the RIP card assembly. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. and -832 906. No Perform several print tests. Problem solved. 2 3 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds.00 CPU power to access NVM failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Replace the printer engine card Is connector P419 on the printer engine card assembly assembly.

Does the error still occur? Replace the RIP card assembly. go to step 2. Is the dual drive motor assembly properly installed? Open the rear motor cover and check it. -632. No Install the PC cartridge properly. Previous Next Go Back 909. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2.00 Zero cross failure Step 1 Perform a POR. 910. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2.00 PPM data failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Replace the printer engine card Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. If the problem remains. Replace the printer engine card Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. 3 Perform a print test. and -832 908. No Perform several print tests. No Perform several print tests. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Problem solved. go to step 2. 2-150 MFP Service Manual . Problem solved. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds.00 Transport motor stop failure Step 1 Check Check the dual drive motor assembly installation. Problem solved. Yes Go to step 2.7500-432. Go to step 3. If the problem remains.

Problem solved. 4 Perform a print test. Is the dual drive motor assembly installed properly? 3 Check the rotation of the rotor in the dual drive motor assembly. 4. Go to “Dual drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-114. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the motor rotate normally? Yes Go to step 4 No Go to step 3. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 4. 3. Go to step 4.00 Transport motor failure Step 1 Check Check the dual drive motor assembly for operation. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Diagnostic information 2-151 . Touch Transport motor. Touch Transport motor. Open the rear motor cover and check it. Touch Printer Motor Test. 3. 2. Next Go Back 3 Check the dual drive motor assembly connection. Can the rotor be rotated by hand without excessive load? 4 Check the dual drive motor assembly connection. Go to step 3. Yes Go to step 3 No Go to step 2. Replace the connection. Is the dual drive motor assembly properly connected? Replace the dual drive motor assembly. Does the motor rotate normally? 2 Check the dual drive motor assembly for proper installation. Install the dual drive motor assembly properly. -632. Replace the connection. Install the dual drive motor assembly properly. Remove the rear motor cover and check it. Open the rear motor cover and check it. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Open the rear motor cover and check it. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Is the dual drive motor assembly properly connected? Replace the dual drive motor assembly. Touch Printer Motor Test. 1. 2. 1. Go to “Dual drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-114.7500-432. 911. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the dual drive motor assembly rotation operation.

Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 2-152 MFP Service Manual . 2. Install the dual drive motor assembly properly.7500-432. Open the rear motor cover and check it. Go to step 3. Go to step 5. Open the rear motor cover and check it. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Next Go Back 912. -632. Is the dual drive motor assembly properly connected? Replace the dual drive motor assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Is the PC cartridge installed properly? Check the dual drive motor assembly for operation. Go to “Dual drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-114. Touch Printer Motor Test. Go to step 4. and -832 Previous Step 5 Perform a print test. 3 Check the dual drive motor assembly for proper installation.00 PC cartridge unit motor failure Step 1 2 Check Check the PC cartridge for proper installation. 3. Does the motor rotate normally. Can the rotor be rotated by hand without excessive load? 5 Check the dual drive motor assembly connection. Does the error continue? Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. Problem solved. Open the rear motor cover and check it. 4. No Install the PC cartridge properly. No Problem solved. 6 Perform a print test. Replace the connection. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Is the dual drive motor assembly installed properly? 4 Check the rotation of the rotor in the dual drive motor assembly. Touch Drum unit motor. Go to step 4 Yes Go to step 2. 1. Install the dual drive motor assembly properly.

Is the printhead assembly installed properly? 2 3 Check the printhead assembly connection. -632. Go to step 4. and -832 913. Does the error continue? Replace the printhead.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Warning: Only perform this test in segments of three seconds or less. Override the switch (printer front door interlock) 1. Replace the connection. Previous Next Go Back 914. located at the lower part of the toner cartridge guide assembly. No Go to step 2. Go to “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. Replace the toner cartridge guide assembly. Go to step 3. Does the motor rotate normally? Go to step 6.00 Toner add motor assembly failure Step 1 Check Check the toner cartridge for proper installation. Clean the pipe. 2. Observe the toner add motor for rotation. Remove the toner guide assembly. No Install the printhead assembly properly. Remove the toner cartridge and reinstall it. Go to step 5.00 Printhead assembly failure Step 1 Check Check the printhead assembly for proper installation. Touch Toner add motor. Yes Go to step 2. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Yes Problem solved. Note: When performing this test. Touch Printer Motor Test. Problem solved. Does it operate properly? 2 Check the gear rotation for the toner cartridge guide assembly. Is the printhead assembly properly connected? Perform a print test. rotate smoothly? 3 Check the toner cartridge guide assembly for pipe clogging. clogged? 4 Check the toner add motor assembly for operation. Does the gear. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Is the pipe. Remove the top cover assembly. 4. 3. the drum unit motor will also operate. located at the lower part of the toner cartridge guide assembly. Diagnostic information 2-153 . or toner spill will occur. Replace the printer engine card assembly.

Does the error continue? Replace the fuser cooling fan. 4. 3. No Install the fuser cooling fan properly. Problem solved. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Replace the connection.00 Fuser cooling fan failure Step 1 Check Check the fuser cooling fan for proper installation. Is the fuser cooling fan visually rotating? Check the fuser cooling fan for operation. No Go to step 2. Yes Go to step 2.00 PC cartridge cooling fan failure Step 1 Check Visually check the PC cartridge cooling fan rotation. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to step 5. 1. Is CN102 on the dual drive motor assembly connected properly? 5 Perform a print test.7500-432. Touch Fuser cooling fan. Go to step 4. Next 6 Perform a print test. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the toner add motor assembly connection. Touch Printer Motor Test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go Back 915. 916. -632. Is the fuser cooling fan installed properly? 2 3 Visually check the fuser cooling fan for rotation. 2-154 MFP Service Manual . Problem solved. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95 No Replace the connection. Does the fuser cooling fan RPM increase? 4 Check the fuser cooling fan for connection. 2. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Is the toner add motor assembly properly connected? Yes Replace the toner add motor. Go to step 5. Is the PC cartridge cooling fan visually rotating? Yes Go to step 3. Go to step 3.

917. Go to step 4. Replace the connection. -632. Is the LVPS cooling fan connected properly? Replace the LVPS cooling fan. Is the PC cartridge cooling fan properly connected? Replace the PC cartridge cooling fan. Go to “PC cartridge cooling fan removal” on page 4-102. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.00 LVPS cooling fan failure Step 1 Check Check the LVPS cooling fan for proper installation. Go to “LVPS cooling fan removal” on page 4-121. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Is the LVPS cooling fan visually rotating? Check the LVPS cooling fan connection. Problem solved. Does the error remains? Replace the LVPS card assembly. 2. Touch Printer Motor Test. Go to step 5. Does the fan rotate normally? Go to step 4. 4. Go Back 4 Check the PC cartridge cooling fan connection. Yes Go to step 2. Go to “LVPS card assembly removal” on page 4-120. Next 3 Check the PC cartridge cooling fan for operation. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the PC cartridge cooling fan.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 5 Perform a print test. No Go to step 3. Is the LVPS cooling fan installed properly? 2 3 Visually check the LVPS cooling fan for rotation. 4 Perform a print test. Problem solved. Diagnostic information 2-155 . Go to step 3. 1. Is there an object blocking the PC cartridge cooling fan rotation? Yes Remove the object blocking the rotation. Replace the connection. No Install the LVPS cooling fan properly. Touch PC unit cooling fan. 3.

Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. with your finger. Go to “Media shift motor removal” on page 4-108.7500-432. 3. Yes Go to step 3. Go to step 4. 6 Perform a print test. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 3. 2. in a side to side motion. Previous Next Go Back 2-156 MFP Service Manual . Move the shift assembly. Go to step 5. 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. 1. 2. Touch Exit1 shift motor. Go to “Exit 1 media shift assembly removal” on page 4-105. Touch Exit1 shift HP. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the media exit shift motor. No Go to step 2. 5 Check the printer engine card assembly for connection P421 and the exit interface card assembly connector P431. Are the above cards connected properly? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area is blocked? 2 Check the sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) for connection. -632. Replace the connection. Does the motor operate normally? 4 Check the media shift motor for connection. 4. Replace the connection. 3 Check the media shift motor for operation. Problem solved. Is the sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) connected? Replace the sensor (exit 1 media shift HP). Touch Printer Motor Test. Touch Media Path. 4.00 Sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) failure Step 1 Check Check the sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) for operation. and -832 918. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Note: A continuous operation check is allowed up to twice for each direction.

Problem solved. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 5 Perform a print test. 3. 1. Yes Go to step 3. 2. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (exit 2 media shift HP). Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Touch Printer Motor Test. Touch Exit2 shift mtr.7500-432. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 4. Replace the connection. 4. 3 Check the media shift motor for proper operation. 2. 1. Touch Exit2 shift HP. Go to “Exit 2 sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) removal” on page 4-336. Touch Media Path. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Is the above motor connected properly? Replace the media shift motor. and -832 919. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the error still occur? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. No Go to step 2. Previous Next Go Back Diagnostic information 2-157 . Does the above motor rotate properly? 4 Check the media shift motor for proper connection. Replace the connection. Problem solved. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Go to step 4. 3. Go to step 6. 6 Perform a print test. -632. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 2 Check the sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) for proper connection. Go to step 5.00 Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) failure Step 1 Check Check the sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) for proper operation. Move the shift assembly with your finger in a side to side motion. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly.

Is the fuser unit assembly properly connected? 5 Check between the LVPS card assembly P525 and the printer engine card assembly P401 for proper connection. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. and -832 919. Is the fuser unit assembly installed properly? 4 Check the fuser unit assembly connection. Open the printer left door assembly. Previous Next Go Back 920. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Is there a media jam in the fuser unit assembly? 2 Leave the printer powered on with the error code displayed for 10 minutes. Does the error still occur? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Go to step 4. Open the printer left door assembly. then perform a POR. Replace the connection. Go to “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. and POR. No Reinstall the exit 2 unit assembly. Yes Remove the media. Install the fuser unit assembly properly. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? 3 Check the fuser unit assembly for proper installation. Go to step 4. and check it. 2-158 MFP Service Manual . Replace the connection. Go to step 3. Problem solved. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117.7500-432.00 Fuser unit assembly on time failure Step 1 Check Check the fuser unit assembly for a media jam. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 3 Perform a print test. and check it.01 Exit 2 unit assembly connection failure Step 1 Check Check the exit 2 unit assembly for proper installation. Go to step 5. 2 Check the exit 2 unit assembly connector. unit assembly or damaged connector. Is the exit 2 unit assembly installed properly? Yes Go to step 2. Is the exit 2 unit assembly connector or the connector attached to the printer damaged? Replace the exit 2 Go to step 3. Are the cards connected properly? Replace the fuser unit assembly. 4 Perform a print test. -632. Problem solved. No Go to step 2.

Does the error continue? Replace the fuser unit assembly. Problem solved.00 Over heat temperature failure Step 1 Check Check the fuser unit assembly for proper installation. Replace the connection. No Install the fuser unit assembly properly. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Open the printer left door assembly. 4 Perform a print test. Is the fuser unit assembly installed properly? 2 Check the fuser unit assembly connection. Diagnostic information 2-159 . Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. No Install the fuser unit assembly properly.00 Center thermistor failure Step 1 Check Check the fuser unit assembly for proper installation. and check it. Replace the connection. Replace the connection.7500-432. Are the cards connected properly? Replace the fuser unit assembly. Is the fuser unit assembly properly connected? 3 Perform a print test. and -832 Previous Step 6 Perform a print test. Yes Go to step 2. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Is the fuser unit assembly installed properly? 2 Check the fuser unit assembly for proper connection. Does the error continue? Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. 3 Check the connection between the LVPS card assembly P525 and the printer engine card assembly P401. 922. Yes Go to step 2. Problem solved. No Problem solved. Next Go Back 921. Go to step 3. Open the printer left door assembly. -632. and check it.

Problem solved. and check it. 924. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.00 Rear thermistor failure Step 1 Check Check the fuser unit assembly for proper installation. Yes Go to the step 2. Is the fuser unit assembly properly connected? Replace the fuser unit assembly. 2-160 MFP Service Manual . No Install the fuser unit assembly properly. and check it.00 Pressure roll thermistor failure Step 1 Check Check the fuser unit assembly for proper installation.7500-432. Open the printer left door assembly. Is the fuser unit assembly installed properly? 2 Check the fuser unit assembly connection. Open the printer left door assembly. Does the error continue? Replace the fuser unit assembly. 925. Yes Go to step 2. -632. No Remove the media. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. and -832 923. Is the fuser unit assembly properly connected? 3 Perform a print test. Replace the printer engine card assembly. then perform a POR. Is the fuser unit assembly installed properly? 2 Check the fuser unit assembly connection. Problem solved. and check it. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Yes Go to step 2. Problem solved.00 Fuser operating temperature failure Step 1 Check Check the fuser unit assembly for a media jam. Previous Next Go Back 3 Perform a print test. Open the printer left door assembly. Is there a media jam in the fuser unit assembly? 2 Leave the printer powered on with the error code displayed for 10 minutes. Does the error still occur? Go to step 3. Replace the connection. No Install the fuser unit assembly properly. Replace the connection.

No Install the PC cartridge properly. Is the fuser unit assembly properly connected? Go to step 5. and check it. 928. -632.7500-432. Replace the connection. Is the PC cartridge properly installed? Yes Go to step 2. Yes Go to step 2. Next 4 Check the fuser unit assembly connection. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check Check the fuser unit assembly for proper installation. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Open the printer left door assembly. Problem solved. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 927. Is the PC cartridge properly installed? Check the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) installation. Diagnostic information 2-161 . Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Problem solved. Is the fuser unit assembly installed properly? Yes Go to step 4. Replace the connection. Is the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) properly connected? 4 Perform a print test. Go to step 3. Does the error continue? Replace the sensor (RFID PC cartridge).00 PC cartridge RFID communication failure Step 1 Check Check the PC cartridge installation. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Replace the connection. Go Back 5 Check the connection between the LVPS card assembly P525 and the printer engine card assembly P401. No Install the fuser unit assembly properly. Install the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) correctly. Is the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) properly installed? 3 Check the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) connection. Are the cards connected properly? Replace the fuser unit assembly.00 PC cartridge RFID data write failure Step 1 2 Check Check the PC cartridge installation. 6 Perform a print test. No Install the PC cartridge properly.

00 Sensor (ATC) failure Step 1 2 Check Check the PC cartridge installation. Is the printhead assembly properly connected? Perform a print test. Problem solved. Yes Go to step 2. 4 Perform a print test. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. 2-162 MFP Service Manual . Problem solved. Is the printhead assembly installed properly? 2 3 Check the printhead assembly connection. 4 Perform a print test.7500-432. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) installation. No Install the printhead assembly properly. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go Back Next 3 Check the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) connection. Yes Go to step 2. Problem solved. Replace the connection. Is the PC cartridge properly installed? Perform a POR. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. Replace the connection. 930. -632. No Install the PC cartridge properly. Is the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) properly connected? Replace the sensor (RFID PC cartridge). Does the error continue? Replace the printhead. No Install the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) correctly. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 929. Does the error continue? Replace the PC cartridge. Is the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) properly installed? Yes Go to step 3. Does the error continue? Problem solved.00 Laser power failure Step 1 Check Check the printhead assembly for proper installation.

Is the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) properly installed? 3 Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge connection. 939.00 Toner cartridge RFID data write failure Step 1 2 Check Check the toner cartridge installation. If the problem remains. Is the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) properly connected? 4 Perform a print test. Diagnostic information 2-163 . -632.00 Toner cartridge RFID communication failure Step 1 2 Check Check the toner cartridge installation. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Install the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) correctly. No Install the toner cartridge properly. Is the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) properly connected? 4 Perform a print test. Problem solved.7500-432. Yes Go to step 2. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Is the toner cartridge properly installed? Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) installation. No Install the toner cartridge properly. Does the error continue? Replace the sensor (RFID toner cartridge). Go to step 3. Is the toner cartridge properly installed? Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) installation. Install the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) correctly. Go to step 3. No Perform several print tests. Is the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) properly installed? 3 Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge connection. Does the error continue? Replace the sensor (RFID toner cartridge). Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Replace the connection. and -832 932. Replace the printer engine card assembly.00 RIP card assembly communication failure Step 1 Perform a POR. go to step 2. Previous Next Go Back 933. Replace the connection. Problem solved. Yes Go to step 2.

Does the error still occur? Problem solved. Replace the media tray lift sector gear 12T or other damaged components. Replace media tray 1 with media tray 2. Are the tray lift sector gear 12T. No Problem solved. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 4. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Check the RIP card assembly connection. Is the replaced media tray lifted up? 3 Check the media tray. or abnormal grinding noises will occur. Replace the connection. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. -632. 1. 2. Replace the RIP card assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2-164 MFP Service Manual . Touch Printer Tests. Go to step 5. Touch Tray 1 lift mtr. Go to step 3. of media tray 1.00 Media tray 1 lift up / no media tray failure Step 1 Check the media. 941. Go to “Media feed lift motor removal” on page 4-33. 3. Go to step 4. Next Go Back 4 Perform a print test. and -832 Previous Step 2 3 Check Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Replace the connection. Does the tray 1 media feed lift motor operate properly? 5 Is the tray 1 media feed lift motor properly connected? Replace the media feed lift motor. Go to step 4. No Load media properly. Warning: Only perform this test with the paper tray assembly removed from the machine. or surrounding parts damaged? 4 Check the tray 1 media feed lift motor for proper operation. and visually check it.7500-432. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Is the media loaded in tray 1? 2 Check the media tray. Check Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 4. Is the RIP card assembly connection JHAB2 and the printer engine card assembly connection P402 connected properly? Yes Go to step 3. Pull out the media tray 1. Go to step 6. Go to step 8.

Go to “Sensor (media level) removal” on page 4-39. Touch Sensor test. Is the tray 1 sensor (media level) properly connected? Replace the sensor (media level). Remove the media tray assembly. Pull out the media tray 2. with your finger. 1. 9 Perform a print test. 5. Replace media tray 2 with media tray 1. up and down. Touch Media level. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. and -832 Previous Step 6 Check Check the tray 1 sensor (media level) for operation. 3. Note: Avoid touching the rubber roll surface. and visually check it. Go to step 4. -632. Problem solved.7500-432. 2. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Check Yes Go to step 2. 942. Is the replaced media tray lifted up? 3 Check the media tray. Are the tray lift sector gear 12T. Go to step 3.00 Media tray 2 lift up / no media tray failure Step 1 Check the media. Touch Tray 1. Next Go Back 7 Check the tray 1 sensor (media level) connection. Is the media loaded in tray 2? 2 Check the media tray. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area is blocked? Yes Go to step 8. Replace the connection. Go to step 4. No Load media properly. Go to “Switch (media size) removal” on page 4-19. 8 Check the tray 1 switch (media size) for proper connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. No Go to step 7. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Move the pick roll. of media tray 2. Diagnostic information 2-165 . Replace the connection. or surrounding parts damaged? Replace the media tray lift sector gear 12T or other damaged components. Is the switch connected properly? Replace the switch (media size).

Go to “Sensor (media level) removal” on page 4-39. Problem solved. Touch Tray 2. Replace the connection. up and down. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. with your finger. or abnormal grinding noises will occur. Touch Tray 2 lift mtr. 7 Check the tray 2 sensor (media level) connection. Touch Media level. Move the pick roll. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Check the tray 2 media feed lift motor for proper operation. Remove the media tray assembly. Next Go Back 5 Is the tray 2 media feed lift motor properly connected? Replace the media feed lift motor. 2. 2. 1. 1. Warning: Only perform this test with the paper tray assembly removed from the machine. 8 Perform a print test. 4. Go to step 6. 5. 6 Check the tray 2 sensor (media level) for operation. Go to “Switch (media size) removal” on page 4-19. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. 3. Touch Printer Tests. No Go to step 5.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Go to “Media feed lift motor removal” on page 4-33. Note: Avoid touching the rubber roll surface. Touch Sensor test. -632. Does the tray 2 media feed lift motor operate properly? Yes Go to step 8. 3. Go to step 7. Is the switch connected properly? Replace the switch (media size). 2-166 MFP Service Manual . Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 8 Check the tray 2 switch (media size) for proper connection. Is the tray 2 sensor (media level) properly connected? Replace the sensor (media level). Touch MOTOR TESTS. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area is blocked? Go to step 8. Replace the connection.

2. 1.00 Tray 3 lift up / no tray failure Step 1 Check the media. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? 7 Check the sensor (media level) for proper connection. Replace the tray 3 lift gear assembly or any other damaged parts. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 6 Check the tray 3 sensor (media level) for proper operation. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 8. -632. Touch Tray 3 lift mtr. Touch Printer Tests. and -832 943.7500-432. 3. Touch Sensor Test. Check Yes Go to step 2. Does the tray 3 media feed lift motor operate properly? 4 Check the tray 3 media feed lift motor for proper connection. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (media level). Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (media level) removal” on page 4-261. Replace the connection. Replace the connection. 1. 3 Check the tray 3 media feed lift motor for proper operation. Is any media loaded in tray 3? 2 Check the tray. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 4. Go to step 7. or abnormal grinding noises will occur. and visually check it. Go to step 6. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— tray 3 lift gear assembly removal” on page 4-278. Is the tray 3 lift gear assembly or the surrounding parts of it damaged? Go to step 3. Go to step 5. Touch Tray 3. 4. Avoid touching the rubber roll surface. No Load media properly. Go to step 4. Is the above motor connected properly? 5 Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Replace the connection. and move the pick roll with your finger in an up and down motion. Go to step 6. 2. 3. Touch Media level. Previous Next Go Back Diagnostic information 2-167 . 5. Warning: Only perform this test with the paper tray assembly removed from the machine. Pull out the tray 3. Remove the media tray assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu.

and -832 Previous Step 8 Check Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper connection.00 Tray 4 lift up / no tray failure Step 1 Check the media. Does the error still occur? Problem solved. Check Yes Go to step 2. 2-168 MFP Service Manual . No Load media properly. and visually check it. Is the above switch connected properly? Yes Replace the switch (TTM media size). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— tray 4 lift gear assembly removal” on page 4-279. Go to step 4. Is the above motor connected properly? Go to step 5. Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. 1. Are the tray 4 lift gear assembly or the surrounding parts of it damaged? Go to step 3. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 3 Check the tray 4 media feed lift motor for proper operation. 4. Warning: Only perform this test with the paper tray assembly removed from the machine. Touch Printer Tests. Replace the connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Problem solved. 10 Perform a print test. Go to step 6. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Touch Tray 4 lift mtr. Pull out the tray 4. Next Go Back 9 Perform a print test. Does the tray 4 media feed lift motor operate properly? 4 Check the tray 4 media feed lift motor for proper connection. Is any media loaded in tray 4? 2 Check the tray. Touch MOTOR TESTS. -632. 944.7500-432. No Replace the connection. Go to step 10. Replace the tray 4 lift gear assembly or the obstacles. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. or abnormal grinding noises will occur. 3.

2. Replace the connection. Does the error still occur? Problem solved. Go to step 7. 3. Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. Go to step 10. Touch Sensor Test. Go Back 7 Check the sensor (media level) for proper connection. Next 6 Check the tray 4 sensor (media level) for proper operation. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 8 Check the tray 4 switch (TTM media size) for proper connection. Replace the connection. Is the above switch connected properly? Replace the switch (TTM media size). Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (media level) removal” on page 4-261. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly.7500-432. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Touch Media level. -632. 10 Perform a print test. 9 Perform a print test. and move the pick roll with your finger in an up and down motion. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area of the above sensor is blocked? Go to step 8. No Replace the connection. Touch Tray 4. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (media level). 1. 5. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? Yes Go to step 6. Remove the media tray assembly. Diagnostic information 2-169 . Avoid touching the rubber roll surface.

Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly. -632. Problem solved. No Perform several print tests. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130.XX Operator panel assembly NVRAM failure Step 1 Perform a POR.XX RIP card assembly NVRAM failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. go to step 2. 2-170 MFP Service Manual . Does the error still occur? Replace the RIP card assembly. No Perform several print tests. If the problem remains. Problem solved. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. If the problem remains. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Previous Next Go Back 953. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. and -832 951. Go to “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. No Perform several print tests. go to step 2. 955. Replace the operator panel Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. Problem solved. If the problem remains. Go to step 3. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Go to step 4.XX RIP card assembly NAND CRC failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Go to step 3.7500-432. go to step 2. 3 Perform a print test.

If the problem remains. No Perform several print tests. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Problem solved.7500-432. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. Diagnostic information 2-171 . -632. If the problem remains. Install the RIP card cooling fan and heatsink correctly. Next Go Back 956. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. 956. No Perform several print tests. Go to step 3. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly.01 RIP card assembly processor over temperature failure Step 1 Perform a POR. go to step 2. 956. Is the RIP card cooling fan and heatsink installed correctly? Replace the RIP card assembly. go to step 2. 2 3 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Check the RIP card cooling fan and heatsink for proper installation. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. No Perform several print tests. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. If the problem remains. go to step 2.00 RIP card assembly processor failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Problem solved. No Problem solved.02 RIP card assembly cooling fan failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly.

03 RIP card assembly FPGA failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Next Go Back 956. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. No Perform several print tests. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. 2-172 MFP Service Manual . Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly. and -832 Previous Step 2 3 Check Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Is the above fan attached properly? Yes Go to step 3.7500-432. Replace the RIP card assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281.00 2TM/TTM controller card assembly communication failure Step 1 Check Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. -632. Yes Problem solved. 3 Perform a print test. No Problem solved. Reattach the RIP card assembly cooling fan and heatsink. 980. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to step 3. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 2 Perform a print test. No Replace the connection. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? Check the RIP card assembly cooling fan and heatsink attachment. Problem solved. If the problem remains. go to step 2.

and -832 980. No Replace the connection. and reinstall it.03 Exit interface card assembly communication failure Step 1 2 Check Check the exit interface card assembly for proper connection. Problem solved. Remove duplex unit assembly. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Diagnostic information 2-173 . -632. Does the error still occur? 2 Check the duplex controller card assembly and printer engine card assembly for proper connection.7500-432. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Yes Go to step 2. Problem solved. Go to step 3. Replace the connection. Perform a two sided print test. Are the cards connected properly? 3 Perform a print test.04 Duplex controller card assembly communication failure Step 1 Check Check the duplex unit for proper installation. Are the connections on the duplex controller card assembly and the connector P417 on the printer engine card assembly connected? 3 Perform a 2 sided print test. Go to “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Does the error still occur? Replace the duplex controller card assembly. Check the connection between the exit interface card assembly P430 and the LVPS assembly P526. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine cord assembly. Problem solved. Does the error continue? Replace the exit interface card assembly. 4 Perform a print test. Yes Go to step 2. Replace the connection. No Problem solved. Problem solved. 4 Perform a 2 sided print test. Previous Next Go Back 980.

No Perform several print tests. Go to “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. If the problem remains. 2 Turn the printer off for 60 seconds. -632. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Previous Next Go Back 997. Yes Go to step 2. Perform a two sided print test. Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on? Check Yes Go to step 2. Problem solved. and -832 980.00 Duplex controller card assembly type failure Step 1 Check Check the duplex unit for proper installation.05 Engine flicker communication failure Step 1 Perform a POR. Replace the printer engine card Does the error occur when the power is turned off/on again? assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.7500-432. Go to step 3. and reinstall it. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? 2 Perform a 2 sided print test. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Remove duplex unit assembly. go to step 2. 3 Perform a 2 sided print test. Does the error still occur? Replace the duplex controller card assembly. No Problem solved. Problem solved. 2-174 MFP Service Manual .

Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly. Touch Cover and Door. Does the 2TM/TTM left door assembly open or close normally? Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 3. 4. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 5 Perform a print test. Replace the connection. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. 2 Check the switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) for proper operation. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Problem solved. 1. 2. Previous Next Go Back Diagnostic information 2-175 . 3. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) removal” on page 4-277. 6 Perform a print test. Is the above switch connected properly? Replace the switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock). Touch Door C 2TM/TTM. and -832 2TM/TTM left door assembly open Step 1 Check Check the 2TM/TTM left door assembly for opening and closing. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM left door assembly removal” on page 4-276. Replace the connection. Go to step 4. Problem solved. and visually check it.7500-432. Does the error still occur? Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. No Check the 2TM/TTM left door assembly for deformation. and reinstall it. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above switch operates? 3 Check the switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) for proper connection. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. -632. 4 Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Go to step 5. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 6.

Replace the connection. Replace the connection. Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Previous Next Go Back Exit 2 left door assembly open Step 1 Check Check the exit 2 left door assembly for opening and closing. Does the error still occur? Replace the duplex controller card assembly. and visually check it. 2. -632. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Touch Door D duplex left. Does the exit 2 left door assembly open or close normally? Yes Go to step 2. Problem solved. Problem solved. Does the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above switch operates? 3 Check the switch (duplex left door interlock) for proper connection. and -832 Duplex left door assembly open Step 1 Check Check the duplex left door assembly for opening and closing. Does the duplex left door assembly open or close normally? 2 Check the switch (duplex left door interlock) for proper operation. 4. Go to step 4. Open the duplex left door assembly. 1. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. No Check the duplex left cover assembly for deformation and reinstall it. 6 Perform a 2 sided print test. Are the connections on the duplex controller card assembly and the connector P417 on the printer engine card assembly connected? 5 Perform a 2 sided print test. Go to “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325.7500-432. and then reinstall it. Reconnect the connector on the printer engine card assembly. Touch DUPLEX TESTS. Go to step 5. Go to step 6. Go to “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. No Check the exit 2 left door assembly for deformation. Touch Sensor Test. 2-176 MFP Service Manual . Is the above switch connected properly? 4 Check the duplex controller card assembly and printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 3.

Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. 5 Perform a print test. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117. and visually check it. 4. and visually check it. Pull out the tray. Go to step 3. No Load media properly. Replace the connection. Touch Cover and Door. and visually check it. Media size mismatch in width Step 1 Check the media. Diagnostic information 2-177 . Problem solved. 4 Perform a print test. Does the display change on the operator panel every time the actuator for the above switch operates? Yes Reconnect the connector of the printer engine card assembly. Is the switch (media size) for media tray 1 and media tray 2 installed correctly? Go to step 4. Go to “Exit 2 switch (exit 2 left door interlock) removal” on page 4-331. Check Yes Go to step 2. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the error still occur? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Set the guides properly. Is the media properly loaded in the tray? 2 Check the media. and media tray end guide of tray 1 or tray 2 set correctly? 3 Check the switch (media size) for proper installation. Next Go Back 3 Check the switch (exit 2 left door interlock) for proper connection. Is the above switch connected properly? Replace the switch (exit 2 left door interlock). 1. Problem solved. Pull out the media tray. 3. Install the switch (media size) for each media tray correctly. Are the front media tray guide assembly. 2. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Touch Door E exit2 left.7500-432. Pull out the tray. Go to step 5. rear media tray guide. No Go to step 3. -632. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the switch (exit 2 left door interlock) for proper operation. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly.

Media size mismatch in width Step 1 Check the media. and visually check it. Go to step 6. 4 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper connection. Go to step 3. Does the error continue? Problem solved. Replace the printer engine card assembly. and visually check it. -632. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 2-178 MFP Service Manual . No Replace the connection. Are the above sensors connected properly? 5 Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. Replace the connection. No Load media properly.7500-432. and visually check it. Check Yes Go to step 2. Are the front media guide and rear media guide on tray 3 or tray 4 set correctly? 3 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper installation. Pull out the tray. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Next Go Back 5 Perform a print test. Replace the connection. Is the media loaded in tray properly? 2 Check the media. and -832 Previous Step 4 Check Check the switch (media size) connection for tray 1 and/or tray 2. Pull out the tray. Pull out the tray. Check tray 3 and tray 4. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. Is the switch (TTM media size) for tray 3 or tray 4 installed properly? Go to step 4. Go to “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. Install the switch (TTM media size) correctly. Replace the appropriate switch (TTM media size). Is the switch (media size) properly connected for tray 1 and/or tray 2? Yes Replace the required switch (media size). Set the parts correctly.

5. and -832 Previous Step 6 Perform a print test. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Go to step 7. Is the media loaded in the selected tray? Check the sensor (media out) for operation. 1. 2. Go to “Sensor (media out) removal” on page 4-40. No media in the select media tray Step 1 2 Check the media. Touch Media out. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Touch Sensor test. 3. Next Does the error still occur? Go Back 7 Perform a print test. Remove the media tray assembly. 2. Is the sensor (media out) properly connected for tray 1 or tray 2? Replace the sensor (media out). Go to step 4. Check Yes Go to step 2. Touch Media out. 3. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area is blocked by the media out actuator? 3 Check the sensor (media out) connection for tray 1 or tray 2. No Problem solved. Check Yes Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. 4. No Load media properly. 4. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to step 3.7500-432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 5. Replace the connection. Problem solved. Touch Tray 2. Touch Sensor test. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. -632. 1. Diagnostic information 2-179 . Touch Tray 1. Enter the Diagnostics Menu.

4. Go to step 6. 3. Is the media loaded in the selected tray? Check the sensor (media out) for proper operation. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 5 Perform a print test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Does the error still occur? Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the error continue? Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. No Load media properly. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the appropriate sensor (media out). 5. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 5. 2. Go to step 4. No Problem solved. Check tray 3 and tray 4. Enter the Diagnostics Menu.7500-432. Check Yes Go to step 2. Touch Media out. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area on the above sensor is blocked by the media out actuator. 4. Next Go Back No media in the select media tray Step 1 2 Check the media. Problem solved. Touch Tray 3. Go to step 3. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS. 4 Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Touch Tray 4. Replace the connection. Go to step 5. 1. Remove the appropriate media tray assembly. Replace the connection. 1. Touch Media out. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. -632. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— sensor (media out) removal” on page 4-262. 3 Check the sensor (media out) for proper connection. 2. Touch Sensor test. 3. and -832 Previous Step 4 Perform a print test. Touch Sensor test. 2-180 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. No Go to step 2. Connect P/J126 and P/J419 properly. Is the PC cartridge installed properly? Is the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) installed properly? Check the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) connection. Next Does the error still occur? Go Back Paper is installed (short edge) in the media paper tray Step 1 Check Is the media installed (short edge) orientation in the media tray assembly as opposed to long edge? Yes Turn media 90 degrees or enable short edge feeding which is found in the config menu (press select and right arrow at power on) and then find the menu item short edge printing. 2 Perform a print test. PC cartridge end of life Step 1 2 3 Check Check the PC cartridge for proper installation. Yes Go to step 2. No Problem solved. Diagnostic information 2-181 . Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Is the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) connected properly? Go to step 4. Does the error still occur? Problem solved. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Replace the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) Go to “Sensor (RFID PC cartridge) and sensor (RFID toner cartridge) removal” on page 4-94. Go to step 3. -632. Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. and -832 Previous Step 6 Perform a print test. Replace the printer engine card assembly. No Install the PC cartridge properly.

Problem solved. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Yes Go to step 2. Does the error continue? Remove the PC cartridge from the machine. 4 Perform a print test. Does the error continue? Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. No Problem solved. Remove the two screws securing the plastic to the front of the PC cartridge. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Is the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) properly connected. and -832 Previous Step 4 Perform a print test. Is the connector on the front of the PC cartridge connected properly? 4 Perform a POR. Is the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) properly installed? 3 Check the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) connection. -632. No Install the PC cartridge properly. Next Go Back PC cartridge RFID failure Step 1 2 Check Check the PC cartridge installation. Problem solved. Replace the connection. Does the error continue? Go to step 5. No Install the PC cartridge properly. Remove the plastic cover. Is the PC cartridge properly installed? Check the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) installation. Go to step 3. PC cartridge set failure Step 1 2 3 Check Check the PC cartridge installation. Install the sensor (RFID PC cartridge). Does the error continue? Replace the sensor (RFID PC cartridge). Replace the PC cartridge. Replace the connection. Problem solved. Go to step 3. 2-182 MFP Service Manual . Yes Go to step 2. Is the PC cartridge properly installed? Perform a POR. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.7500-432.

Open printer left door assembly and the front door assembly and check it. Is the printer front door assembly opening and closing normally? 2 Check the switch (printer front door interlock) for operation. Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 3. Replace the connection. Is the PC cartridge sensor connector installed and functioning properly? Yes Replace the PC cartridge sensor connector. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Touch Cover and Door. Problem solved. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the PC cartridge sensor connection. 2. Is the connection P404 on the printer engine card connected properly? Replace the switch (PC cartridge interlock). Touch Door J printer front. Go to “Switch (PC cartridge interlock) removal” on page 4-84. 1. 3. Go Back 7 Check the switch (PC cartridge interlock) connection. Touch PC unit present. Open the printer front door assembly and check it. Go to step 7. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Touch Devices. 8 Perform a POR. No Check the printer front door assembly for rotation and reinstall it.7500-432. Next 6 Check the switch (PC cartridge interlock) for proper operation. 2. Diagnostic information 2-183 . -632. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the switch actuator is operated? Go to step 4. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. 1. Printer front door open Step 1 Check Check the opening and closing of the printer front door assembly. 4. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. No Reinstall the PC cartridge sensor connector and ensure it connects to the PC cartridge properly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the PC cartridge is removed and replaced? Go to step 8. 3.

No Check the printer left door assembly for deformation and reinstall it. Is the switch (printer front door interlock) properly connected? Yes Replace the switch (printer front door interlock). 4 Perform a print test. Go to “Switch (printer left door interlock) removal” on page 4-76. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to “Switch (printer front door interlock) removal” on page 4-4. Next Go Back 4 Perform a print test. No Replace the connection. Replace the switch (printer left door Is the switch (printer left door interlock) connected properly? interlock). Problem solved. 2. Touch Cover and Door. Problem solved. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the switch actuator is operated? Go to step 4. 4. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check Check the switch (printer front door interlock) connection. Go to step 3.7500-432. Replace the connection. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. and check it. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. 2-184 MFP Service Manual . Touch Door A left side. 2 Check the switch (printer left door interlock) for operation. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. 1. Printer left door open Step 1 Check Is the printer left door assembly opening and closing properly? Yes Go to step 2. Open the printer left door assembly. 3 Check the switch (printer left door interlock) connection. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 3. -632.

7500-432. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 3. Touch Door B left/lower. Previous Next Go Back 2 Check the switch (printer front door interlock) for operation. Go to “Scheduled maintenance” on page 6-2. 2. Touch Cover and Door. Does the message still occur? Yes Reset the maintenance counter. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 3. Diagnostic information 2-185 . Does the standard bin 1 full actuator move up and down normally? Yes Go to step 2. Go to “Switch (printer front door interlock) removal” on page 4-4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the switch actuator is operated? Go to step 4. Scheduled maintenance required Step 1 Check Install the proper maintenance kit. 3 Check the switch (printer left lower door interlock) connection. Open the printer front door assembly and check it. Is the switch (printer left lower door interlock) properly connected? Replace the switch (printer front door interlock). No Check the printer front door assembly for deformation and reinstall it. 4 Perform a print test. and -832 Printer left lower door open Step 1 Check Is the printer left lower door assembly opening and closing properly? Yes Go to step 2. 4. -632. Standard bin 1 full Step 1 Check Check the actuator for movement. Replace the connection. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. No Problem solved. Does the error continue? Problem solved. Replace the printer engine card assembly. No Reinstall the standard bin 1 full actuator. 1.

Is the exit interface card assembly properly connected P432. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 1. -632. 2. Touch Exit level. 4. and P434. Touch Standard bin full 2 Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area is blocked? Go to step 5. Go to “Sensor (exit 1 bin full) removal” on page 4-110. P433. Next Go Back 3 Check the sensor (standard bin full 1) connection. Replace the printer engine card assembly. P433. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensing area is blocked? Yes Go to step 5. and P434? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Touch Standard bin full 1. 4. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. 3. 2. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Touch Exit level. Does the error continue? Problem solved. 3. Yes Go to step 2. Replace the connection. No Reinstall the media weight assembly. Standard bin 2 full Step 1 Check Check the actuator for movement. Go to step 4. 4 Check the exit interface card assembly connection P432. and -832 Previous Step 2 Check Check the sensor (standard bin full exit 1) for operation. No Go to step 3. 1. Go to step 3. Is the sensor (standard bin full 1) properly connected? Replace the sensor (standard bin full exit 1). Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117.7500-432. Does the media weight assembly move up and down normally? 2 Check the sensor (standard bin full exit 2) for operation. 5 Perform a print test. 2-186 MFP Service Manual .

and P434. 3 Perform a POR.7500-432. Go to step 4. Replace the printer engine card assembly. -632. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Yes Go to step 2. Go to step 4. 5 Perform a print test. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check Check the sensor (standard bin full exit 2) connection. and P434? Replace the exit interface card assembly. Are the connections of the scanner controller card assembly connected properly? Connect each connector of the scanner controller card assembly properly. P433. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Go to step 3. Diagnostic information 2-187 . Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Replace the connection. No Replace the connection. Is the exit interface card assembly properly connected P432. 4 Perform a POR. Problem solved. Does the error continue? Problem solved. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to “Exit 2 sensor (standard bin full exit 2) removal” on page 4-337. Scanner missing failure Step 1 Check Check the scanner interface cable assembly connection between the RIP card assembly and the scanner unit assembly. P433. No Replace the connection. Does the error remain when the power is turned off/on again? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is the scanner interface cable assembly connected properly? 2 Check all connections of the scanner controller card assembly. Next Go Back 4 Check the exit interface card assembly connection P432. Problem solved. Is the sensor (standard bin full exit 2) properly connected? Yes Replace the sensor (standard bin full exit 2). Go to “Exit interface card assembly removal” on page 4-117.

Go to step 3. Go to “Scanner controller card assembly removal” on page 4-151. Go to “ADF left cover assembly removal” on page 4-176. Check Yes Go to step 2. Does it operate properly? Problem solved. Previous Next Go Back Toner cartridge empty Step 1 2 Check remaining toner. 2. Does the error remain? Replace the scanner controller card assembly. Adjust the actuating lever for proper alignment. Go to step 4. Touch ADF left cover interlock. 4. 1. Replace the connections.7500-432. 5 Perform a POR. 3. Go to step 5. Open and close the ADF left cover assembly. Go to step 3. 2-188 MFP Service Manual . No Replace the toner cartridge. Is the above actuator present and attached properly? Yes Go to step 2. and -832 Switch (ADF left cover interlock) open Step 1 Check Check the actuator of the ADF left cover assembly. 2 Check the actuating lever of the switch (ADF left cover interlock). Touch SCANNER TESTS. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the above switch is activated? 4 Check the switch (ADF left cover interlock) for connection. Problem solved. Is the above switch connected properly? Replace the switch (ADF left cover interlock). Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Switch (ADF left cover interlock) removal” on page 4-191. Touch Sensor Tests. Perform the switch (ADF left cover interlock) test. No Replace the ADF left cover assembly. -632. Does the toner cartridge contain toner? Check the toner cartridge for proper installation. Remove the toner cartridge and reinstall it. Is the above actuating lever attached and aligned properly? 3 Check the switch (ADF left cover interlock) for proper operation.

Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go Back 5 Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) for proper installation. located on the lower part of the toner cartridge for debris. Go to “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. Go to step 6. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check Check the toner cartridge guide assembly. Replace the sensor (RFID toner cartridge). Touch Toner add motor. Is the toner add motor assembly properly connected? Replace the toner add motor.7500-432. Does the motor rotate normally? Go to step 9. clogged? Go to step 5. Install the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) correctly. 9 Perform a print test. No Replace toner cartridge guide assembly. located on the lower part of the toner cartridge guide assembly. Remove the top cover assembly. located on the lower part of the toner cartridge guide assembly. 2. Problem solved. “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. Touch Printer Motor Test. 4. Does the gear. the drum unit motor will also operate. 6 Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) for proper connection. 8 Check the toner add motor assembly connection. Remove the toner cartridge guide assembly. Diagnostic information 2-189 . Observe the toner add motor for rotation. Next 4 Check the pipe. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Go to step 8. Note: When performing this test. Warning: Only perform this test in segments of three seconds or less. 3. Replace the connection. Go to “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95 7 Check the toner add motor assembly for operation. -632. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Clean the pipe. Replace the connection. or toner spill will occur. rotate smoothly? Yes Go to step 4. Is the pipe. Override the switch (printer front door interlock) 1.

Yes Go to step 2. 7 Perform a print test. 3. and -832 Toner cartridge near empty Step 1 2 Check Does the toner cartridge contain toner? Check the toner cartridge for proper installation. located at the lower part of the toner cartridge guide assembly. Does the gear. Go to step 3. clogged? 5 Check the toner add motor assembly for operation. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. located at the lower part of the toner cartridge guide assembly. Go to “Toner add motor assembly removal” on page 4-97. Install the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) correctly. Replace the toner guide assembly. Go to step 7. Touch Toner add motor. No Install the correct toner cartridge properly. -632. Does it install properly? 3 Check the gear rotation in the toner cartridge guide assembly.7500-432. Go to step 5. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Replace the connection. Warning: Only perform this test in segments of three seconds or less or toner spill will occur. 2. Remove the toner cartridge guide assembly. Previous Next Go Back Toner cartridge failure Step 1 Check Check the toner cartridge installation. Problem solved. Is the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) installed correctly? Go to step 3. 4. Does the motor rotate normally? 6 Check the toner add motor assembly connection. Go to step 6. Is the toner add motor assembly properly connected? Replace the toner add motor assembly. Clean the pipe. Is the correct toner cartridge properly installed? 2 Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) for proper installation. Remove the toner cartridge and reinstall it. Problem solved No Replace the toner cartridge. Yes Go to step 2. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to step 4. rotate smoothly? 4 Check the toner cartridge guide assembly for pipe clogging. Touch Printer Motor Test. Is the pipe. 1. 2-190 MFP Service Manual .

Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 2 Check the toner cartridge. No Reinstall the toner cartridge properly. Go to step 3. No Replace the connection. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Does the error continue? Problem solved. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Open the printer front door assembly. Does the error continue? Replace the sensor (RFID toner cartridge). Is the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) properly installed? 3 Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) connection.7500-432. Go to step 3. Go to “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. Is the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) properly connected? Yes Replace the sensor (RFID toner cartridge). Go Back Toner cartridge RFID failure Step 1 2 Check Check the toner cartridge installation. Replace the toner cartridge. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) connection. Toner cartridge set failure Step 1 Check Check the toner cartridge for correct installation. Go to “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. -632. Is the toner cartridge damaged? Diagnostic information 2-191 . Install the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) correctly. Is the toner cartridge installed properly? Yes Go to step 2. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Yes Go to step 2. Is the toner cartridge properly installed? Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) installation. Next 4 Perform a print test. No Install the toner cartridge properly. Is the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) properly connected? 4 Perform a print test. Replace the connection. Problem solved.

Install switch (media size) for media tray 1 correctly. 2-192 MFP Service Manual . Problem solved. Tray 1 media size failure Step 1 Check the media. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Replace the sensor (RFID toner cartridge). Replace the connection. Is the above switch installed properly? 4 Check the tray 1 switch (media size) connection. and -832 Previous Step 3 Check Check the toner cartridge guide assembly. Go to step 3. Go to “Switch (media size) removal” on page 4-19. Is the toner cartridge guide assembly damaged? Yes Replace the toner cartridge. 5 Problem solved. Does the error still occur? Go to step 5. Set the guides properly. 5 Perform a print test. Next Go Back 4 Check the sensor (RFID toner cartridge). Is the above sensor attached and connected properly? Perform a print test. Is the tray 1 switch (media size) properly connected. Check Yes Go to step 2. and visually check it. Go to “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. and visually check it. -632. No Go to step 4. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. and visually check it. Pull out the media tray 1. Pull out the media tray 1.7500-432. Are the front media tray guide assembly. Replace the switch (media size). No Load media properly. Go to step 4. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Is the media loaded in media tray 1 properly? 2 Check the media. rear media tray guide and media tray end guide of media tray 1 set correctly? 3 Check the tray 1 switch (media size) for proper installation. Pull out the media tray 1. Remove the top cover assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

Set the guides properly. Is the media loaded. Pull out the media tray 1. Replace the connection.7500-432. properly? Pull out the media tray 2. and visually check it. Go to step 4. and visually check it Is the switch (media size) in media tray 1 installed correctly? 4 Check the switch (media size) in tray 1 connection. Check Yes Go to step 2. and visually check it. No Load media properly. Previous Next Go Back Tray 1 media size mismatch in length Step 1 Check the media. Is the switch (media size) in tray 1 properly connected? Replace the switch (media size). No Load media properly. Is the above switch installed properly? 4 Check the tray 2 switch (media size) connection. Go to step 3. Pull out the media tray 1. 3 Check the tray 2 switch (media size) 2 for proper installation. and visually check it. and visually check it. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Is the tray 2 switch (media size) properly connected? Replace the switch (media size). and media tray end guide of media tray 2 set correctly? Pull out the media tray 2. 2 Check the media. Problem solved. Go to step 4. rear media tray guide. Are the front media tray guide assembly. Diagnostic information 2-193 . Check Yes Go to step 2. -632. and -832 Tray 2 media size failure Step 1 Check the media. 5 Perform a print test. Install the tray 2 switch (media size) correctly. and media tray end guide of media tray 1 set correctly? 3 Check the switch (media size) in media tray 1 for proper installation. Go to “Switch (media size) removal” on page 4-19. Are the front media tray guide assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Pull out the media tray 2. Go to step 3. and visually check it. Replace the connection. Is the media properly loaded in media tray 1? 2 Check the media. rear media tray guide. Pull out the media tray 1. Install the switch (media size) for media tray 1 correctly. Set the guides properly. in media tray 2.

Open the printer left door assembly. Is the feed roll. Replace the connection. Check Yes Go to step 6. 4. Replace the connection. Touch Registration. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor (registration) actuator is operated? Go to step 11. Clean or replace the registration roll assembly. Is the registration clutch properly connected? Replace the registration clutch. Go to “Transfer roll guide assembly removal” on page 4-77. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 1. Go to step 12. Remove the media. 3. 9 Check the sensor (registration) for operation. and check it. Go to step 9. Open the printer left door assembly. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Does the above component operate normally? Go to step 13. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. and -832 Previous Step 5 Check the roll for tray 1. and check it. Is the transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 8. 4. Touch Registrat clutch. 2. Pull out the tray 1. 12 Check the registration clutch connection. Touch Printer Motor Test. separation roll. Is the registration roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 9. 8 Check the roll. Touch Media Path. Open the printer left door assembly. and pick roll free of excess wear and contamination? 6 Check the media position. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? 7 Check the roll. 3. Go to step 7. Go to “Registration roll assembly removal” on page 4-79.7500-432. Next Go Back Clean or replace the transport roll assembly. separation roll. 11 Check the registration clutch for proper operation. Open the printer left door assembly. and check it. Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. Go to “Registration clutch assembly removal” on page 4-80. and pick roll. and check it. Touch MOTOR TESTS. No Clean or replace the feed roll. Is the sensor (registration) properly connected? Replace the sensor (registration). 2-194 MFP Service Manual . and visually check it. 1. 10 Check the sensor (registration) connection. -632.

4 Check the switch (media size) for tray 2 connection. Remove the media. Pull out the tray 2. Go to “Switch (media size) removal” on page 4-19. and visually check it. and -832 Previous Step 13 Perform a print test. rear media tray guide. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Next Go Back Tray 2 media size mismatch in length Step 1 Check the media. No Problem solved. and pick roll free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 6. Go to “Feed roll removal” on page 4-45. Go to step 3. Set the guides properly. and visually check it. Go to “Switch (media size) removal” on page 4-19. Does the error continue? Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly. Is the switch (media size) for tray 2 installed correctly? Pull out the tray 2. separation roll. Is the media loaded in tray 2 properly? 2 Check the media. Replace the connection. and visually check it. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? Diagnostic information 2-195 . Is the switch (media size) for tray 2 properly connected? 6 Open the printer left door assembly. Is the feed roll. No Load media properly. Pull out the tray 2. Are the front media tray guide assembly. Go to step 7. and visually check it. Clean or replace the feed roll. and media tray end guide of tray 2 set correctly? 3 Check the switch (media size) for tray 2 installation. Go to step 4. Check Yes Go to step 2.7500-432. separation roll. Pull out the tray 2. Replace the switch (media size). “Separation roll removal” on page 4-49. Install the switch (media size) for tray 2 correctly. Check the media position. -632. 5 Check the roll for tray 2. and check it. and pick roll. and “Pick roll removal” on page 4-51.

and -832 Previous Step 7 Check the roll. in the registration roll assembly. Go to step 12. 2. 2-196 MFP Service Manual . Replace the connection. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 2. Is the roll. Go to “Registration clutch assembly removal” on page 4-80. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the sensor actuator is operated? Go to step 11. Clean or replace the registration roll assembly. 1. Touch Registrat clutch. Touch Media Path. Does the error continue? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Touch Printer Motor Test. 12 Check the registration clutch connection. 3. Check Yes Go to step 8. 13 Perform a print test. -632. Open the printer left door assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. and check it. Is the registration clutch properly connected? Replace the registration clutch. Open the printer left door assembly. and check it. Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. 10 Check the sensor (registration) connection.7500-432. Does the component make an audible clicking sound when it is operated? Go to step 13. 11 Check the registration clutch for proper operation. Replace the connection. and check it. 1. Open the printer left door assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Transfer roll assembly removal” on page 4-73. 9 Check the sensor (registration) for operation. Go to “Registration roll assembly removal” on page 4-79. No Clean or replace the transport roll assembly. 4. 3. Touch Registration. Is the sensor (registration) properly connected? Replace the sensor (registration). Touch MOTOR TESTS. Problem solved. free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 9. Is the transport roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Next Go Back 8 Check the roll. 4. Go to step 10.

7500-432. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. Go to step 7. and -832 Tray 3 media size failure Step 1 Check the media. Install the switch (TTM media size) correctly. Is the media loaded in tray 3 properly? 2 Check the media. and visually check it. Set the parts properly. Replace the connection. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Go to step 3. No Load media properly. Is the switch (TTM media size) installed properly? Go to step 4. Replace the connection. Are the front media guide and rear media guide on tray 3 set correctly? 3 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper installation. Pull out the tray 3. Pull out the tray 3. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 6 Perform a print test. Pull out the tray 3. Previous Next Go Back 4 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper connection. Check Yes Go to step 2. 7 Perform a print test. Problem solved. Is the above switch installed correctly? 5 Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Problem solved. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. -632. Go to step 6. Does the error still occur? Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. and visually check it. and visually check it. Diagnostic information 2-197 . Replace the switch (TTM media size). Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119.

Check Yes Go to step 2. Is the above switch connected correctly? 5 Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. Install the switch (TTM media size) correctly. Replace the switch (TTM media size). Are the front media guide and rear media guide on tray 4 set correctly? 3 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper installation. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 6 Perform a print test. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. and -832 Tray 4 media size failure Step 1 Check the media. Replace the connection. Problem solved. Go to step 3. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. Previous Next Go Back 4 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper connection. Go to step 6. 2-198 MFP Service Manual . and visually check it. Does the error still occur? Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Is the media loaded in tray 4 properly? 2 Check the media. and visually check it. and visually check it. -632. No Load media properly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Pull out the tray 4. Set the parts properly.7500-432. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Is the switch (TTM media size) for tray 4 installed properly? Go to step 4. Go to step 7. Pull out the tray 4. 7 Perform a print test. Pull out the tray 4. Problem solved. Replace the connection.

Clean or replace the feed roll. 8 Check the roll. Pull out the tray 3. Go to step 4. Pull out the tray 3. Is the switch (TTM media size) for tray 3 installed properly? Install the switch (TTM media size) correctly. Clean or replace the transport roll assembly. Go to step 8. Open the printer left door assembly. Are the feed roll. Replace the connection. Pull out the tray 3. Open the printer left door assembly. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. separation roll. and pick roll. Replace the connection. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. separation roll. Set the parts properly. Are the front media guide and rear media guide on tray 3 set correctly? 3 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper operation. 7 Check the media position. Is the transport roll assembly for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 9. Diagnostic information 2-199 . Pull out the tray 3. and visually check it.7500-432. and check it. and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 6 Check the tray 3 rolls. Is the above switch connected properly? 5 Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. and visually check it. and visually check it. Replace the switch (TTM media size). and visually check it. and -832 Tray 3 media size mismatch in length Step 1 Check the media. Go to step 3. “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270. Go to step 6. and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 7. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266. -632. Check Yes Go to step 2. Previous Next Go Back 4 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper connection. No Load media properly. and visually check it. Is the media loaded in tray 3 properly? 2 Check the media. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? Remove the media.

Replace the connection. 2-200 MFP Service Manual . 4. Go to step 13. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Replace the connection. Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. Does the above component make an audible clicking sound every time it operates? 13 Check the registration clutch for proper connection. Touch Printer Motor Test. Next Go Back Go to step 11. Check Yes Go to step 10. and -832 Previous Step 9 Check the roll. Go to step 15.7500-432. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Does the error still occur? Replace the printer engine card assembly. 3. -632. Go to “Registration clutch assembly removal” on page 4-80. Problem solved. Does the error still occur? Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Is the registration roll assembly for transport free of excess wear and contamination? 10 Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. Touch MOTOR TESTS. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. 15 Perform a print test. Touch Media Path. Open the printer left door assembly. Is the above component connected properly? Replace the registration clutch. 1. 12 Check the registration clutch for proper operation. Open the printer left door assembly. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? 11 Check the sensor (registration) for proper connection. and visually check it. Go to step 14. No Clean or replace the registration roll assembly. Go to step 12. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. Problem solved. 14 Perform a print test. 4. 1. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (registration). 3. 2. Touch Registration. Go to “Registration roll assembly removal” on page 4-79. 2. and visually check it. Touch Registrat clutch.

Are the front media guide and rear media guide on tray 4 set correctly? 3 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper installation. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. Go to step 3. Pull out the tray 4. and pick roll. and check it. separation roll. Previous Next Go Back 4 Check the switch (TTM media size) for proper connection. Is the above switch connected properly? 5 Check the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly and the printer engine card assembly for proper connection. and “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. and visually check it. Pull out the tray 4.7500-432. Pull out the tray 4. Open the printer left door assembly. Install the switch (TTM media size) correctly. Does the media touch the sensor (registration)? Remove the media. -632. No Load media properly. and visually check it. Is the switch (TTM media size) for tray 4 installed properly? Go to step 4. Diagnostic information 2-201 . Is the media loaded in tray 4 properly? 2 Check the media. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— switch (TTM media size) removal” on page 4-249. separation roll. and pick roll for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 7. Go to step 8. and -832 Tray 4 media size mismatch in length Step 1 Check the media. and visually check it. Are the feed roll. “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— separation roll removal” on page 4-270. Replace the switch (TTM media size). Are connectors P541 and P413 on the above cards connected properly? 6 Check the tray 4 rolls. 7 Check the media position. Go to step 9. and visually check it. Replace the connection. Set the parts properly. Replace the connection. Pull out the tray 4. Clean or replace the feed roll. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— feed roll removal” on page 4-266. Check Yes Go to step 2.

Does the above component make an audible clicking sound every time it operates? Go to step 14. 14 Perform a print test. 10 Check the sensor (registration) for proper operation. and visually check it. 12 Check the registration clutch for proper operation. Go to step 11. Does the error still occur? Replace the 2TM/ TTM controller card assembly. Is the above component connected properly? Replace the registration clutch. Replace the connection. Go to “Registration roll assembly removal” on page 4-79. 1. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly removal” on page 4-253. Touch BASE SENSOR TEST. Go to “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)— 2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal” on page 4-281. Is the media transport roll assembly for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Next Go Back 9 Check the roll. Clean or replace the registration roll assembly. and -832 Previous Step 8 Check the roll. 3. Is the above sensor connected properly? Replace the sensor (registration). 2-202 MFP Service Manual . 4. Does the display on the operator panel change every time the actuator on the above sensor operates? Go to step 12. Go to step 13. Touch Printer Motor Test. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Replace the connection. Touch Registrat clutch. Problem solved. 4. and visually check it.7500-432. Touch Registration. -632. 3. and visually check it. Is the registration roll assembly for transport free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 10. Check Yes Go to step 9. Open the printer left door assembly. Enter the Diagnostics Menu. Open the printer left door assembly. Open the printer left door assembly. Go to “Registration clutch assembly removal” on page 4-80. Go to “Sensor (registration) removal” on page 4-81. No Clean or replace the media transport roll assembly. 11 Check the sensor (registration) for proper connection. Go to step 15. 2. 13 Check the registration clutch for proper connection. Touch MOTOR TESTS. 1. Touch Media Path.

Printhead out—“913. Background (fog)—“Background (fog)” on page 2-218. The interval does not necessarily match circumference of the roll. In this case. and check the relation to the roll in the printer. -632. Check Yes Replace the printer engine card assembly.7500-432. and -832 Previous Step 15 Perform a print test. Solid black—“Solid black” on page 2-206. Next Does the error still occur? Go Back Image quality trouble Troubleshooting Note: First. Diagnostic information 2-203 . and follow the symptom table to identify the possible failing FRU’s. Blank print (no print)—“Blank print (no print)” on page 2-204. measure the interval on the print test. Skew—“Skew” on page 2-219. Partial lack—“Partial lack” on page 2-215. Afterimage—“After image” on page 2-217. Spots—“Spots” on page 2-216. Vertical stripes—“Vertical stripes” on page 2-211. Media damage—“Media damage” on page 2-221. Vertical blank lines (White stripes in media transport direction)—“Vertical blank lines (white stripes in media transport direction)” on page 2-207. Horizontal stripes—“Horizontal stripes” on page 2-213. it is possibly caused by a particular roll. No fix—“No fuse” on page 2-222. Image quality symptoms: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Faint print (low contrast)—“Faint print (Low contrast)” on page 2-202. Go to “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. No Problem solved.00 Printhead assembly failure” on page 2-150. get a printout as a base. Note: When horizontal lines and/or spots occur periodically. Horizontal band—“Horizontal bands” on page 2-209.

and -832 Image Quality Faint print (Low contrast) Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Before starting. or replace the PC cartridge or connector. Re-print the defective image. located behind the rear motor cover. No Go to step 2. Are the PC cartridge connections free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 5. Load new. such as staples. Is the drum grounding plate free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 6. Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Replace the transfer roll assembly. This plate can be found behind the flywheel. and perform a print test. in the media path. Install a new toner cartridge. 5 Check the drum grounding plate.7500-432. Is the transfer roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. 2-204 MFP Service Manual . 3 Check the transfer roll assembly. Remove the PC cartridge. -632. 4 Check the PC cartridge installation. and scraps. clips. Go to step 3. Correct and clean contaminated pins. recommended media. Check the PC cartridge connections. Is the image density normal? Problem solved. check the media route for foreign objects. or replace the PC cartridge. dry. Remove the PC cartridge. Correct and clean the drum grounding plate. Remove the transfer roll assembly. Is the image density normal? Yes Problem solved. Check the drum grounding plate. 2 Check the toner cartridge. Check the transfer roll assembly for contamination and wear.

Perform a print test. and easy to read? Yes Go to step 7. Go to step 8. 8 Check the HVPS card assembly. Replace the HVPS card assembly.7500-432. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is the image completely formed on the drum. Turn off the printer power while printing. Perform a print test. and -832 Previous Step 6 Check Check the image development process. -632. No Go to step 9. Carefully remove the PC cartridge. Does the error continue? Go to step 9. Perform a print test. and check the developed image formed on the drum right before the transfer roll assembly. and the area clear. black. Next Go Back 7 Check the image transfer process. Diagnostic information 2-205 . Problem solved. Is the toner image completely transferred on the media? Go to step 9. Problem solved. Check the toner image formed on the drum after the transfer roll assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. 9 Check the printer engine card assembly.

Replace the transfer roll assembly. 2-206 MFP Service Manual . Is the laser beam route free of debris and the glass window. Is the drum grounding plate free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 5. clips. in the printhead assembly. This plate can be found behind the flywheel. or replace the PC cartridge or connector. 5 Check the laser beam route. Install a new toner cartridge. free of contamination? Go to step 6. 4 Check the PC cartridge ground. Check for debris between the printhead assembly and the PC drum. Remove the PC cartridge. Remove the PC cartridge. and scraps of media. Correct and clean contaminated pins. Is the transfer roll assembly free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 3. -632. Check the PC cartridge connections. Are the PC cartridge connections free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 4. and -832 Blank print (no print) Previous Next Go Back Check the media path for foreign objects such as staples. or clean the printhead assembly window. Is the image density normal? Yes Problem solved. located behind the rear motor cover. Check the drum grounding plate. Re-print the defective image.7500-432. Remove the transfer roll assembly. 2 Check the transfer roll assembly. Check the transfer roll assembly rotation. 3 Check the PC cartridge installation condition. Correct and clean the drum grounding plate. or replace the PC cartridge. No Go to step 2. Step 1 Check Check the toner cartridge. Check the printhead assembly window for contamination. Remove debris.

9 Check the image development process. 10 Check the image transfer process. Next 7 Check the printhead assembly installation. Perform a print test. Problem solved. Go to step 11. Is the image completely formed on the drum. Turn off the printer power while printing. Install the printhead assembly properly.7500-432. Go to step 9. Check the toner image formed on the drum before the transfer roll assembly. Diagnostic information 2-207 . Problem solved. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. the printhead could become misaligned. Is the toner image completely transferred on the media? Go to step 12. and the area clear. Does the error continue? Go to step 12. and easy to read? Go to step 10. Perform a print test. Replace the HVPS card assembly. Is the printhead assembly installed properly with four screws? Yes Go to step 8. after the transfer roll assembly. black. Go Back 8 Check the printhead for proper connection. Does the error continue? Go to step 8. 12 Check the printer engine card assembly. Go to step 11. Problem solved. Check the toner image formed on the drum. and -832 Previous Step 6 Check Check the printhead installation. and perform a print test. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Perform a print test. Warning: If too much force is applied to the board when checking it. Replace the connection. 11 Check the HVPS card assembly. Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. -632. Carefully remove the PC cartridge. No Go to step 7.

clips. Re-print the defective image. and -832 Solid black Previous Next Go Back Check the media path for foreign objects such as staples.7500-432. Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. 4 Check the printer engine card assembly. Problem solved. No Go to step 2. 2 Check connector JHAB1 on the RIP card assembly. 3 Check the HVPS card assembly. Is the image density normal? Yes Problem solved. Replace the HVPS card assembly. Install a new toner cartridge. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Perform a print test. Is the above connector connected properly? Go to step 3 Replace the connection. Problem solved. Step 1 Check Check the toner cartridge. 2-208 MFP Service Manual . Does the error continue? Go to step 4. Replace the printer engine card assembly. -632. Perform a print test. scraps of media.

Is the image density normal? Problem solved. or clean the printhead assembly window. Check for debris between the transfer roll assembly and the PC drum. recommended media. -632. Load new. Is the printhead assembly installed properly with four screws? Go to step 6. Go to step 5. Remove debris or contamination. 5 Check the printhead assembly installation. Is there any debris in the laser beam route and is the printhead assembly window free of debris and contamination? Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Problem solved. Replace the transfer roll assembly. Install a new toner cartridge.7500-432. Remove the transfer roll assembly. 4 Check the printhead assembly installation. and -832 Vertical blank lines (white stripes in media transport direction) Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check the media condition. free of contamination and wear? Go to step 8. No Problem solved. 7 Check the transfer roll assembly. 2 3 Is the media transfer route and the media path clear of debris? Check laser beam route. Re-print the defective image. Re-print the defective image. Remove debris. Is the transfer roll assembly rotating. and perform a print test. Diagnostic information 2-209 . 6 Check the toner cartridge. Check the printhead assembly window for contamination. Install the printhead assembly properly. dry. Does the error continue? Go to step 6. Go to step 7. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2.

7500-432. and -832 Previous Step 8 Check Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Warning: If too much force is applied to the board when checking it. Problem solved. Is there contamination or cracking on the heat roll or pressure roll? Yes Replace the fuser unit assembly. Next 9 Check the printer engine card assembly. Does the error continue? Go to step 10. -632. Replace the connection. the printhead could become misaligned. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go Back 10 Check the printhead for connection. Is the component connected properly? Replace the RIP card assembly. Perform a print test. 2-210 MFP Service Manual . No Go to step 9. Remove the fuser unit assembly.

and recommended media. Is there contamination or cracking on the heat roll and/or the pressure roll? Replace the fuser unit assembly. and is the area clear. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2. Replace the transfer roll assembly. 3 Problem solved. No Problem solved. contamination and wear. and check the toner image formed on the drum before the transfer roll assembly. Load new. Is the image density normal? Go to step 3. Check the transfer roll assembly for rotation. Go to step 5. Re-print the defective image. Go to step 9. Is the white-band pitch approximately 78 mm (heat roll circumference)? Go to step 6. 2 Are the media transfer route and the media path free of contamination and debris? Check the toner cartridge. Go to step 7. Remove the transfer roll assembly. Install a new toner cartridge. 7 Check the image development process. Perform a print test. black. Turn off the printer power while printing.7500-432. Remove the fuser unit assembly. Go to step 4. -632. Re-print the defective image. and easy to read? Go to step 8. 6 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Diagnostic information 2-211 . Is the image completely formed on the drum. 5 Check white-band pitch. Go to step 9. and -832 Horizontal bands Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Carefully remove the PC cartridge. Remove debris or contamination. 4 Check the transfer roll assembly. dry.

and -832 Previous Step 8 Check Check the image transfer process. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Is the toner image completely transferred on the media? Yes Go to step 10. Problem solved. 2-212 MFP Service Manual . Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. -632. Next 9 Check the HVPS card assembly. Perform a print test. Replace the printer engine card assembly. No Go to step 9.7500-432. Perform a print test. Check the toner image formed on the drum after the transfer roll assembly passed. Replace the HVPS card assembly. Go Back 10 Check the printer engine card assembly. Problem solved. Does the problem continue? Go to step 10.

Load new. free of contamination and wear? Go to step 5.7500-432. Remove the PC cartridge. Check the drum grounding plate located behind rear motor cover. Remove the transfer roll assembly. Remove debris or contamination. Replace the transfer roll assembly. Re-print the defective image. Are the PC cartridge connections free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 6. -632. and -832 Vertical stripes Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Diagnostic information 2-213 . Is the image density normal? Go to step 3. Is the transfer roll assembly rotating. 5 Check the PC cartridge installation condition. Re-print the defective image. 4 Check the transfer roll assembly. Go to step 4. Install a new toner cartridge. Correct and clean the drum grounding plate. No Problem solved. Remove the PC cartridge. Check the PC cartridge connections. dry. Correct and clean contaminated pins. 6 Check the PC cartridge ground. or replace the PC cartridge. 2 Are the media transfer route and the media path free of contamination or debris? Check the toner cartridge. This plate can be found behind the flywheel. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2. 3 Problem solved. recommended media. or replace the PC cartridge or connector. Is the drum grounding plate free of excess wear and contamination? Go to step 7.

or clean the transfer roll assembly window. Next Go Back 8 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the laser beam route. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. No Remove debris. Check for debris between the transfer roll assembly and the PC drum. 2-214 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. Is there any debris in the laser beam route or the printhead assembly window? Yes Go to step 8. -632. Remove the fuser unit assembly. Go to step 9. 9 Check the printer engine card assembly. Problem solved. Perform a print test. Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is there contamination or cracking on the heat roll and/or pressure roll? Replace the fuser unit assembly. Check the printhead assembly window for contamination.

No Problem solved. Is the image density normal? Problem solved. Go to step 7. Carefully remove the toner cartridge. 3 Check the toner cartridge. Diagnostic information 2-215 . Remove the fuser unit assembly. dry. and check the toner image formed on the drum before the transfer roll assembly. 6 Check the heat roll and pressure roll. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2. Remove obstacles or contamination. Replace the transfer roll assembly. and -832 Horizontal stripes Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check the media condition. black. Is the image completely formed on the drum. -632. Load new. Go to step 3. Re-print the defective image. Go to step 4. and is the area clear. Perform a print test. Is there any contamination or crack on the heat roll and/ or pressure roll? Replace the fuser unit assembly. Install a new toner cartridge. recommended media.7500-432. Turn off the printer power while printing. and easily read? Go to step 8. 5 Check white-band pitch. 7 Check the image development process. Re-print the defective image. Is the transfer roll assembly free of contamination and wear? Go to step 5. Go to step 9. Is the white-band pitch approximately 78 mm (heat roll circumference)? Go to step 9 Go to step 6. 2 Check the media transfer route. Remove the transfer roll assembly. 4 Check the transfer roll assembly. Check the media route for contamination or obstacles.

Perform a print test. Are P/J130. the printhead could become misaligned. Problem solved. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Replace the connections. and -832 Previous Step 8 Check Check the image transfer process. Next 9 Check the HVPS.7500-432. Check the toner image formed on the drum after the transfer roll assembly passed. Perform a print test. P/J620 and P/J406 connected properly? Replace the RIP card assembly. 2-216 MFP Service Manual . Does the error continue? Go to step 11. Replace the HVPS. Problem solved. Is the toner image completely transferred on the media? Yes Go to step 9. No Go to step 10. Go Back 10 Check the printer engine card assembly. Does the error continue? Go to step 10. -632. 11 Check the printhead assembly for connection. Warning: If too much force is applied to the board when checking it.

Re-print the defective image. and free of contamination. Go to step 6. Re-print the defective image. Install a new toner cartridge. Is there contamination or cracking on the heat roll and/or the pressure roll? Replace the fuser unit assembly. 4 Check the transfer roll assembly. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2. 3 Check the toner cartridge. 5 Check the heat roll and the pressure roll. recommended media. Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is the transfer roll assembly rotating.7500-432. Remove the fuser unit assembly. Replace the transfer roll assembly. Perform a print test. Diagnostic information 2-217 . Is the image density normal? Problem solved. Load new. and -832 Partial lack Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check the media condition. dry. 2 Check the media transfer route. No Problem solved. Is the media path free of contamination or debris? Go to step 3. 6 Check the printer engine card assembly. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Go to step 4. and wear? Go to step 5. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Remove the transfer roll assembly. -632. Remove debris or contamination. Problem solved.

Replace the transfer roll assembly. Is the image density normal? Problem solved. Is the media route free of contamination or debris? Go to step 3. 5 Check the heat roll and the pressure roll. dry. 6 Check the printer engine card assembly. Go to step 4. Load new. Re-print the defective image. and -832 Spots Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check the media condition. No Problem solved. Is the transfer roll assembly rotating. Remove the fuser unit assembly. and free of contamination. 2-218 MFP Service Manual . Re-print the defective image. Remove debris or contamination. Replace the printer engine card assembly. recommended media. Remove the transfer roll assembly. Go to step 6. 4 Check the transfer roll assembly. 3 Check the toner cartridge. Install a new toner cartridge. 2 Check the media transfer route.7500-432. Perform a print test. and wear? Go to step 5. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2. Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. Is there contamination or cracking on the heat roll and/or the pressure roll? Replace the fuser unit assembly. Problem solved. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. -632.

Go to step 3. Problem solved. -632. Install a new toner cartridge. Is the image density normal? Problem solved. Perform a print test. recommended media. Go to step 4. 4 Check the printer engine card assembly. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2. Does the error continue? Replace the RIP card assembly. Replace the printer engine card assembly. dry. 2 Check the toner cartridge. Re-print the defective image. Is there contamination or cracking on the heat roll and/or pressure roll? Replace the fuser unit assembly. Load new. and -832 After image Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge The ghost appears on the media which. 3 Check the heat roll and the pressure roll.7500-432. may be the image from the previous page or part of the page currently printing. Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Diagnostic information 2-219 . Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Remove the fuser unit assembly. No Problem solved. Re-print the defective image.

recommended media. No Problem solved. 4 Check the transfer roll assembly. Does the error continue? Go to step 8. Go to step 4. Load new. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2. Perform a print test. Remove the transfer roll assembly. 3 Check the toner cartridge. and -832 Background (fog) Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check the media condition. Perform a print test. Replace the transfer roll assembly. Is the toner image completely transferred on the media? Go to step 8.7500-432. Install a new toner cartridge. Carefully remove the PC cartridge. Replace the HVPS card assembly. black. and check the toner image formed on the drum before the transfer roll assembly. Is the image completely formed on the drum and the area clear. dry. and easily read? Go to step 6. Is the image density normal? Problem solved. Is the transfer roll assembly rotating. 7 Check the HVPS card assembly. 2-220 MFP Service Manual . Problem solved. Re-print the defective image. Go to step 7. -632. Turn off the printer power while printing. 6 Check the image transfer process. Go to step 7. Check the toner image formed on the drum after the transfer roll assembly passed. and wear? Go to step 5. 5 Check the image development process. 2 Check the media transfer route. Remove debris or contamination. and free of contamination. Re-print the defective image. Is the media path free of contamination or debris? Go to step 3.

3 Is the media transfer route and the media route free of contamination or debris? Check the drive rolls on the media transfer route. Is the setup surface normal? Yes Go to step 2. Check whether the pinch rolls rotate freely and spring pressure is applied evenly. Check for missing printer foot. No Correct the installation placement. wear or damage? Go to step 4. Does the error continue? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly. (Go to applicable repair procedures for replacement. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Diagnostic information 2-221 . Problem solved. and -832 Previous Step 8 Check Check the printer engine card assembly. Check the installation surface for irregularities. Next Go Back Skew Leading edge Trailing edge The printed image is not paralleled with both sides of the media. Replace defective rolls. Step 1 Check Check printer installation placement. Perform a print test. Check all rolls on the transfer route for contamination. -632. Re-print the defective image. Remove debris or contamination. Are all drive rolls free of contamination.7500-432. wear or damage. 2 Properly load media into the media tray assembly.) 4 Go to step 5. No Problem solved. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Properly install the media tray assembly into the printer. Does the error continue? Go to step 3.

Next Go Back 2-222 MFP Service Manual . and -832 Previous Step 5 Check Check the printer engine card assembly. -632. Perform a print test. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. No Problem solved. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Does the error continue? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly.7500-432.

7500-432. wear or damage. Remove the fuser unit assembly. No Correct the installation placement. 3 Check the media condition. recommended media. Re-print the defective image. Problem solved. 2 Check the media feed. Check for missing printer foot. -632. 4 Check the media transfer route. 6 Check the heat roll and the pressure roll. Is the media path free of contamination or debris? Go to step 5. Re-print the defective image. Does the error continue? Go to step 4. Problem solved. (Go to applicable repair procedures for replacement. Replace defective rolls. Remove debris or contamination. Remove the media tray assembly. Properly install the media tray assembly in the printer.) Contact the technical engineer. Diagnostic information 2-223 . Are the pinch rolls rotating freely and spring pressure applied evenly? Go to step 6. Does the error continue? Go to step 3. Check all rolls on the transfer route for contamination. Check the installation surface for irregularities. and -832 Media damage Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check printer installation placement. 5 Check the drive rolls on the media transfer route. Load new. Is there contamination or cracking on the heat roll and/ or the pressure roll? Replace the fuser unit assembly. Properly load media in the media tray assembly. Is the setup surface normal? Yes Go to step 2. dry.

-632. Problem solved. Remove the fuser unit assembly. Check that the levers. No Problem solved. dry. Is there contamination or cracking on the heat roll and/ or the pressure roll? Replace the fuser unit assembly. Go to step 7. Go to step 6. are pushed down. 6 Check the HVPS card assembly. Re-print the defective image. Check the toner image formed on the drum after the transfer roll assembly is passed. Perform a print test. recommended media. 3 Check the heat roll and the pressure roll. 2-224 MFP Service Manual . 5 Check the image transfer process. Does the error continue? Go to step 3. Problem solved. Re-print the defective image. and easily read? Go to step 5. Replace the HVPS card assembly.7500-432. Carefully remove the PC cartridge. 2 Check the media condition. Does the error continue? Yes Go to step 2. black. Perform a print test. Is the image completely formed on the drum and the area clear. Does the error continue? Go to step 7. and -832 No fuse Leading edge Previous Next Go Back Trailing edge Step 1 Check Check the fuser unit assembly installation. on both sides of the fuser unit assembly. 4 Check the image development process. Load new. Is the toner image completely transferred on the media? Go to step 7. Go to step 4. and check the toner image formed on the drum before the transfer roll assembly. Turn off the printer power while printing.

7500-432. -632. No Problem solved. Next Go Back Diagnostic information 2-225 . and -832 Previous Step 7 Check Check the printer engine card assembly. Replace the printer engine card assembly. Perform a print test. Go to “RIP card assembly removal” on page 4-130. Does the error continue? Yes Replace the RIP card assembly.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Previous Next Go Back 2-226 MFP Service Manual .

4. * Configuration Menu 1 4 GHI 7 PQRS 2 ABC 5 JKL 8 TUV 0 3 DEF 6 MNO 9 WXYZ # II 1. See “Entering Configuration Menu” on page 3-33 for more information. Diagnostics Menu 1 4 GHI 7 PQRS 2 ABC 5 JKL 8 TUV 0 3 DEF 6 MNO 9 WXYZ # II 1. and operations that are used to diagnose various printer problems. Press and hold the 2 and 6 buttons simultaneously. 3. Press and hold the 3 and 6 buttons simultaneously. -632. Turn off the printer. the options made available in this menu group are used to configure a printer for operation. * Diagnostic aids 3-1 . Generally. Turn on the printer. settings. Diagnostic aids This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer failures and to verify that repairs have corrected the problem. Turn on the printer. See “Entering Diagnostics Menus” on page 3-2 for more information.7500-432. Release the buttons after 10 seconds. 2. Release the buttons after 10 seconds. and -832 3. The Diagnostics Menu group consists of menus. Note: While the Diagnostics Menu Group is active. 2. Previous Next Accessing service menus Go Back Access the following menus to identify problems with the printer and run diagnostic tests. and operations which are infrequently required by a user. 3. Turn off the printer. settings. 4. The Configuration Menu group contains a set of menus. all host interfaces are offline.

Printer Motor Tests Transport mtr 2TM/TTM drv mtr 2TM/TTM Clutch HCF transport mtr HCF pick solenoid MPF/Transport mtr Fuser cooling fan PC unit cooling fan Toner add mtr Drum unit Registrat clutch 3-2 MFP Service Manual . 2. and -832 Diagnostics Menus Entering Diagnostics Menus 1. 4. Release the buttons after 10 seconds.7500-432. 3. Press and hold the 3 and 6 buttons simultaneously. Previous Next Go Back Available tests Tests appear on the display in the order shown: MOTOR TESTS Finisher Motor Tests Sub paddle solenoid Media eject clutch Stapler unit mtr Bridge unit drv mtr Motor (entrance/paddle) Motor (buffer/transport) Motor (exit) Media eject clamp mtr Media eject mtr Punch unit mtr Fin diverter solenoid Fin Buffer solenoid Punch carriage shift mtr Front tamper mtr Rear tamper mtr Stapler carriage mtr Stacker lift mtr See “MOTOR TESTS” on page 3-5. Turn on the printer. -632. Turn off the printer.

DUPLEX TESTS Quick Test Sensor Test See “Quick Test” on page 3-10.7500-432. See “Sensor Test (duplex)” on page 3-10. See “Panel Test” on page 3-7. See “Button Test” on page 3-7. -632. Diagnostic aids 3-3 . See “Print Quality Test Pages” on page 3-6 . See “CACHE Test” on page 3-9. and -832 Tray 1 feed mtr Tray 2 feed mtr Tray 3 feed mtr Tray 4 feed mtr Tray 5 feed mtr MPF pick solenoid Duplex drv mtr Diverter solenoid Exit 2 cooling fan Tray 1 lift mtr Tray 2 lift mtr Tray 3 lift mtr Tray 4 lift mtr Tray 5 lift mtr Exit 1 shift mtr Exit 2 shift mtr Exit 2 drive mtr Previous Next Go Back Scanner Motor Tests ADF Feed drv mtr Exposure lamp Scanner cooling fan ADF Reg drv Scanner drv Inverter solenoid Pick roll position mtr Document set LED PRINT TESTS Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 (if installed) MP Feeder Printing Quality Test Pages Print Defects Guide HARDWARE TESTS Panel Test Button Test DRAM Test CACHE Test See “PRINT TESTS” on page 3-6. See “DRAM Test” on page 3-8.

See “Permanent Page Count” on page 3-20. See “Sensor Test (Scanner Tests)” on page 3-31. See “Staple Test” on page 3-13. See “Print the Event Log” on page 3-24. See “Feed To All Bins” on page 3-12. See “Display the Event Log” on page 3-22. See “Sensor Test (input tray)” on page 3-11. See “BASE SENSOR TEST” on page 3-16. See “Serial Number” on page 3-20. See “Clear the Event Log” on page 3-24. See “Hole Punch Test” on page 3-14. 3-4 MFP Service Manual . See “Defaults” on page 3-19.7500-432. See “Engine Setting 1 to 16” on page 3-20. See “Model Name” on page 3-20. See “Configuration ID” on page 3-20. See “Enable Edge to Edge Copy” on page 3-21. See “Sensor Test (Finisher)” on page 3-14. See “Feed Tests” on page 3-10. See “Feed Tests (output bins)” on page 3-12. See “ASIC Test” on page 3-25. See “Feed Test” on page 3-25. Previous Next Go Back Disk Test/Clean PRINTER SETUP Defaults Printed Page Count Permanent Page Count Serial Number Engine Setting 1 to 16 Model Name Configuration ID Edge to Edge Enable Edge to Edge Copy EVENT LOG Display Log Print Log Clear Log REPORTS SCANNER TESTS ASIC Test Feed Test Scanner Manual Registration Sensor Tests ENGINE ADJUST Exit Diagnostics Menu See “Exiting Diagnostics Menu” on page 3-32. See “REPORTS” on page 3-22. See “Printed Page Count” on page 3-20. See “Scanner Manual Registration” on page 3-26. See “Edge to Edge” on page 3-21. See “Sensor Test (output bin)” on page 3-13. and -832 INPUT TRAY TESTS Feed Tests Sensor Test OUTPUT BIN TESTS Feed Tests Feed To All Bins Sensor Test FINISHER TESTS Staple Test Hole Punch Test Feed Tests Sensor Tests BASE SENSOR TESTS Cover and Door Devices Exit Level Media Path DEVICE TESTS Quick Disk Test See “DEVICE TESTS” on page 3-17. -632. See “Feed Tests (Finisher)” on page 3-14.

and on some motors run them forward or reverse. Motor Running. Touch the test to run. 2. During the test. Diagnostic aids 3-5 .. The following Finisher Motor Tests are available: • • • • • • • • • Sub paddle solenoid Media eject clutch Stapler unit mtr Bridge unit drv mtr Motor (entrance/paddle) Motor (buffer/transport) Motor (exit) Media eject clamp mtr Media eject mtr • • • • • • • • Punch unit mtr Fin diverter solenoid Fin Buffer solenoid Punch carriage shift mtr Front tamper mtr Rear tamper mtr Stapler carriage mtr Stacker lift mtr Next Go Back The following Printer Motor Tests are available: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Transport mtr 2TM/TTM drv mtr 2TM/TTM Clutch HCF transport mtr HCF pick solenoid MPF/Transport mtr Fuser cooling fan PC unit cooling fan Toner add mtr Drum unit Registrat clutch Tray 1 feed mtr Tray 2 feed mtr Tray 3 feed mtr • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Tray 4 feed mtr Tray 5 feed mtr MPF pick solenoid Duplex drv mtr Diverter solenoid Exit 2 cooling fan Tray 1 lift mtr Tray 2 lift mtr Tray 3 lift mtr Tray 4 lift mtr Tray 5 lift mtr Exit 1 shift mtr Exit 2 shift mtr Exit 2 drive mtr The following Scanner Motor Tests are available: • • • • ADF feed drv mtr Exposure lamp Scanner cooling fan ADF registration drv mtr • • • • Scanner drv mtr Inverter solenoid Pick roll position mtr Document set LED 3. Press Stop to stop the test. Note: If available. and -832 MOTOR TESTS The tests in this group allow you to test specific motors.. appears on the display.7500-432. Touch MOTOR TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. Forward and Reverse options appear on the display for selected tests. To run the MOTOR TESTS: Previous 1. -632.

Tray 5 Printing. 4. the printer always generates a simplex version of the Print Test page using its default resolution. and -832 PRINT TESTS To run the Print Tests: Previous 1. Touch [Input Source] to verify that the printer can generate output from that source’s media. After a Single test has printed or a Continuous test canceled. Touch Printing Quality Test Pages to view information about the printer’s current settings and to test the printer’s ability to generate quality output. a single page is printed. 3-6 MFP Service Manual . otherwise..... an envelope test pattern is printed. Input Source Print Test Regardless of the input source selected. The device always uses the media that is currently installed in Tray 1 to print this report. 2..7500-432. Touch PRINT TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. Print Quality Test Pages This setting enables you to view the values of a broad range of the device’s settings and to test the device’s ability to generate acceptable printed output. Touch Single or Continuous... MP Feeder Printing. Tray 3 Printing. Once started. it will be printed on the front sides of the paper only. -632. the test pattern is printed only on the first envelope. If Duplex is activated. If Continuous is selected... • If Single is selected. Next Go Back Input source Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 (if installed) MP Feeder Printing Quality Test Pages Appears on the display Tray 1 Printing.. the display returns to PRINT TESTS.. The printer automatically generates four pages in English. If a source is selected that contains envelopes... • If Continuous is selected. Printing Quality Test Pages. this report will be printed on both sides of the paper. Tray 2 Printing.. printing cannot be canceled and all key presses are ignored until printing completes. Tray 4 Printing. printing continues until Stop is pressed to cancel the test. 3.

Touch HARDWARE TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. Button Test The Button Test is used to verify the operation of each button on the operator panel. Touch Button Test. 2. then the display returns to HARDWARE TESTS. and -832 Print Quality Pages Content by Report Page Number Page Number 1 Content General printer information includes: • • • • • • • 2 3 4 A circular graphic with spokes emanating from a dark center Device Information (Envelope Enhance) Engine Setting 1 to 16 Edge to Edge Current values of each variable listed A repeated string of characters in varying font sizes Previous Next Go Back Page is gray with two black squares Page is solid black Page is blank (this page verifies that the device does not streak or smear toner) HARDWARE TESTS Touch the following Hardware Tests from this menu: • • • • Panel Test Button Test DRAM Test CACHE Test Panel Test This test automatically toggles all pixels on the display through every contrast level beginning with the darkest to the brightest. A graphic of the operator panel buttons that matches the layout of the operator panel buttons appears on the display. This test shows non-functioning pixels as blank spaces during the darkest contrast.7500-432. 3. Press any button on the operator panel and that button on the display appears shaded. Diagnostic aids 3-7 . This test continues until you press Stop . -632. To perform the Button Test: 1.

3-8 MFP Service Manual . The test writes patterns of data to DRAM to verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly. Back DRAM Test The DRAM Test is used to check the validity of standard and optional DRAM memory. and the shading is removed. DRAM Test Testing. • F:##### represents the number of times the memory test has failed and finished with errors. and -832 4. To stop this test before completion.. Release the button. Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999. Initially 0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 99. Then the message Resetting the Printer appears and the power LED is green. To run the DRAM Test: 1.999.. Touch DRAM Test. the power indicator blinks amber. vga Previous 1 4 7 * 2 5 8 0 3 Next 6 9 # Go Back . While the DRAM test executes. Touch HARDWARE TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. The following type of message appears: DRAM Test 256 MB P:###### F:#### • P:###### represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully. -632.999. Initially only four digits appear. The printer automatically performs a POR. 2.7500-432. turn the printer off. but additional digits appear as needed. S G C ? Touch Back to exit the test. appears on the display.

and the final results display.7500-432. While the CACHE test executes. turn the printer off. appears on the display. 2. Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999. The following type of message appears: CACHE Test x100 P:###### F:#### Next Go Back • P:###### represents the number of times the cache has passed and finished successfully. To stop this test before completion. CACHE Test Testing..999. Touch CACHE Test. and -832 CACHE Test This test is used to verify the printer processor cache. Diagnostic aids 3-9 . Initially only four digits appear. • F:##### represents the number of times the cache has failed and finished with errors. Then the message Resetting the Printer appears. To run the CACHE Test: Previous 1. Touch HARDWARE TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. the test is stopped. -632.999. and the failure count increases by one. Initially 0000 displays with the maximum fail count being 99. The printer automatically performs a POR. the message Failure appears for approximately three seconds. Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached. the number of passes and failures is incremented. Each time a test is completed.. If the test fails. but additional digits appear as needed. the power LED is green. The test continues until all of the printer processor’s cache has been tested.

3-10 MFP Service Manual . Note: The upper front door (used to access the print cartridge) cannot be opened during the feed test. Closed appears.. and -832 DUPLEX TESTS Quick Test This test prints a duplex version of the Quick Test that can be used to verify that the correct placement of the top margin on the back side of a duplex page. Touch DUPLEX TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. and the continuous test continues until you press Stop . The test allows you to actuate the duplex input sensor located in the back part of the duplex unit and the duplex exit sensor located in the return paper path. Touch Single or Continuous. If the default paper source supports only envelopes. The single test stops automatically when a single duplex sheet is printed. Touch Quick Test. • The printer attempts to print the Quick Test Page from the default paper source. 2.. Duplex wait Testing. Quick Test Printing. open the upper read door while this test executes. 1. If the default source supports only envelopes. then the page is printed from Tray 1. You can perform the feed test using media from any installed input source. 4. Press Stop INPUT TRAY TESTS Feed Tests Use this test to observe the paper path of media as it passes through the printer. when the sensor is open. then the Quick Test will be printed from Tray 1.. When the sensor is closed. or continue printing duplexed pages (Continuous) until Stop is pressed. 2. Touch DUPLEX TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu.7500-432. Touch Sensor Test. appears on the display. Open appears. Touch Duplex wait. Make sure either letter or A4 size paper is loaded in the default paper source. You can run one duplexed page (Single). appears on the display. All pages used during the feed test are dropped into the default output bin. 3. To run the Quick Test: Previous Next Go Back 1. Sensor Test (duplex) This test is used to determine whether or not the duplex sensors and switches are working correctly. to cancel the test. To observe the paper path. 3. • Check the Quick Test Page for the correct registration between the placement of the first scan line on the front and back side of a duplexed sheet. Manually actuate each of the duplex wait sensors. • The single Duplex Quick test cannot be canceled. -632.. No information is printed on the feed test pages since the laser is not engaged during this test.

one source per line.. Sensors HCF media tray set 6 HCF unit docking 5 HCF media size R No No No No Yes No Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 MP Feeder 1Pre-feed 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Media level4 Input source Media out 3 Feed-out 2 Pre-feed 1 No No No No Yes No No No No No Yes No No No No No Yes No Testing. Tray 3 Feeding. Tray 4 Feeding.. 5Hcf unit docking Testing....7500-432. each installed input source. • Single—Feeds one sheet of media from the selected source.. 2. Tray 2 Feeding. 4Media level Testing.. and then the name of each of the source’s sensors below the header row. Touch either Single or Continuous. Touch the input source.. You must select a specific sensor from this list in order to view and toggle the sensor’s state. Touch Sensor Test.. and -832 To run the Input Tray Tests: Previous 1... Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 6 Hcf media tray set Testing.. 2.. MP Feeder Feeding. appears on the display with the sensor’s current state (Open or Closed).. appears on the display with the sensor’s current state (Open or Closed). the selected input source in the header row appears on the display. appears on the display.. Diagnostic aids HCF media size L 3-11 . 3Media out Testing. 1. The table below indicates which sensors are available in each input tray.. -632. appears on the display with the sensor’s current state (Open or Closed).. appears on the display with the sensor’s current state (Open or Closed). Next Go Back 3. To run the Input Tray Sensor Test: is pressed. appears on the display with the sensor’s current state (Open or Closed). Input source Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 MP Feeder Appears on the display Tray 1 Feeding. When you select an input source. • Continuous—Media continues feeding from the selected input source until Stop Sensor Test (input tray) This test is used to verify that a specific input tray’s sensors are working correctly. Touch INPUT TRAY TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu.. appears on the display with the sensor’s current state (Open or Closed).... After selecting Sensor Test.. Feed-out Testing. one to a line.

. 3-12 MFP Service Manual . To run the Feed Tests for the output bins: Next Go Back 1. • Continuous—Media continues feeding from the selected source until Stop is pressed. All Bin Test Canceled. Touch OUTPUT BIN TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. Touch OUTPUT BIN TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. -632. Press Stop While this test runs. appears on the display. If a test is canceled.. Touch the output bin you want the paper to exit into. However.. [Selected Output Bin] Canceled appears on the display. After the test is selected. you can manipulate the printer in such a way as to toggle the sensor between its two values (Open or Closed). [Selected Output Bin] Feeding. Feed To All Bins This test can be used to verify that the printer can feed media to the standard bin or any installed output options.7500-432.. and -832 After selecting a specific sensor. 4. No information is printed on the media fed to the output bin because the printhead is not engaged during this test. the printer feeds a separate piece of media to the standard bin first..) • Standard Bin • Output Bin 1 • Output Bin 2 Touch either Single or Continuous. and feeds any remaining media in the paper path to the appropriate output destination. While this test runs.appears on the display. appears on the display. The test is continuous until Stop is pressed. No information will be printed on the test pages. Touch Feed Tests. Press Stop to exit the test. Touch Feed To All Bins. as the printhead is not engaged during the feed test. Media is fed from the default input source to the selected output bin. 2. no buttons are active. during Continuous tests. To run the Feed To All Bins Test: 1. These tests can use any media size or envelope supported by the printer. The standard bin as well as any output option bin installed on the printer is shown on the menu.. If a test is canceled. The printer feeds media from the default source to each installed bin. The media feeds from the default paper source. • Single—Feeds one sheet of media from the selected source. to return to OUTPUT BIN TESTS. During Single tests. Previous OUTPUT BIN TESTS Feed Tests (output bins) Use these tests to verify that media can be fed to a specific output bin. 3. 2. (The output bins are displayed in the order installed on the printer. then it feeds a separate piece of media to each output bin installed. All Bin Test Feeding. you can press Stop to cancel the test.

7500-432, -632, and -832

Sensor Test (output bin)
This test is used to verify that a specific output bin’s sensors are working correctly. To run the Output Bin Sensor Test:

Previous

1. Touch OUTPUT BIN TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Sensor Test.
The panel displays each installed bin, one bin per line. When you select an output bin, the panel displays the selected output bin in the header row, and then displays the name of each of the bin’s sensors. You must select a specific sensor from this list in order to view and toggle the sensor’s state. After selecting a specific sensor, [Sensor Name] Testing... the sensor’s name in the header row appears on the display and, below the header row, the sensor’s name and current state. The table below indicates which sensors are available in each output bin. Std bin full exit1 Std bin full exit2 Fin upper bin full Stacker bin level1 Stacker bin level2

Next

Go Back

Output Bin Standard Bin

Output Bin 1

Output Bin 2

When you select a specific sensor, the sensor’s current state (Open or Closed) appears on the display. You can manipulate the printer in such a way as to actuate the selected sensor. Closed appears on the display when the sensor is closed, or Open when the sensor is open. If the wrong message is displayed, then the sensor must be malfunctioning. Press Stop to exit the test.

FINISHER TESTS
Staple Test
This test is used to verify the functioning of the finisher’s staple mechanism. To run the Staple Test

1. Touch FINISHER TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Staple Test.
The printer feeds eight pieces of media from the default input source to the output bin that supports stapling. After all eight pieces of media are deposited, the device staples the packet. While this test runs, Staple Test Running... appears on the display. Press Stop to cancel the test.

Diagnostic aids

3-13

7500-432, -632, and -832

Hole Punch Test
This test is used to verify that media can be fed to a finisher output bin and then hole punched. No information is printed on the feed test pages. To run the Hole Punch Test:

Previous

Next

1. Touch FINISHER TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Hole Punch Test.
Go Back

Eight sheets of paper are fed, and then the pages are hole-punched with a 2-hole or 3-hole pattern depending on the selected punch test. Media is initially requested from the default input source and then output to the Finisher output bin. The Hole Punch Test cannot be canceled. No buttons are active during this test. During the test, Hole Punch Test Running... appears on the display. After completion of the test, the display returns to the Hole Punch Test screen.

Feed Tests (Finisher)
This test is used to verify that media can be fed to a finisher output bin. This test feeds one sheet of media from the printer’s default input source to a finisher output bin. The device can perform this test using any paper size that is supported by the finisher. No information is printed on the test page. To run the Feed Test:

1. Touch FINISHER TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Feed Tests.
You cannot specify the output bin to which the device will feed the test page. Once begun, the Feed Test cannot be canceled. No buttons are active during the test. During this test, Feed Test Running... appears on the display.

Sensor Test (Finisher)
This test verifies that the sensors in the finisher are operating properly. To run the Feed Test:

1. Touch FINISHER TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Sensor Test.
The option’s name in the header row and each of the option’s sensors below the header row appear on the display. You must select a specific sensor from this list in order to view and toggle the sensor’s state. After selecting a specific sensor, [Sensor Name] Testing... appears on the display with the sensor’s current state below this message. The tables below indicate which sensors are available for testing. Available Cover and Door Sensors Sensor Name Cover F bridge top Door G finisher front Surface H finisher eject Description Sensor (bridge unit top cover interlock) Switch (finisher front door interlock) Switch (eject cover interlock)

3-14 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Available Bin Level Sensors Sensor Name Fin upper bin full Stacker bin level1 Stacker bin level2 Stacker bin upper limit Stacker bin no media Stacker bin level encod Available Media Path 1 Sensors Sensor Name Bridge media entrance Bridge media exit Finisher media enter Buffer path Upper media exit Lower media exit Compiler media in Available Media Path 2 Sensors Sensor Name Diverter gate Front tamper hp Rear tamper hp Eject clamp hp Media eject shaft hp Available Punch and Staple Sensors Sensor Name Punch side reg1 Punch side reg2 Punch box set Punch waste full Low staple Punch carriage shift hp Punch unit hp Stapler carriage shift hp Punch cam front Punch hole select Description Sensor (punch unit side reg 1) Sensor (punch unit side reg 2) Sensor (punch waste box set) Sensor (punch waste box full) Sensor (low staple) Sensor (punch carriage shift HP) Sensor (punch unit HP) Sensor (stapler carriage HP) Sensor (punch unit cam front) Sensor (punch hole select) Description Sensor (diverter gate) Sensor (front tamper HP) Sensor (rear tamper HP) Sensor (media eject clamp HP) Sensor (media eject shaft HP) Description Sensor (bridge media entrance) Sensor (bridge unit exit) Sensor (finisher media enter) Sensor (buffer path) Sensor (upper media exit) Sensor (lower media exit) Sensor (complier media in) Description Sensor (upper media bin full) Sensor (stacker bin level 1) Sensor (stacker bin level 2) Sensor (stacker bin upper limit) Sensor (stacker bin no media) Sensor (stacker bin level encoder)

Previous

Next

Go Back

Diagnostic aids

3-15

7500-432, -632, and -832

After selecting one of the available sensors, you can manually toggle the sensor between its two values (Open or Closed). Open appears on the display when the sensor is open, and Closed when the sensor is closed. Press Stop to exit the test.

Previous

BASE SENSOR TEST
This test verifies that the sensors in the base machine are operating properly. To run the Base Sensor Test: Touch BASE SENSOR TEST from the Diagnostics Menu. The panel displays BASE SENSOR TEST in the header row and the following categories of sensors below the header row:

Next

Go Back

• • • •

Cover and Door Devices Exit Level Media Path

After you select a category of sensors, the panel displays the name of the selected category in the header row and each sensor in that category. You must select a specific sensor from this list to view and toggle the sensor’s state. After you select a specific sensor, [Sensor Name] Testing... appears on the display and displays the sensor’s name in the header row and the sensor’s name and current state appears below the header row. Cover and Door Sensors Sensor Name Door A printer left Door B printer left/lower Door C 2TM/TTM left Door D duplex left Door E exit 2 left Door J front Door K HCF top Device Present Functions Sensor Name PC unit present Exit2 present Exit Level Sensors Sensor Name Std bin full exit 1 Std bin full exit 2 Description Sensor (std bin full exit 1) Sensor (std bin full exit 2) Description Indicates the PC cartridge is installed Indicates the exit 2 unit assembly is installed Description Switch (printer left door interlock) Switch (left lower door interlock) Switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) Switch (duplex left door interlock) Switch (exit 2 left door interlock) Switch (printer front door interlock) Switch (HCF top door interlock)

3-16 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Media Path Sensors Sensor Name Registration Fuser exit Exit1 shift hp Exit2 Exit2 shift hp Description Sensor (registration) Sensor (fuser exit) Sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) Sensor (exit 2) Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP)

Previous

Next

Go Back

To test any of the displayed sensors, you must manipulate the appropriate area of the printer so the sensor’s value will toggle. If the panel inaccurately displays the sensor’s status, then the sensor must be malfunctioning. Press Stop to cancel the test. Base Sensor Test Canceled appears on the display.

DEVICE TESTS
Quick Disk Test
This test performs a non-destructive read/write on one block per track on the disk. To run the Quick Disk Test:

1. Touch DEVICE TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Quick Disk Test.
Quick Disk Test Testing... appears on the display. This test cannot be canceled. After the test finishes, either Quick Disk Test Passed or Quick Disk Test Failed appears on the display. This message remains until you touch Back.

Disk Test/Clean
This test performs a low-level format of the hard disk. Warning: This test destroys all data on the disk and should never be performed on a good disk. Use this test only when the disk contains bad data and is unusable. When this test completes, the disk automatically initializes with a new file system; therefore it is unnecessary to format the disk. To run the Disk Test/Clean Test:

1. Touch DEVICE TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Disk Test/Clean Test.
Contents will be lost. Continue? appears on the display. To exit this test and return to DEVICE TESTS, touch No. This is your only chance to exit this test; once the test has begun, it cannot be stopped.

Diagnostic aids

3-17

7500-432, -632, and -832

While this test runs, the following graphic appears:

Previous

Next

Formatting Disk 1/1 0%

Go Back

DO NOT POWER OFF

This test cannot be interrupted once it has begun. After the test finishes, either Disk Test/Clean Test Passed or Disk Test/Clean Test Failed appears on the display. Press Stop to clear the final message and return to DEVICE TESTS.

3-18 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

PRINTER SETUP
To enter the PRINTER SETUP screen, touch PRINTER SETUP from the Diagnostics Menu. The following graphic appears on the display:

Previous

PRINTER SETUP
Defaults Printed Page Count Perm Page Count Serial Number Envelope Entrance Engine Setting 1

Next

U.S.
Go Back

24 0
NV26T470

Medium 0

?
Defaults

Submit

Back

The value of this setting determines whether the printer uses the US or Non-US factory default value for the printer settings listed below: Printer Setting Paper Sizes (applies only to input sources which do not have hardware size sensing capability) Envelope Size (applies only to envelope feeding sources which do not have hardware size sensing capability) PCL Symbol Set PPDS Code Page Universal Units of Measure US Value Letter Non-US Value A4

10 Envelope

DL Envelope

PC-8 437 Inches

PC-850 850 Millimeters

Touch Submit to change the value of this setting, then the display returns to the Diagnostics menu. To return to the PRINTER SETUP menu without changing the value of this setting, touch Back.

Diagnostic aids

3-19

7500-432, -632, and -832

Printed Page Count
The value of this setting enables you to gauge the amount of usage on a device. The Printed Page Count cannot be reset by the servicer.

Previous

Permanent Page Count
The value of this setting indicates the total number of pages that have been printed by the printer.

Next

Go Back

The Permanent Page Count cannot be reset.

Serial Number
This printer setting records the printer’s serial number that was assigned by the manufacturer. When you select this setting, a replica of a keyboard appears on the display that enables you to edit the serial number.

Engine Setting 1 to 16
These settings are used by Engine code ECs to fix field problems. Warning: Do not change these settings unless requested to do so by your next level of support.

Model Name
The model name can only be viewed and cannot be changed.

Configuration ID
The two configuration IDs are used to communicate information about certain areas of the printer that cannot be determined using hardware sensors. The configuration IDs are originally set at the manufacturer, however you may need to reset Configuration ID 1 or Configuration ID 2 when you replace the printer engine card assembly. This printer uses two Configuration IDs, each of which consists of eight digits. The first seven digits in each ID are hexadecimal numbers while the last digit is a checksum of the preceding seven hexadecimal digits. Each ID can contain a combination of the digits 0 through 9 and the characters A to F. If the printer’s firmware detects that either of the printer’s Configuration IDs has not been defined or is invalid, then the following occurs:

1. The firmware automatically uses the Configuration IDs defined for the printer’s standard model. 2. The Configuration ID setting is the only item that appears when you open the Diagnostics menu. 3. When the printer is not in Diagnostics mode, Check Config ID appears on the display.
Note: Each of the above conditions will remain until a valid value is entered for Configuration ID 1 and Configuration ID 2.

3-20 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

The Configuration ID setting allows you to set both Configuration IDs simultaneously. To set one or both Configuration IDs:

Previous

1. From the PRINTER SETUP menu, touch the icon to the right of the Configuration ID menu item. The
screen displays the value of both Configuration IDs. By default, the cursor appears on the Configuration ID 1 line.
Next

vga

Config ID1 CC 00 01 81 Config ID2 B0 55 70 0C 1 2 3 a b
Go Back

4

5

6

c

d

7

8

9

e

f

0

?

Submit

Back

2. To change the value of Configuration ID 1, touch the Backspace key to erase any of the existing
characters. Then enter the correct ID using the number and letter keys that appear on the screen.

3. To edit the value of Configuration ID 2, touch a section of the display screen that appears inside of the text 4.
box containing the current value of Configuration ID 2. The cursor appears in the text box containing the current value of Configuration ID 2. To change the value of Configuration ID 2, touch the Backspace key to erase any of the existing characters. Then enter the correct ID using the number and letter keys that appear on the screen.

Note: To exit the Configuration ID screen and return to the PRINTER SETUP menu, touch Back. Note: Although it is recommended that all unused and reserved bits be set to zero, the code will not validate or enforce this condition.

5. To save the values of both Configuration IDs, touch Submit. The printer validates both IDs. If either ID is
invalid, the printer posts Invalid ID, discards any changes, and displays the original Configuration IDs. If both IDs are valid, the printer automatically returns to the PRINTER SETUP menu.

Edge to Edge
When this setting is On, the text and graphics are shifted to the physical edges of the paper for all margins. When this setting is Off, the normal margins are restored.

Enable Edge to Edge Copy
This is the end of the PRINTER SETUP.

Diagnostic aids

3-21

7500-432, -632, and -832

REPORTS
The Reports prints the Menu Setting Page.

Previous

EVENT LOG
Next

The exact number of events recorded in the Event Log will vary since each event requires a different amount of storage space. When the Event Log requires more space to record an event, it overwrites the oldest currently logged event(s) and inserts the new event into the first log position. Consecutive log entries may be identical if the same event occurred twice in a row. The Event Log records the following types of events:

Go Back

• • • • • •

All 9xx Service Errors 2xx Paper Jams Maintenance Count Resets NV Resets JFFS2 Partition Format (Security Files) JFFS2 Partition Format (BookmarkMgrData)

Touch EVENT LOG from the Diagnostics Menu, and the following options are displayed: Display Log Print Log Clear Log

Display the Event Log
Note: The displayed version of the Event Log shows only a subset of the information contained in the Diagnostics version of the printed Event Log. For the most comprehensive information about each logged event, print the Event Log. See “Print the Event Log” on page 3-24. Touch Display Log, and a graphic similar to the following appears on the display:

Each logged event is identified by the text that appeared when the event occurred. For instance, if the log recorded a 900 Service Error, the Display Log would show 900 Service RIP Software. Log entries appear in chronological order.

3-22 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

If additional log entries exist, touch to view the next log entries. Continue following this procedure until you reach the end of the logged entries. To view earlier log entries, touch . Touch Back to return to the EVENT LOG.

Previous

Next

Go Back

Diagnostic aids

3-23

7500-432, -632, and -832

Print the Event Log
Each page of the printed Event Log report has the title Event Log at the top of each page followed by the model name and serial number. The following is a sample of a printed Event Log:

Previous

Model and Serial number Printer information Panel display when error occurred Page count Earliest error code

Next
X854e

XXX-XXXX

Go Back

Next error code

As the Event Log report prints, Printing EVENT LOG appears on the display.

Clear the Event Log
To clear the Event Log:

1. Touch Event Log from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Clear Log.
Yes and No appears on the menu. If you touch Yes, Deleting EVENT LOG appears on the display and erases all Event Log information, including information from the printed report. Touch No to cancel deletion and return to the EVENT LOG menu, or touch Back to exit Clear Log and return to the EVENT LOG menu.

3-24 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

SCANNER TESTS
ASIC Test
This operation performs a diagnostic test on the scanner ASIC that cycles through all of the scanner ASIC's memory. To perform the ASIC Test:

Previous

Next

Go Back

1. Touch SCANNER TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch ASIC Test.
During this test, ASIC Test Running... appears on the display. At the completion of this test, ASIC Test Passed or ASIC Test Failed appears on the display. To clear the message, press Stop .

Feed Test
This test continuously executes flatbed and/or ADF scans but does not produce any printed output. To perform the Feed Test:

1. Touch SCANNER TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. 2. Touch Feed Test.
You are prompted to select a paper size for the ADF. For flatbed scans, the full length of the flatbed is traversed. The device decides whether to run the flatbed or the ADF according to the following flowchart:

Paper in ADF? Yes

No

Scan all pages from the ADF, assuring selected paper size.

Scan the full length of the flatbed.

During the test, Running... Flatbed:xxxxx ADF:xxxxx appears on the display. The Flatbed number increases each time the scanner performs a flatbed scan, and the ADF number increases each time the scanner performs an ADF scan. Press Stop to end this test.

If an error occurs (such as a scanner jam), Feed Test Failed Flatbed:xxxxx ADF:xxxxx appears on the display. To clear the message, press Stop .

Diagnostic aids

3-25

7500-432, -632, and -832

Scanner Manual Registration
Note: All scanner and ADF manual registration alignment verifications must be done in standard user mode, not in configuration or diagnostic mode. Note: You should verify the printer registration alignment before conducting the manual scanner registration process. For information on the printer registration process, see “REGISTRATION” on page 3-36. You can adjust the device's scanner and ADF registration through a manual process. Perform this operation when any of the following events occur:

Previous

Next

Go Back

• • • • •

The scanner controller card has been replaced. (Refer to the settings label on the rear of the machine.) The flatbed scanner unit assembly has been replaced. The ADF unit assembly has been replaced. The CCD card/lens assembly has been replaced. Symptoms indicate that the scanner is not properly aligned.

Printing the registration test original page
Perform this process to acquire the registration test original page. This is the page required to align the registration for the flatbed scanner and ADF side 1 and ADF side 2.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Ensure the printer media tray registration in all trays is set correctly. Enter configuration menu. Go to “Configuration Menu” on page 3-33. Touch REGISTRATION. Touch Quick Test. At this time the registration test original page will be printed.

The registration test original page should appear as shown in graphic below:

3-26 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Testing the manual scanner registration
Note: Machine must be in Standard User Mode. To properly position the registration test original page on the flatbed scanner and the ADF side 1 and ADF side 2, follow the graphic below: Warning: Ensure that the registration test original page is properly positioned according to the diagrams or registration and margins cannot be properly adjusted.

Previous

Next

Go Back 1. Place the registration test original page on the flatbed scanner according to the graphic below. 2. Make a copy of the registration test original page, and mark it “Flatbed.” 3. Place the registration test original page, image side up, in the ADF according to the diagram below. This will be

4. 5. 6. 7.

the ADF side 1 registration test. Make a copy of the registration test original page, and mark it “ADF side 1.” Place the registration test original page, image side down, in the ADF according to the diagram below. This will be the ADF side 2 registration test. Select “2 sided to 2 sided” while in copy mode to ensure that the rear side of the test original is copied. Make a copy of the registration test original page, and mark it “ADF side 2.” Note: You should now have three test copies of the registration test original page.

Leading edges Flatbed

Device Information

Lexmark X000 Quick Test

MARGIN

ADF side 1

00 X0 ion ark st Te mat Lexm ck e Infor Qui
MA RG IN SETTIN GS

De

vic

ADF side 2

Diagnostic aids

3-27

7500-432, -632, and -832

Analyzing the manual scanner registration copies
1. To analyze the manual scanner registration of the flatbed, ADF side 1, and ADF side 2, hold the test copy
according to the diagram below.

Previous

Next

Go Back

2. Compare the three copies to the registration test original page for image placement. Ideally, the image
should be centered on the page by measuring the paper edge arrows or the black lines with a ruler.

3. If the leading and side margin edges are out of adjustment, then proceed to manually adjust the scanner
and/or ADF side 1 and ADF side 2 registration. Note: Margin tolerance is +/- 2 mm.

Manually adjusting the scanner's registration
1. Enter Diagnostics Menu. Go to “Diagnostics Menu” on page 3-1. 2. Touch SCANNER TESTS. 3. Touch Scanner Manual Registration .
Note: Refer to analyzing the manual scanner registration copies. See “Analyzing the manual scanner registration copies” on page 3-28.

4. Make required adjustments, and touch Submit.
Note: All reference to Side Registration in the graphic below, refers to the left side edge.

5. Turn the machine off, and then back on in order to make a copy. 3-28 MFP Service Manual

184 0 .7500-432. 2Decreasing Diagnostic aids 3-29 . -632. Using the registration test original page.214 Units 1/300 inch 1/300 inch 1/300 inch 1/300 inch 1/300 inch 1/300 inch Next Go Back Registration5 4 ADF Side2 Lead Registration5 1Each increment of adjustment corresponds to: • 1 scan at 300 dpi for the Lead Margin setting or • 1 pel at 300 dpi for each Side Margin setting the registration value moves the text toward the left side edge of the page. Previous The panel displays the following settings: Margin Setting Flatbed Side Registration2 Flatbed Lead Registration3 ADF Side1 Side Registration ADF Side1 Lead ADF Side2 Side Registration 4 Range 1 0 . therefore. no compression or expansion of the image occurs to preserve the left side margin. ADF side 2 to verify adjustments for accuracy.240 0 .214 0 . If further adjustments are required. re-enter Diagnostic Menu and repeat items 2 through 6 as needed. make a copy using the flatbed scanner and the ADF side 1 and 7. The entire image moves left or right on the page.240 16 . and -832 6. increasing the registration value moves the text away from the left side edge of the page.240 0 .

An example of this label is shown below. 5 4 3 Previous Next Go Back Scanner manual registration factory defaults The factory scanner manual registration default settings are located on a label at the rear of the machine. no compression or expansion of the image occurs to preserve the lead margin. increasing the registration value moves the text toward the lead edge of the page and narrows the lead margin. Touch Submit to save the changes. Decreasing the registration value moves text away from the lead edge of the page and widens the lead margin.. Submitting Changes. Touch Back to return to the Scanner Manual Registration screen without saving changes. -632.7500-432. The entire image moves up or down on the page. They may not match the label attached to the rear of the machine. Note: The values listed below should be consider examples. therefore. Use the label values to reset the factory default settings when the current settings appear to be extremely out of range. Decreasing the registration value moves the text away from the left side edge of the page. no compression or expansion of the image occurs to preserve the left side margin. no compression or expansion of the image occurs to preserve the lead margin. Chain-Function 715-050 715-053 711-140 711-141 715-110 715-111 Values 89 127 183 193 124 127 Use the following diagram to cross reference the chain-function on the label to the text on the touch screen found in diagnostic mode when resetting the scanner manual registration factory default values. Chain-Function 715-050 715-053 711-140 711-141 715-110 715-111 Values 89 127 183 193 124 127 Touch screen description Flatbed lead registration Flatbed side registration ADF side 1 lead registration ADF side 2 lead registration ADF side 1 side registration ADF side 2 side registration 3-30 MFP Service Manual . The entire image moves up or down on the page. therefore. increasing the registration value moves the text toward the left side edge of the page. appears on the display. and -832 Decreasing the registration value moves the text toward the lead edge of the page and narrows the lead margin. therefore.. increasing the registration value moves the text away from the lead edge of the page and widens the lead margin. The entire image moves left or right on the page.

and -832 Sensor Test (Scanner Tests) To perform the Sensor Test: Previous 1. Touch SCANNER TESTS from the Diagnostics Menu. Next Go Back Diagnostic aids 3-31 . Touch Sensor Test. 2.7500-432. -632. The following example appears on the display: Platen length APS 1 Platen length APS 2 ADF left cover interlock ADF pre registration ADF registration Sheet through ADF inverter Tray media width 1 Tray media width 2 Tray media width 3 ADF width APS 1 ADF width APS 2 ADF width APS 3 Tray media length 1 Tray media length 2 Pick roll position HP Document set ADF angle Scanner HP Platen interlock Press Stop to return to the SCANNER TESTS.

-632. and -832 Exiting Diagnostics Menu From the Diagnostics Menu. and the following graphic appears on the display: Previous Next Go Back 3-32 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. touch Back until a graphic appears with Exit Diag Menu in the lower right corner. Touch Exit Diag Menu to perform a POR.

See “FB Edge Erase” on page 3-42. See “Paper Prompts” on page 3-44. See “Panel Menus” on page 3-40. -632. See “Min Copy Memory” on page 3-41. 4. Previous Next Go Back Available menus Maintenance Count Value Reset Maintenance Counter REGISTRATION Top Margin Tray 1 Left Margin Tray 2 Left Margin Tray 3 Left Margin (if installed) Tray 4 Left Margin (if installed) Tray 5 Left Margin (if installed) Quick Test Print Quality Pages SIZE SENSING Tray 1 Sensing Tray 2 Sensing Tray 3 Sensing (if installed) Tray 4 Sensing (if installed) Tray 5 Sensing (if installed) Statement/A5 Executive/B5 Panel Menus PPDS Emulation Factory Defaults Energy Conserve Min Copy Memory Format Fax Storage EVENT LOG ADF Edge Erase FB Edge Erase Paper Prompts Envelope Prompts Jobs On Disk Disk Encryption See “A5/Statement” on page 3-40. See “Energy Conserve” on page 3-41. See “Reset Maintenance Counter” on page 3-35. See “Format Fax Storage” on page 3-42. See “Envelope Prompts” on page 3-44. See “EVENT LOG (Configuration Menu)” on page 3-42. See “REGISTRATION” on page 3-36. See “Jobs On Disk” on page 3-44. See “Quick Test” on page 3-37. See “Print Quality Pages (Configuration Menu)” on page 3-38. See “Disk Encryption” on page 3-44. Diagnostic aids 3-33 .7500-432. See “Energy Conserve” on page 3-41. See “SIZE SENSING” on page 3-39. See “B5/Executive” on page 3-40. 2. and -832 Configuration Menu Entering Configuration Menu 1. See “Maintenance Counter Value” on page 3-35. Turn off the printer. Release the buttons after 10 seconds. See “PPDS Emulation” on page 3-40. 3. Press and hold the 2 and 6 buttons simultaneously. Turn on the printer. See “ADF Edge Erase” on page 3-42.

See “Require Standby” on page 3-50. -632.7500-432. See “LES Applications” on page 3-50. See “Tray Low Message” on page 3-50. See “Short Edge Printing” on page 3-50. Previous Next Go Back 3-34 MFP Service Manual . See “Exiting Configuration Menu” on page 3-52. See “Key Repeat Initial Delay” on page 3-51. and -832 Wipe Disk Font Sharpening Require Standby Short edge Printing Tray Low Message LES Application Key Repeat Initial Delay Key Repeat Rate Booklet Adjustments Exiting Configuration Menu See “Exiting Configuration Menu” on page 3-52. See “Key Repeat Rate” on page 3-51. See “Booklet Adjustments” on page 3-51. See “Font Sharpening” on page 3-49.

Whenever this count reaches 300. The panel displays the current value of the maintenance counter as illustrated below: vga Previous Next Go Back Maintenance Counter Value: 20 ? Touch Back to return to the Configuration Menu. Back Reset Maintenance Counter After scheduled maintenance. A print job containing a single printed side will increment the Maintenance Count by one while a print job containing two printed sides (a duplex print job) will increment it by two. reset the Maintenance Counter. and Yes and No appears in a menu below the header. touch Back or No.000. the printer posts an intervention and a status indicator.7500-432. touch Yes. After installing the required maintenance kit. 3. To view the Maintenance Counter Value. All other button presses are ignored. Diagnostic aids 3-35 . touch Maintenance Counter Value from the Configuration Menu. 2. that notifies the user that scheduled maintenance is recommended. To cancel the reset operation. To reset the maintenance page counter to zero: 1. -632. To initiate the reset operation. Reset Maintenance Counter appears in the header. and -832 Maintenance Counter Value The Maintenance Page Count is used to track general printer usage. reset this count to zero. 4. Touch Reset Maintenance Counter from the Configuration Menu. 80 scheduled maintenance.

• Establish a unique Left Margin setting for each installed paper tray. See “Entering Configuration Menu” on page 3-33. Enter Configuration Menu. The current margin settings appear on the display. you move that tray’s left margin either to the right or to the left. you move the top margin of all installed paper trays either up or down the page. This setting allows separate Left Margin settings for each media tray. By adjusting the Left Margin setting of a specific paper tray.7500-432. 3-36 MFP Service Manual . and -832 REGISTRATION Print registration makes sure the printing is properly aligned on the page.) Previous Next Go Back The Registration menu item enables you to: • Establish the Top Margin setting for all installed paper trays. Touch REGISTRATION from the Configuration Menu. By adjusting the Top Margin setting. -632. (The Top Margin setting is the same for all trays.

-632. Quick Test The Quick Test verifies that the Registration margin values of the device's default input source are set appropriately. code levels. and print registration settings Diagnostic aids 3-37 . Touch 2. 4. decreasing the registration value moves text down the page and narrows the top margin.7500-432. The panel displays the setting's name in the header and [setting's current value] in a menu below the header row. The printed Quick Test page consists of: • • • • Alignment diamonds Horizontal lines used for skew adjustment General printer information to include current page count and installed memory The printer’s serial number. The entire image moves left or right on the page. Touch REGISTRATION from the Configuration Menu. Touch Quick Test. It also happens when one of the Margins above is adjusted. While the Quick Test page prints. therefore. The entire image moves up or down the page. Units 1/300 inch 1/300 inch 1/300 inch 1/300 inch 1/300 inch 1/300 inch Go Back Next Tray 1 Left Margin Tray 2 Left Margin Tray 3 Left Margin Tray 4 Left Margin Tray 5 Left Margin Quick Test 1 Each increment of adjustment corresponds to: • 1 scan at 300 dpi for the Top Margin setting or • 1 pel at 300 dpi for each Left Margin setting 2Increasing the registration value moves text up the page and widens the top margin. no compression or expansion of the image occurs to preserve the right margin. no compression or expansion of the image occurs to preserve the bottom margin. Margin Setting Top Margin 2 3 Previous Range 1 0—50 -50—50 -50—50 -50—50 -50—50 -50—50 This cannot be adjusted. Touch Back to return to REGISTRATION. Printing Alignment Page appears on the display. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. Touch Back again to return to the Configuration Menu. Touch Submit to save the change. 3. at this time an alignment page will print. The device prints a Quick Test page from the appropriate paper tray. and -832 Perform a Quick Test. the registration value moves the margin to the left. decreasing the registration value moves the margin to the right. 2. Touch to decrease the value and to increase the value. 3. See “Quick Test” on page 3-10. to the right of the appropriate margin setting. 4. but is an option in the Registration Menu. therefore. To print the Quick Test page: 1. To change the value of any of the margin settings: 3Increasing 1.

appears on the display. No buttons are active while the Quick Test page is printing. that is. Touch Print Quality Pages from the Configuration Menu. To print the Print Quality Pages: 1. 2. the Machine Class ID of its cartridge must match the Machine Class ID stored in the printer’s NVRAM. 3-38 MFP Service Manual . the printer stops printing and Load [Input Source] with [Paper Type] [Paper Size] IR appears on the display. The limited (Configuration) and the full (Diagnostics) printed versions of this report display the same panel messages when they print and follow the same layout guidelines. In this case. the printer automatically uses media from Tray 1. appears on the display. Touch Back to return to the Configuration Menu. and -832 The printer always uses media from its default input source to print this test. the device enforces the toner cartridge lockout mechanism. except when the default source supports only envelopes.or A4-size paper. the panel returns to REGISTRATION. If the default input source is empty. print the Quick Test on letter. When printing finishes..7500-432.. Quick Test Printing. Previous Next While the Quick Test prints. Note: When this report is printed from the Configuration Menu. -632.. Go Back Print Quality Pages (Configuration Menu) This entry enables you to print a report that contains a limited set of the information that appears in the Diagnostics version of the Print Quality Pages report. Printing Quality Test Pages. To generate the most accurate and useful registration information..

Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. Touch SIZE SENSING from the Configuration Menu. the printer ignores the size detected by the hardware and treats the input source as a non-sensing source. When this setting is turned Off. Diagnostic aids 3-39 . SIZE SENSING Tray 1 Sensing Tray 2 Sensing Tray 3 Sensing Tray 4 Sensing Auto Auto Auto Auto ? Submit Back 2. and -832 SIZE SENSING This setting controls whether the printer automatically registers the size of paper installed in an input source equipped with size sensing hardware. The media size can be set by the operator panel or the data stream. every input option equipped with size sensing hardware automatically registers what size paper it contains. Size sensing Input source Length Multipurpose feeder (integrated MPF) Tray 1 (integrated 500-sheet drawer) Tray 2 (integrated 500-sheet drawer) Tray 3 (integrated TTM 850-sheet drawer) Tray 4 (integrated TTM 1150-sheet drawer) Tray 3 (optional 2TM 500-sheet drawer) Tray 4 (optional 2TM 500-sheet drawer) Tray 5 (optional HCF 2000-sheet drawer) To change the value of this setting: ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Width ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Previous Next Go Back 1. By turning this setting to Auto. 4. Touch Submit to save the change. Touch or to scroll through the setting's other possible values. The screen displays each size sensing equipped input source and its current Size Sensing value. -632. 3.7500-432.

[setting's current value] display. This setting will apply to all automatic trays. The value of this setting determines which of the two paper sizes these trays will sense automatically. The following table indicates how the value of this setting affects the user default value for the Smartswitch and Printer Language settings: Value of PPDS Emulation setting Activate Resulting value of Smartswitch setting (all ports) Off Resulting value for Printer Language settings PPDS Emulation Note: You can still switch languages on the operator panel or through the PJL ENTER LANGUAGE command. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. The MP Feeder can support these paper sizes regardless of the value of this setting. 3. appears on the 3-40 MFP Service Manual . Go Back Panel Menus Selections are to Disable or Enable (default) operator panel menus. The current value of this setting appears in parentheses to the right of the setting on the Configuration Menu screen. Touch Submit to save the change. To change the value of this setting: 1. 2. Touch Submit to save the change. 2. Touch PPDS Emulation from the Configuration Menu. This setting will apply to all automatic trays. Deactivate On Printer's factory default value To change the value of this setting: 1. Touch or to scroll through the setting's possible values. Trays 1 through 4 in cannot simultaneously sense executive and JIS-B5-size paper. Touch Panel Menus from the Configuration Menu. 3. The value of this setting determines which of the two paper sizes these trays will sense automatically. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. Touch or to scroll through the setting's other possible values. but not to the MP Feeder.and statement-size paper. but not to the MP Feeder. Trays 1 through 4 cannot simultaneously sense A5. [setting's current value] touch screen. 4. The MP Feeder can support these paper sizes regardless of the value of this setting.7500-432. Previous Next B5/Executive Due to engine limitations. and -832 A5/Statement Due to engine limitations. 4. -632. appears on the PPDS Emulation The value of the PPDS Emulation menu item determines if a device can recognize and use the PPDS datastream.

[setting's current value] touch screen. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. and -832 Factory Defaults Warning: This operation cannot be undone. [setting's current value] touch screen. 4. If Off is selected in the Energy Conserve menu. The following settings are not changed: Go Back • Display Language (general settings) • Network/Ports Menu • Standard USB. This setting enables you to restore all of the printer’s settings to the base printer settings. 2. or to remove all Lexmark Embedded Solutions applications (LES). the network settings. Touch Min Copy Memory from the Configuration Menu. Touch or to scroll through the setting's possible values. Touch Submit to save the change. -632. The device immediately performs a POR and restores the appropriate settings to their factory default values. 2. Touch Restore Base to restore all non-critical base printer NVRAM settings. When you select either value. 3. that is. USB (x) Menus (if an ENA is installed) Energy Conserve This menu controls what values appear on the Power Saver menu. Touch Submit to save the change. Touch to decrease the setting's value. Touch Restore Network to restore all network NVRAM settings. To change this setting: 1. appears on the Min Copy Memory Values will only be displayed if the amount of installed DRAM is at least twice the amount of the value. at least 200 MB of installed DRAM is required to display the 100 MB selection. appears on the Diagnostic aids 3-41 . 4. Restoring Factory Defaults appears on the display and then Resetting the Device. 3. the Power Saver feature cannot be disabled. To change this setting: 1. Touch Energy Conserve from the Configuration Menu. 2. To restore the Factory Default settings: Previous Next 1. 3. then Disabled appears in the Power Saver menu. touch to increase the setting's value. Touch Factory Defaults from the Configuration Menu. If On is set in the Energy Conserve menu.7500-432. and Power Saver can be turned off. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu.

Touch EVENT LOG from the Configuration Menu. 3. The larger of the 2 mm no-print border and the Edge Erase setting will be used in this situation. However. the size of a border around the scanned image that will be erased. 2. If no advanced password exists. [setting's current value] touch screen. Touch to increase the value or Touch Submit to save the change. See “EVENT LOG” on page 3-22. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. the printed page will have a 2 mm no-print border. ADF Edge Erase The ADF Edge Erase and FB Edge Erase settings specify. in millimeters. Formatting Fax Flash DO NOT POWER OFF appears on the display while the format operation is active. you can establish one by using the keyboard that appears on the display. Touch FB Edge Erase from the Configuration Menu. Touch Back to return to the Configuration Menu. and -832 Format Fax Storage This setting enables you to format the non-volatile storage used for storing faxes. appears on the FB Edge Erase The ADF Edge Erase and FB Edge Erase settings specify. the event log printed from the Diagnostics Menu does include this information. Touch Format Fax Storage from the Configuration Menu. 3. For copies. Touch Submit to save the change. Touch to increase the value or to decrease the value. The larger of the 2 mm no-print border and the Edge Erase setting will be used in this situation. -632. Next Go Back 2. [setting's current value] appears on the to decrease the value.7500-432. To change this setting: Previous 1. 2. To change this setting: 1. EVENT LOG (Configuration Menu) This entry enables you to print a report that contains a limited set of the information that appears in the Diagnostics version of the Event Log report. 3-42 MFP Service Manual . To print the Event Log: 1. in millimeters. 3. To change this setting: 1. Touch Print Log. Touch Submit to save the change. Note: If an advanced password has been established. The limited (Configuration) and the full (Diagnostics) printed versions of this report display the same panel messages when they print and follow the same layout guidelines. Touch ADF Edge Erase from the Configuration Menu. you must enter this password in order to change the setting. 4. the size of a border around the scanned image that will be erased. touch screen. Note: An event log printed from the Configuration Menu will not contain debug information or secondary codes for 900 service errors. 2. the printed page will have a 2 mm no-print border. For copies. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu.

and -832 4. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu.7500-432. -632. Previous Next Go Back Diagnostic aids 3-43 .

touch Submit. 3. touch to increase the setting's value. To change this setting: 1. Disk Encryption This setting determines if the printer encrypts the information that it writes to the hard disk. To exit this screen without changing the setting's value. If you remove an encrypted disk from a device and then try to install another disk. If no advanced password exists. 3. Disk Corrupted. This setting controls the tray the user is directed to fill. Touch Jobs On Disk from the Configuration Menu. 2.7500-432. Touch Paper Prompts from the Configuration Menu. 3. touch Submit. and Manual Paper. Note: If an advanced password has been established. 2. To exit this screen without changing the setting's value. MP Feeder. [setting's current value] screen. a prompt is sent to the user to load paper in a tray. you can establish one by using the keyboard that appears on the display. All information on the disk will be unrecoverable. 4. Reformat? appears on the display. -632. and Manual Env. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. To change this setting: Previous Next 1. Touch Submit to save the change. 3-44 MFP Service Manual . To save the setting's new value. appears on the touch Jobs On Disk Jobs On Disk allows you to delete buffered jobs saved on the disk. Touch Env Prompts from the Configuration Menu. You can format the newly installed disk or remove it from the device. To change the value of this setting: 1. Envelope Prompts This setting controls the tray the user is directed to refill when specific envelope size is out. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. Warning: If the value is changed from Enable to Disable or from Disable to Enable. touch Back. 4. and -832 Paper Prompts When a tray is out of the indicated paper size. [setting's current value] appears on the Go Back 2. Touch Delete to decrease the setting's value. you must enter this password in order to change the setting. To save the setting's new value. 3. 2. The values are Disable and Enable. then the printer completely formats the hard disk. Touch Disk Encryption from the Configuration Menu. Touch or to scroll through the setting's possible values. The selections are Auto (default). Selections are Auto (default). Touch or to scroll through the setting's other possible values. To delete jobs saved on the disk: 1. MP Feeder. touch screen. touch Back.

Continue? appears on the display. Contents will be lost. The following graphic appears when the encryption process is selected: Previous Next Go Back Encrypting Disk 1/2 0% DO NOT POWER OFF The following graphic appears when the formatting process is selected: Formatting Disk 1/2 0% DO NOT POWER OFF Diagnostic aids 3-45 . Touch No to cancel or Yes to proceed.7500-432. the printer performs the selected action on the hard disk. and -832 When you touch Enable (encryption) or Disable (formatting). If you touch Yes. -632.

and -832 The panel provides many progress indicators during the two-stage process. Next When the first stage of either process completes. the printer displays either of the following graphics depending on the process selected and then begins the second stage of the process: Go Back Encrypting Disk 2/2 0% DO NOT POWER OFF 3-46 MFP Service Manual . The progress bar indicates the overall completion of the entire process by filling in throughout each separate stage. 3. -632. Previous 1.7500-432. 2. 1/2 indicates that the process is currently in the first stage. 0% indicates the progress of the current stage of the process.

To change this setting: 1. Diagnostic aids 3-47 . If no advanced password exists. -632. 2.7500-432. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. Note: If an advanced password has been established. After completion. Touch Wipe disk now. Contents will be lost. Wipe Disk This setting provides you with a tool for erasing the contents of a disk. Touch Wipe Disk from the Configuration Menu. you must enter this password in order to change the setting. the panel returns to Disk Encryption. Continue? appears on the display. Warning: Wipe Disk removes a disk's data in such a way that it cannot be recovered. and -832 Previous Next Formatting Disk 2/2 0% Go Back DO NOT POWER OFF The entire process is complete when the progress bar appears completely shaded and the percentage indicator shows 100%. you can establish one by using the keyboard that appears on the display. 3.

the device cancels the Wipe Disk process and returns to the Configuration Menu. 0% indicates the progress of the current stage of the process. If you touch Yes. 3. 2. and -832 If you touch No.7500-432. -632. The progress bar indicates the overall completion of the entire process by filling in throughout each separate stage. the following screen appears: Previous Next Wiping Disk ½ 0% Go Back DO NOT POWER OFF The panel provides the following progress indicators during the execution of this process: 1. 1/2 indicates that the process is currently in the first stage. 3-48 MFP Service Manual .

and -832 When the first stage of the process completes. and XL emulators. Touch Submit to save the change. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. Touch Font Sharpening from the Configuration Menu. Touch to increase the value or to decrease the value. To change this setting: 1. Font Sharpening This setting allows you to set a text point size below which the high frequency screens are used when printing font data. Diagnostic aids 3-49 . 2. at the default 24. all text in font sizes 24 and less will use the high frequency screens. The values for this setting range from 0 to 150. For example. the printer displays the following graphic and then begins the second stage of the process: Previous Next Wiping Disk 2/2 0% Go Back DO NOT POWER OFF The entire process is complete when the progress bar appears completely shaded and the percentage indicator shows 100%. PCL. -632. 4. This setting affects the PostScript. This function is not supported when the device generates output at 600 dpi resolution. PDF. The panel returns to the screen that shows the values for the Wipe Disk setting.7500-432. 3.

Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. The default is On. and -832 Require Standby This setting determines if the Standby Mode is On or Off. LES Applications This disables all installed Lexmark Embedded Solution applications. To change this setting: 1. If no advanced password exists. -632. Note: If an advanced password has been established. If the setting Disabled (default) is selected. 3. The Standby Mode enables the printer: Next Go Back • To consume less energy than when operating in normal mode but not as little as when operating in Power Saver • To return to the Ready state more quickly than when operating in Power Saver Short Edge Printing The default printing orientation is long edge. you can establish one by using the keyboard that appears on the display. This setting allows you to enable or prohibit short edge fed paper. the printer begins functioning in Standby Mode when it remains idle for an amount of time. 2. 3. When the setting is Enabled. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. Touch LES Applications from the Configuration Menu. The default is Enabled. To change this setting: Previous 1. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. a prompt will ask you to use the correct paper size. Touch Submit to save the change. Tray Low Message This setting allows you to disable any Tray Low warnings that the printer may register. Touching Disabled turns off the tray low prompts. 3-50 MFP Service Manual . Touch Require Standby from the Configuration Menu. To change this setting: 1. Touch Short Edge Printing from the Configuration Menu. The default is Enabled. you can feed paper either long edge or short edge. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. If Standby Mode is on. Touch Require Standby from the Configuration Menu. 3. To change this setting: 1. Touch Submit to save the change. 2. If they are fed short edge. you must enter this password in order to change the setting. 2. 3. Touch Submit to save the change. 2. letter and A4 paper can be fed only long edge. Touch Submit to save the change.7500-432.

Touch Submit to save the change. 2. 2. 6. Touch to increase the value or to decrease the value. 3. 2. Go Back Key Repeat Rate This is the number of times per second that a repeating key will repeat. Touch to increase the value or to decrease the value. 5. with a default of 15 times per second. The default is 1 second. 3. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. To adjust the folding overlap setting: 1. 4. Touch to increase the value or to decrease the value. Select the size of paper from the list. Select top or bottom overlap based on the printed output. this is the delay before the key begins repeating. Touch Submit to save the change. Booklet Adjustments The Booklet Adjustments menu is available if a booklet finisher is installed. Touch Key Repeat Initial Delay from the Configuration Menu. 7.25 seconds to 5 seconds. Touch Adjust for folding overlap. 6. -632. Select the total number of sheets from the list. 3. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. To adjust the skew setting: 1. Select top or bottom overlap based on the printed output. Touch Key Repeat Initial Delay from the Configuration Menu. 5. Touch to increase the value or to decrease the value. Values are given in increments of 0. Touch Submit to save the change. Touch Booklet Adjustments from the Configuration Menu. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. To change this setting: 1. You can select folding overlap and skew adjustments from this menu when printing booklets. 7. 8. The range is 1–100. Touch Adjust for skew during booklet making. Select the total number of sheets from the list. Select the size of paper from the list. To change this setting: Previous Next 1. Touch Back to cancel and return to the Configuration Menu. Touch Submit to save the change.25 seconds. and -832 Key Repeat Initial Delay When a key is touched repeatedly. 4. Touch Booklet Adjustments from the Configuration Menu. 4. 3. The delay ranges from 0. 8. 2. Diagnostic aids 3-51 .7500-432. 4.

touch Back until a graphic appears with Exit Config Menu in the lower right corner. -632.7500-432. and -832 Previous Exiting Configuration Menu From the Configuration Menu. Touch Exit Config Menu to exit the Configuration Menu. The printer performs a POR. and the following graphic appears on the display: Next Go Back 3-52 MFP Service Manual . Resetting the Printer appears on the display.

-632. and -832 Previous Import Print Defect Guide Here::: Next Go Back Diagnostic aids 3-53 .7500-432.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Repeating defects Previous Roll PC drum Charge roll Transfer roll Fuser heat roll Fuser pressure roll Registration roll Pitch 94 mm 44 mm 59 mm 79 mm 94 mm 44 mm Next Go Back 3-54 MFP Service Manual .

They increase the risk of damage. To prevent damage to ESD-sensitive parts. • Hold the ESD-sensitive part by its edge connector shroud (cover). Connect the wrist band to the system ground point. do not touch its pins. and furniture. • Make the least-possible movements with your body to prevent an increase of static electricity from clothing fibers. and -832 4. -632. Install machine covers when you are not working on the machine. Be extra careful in working with ESD-sensitive parts when cold-weather heating is used. because they • • • make a discharge path from your body through the ESD-sensitive part. Previous Next Handling ESD-sensitive parts Many electronic products use parts that are known to be sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). • Machine covers and metal tables are electrical grounds. Repair information Warning: Read the following before handling electronic parts. use the following instructions in addition to all the usual precautions. (Large metal objects can be discharge paths without being grounded. first put it into its special bag. if you need to put down the ESD-sensitive part for any reason. such as turning off power before removing logic boards: Go Back • Keep the ESD-sensitive part in its original shipping container (a special “ESD bag”) until you are ready to install the part into the machine.) Prevent ESD-sensitive parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel.7500-432. keep all ESD-sensitive parts in a grounded metal cabinet (case). This discharges any static electricity in your body to the machine. because low humidity increases static electricity. If you are removing a pluggable module. Repair information 4-1 . • Do not place the ESD-sensitive part on the machine cover or on a metal table. • Put the ESD wrist strap on your wrist. and do not put unprotected ESD-sensitive parts on a table. If possible. carpets. use the correct tool.

Parts removal and replacement procedures are described in this chapter. observe the assembly before starting the service. make note of their positions during service. assembly.7500-432. Note: Though the optional parts are assumed to be removed. 4-2 MFP Service Manual . To reduce the risk of injury from a hot component. Before starting service work CAUTION—HOT SURFACE: The inside of the printer might be hot. they may not be removed if not required for the purpose of service. allow the surface to cool before touching. When servicing parts for which no procedure is described. or electronic board. Note: Parts are controlled as spare parts. -632. This is a precaution for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer. Note: A wide variety of screws are used. Disconnect any connections between the printer and PCs/ peripherals. and -832 Removal procedures CAUTION—SHOCK HAZARD: Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet and then from the printer before connecting or disconnecting any cable. Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down. Previous Next Go Back CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: The printer weighs approximately 75 kg (165 lbs) and requires two or more trained personnel to lift it safely.

and -832 Printer front left cover removal 1.7500-432. 2. Remove the printer front left cover (B). 4. Previous Next Go Back A B Repair information 4-3 . Remove the one screw securing the front left cover (B) to the machine. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. 3. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. -632. Open the printer front door assembly (A).

if equipped. Remove the front inner cover. 3. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. 4. 5. Previous 1. 6. Remove the printer front left cover. Release the hooks securing the switch (printer front door interlock) (B) to the bracket (A). Remove one screw securing the bracket (A). 8. Remove the switch (printer front door interlock) (B). Remove the top cover assembly. Remove the printer front door assembly. Disconnect the connector from the switch (printer front door interlock) (B). and -832 Switch (printer front door interlock) removal Note: First remove the bridge unit and finisher. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. -632.7500-432. Next Go Back Connector Front B A Hooks 4-4 MFP Service Manual . 7. See “Front inner cover removal” on page 4-8. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. 2. Refer to the Options Service Manual.

3. 5. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the operator panel assembly.7500-432. the top cover assembly (A) by sliding it to the right and then forward in the direction of the arrow. the printer front left cover. 2. if equipped. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. Next Go Back A Front Repair information 4-5 . and -832 Top cover assembly removal Note: First remove the bridge unit and finisher. See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. the printer front door assembly. 4. two screws securing the top cover assembly (A). -632. Previous 1.

Slide the printer front door assembly (A) first to the right (as shown by arrow #1) to remove the printer front door assembly (A) from the right hinge point. Remove the front door support strap (B) securing the printer front door assembly (A) to the printer by releasing the plastic hook. With the front door support strap (B) disconnected. 5. Slide the printer front door assembly (A) to the left (as shown by arrow #2) to remove the printer front door assembly (A) from the left hinge point. 6. Previous 3. Raise the printer front door assembly to its upright position. lowermost position. 2. Next Go Back #2 A Hook B Front A #1 A 4-6 MFP Service Manual . Open printer front door assembly (A). place the printer front door assembly (A) in the 4.7500-432. and -832 Printer front door assembly removal 1. -632. and remove it.

Open the printer front door assembly. Release two hooks on the printer front door assembly securing the front door magnetic catch (C).7500-432. Remove the front door support strap (A). Remove the front door magnetic catch (C). and -832 Front door support strap and front door magnetic catch removal 1. 3. 4. 2. -632. 5. Previous Next A Go Back C Hooks B Repair information 4-7 . Remove one screw securing the front door support strap (A) to the printer front door assembly (B).

4. Previous Next Go Back Hook Front Hook A Note: To reinstall the front inner cover (A). 5. 3. the printer front left cover. -632. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6.7500-432. 2. the three screws securing the front inner cover (A). 6. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the top cover assembly. the front inner cover (A). 4-8 MFP Service Manual . See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. the printer front door assembly. the PC cartridge. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. start with the four plastic hooks on the bottom of the front inner cover. and -832 Front inner cover removal 1.

2. -632. Previous 1. finisher and finisher docking bracket. Remove the right upper cover (A). 3. remove the bridge unit. Move the lower edge of the right upper cover (A) downward to release the right upper cover (A). if equipped. Next Note: The right upper cover (A) may take some extra force to remove. 4. Go Back A Rear Repair information 4-9 . Move the upper edge of the right upper cover (A) downward and outward as shown by the arrow.7500-432. Remove two screws securing the right upper cover (A). and -832 Right upper cover removal Note: First.

2. Previous Next Go Back A Rear 4-10 MFP Service Manual . -632. Remove the right upper cover. 3.7500-432. Note: The right lower cover may require some force to remove. Pull out the media Tray 1 and the media Tray 2. Remove the right lower cover (A) by lifting it upward then outward. See “Right upper cover removal” on page 4-9. and -832 Right lower cover removal 1.

and -832 Rear motor cover removal 1. Open the rear motor cover (A) by swinging it outward in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the rear motor cover (A). 3.7500-432. Remove the rear RIP card cover. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. 5. 2. Remove the controller box side cover. See “Controller box side cover removal” on page 4-18. -632. Remove the two screws securing the rear motor cover (A). Previous Next Go Back Rear A Repair information 4-11 .

and -832 Rear lower cover removal 1. -632. the controller box lower cover. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. 3. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. See “Controller box lower cover removal” on page 4-17. the two screws securing the rear lower cover (A). Previous Next Go Back Rear A 4-12 MFP Service Manual . the rear motor cover. 4. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the rear RIP card cover. the rear lower cover (A).7500-432. 5. 2.

2. Loosen the two screws securing the rear RIP card cover (A).7500-432. -632. and -832 Rear RIP card cover removal 1. Previous Next Go Back Rear A Repair information 4-13 . Remove the rear RIP card cover (A) by moving it in the direction of the arrow.

-632. Previous Next Go Back Rear B A 4-14 MFP Service Manual . and -832 Option hookup cover removal Remove the option hookup cover (A) from the rear lower cover (B) by moving it outward in the direction of the arrow.7500-432.

Remove the scanner interface cable assembly (A). 5. the controller box side cover. -632. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. 6. See “Controller box side cover removal” on page 4-18. 2. Previous Next Go Back A Rear B 3. the rear motor cover. 4. Remove Remove Remove Remove the rear RIP card cover. Repair information 4-15 . See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. the four screws securing the rear upper cover (C) to the machine. and -832 Rear upper cover removal 1.7500-432. Remove the ADF interface cable assembly (B).

and -832 7.7500-432. -632. Previous Next Go Back Rear C 4-16 MFP Service Manual . Remove the rear upper cover (C).

Remove the two screws securing the controller box lower cover (A) to the machine. -632. and -832 Controller box lower cover removal 1. Previous Next Go Back Rear A Repair information 4-17 . See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13.7500-432. 3. 2. Remove the controller box lower cover (A). Remove the rear RIP card cover.

and -832 Controller box side cover removal 1. -632. Remove the controller box side cover (A). Release the two hooks securing the controller box side cover (A) to the machine. 2. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13.7500-432. Remove the rear RIP card cover. Previous Next Go Back Rear A 4-18 MFP Service Manual . 3.

4. 3. Previous 1. one screw securing the switch (media size) (A) to the bracket inside the machine. Next Connector Go Back A Front Connector Repair information 4-19 .7500-432. the connector from switch (media size) (A). Remove Remove Remove Remove the media Tray 1 and the media Tray 2. -632. 2. the switch (media size) (A). and -832 Switch (media size) removal Note: This procedure can be applied to tray 1 or tray 2 switch (media size).

Remove the printer left door assembly. -632. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. Pull out the media Tray 1. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 3. Remove the MPF rear cover. Remove the vertical drive gear assembly. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. and -832 Media feed unit assembly 1 removal 1.7500-432. 5. 4. Previous Next Go Back Tray 1 Front 4-20 MFP Service Manual . 2. See “Vertical drive gear assembly removal” on page 4-67.

7500-432. Release the plastic bosses on both ends of the vertical turn mylar guide (A). Previous 8. and -832 6. Warning: The vertical turn mylar guide will take extra force to remove. Disconnect the connector. Next Go Back A Left Repair information 4-21 . 7. 9. Release the harness from the plastic clamps on the machine. Be careful not to damage it. -632. Remove the vertical turn mylar guide (A).

-632. and -832 10. Remove the media feed unit assembly (B) in the direction of the arrow. 11. Clamp Previous Next Go Back B Front 4-22 MFP Service Manual . Remove the two screws securing the media feed unit assembly (B).7500-432.

Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. and -832 Media feed unit assembly 2 removal 1. Previous Next Go Back Tray 2 Front Repair information 4-23 . Remove the vertical drive gear assembly. 5. 3. 6. 4. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. See “Printer left lower door assembly removal” on page 4-70. 2. Remove the MPF rear cover. Open the printer left lower door assembly. Pull the out media Tray 2. -632. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Remove the printer left door assembly. See “Vertical drive gear assembly removal” on page 4-67.7500-432. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75.

Remove the vertical turn guide (A). Previous Next Go Back Left A 4-24 MFP Service Manual . and -832 7.7500-432. 8. Release the plastic bosses on both ends of the vertical turn guide (A). -632.

10. Remove the media feed assembly (B) in the direction of the arrow.7500-432. Release the harness from the plastic clamps on the machine. 11. and -832 9. -632. 12. Disconnect the harness connector from the machine. Previous Clamp Next Go Back Harness connector Left B Repair information 4-25 . Remove the two screws securing the media feed assembly (B).

Remove the media tray. 2. E-ring Go Back A Rear boss Tray Front Front E-ring A Boss B Square hole 4-26 MFP Service Manual . -632. Previous Next 4. Remove the two e-rings securing the metal bottom plate (A) to the media tray using a small prying tool.7500-432. and -832 Media tray side guides removal 1. 3. Remove the metal bottom plate (A) by sliding it off the rear boss. Push the front hinge point (B) in the direction of the arrow to release the front boss from the metal bottom plate (A).

6. -632. Remove the pinion gears (C). Previous Next Go Back Repair information 4-27 .7500-432. and -832 5. Remove the two screws securing the two pinion gears (C) to the media tray.

Remove the front media guide assembly (D) and the rear media guide (E) by sliding them toward the center of the media tray assembly and lifting up. slide the front media tray guide assembly (D) and the rear 4-28 MFP Service Manual . and -832 7. -632. Previous C E D Next Go Back Front Note: Before reinstalling the pinion gears (C).7500-432.

and -832 media guide (E) to their outermost positions. Ensure the media side guides slide smoothly. Previous E C Next Go Back Front Repair information 4-29 . -632.7500-432.

Remove the media tray side guides. 2.7500-432. -632. Remove the media side guide actuator (A). A Front Previous Next Go Back Hole Hook D Lock lever Square hole 4-30 MFP Service Manual . and -832 Media tray end guide removal 1. Remove the media tray. See “Media tray side guides removal” on page 4-26. 3.

Previous Next Go Back B Hook C End guide Front Repair information 4-31 . 7. Turn the media tray assembly right side up.7500-432. 6. Turn the media tray assembly upside down. link (B) to the media tray. Remove the media end guide actuator (C). Release the boss on the media end guide actuator (C) from the hole in the actuator link (B) by moving the link in the direction of the arrow. and slide the media tray end guide (D) toward the center of the media tray assembly to remove. and -832 4. and remove the screw and two hooks securing the actuator 5. -632.

the bracket (A). Previous Next Go Back B A C Rear Note: Extra force is required to pull the tray lift coupling gear 13 tooth (B) and the tray lift gear 13/60 tooth (C) from bracket (A). the tray lift coupling gear 13 tooth (B) from bracket (A). 5. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the media tray from the machine. 3. 4.7500-432. -632. the two screws securing bracket (A). 2. and -832 Media tray lift gear group removal 1. the tray lift gear 13/60 tooth (C) from bracket (A). 4-32 MFP Service Manual .

4. Remove the media feed unit. and -832 Media feed lift motor removal 1. B Next Go Back A Connector Rear Repair information 4-33 .7500-432. Previous 2. 3. -632. Disconnect the harness from the media feed lift motor (A). Remove the media feed lift motor (A). Remove the two screws securing the media feed lift motor (A) to the media feed unit assembly (B). See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20 or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23.

ensure all gears and washers attached to bracket (A) are securely installed. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. Remove the harness from bracket (A). and -832 Tray lift coupling assembly removal 1. 2. Remove bracket (A). Note: The gears may become detached from bracket (A). 8. Previous Next Go Back Clamp Washer E-ring A B Rear D C Note: Before reinstalling.7500-432. 3. 4. or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20. Remove the MPF rear cover. 11. Remove three screws securing bracket (A) to the media feed unit. Remove the printer left door. 6. 9. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Remove the spring (D). 10. Remove the vertical drive gear assembly. -632. 4-34 MFP Service Manual . 5. Remove the e-ring with a prying tool securing the tray lift coupling (B) to bracket (A). See “Vertical drive gear assembly removal” on page 4-67. Remove the media feed unit assembly. Remove the tray lift coupling gear 31 tooth (C). See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 7.

Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly. or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. Remove the media feed unit assembly. Note: The gears may become detached from the bracket (A). Remove the harness from the bracket (A). Next 5. 3. See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20. Previous 2. Remove the tray lift one-way clutch (B). Remove the bracket (A). -632. and -832 Tray lift one way clutch/gear assembly removal 1.7500-432. 4. Go Back Harness Clamp Washer A B Rear Repair information 4-35 .

-632. Remove the tray lift one-way gear 24 tooth (C). and -832 6. Previous Harness Next Go Back Washer C A Rear Note: Before reinstalling. 4-36 MFP Service Manual . ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A).7500-432.

Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly. 3.13 tooth (B). Next 5. Remove the harness from the bracket (A). 4. page 4-35. Previous 2. See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20. Remove the tray lift one-way gear 24 tooth. See “Tray lift one way clutch/gear assembly removal” on 6. or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. 7. Go Back Harness Clamp Washer A Rear Note: Before reinstalling. ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A).7500-432. Remove the tray lift one-way clutch. See “Tray lift one way clutch/gear assembly removal” on page 4-35. Remove the bracket (A). Remove the appropriate media feed unit assembly. Repair information 4-37 . Remove the media feed unit drive gear . and -832 Media feed unit drive gear .13 tooth removal 1. Note: Gears may become detached from the bracket (A). -632.

Remove the media out actuator (A). -632. Next Go Back Front A Bosses Lower view 4-38 MFP Service Manual . Remove the appropriate media feed unit assembly. and -832 Media out actuator removal 1. or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20. Previous 2. Remove the two bosses on the media out actuator (A) to the media feed unit assembly. 3.7500-432.

Disconnect the connector from the sensor (media level) (A). Next Go Back Front A Harness Hooks Lower view Repair information 4-39 . Remove the sensor (media level) (A). -632. Previous 2. Remove the appropriate media feed unit assembly.7500-432. Release the hooks securing the sensor (media level) (A) to the media feed unit. 4. See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20. or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. 3. and -832 Sensor (media level) removal 1.

Previous Next Go Back Front Harness A Hook Hooks Lower view 4-40 MFP Service Manual . Disconnect the connector from the sensor (media out) (A). See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on 2. and -832 Sensor (media out) removal 1. page 4-20. Remove the appropriate media feed unit assembly. 3.7500-432. 5. 4. See “Media out actuator removal” on page 4-38. Remove the media out actuator. or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. Remove the sensor (media out) (A). Release the hooks securing the sensor (media out) (A) to the media feed unit. -632.

Disconnect the connector from the sensor (pre-feed) (A). Previous Next Go Back Hook Front A B Repair information 4-41 . or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. Remove the sensor (pre-feed) (A). Remove the appropriate media feed unit assembly. page 4-20. and -832 Sensor (pre-feed) removal 1. 3. Remove the sensor (pre-feed) (A) from the feed unit front guide (B).7500-432. Release the hook securing the sensor (pre-feed) (A). 5. -632. 4. See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on 2.

Remove the appropriate media feed unit assembly.28 / 21 tooth (B). See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly. Previous 2. Go Back Harness Clamp Washer A Rear B Rear Note: Before reinstalling. 4-42 MFP Service Manual . Remove the bracket (A). ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A). 4. Remove the harness from the bracket (A). -632.7500-432. Note: The gears may become detached from the bracket (A). Remove the media feed unit drive gear . or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23.28 / 21 tooth removal 1. and -832 Media feed unit drive gear . 3. Next 5.

Next 5. Remove the harness from the bracket (A). or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. Remove the media feed unit drive gear .29 tooth removal 1.29 tooth (B). Note: The gears may become detached from the bracket (A). Go Back Harness Clamp Washer A Rear Rear B Repair information 4-43 . 4. and -832 Media feed unit drive gear . See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20. Remove the bracket (A).7500-432. 3. Previous 2. -632. Remove the appropriate media feed unit assembly. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly.

29 tooth (B). 4-44 MFP Service Manual . Remove the media feed unit drive gear . ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A). Previous Harness Next Go Back Clamp Washer A Rear Rear B Note: Before reinstalling.7500-432. and -832 6. -632.

and -832 Feed roll removal 1.7500-432. Move the feed unit front guide (A) in the direction of the arrow. Release the hook securing the feed roll (B) to the shaft (C). 4. 3. Remove the feed roll (B). 2. -632. Go Back C B Hook A Front Repair information 4-45 . Remove the media tray. Previous Next Note: Do not touch the rubber surface of the feed roll (B).

7500-432. Remove the media tray. Remove the feed roll. See “Feed roll removal” on page 4-45. and -832 Feed roll one way clutch removal 1. -632. Previous Next B Go Back A Front 4-46 MFP Service Manual . 3. 2. Remove the feed roll one way clutch (A) from the shaft (B).

See “Feed roll one way clutch removal” on page 4-46. 4. Previous Next B Go Back A Front Repair information 4-47 . the feed roll one-way gear 22 tooth (A) from the shaft (B). 2. 3. the feed roll. and -832 Feed roll one way gear 22 tooth removal 1. -632.7500-432. See “Feed roll removal” on page 4-45. the feed roll one way clutch. Remove Remove Remove Remove the media tray.

the separation roll spacer (A) from the shaft (B). the separation roll.7500-432. 4. 3. and -832 Separation roll one way friction clutch removal 1. See “Separation roll removal” on page 4-49. 2. Previous Next Go Back Front B C A 4-48 MFP Service Manual . the separation roll one-way friction clutch (C) from the shaft (B). -632. Remove Remove Remove Remove the media tray.

Previous Next A Go Back Front C B Note: Before reinstalling. Release the hook securing the separation roll (B) to the shaft (C). Move the feed unit front guide (A) in the direction of the arrow. do not touch the rubber surface of the separation roll (B). Note: Do not touch the rubber surface of the feed roll (B). Remove the media tray. Remove the separation roll (B). and -832 Separation roll removal 1. 2. 3. -632.7500-432. 4. Repair information 4-49 .

7500-432. 3. -632. and -832 Pick roll idler gear 33 tooth removal 1. Release the pick roll. Previous Next Go Back Front A 4-50 MFP Service Manual .25 tooth. Remove the media tray. 4. Remove the pick roll drive gear .33 tooth (A). Remove the pick roll idler gear . See “Pick roll drive gear 25 tooth removal” on page 4-52. 2. See “Pick roll removal” on page 4-51 .

2. Remove the pick roll (B). Repair information 4-51 . Previous Next Go Back C Hook B A Front Note: Before reinstalling. and -832 Pick roll removal 1. -632. 4.7500-432. Remove the media tray. do not touch the rubber surface of the pick roll (B). Release the hook securing the pick roll (B) to the shaft (C). Move the media feed unit front guide (A) in the direction of the arrow. Note: Do not touch the rubber surface of the feed roll (B). 3.

and -832 Pick roll drive gear 25 tooth removal 1. See “Pick roll removal” on page 4-51. Previous Next B Go Back A Front 4-52 MFP Service Manual . Remove the media tray. Remove the pick roll drive gear 25 tooth (A) from the shaft (B). 3. Remove the pick roll. 2. -632.7500-432.

Note: The gears may become detached from the bracket (A). ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A). Remove the bracket (A). See “Media feed unit assembly 1 removal” on page 4-20. or “Media feed unit assembly 2 removal” on page 4-23. and -832 Feed unit drive gear 27 tooth removal 1. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly. Repair information 4-53 . Remove the media feed unit assembly. Next 5. 3.7500-432. 4. Previous 2. Go Back Harness Clamp Washer A Rear Hook C B Note: Before reinstalling. Remove the hook securing the feed unit drive gear 27 tooth (B) to the shaft (C). -632. Remove the harness from the bracket (A). 6. Remove the feed unit drive gear 27 tooth (B).

4. Remove the MPF rear cover. 3. -632. Remove the two screws securing the MPF feed unit assembly (A). 5. place the harness along the slot on the left of the MPF feed unit assembly (A) so it does not pinch the harness between the feed unit. Release the harness from the clamp.7500-432. “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. 2. and -832 MPF feed unit assembly removal 1. Disconnect the connector. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly (A). Previous Next Go Back Clamp Left A Note: Before reinstalling. 4-54 MFP Service Manual .

Previous Next Go Back Hook A Hook (Upper frame) Slot Right B Repair information 4-55 . then slide it out in the direction of the arrow. 2. 3. -632. Remove the MPF media out actuator (B) by prying it outward with a flat tip screwdriver.7500-432. and -832 MPF media out actuator and upper frame removal 1. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. 5. 4. Remove the two hooks securing the upper frame (A). Remove the upper frame (A) by moving it up and out in the direction of the arrow. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. Remove the MPF rear cover.

Remove the MPF rear cover. 7. and -832 Sensor (MPF media out) removal 1. 2. 3. Remove the two hooks securing the upper frame (A) to the MPF feed unit assembly. 5. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (MPF media out) (B). Release the hooks securing the sensor (MPF media out) (B) in the upper frame (A). -632. 4.7500-432. Remove the upper frame (A) by moving it up and out in the direction of the arrow. Previous Next Go Back Hook A Connector Hook (Upper frame) Slot Right B 4-56 MFP Service Manual . Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. Remove the sensor (MPF media out) (B). See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 6.

4. Remove the two end screws securing the upper bracket (A) to the MPF feed unit assembly. Release the bosses securing the MPF transport pinch roll assembly (B) to the upper bracket.7500-432. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. 2. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 5. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Note: Bushings and springs may become detached. 6. Repair information 4-57 . Remove the one center screw securing the MPF transport pinch roll assembly (B) to the upper bracket (A). Remove the MPF transport pinch roll assembly (B) by moving it in the direction of the arrow. and -832 MPF transport pinch roll assembly removal 1. 3. ensure you do not touch the plastic roll surface. Remove the upper bracket (A). Remove the MPF rear cover. Previous Next Go Back A Boss B Boss Left Note: Before reinstalling. Note: Do not touch the plastic surface of the MPF pinch roll. -632. 7.

Remove the MPF rear cover (A). Previous Next Connector Go Back Rear A 4-58 MFP Service Manual . Remove the one screw securing the MPF rear cover (A). -632. 2.7500-432. and -832 MPF rear cover removal 1.

2. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. and -832 MPF feed drive gear group removal 1. Remove the idler gear bracket assembly (B). Remove the MPF rear cover. Previous Next Go Back Warning: Depress the pick solenoid lever (F) and the pick lever (G) while performing step 8. Remove the three screws securing the idler gear bracket assembly (B) to the MPF feed unit assembly. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. 6. Note: Leave the pickup spring (A) attached to the MPF feed drive gear pickup (C). Warning: Before reinstalling. Remove the small spring (D) from the drive cam gear (E). Remove the MPF feed drive gear pickup and pickup spring (A and C). Repair information 4-59 . Remove the drive gear cam (E) and the drive stopper (H). E H D C A G B F 9. 5.7500-432. Remove the pickup spring (A) from the idler gear bracket assembly (B). -632. 4. 3. 8. or damage may occur. depress the pick solenoid lever and the pick lever while replacing the drive gear cam (E) and the drive stopper (H). or damage may occur. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. Release the hooks securing the MPF feed drive gear pickup (C) to the shaft. 7.

6. Previous Next Go Back B A C A Rear Botton C Front Note: Before reinstalling. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. and pry the shaft out with a flat blade screwdriver. -632. 5. 3. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. Remove the separation pad (B) and the shaft (C) by moving it in the direction of the arrow from the backside. 7. Remove the MPF feed shaft assembly. Remove the MPF rear cover. and -832 MPF pressure pad removal 1. 4. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. 2. See “MPF feed shaft assembly removal” on page 4-63. Remove the two springs (A) under the pressure pad (B). ensure the two springs (A) remain in the proper position during reassembly of the feed shaft assembly and MPF feed roll. Turn the MPF upside down. 4-60 MFP Service Manual . See “MPF pick roll removal” on page 4-64.7500-432. Remove the MPF pick roll.

7500-432. Remove the upper bracket. 9. Note: The MPF transport gear . 6. Remove the transport shaft collar (B). Remove the MPF transport roll assembly by moving it rightward then upward in the direction of the arrow. and -832 MPF transport roll assembly removal 1. Previous Next Go Back E-clip C D Right D B A Note: Before reinstalling the MPF transport roll assembly (C).18 tooth (A). Note: When removing the MPF transport roll assembly (C). Remove the two bushings 8 mm (D). do not touch the rubber surface. Remove the MPF rear cover. 8. -632. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. do not touch the rubber surface. Remove the e-clip with a prying tool securing the MPF transport roll assembly (C) to the MPF feed unit assembly. 7. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. Remove the two end screws securing the upper bracket to the MPF feed unit assembly. 4. 5. 2. Remove the MPF transport gear . 3.18 tooth will be tight and requires extra force to remove. Repair information 4-61 .

7500-432. -632. Remove the MPF rear cover. and -832 MPF pick solenoid / pick lever removal 1. Remove the spring (C). See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 5. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. 2. Note: When removing the pick solenoid (A). 3. 7. Remove the MPF feed drive gear group. Remove the pick lever (B). 4. 6. Disconnect the connector from the pick solenoid (A). 8. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. lower the actuator (B). See “MPF feed drive gear group removal” on page 4-59. Remove the MPF pick solenoid (A). Previous Next Go Back C B Rear Actuator A 4-62 MFP Service Manual . Remove one screw securing the pick solenoid (A).

8. 7. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. and slide them inward towards the center of the MPF feed shaft assembly (A). 3. See “MPF feed drive gear group removal” on page 4-59.7500-432. and -832 MPF feed shaft assembly removal 1. -632. 6. 4. Remove the MPF rear cover. 5. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Remove the feed shaft assembly (A) by moving it to the side then upwards in the direction of the arrow. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 2. Remove the MPF pick roll. Previous Next Go Back Hook E-Clip C A C B B E-Clip Rear C Repair information 4-63 . Remove the two e-rings with a prying tool that secures the feed shaft assembly (A) to the MPF feed unit assembly. Remove the MPF feed drive gear group. See “MPF pick roll removal” on page 4-64. Remove the two bushings (B). Release the hooks securing the two feed shaft cams (C).

and -832 MPF pick roll removal 1. 3. Remove the upper bracket (A). 6. 2. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. do not touch the rubber surface. Remove the two end screws securing the upper bracket (A) to the MPF feed unit assembly. -632. 4-64 MFP Service Manual . Remove the MPF rear cover. Note: When removing the MPF pick roll (C). 5. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Previous Next Go Back A C Hook B Pin D Hook Left B Note: Before reinstalling the MPF pick roll assembly (C). Release the two hooks securing the two feed shaft cores (B). 4. do not touch the rubber surface. Remove the MPF pick roll (C) from the feed shaft assembly (D) by sliding it to the right in the direction of the arrow and lifting upward.7500-432. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. and slide them both outward.

Remove the idler gear bracket assembly (B).7500-432. 8. Previous Next 4. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. Remove the green (D) ground wire from the clamp. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 3. Remove the MPF upper frame. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. 5. Note: Leave the pickup spring (A) attached to the MPF feed drive gear pickup (C). 2. Remove the pickup spring (A) from the idler gear bracket assembly (B). Remove the green ground wire (D) from the idler gear bracket assembly (B). 6. -632. Remove three screws securing the idler gear bracket assembly (B) to the MPF feed unit assembly. Remove the MPF rear cover. 7. and -832 MPF fold down tray assembly removal 1. Go Back C A Rear Hook D B Repair information 4-65 . See “MPF media out actuator and upper frame removal” on page 4-55.

Note: Before reinstalling the idler gear bracket assembly (B). -632. Raise the MPF fold down tray assembly (E) to its upright position. Previous Next Go Back E Front 4-66 MFP Service Manual . 10. 11. and slide it to the side. Remove the MPF fold down tray assembly (E). Disconnect the connector leading to the MPF fold down tray assembly (E). ensure the wiring is not pinched.7500-432. and -832 9.

See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 2. and -832 Vertical drive gear assembly removal 1. 7. Remove the printer left door assembly. Release the harness from the clamp on the vertical drive gear assembly (A). 5. 3. Remove the MPF rear cover. Remove the three screws securing the vertical drive gear assembly (A). 4. Previous Next Go Back A Left Repair information 4-67 . Open the printer left lower door assembly. Remove the vertical drive gear assembly (A). Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. 6. -632. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58.7500-432.

Remove the vertical drive gear assembly. 3. Remove the printer left door assembly. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. Remove the lower switch (left lower door interlock) (A). -632. 5. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Disconnect the harness from the switch (left lower door interlock) (A). 6.7500-432. 7. 2. Previous Next Go Back B A Left 4-68 MFP Service Manual . See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. Remove the MPF rear cover. See “Vertical drive gear assembly removal” on page 4-67. 4. Release the hooks securing the switch (left lower door interlock) (A) to the vertical drive gear assembly (B). and -832 Switch (left lower door interlock) 1.

Remove the MPF rear cover. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. do not touch the rubber surface. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 4. Remove the transport roll front bushing (E). 2. 3. Remove the tray 2 feed-out sensor guide (A) while pulling on its center most point. the bushings and gear may become detached. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Remove the media transport roll gear 18 tooth (C). 10.7500-432. 9. 11. Repair information 4-69 . do not touch the rubber surface. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. -632. and -832 Media transport roll assembly / gear removal 1. Previous Next Go Back A D C B E-clip E Note: Before reinstalling the media transport roll assembly (B). 5. Remove the printer left door assembly. Note: When removing the media transport roll assembly (B). Remove the e-clip with needle nose pliers on the front side securing the media transport roll (B). 8. Remove the two screws securing the tray 2 feed-out sensor guide (A). 7. Open the printer left lower door assembly. Remove the media transport roll assembly (B) by sliding it in the direction of the arrow and pulling out. Remove the transport roll rear bushing (D). Note: When removing the media transport roll (B). 6.

Open the printer left lower door assembly.7500-432. -632. Previous Next Go Back B Cap Front A C 4-70 MFP Service Manual . 5. Remove the hinge pin (B). 3. and -832 Printer left lower door assembly removal 1. Remove the printer left lower door assembly (C) from the bracket (A). 2. Remove the bracket (A). 4. Remove the two screws securing the bracket (A). Pull the cap of the hinge pin (B) out with a prying tool to remove the hinge pin (B) from the bracket (A). 6.

Previous Next Go Back A C B Screw driver C Repair information 4-71 . Note: The media guide (C) can be slightly lifted to gain better access to the attaching screws. 2. Remove the left lower pinch roll assembly (A).7500-432. and -832 Printer left lower pinch roll assembly removal 1. -632. assembly (B). Remove the two screws securing the left lower pinch roll assembly (A) to the printer left lower door 3. Release two hooks securing the left lower pinch roll assembly (A) to the printer left lower door assembly (B). 4. Open the printer left lower door assembly.

Remove the spring (B). Previous 3. Next Go Back A B 4-72 MFP Service Manual . Remove the left lower door handle (A). Remove the printer left lower pinch roll assembly. and -832 Left lower door handle assembly removal 1. 2. -632. Open the printer left lower door assembly. 4. See “Printer left lower pinch roll assembly removal” on page 4-71.7500-432.

Note: When removing the transfer roll assembly (A). Remove the transfer roll assembly (A) by lifting it upward. 3. Release the two plastic hooks on the transfer roll assembly (A). -632. do not touch the roll surface. and -832 Transfer roll assembly removal 1. Previous Next Go Back A Hook Hook Left Note: Before reinstalling the transfer roll assembly (A). do not touch the roll surface. 2. Repair information 4-73 .7500-432. Open the printer left door assembly.

7500-432. 3. Remove the shaft (C). 5. 2. Remove the e-clip securing the shaft (C) to the printer. Remove the MPF rear cover. 6. Previous Next Go Back C B A 4-74 MFP Service Manual . 4. Remove the printer left door support strap (B). -632. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. and -832 Printer left door support strap removal 1. Remove the screw securing the printer left door support strap (B) to the printer left door (A). Open the printer left door assembly (A).

Remove the screw securing the left door support strap (A) to the printer left door assembly (B). -632. Open the printer left door assembly.7500-432. 2. Remove the printer left door assembly (B) by lowering it then lifting upward. remove the duplex unit assembly if equipped. Previous 1. 3. A Next Go Back B Front Repair information 4-75 . and -832 Printer left door assembly removal Note: First.

See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. Disconnect the connector from the switch (printer left door interlock) (B). Remove the one screw securing the bracket (A) to the printer. 7. Open the printer left door assembly. 2.7500-432. 6. Remove the rear motor cover. 4. and -832 Switch (printer left door interlock) removal 1. Remove the bracket (A). Remove the switch (printer left door interlock) (B). 3. 5. -632. Release the hooks securing the switch (printer left door interlock) (B) to the bracket (A). Previous Next Go Back Connector A B Rear 4-76 MFP Service Manual .

3. and -832 Transfer roll guide assembly removal 1. -632. Remove the transfer roll assembly. Open the printer left door assembly. Remove the transfer roll guide assembly (A). Remove the printer left door assembly. 2. See “Transfer roll assembly removal” on page 4-73. Previous Next Go Back Repair information 4-77 . 5. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75.7500-432. 4. Release the two hooks securing the transfer roll guide assembly (A) to the printer left door assembly (B).

See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. -632. Previous Next Go Back C A D E B 4-78 MFP Service Manual . Remove the transfer roll guide assembly. Remove the spring (E). Remove the metal frame (A) by lifting it upward and sliding outward. Remove the printer left door assembly. 4.7500-432. 3. Remove the handle cover (C). 7. Open the printer left door assembly. 2. 8. Remove the three screws securing the handle cover (C). 9. Remove five screws securing the metal frame (A) to the plastic cover (B). and -832 Printer left door assembly handle removal 1. Remove the printer left door assembly handle (D). 6. 5. See “Transfer roll guide assembly removal” on page 4-77.

B C Boss A Boss Connector Clamp Front Connector Left view Note: C • Before reinstalling the registration roll assembly (C). Remove the two screws securing the registration mylar guide assembly (B) to the registration roll assembly (C). Be careful not to damage it. • Before reinstalling the two harness connectors. Previous Next Go Back 6. 8. Remove the bosses on both ends of the vertical turn mylar guide (A). fit the bosses on the rear center of the assembly into the holes.7500-432. Note: When removing the registration roll assembly (C). See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 10. Remove the registration roll assembly (C) by lifting it upward and outward in the direction of the arrow. use care not to damage the two harnesses located on the backside of the assembly. Warning: The vertical turn mylar guide (A) requires moderate force to remove. 4-79 Repair information . Release the harness from the clamp. 5. Remove the printer left door assembly. 7. and -832 Registration roll assembly removal 1. ensure they are plugged in properly. 2. -632. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. 11. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Remove the MPF rear cover. Remove the two screws securing registration roll assembly (C). 9. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. 3. Disconnect the two connectors from the registration roll assembly (C). Remove the vertical turn mylar guide (A). Remove the registration mylar guide assembly (B). 4.

6. See “Registration roll assembly removal” on page 4-79.7500-432. Remove the MPF rear cover. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. the notch on the registration clutch assembly (A) must be placed over the boss of the registration roll assembly (B). • Before reinstalling. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 3. -632. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. Remove the printer left door assembly. Previous Next Go Back A E-ring Notch Boss B Note: • Before reinstalling. 4. and -832 Registration clutch assembly removal 1. 5. Remove the registration clutch assembly (A) along with the harness. the harness for the clutch must be placed through the hole on the registration roll assembly (B). Remove the e-ring with a prying tool securing the registration clutch assembly (A) to the registration roll assembly (B). 4-80 MFP Service Manual . Remove the registration roll assembly. 2.

See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 5. Previous Next Go Back Hook A B Front A Hooks Front Repair information 4-81 . See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (registration). 4. 6. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. and -832 Sensor (registration) removal 1. Remove the sensor (registration) (A). 7. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. See “Registration roll assembly removal” on page 4-79. Remove the printer left door assembly. 2. Remove the registration roll assembly. -632.7500-432. Remove the MPF rear cover. Release the hooks securing the sensor (registration) (A) to the registration roll assembly (B).

2. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. 3. See “Rear lower cover removal” on page 4-12. Open the printer left door assembly. 4. Remove the rear lower cover.7500-432. Previous Next Go Back E-clip Front view A Connector Rear 4-82 MFP Service Manual . Release the hook and disconnect the connector from the MPF/transport drive motor assembly (A). -632. Note: This e-clip is located inside the machine behind the printer left door. Remove the MPF/transport drive motor assembly (A). 5. Remove the three screws securing the MPF/transport drive motor assembly (A) to the machine. and -832 MPF/transport drive motor assembly removal 1. 6. 7. Remove the rear motor cover. Remove the e-clip with needle nose pliers.

3. 2. Remove the MPF feed unit assembly. See “MPF rear cover removal” on page 4-58. 6. See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. Remove the printer left door assembly. See “MPF feed unit assembly removal” on page 4-54. 7. Remove the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) (B). Remove the two screws securing the tray 2 feed-out sensor guide (A). Remove the MPF rear cover. 4. Previous Next Go Back A Left B A Hook Connector Repair information 4-83 . and -832 Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) removal 1. -632. 9. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) (B). Remove the tray 2 feed-out sensor guide (A) while pulling on its center most point. Release the hook securing the sensor (tray 2 feed-out) (B). See “Printer left lower door assembly removal” on page 4-70. 5. Open the printer left lower door assembly. 8.7500-432.

Remove the PC cartridge. Remove the printer front left cover. 7. -632. 4. 5. Remove the toner cartridge guide assembly. See “Rear lower cover removal” on page 4-12. and -832 Switch (PC cartridge interlock) removal 1. 10. Remove the rear lower cover.7500-432. See “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. 4-84 MFP Service Manual . Previous Next Go Back P404 Connectors A P403 Clamp 11. Remove the HVPS card assembly. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. Remove the top cover assembly. Remove the printer front door assembly. 2. 6. 3. See “Registration roll assembly removal” on page 4-79. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. 12. Open the printer left door assembly. 9. 8. Remove the front inner cover. See “Front inner cover removal” on page 4-8. Disconnect the two connectors P403 and P404 from the printer engine card assembly (A). Remove the registration roll assembly. Remove the toner cartridge. See “High voltage power supply (HVPS) card removal” on page 4-115.

7500-432. and -832 13. Disconnect the connector from the laser opening guide (B). 14. Release the harness from the clamp on the laser opening guide (B). 15. Previous B Next Go Back Front Repair information 4-85 . -632. Remove the two screws securing the laser opening guide (B).

-632. Remove the laser opening guide (B) by lifting it upward then outward in the direction of the arrow.7500-432. Previous Next Go Back Guide assembly Screws Left view D Guide assembly Connector Cover Left Harness assembly 4-86 MFP Service Manual . and -832 16. 17. Remove the four screws securing the PC cartridge guide (C).

22. Slide the PC cartridge guide (C) toward the left side and disconnect the connector from the PC cartridge 19. While pressing the PC cartridge drive coupler (F). 20. 21. lift the front side of the PC cartridge guide assembly (C) upward. lower the left side of the PC cartridge guide assembly (C).7500-432. Previous Next F Go Back Hook Hook C Left E Repair information 4-87 . Remove the two hooks securing the transfer roll power contact (E). -632. While pressing the PC cartridge drive coupler (F). Release the harness from the clamp on the rear side of the PC cartridge guide assembly (C). sensor connector. and -832 18.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Previous C Harness Next Go Back Left Clamps 4-88 MFP Service Manual .

Remove the PC cartridge guide assembly (C) from the printer. and -832 23. Repair information 4-89 . Remove the screw (G) securing the switch (PC cartridge interlock) (H) to the PC cartridge guide assembly (C).7500-432. Remove the switch (PC cartridge interlock) (H). -632. Lift the right side of the PC cartridge guide assembly (C). Previous Connector C Next Go Back Front H G 24.

Remove the rear lower cover. Remove the toner cartridge guide assembly. Release the harnesses from the two clamps. 11. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. Remove the printer front door assembly. Remove the front inner cover. 9. 5. 10. See “High voltage power supply (HVPS) card removal” on page 4-115. See “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. See “Rear lower cover removal” on page 4-12. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. Previous Next Go Back P404 Connectors A P403 Clamp 4-90 MFP Service Manual . 2. 12. See “Registration roll assembly removal” on page 4-79. 4. Remove the printer front left cover. Remove the top cover assembly. Disconnect the two connectors P403 and P404 from the printer engine card assembly (A). -632. Remove the registration roll assembly. 3. and -832 Sensor (humidity and temperature) removal 1. 6. 8. Remove the HVPS card. See “Front inner cover removal” on page 4-8. 7. Remove the toner cartridge. Remove the PC cartridge.7500-432.

7500-432. 15. 14. Disconnect the connector from the laser opening guide (B). Release the harness from the clamp on the laser opening guide (B). Remove the two screws securing the laser opening guide (B). B Previous Next Go Back Connector Clamps Repair information 4-91 . -632. and -832 13.

4-92 MFP Service Manual . Remove the four screws securing the PC cartridge guide (D). Remove the laser opening guide (B) by lifting it upward then outward in the direction of the arrow. and -832 16.7500-432. Previous Next Go Back Guide assembly Screws Left view D Guide assembly Connector Cover Left Harness assembly 17. -632.

22. Remove the two hooks securing the transfer roll power contact (F). Disconnect the connector from the sensor (humidity and temperature) (H). 23. Slide the PC cartridge guide (D) toward the left side. C Connector G Left Repair information 4-93 . and -832 18. sensor connector (E). 20. While pressing the PC cartridge drive coupler (G). lift the front side of the PC cartridge guide (C) upward. Remove the screw securing the sensor (humidity and temperature) (H) to the PC cartridge guide (C).7500-432. Remove the sensor (humidity and temperature) (H). and disconnect the connector from the PC cartridge 19. Previous F Next Go Back Hook Hook C Left E 21. -632.

and -832 Sensor (RFID PC cartridge) and sensor (RFID toner cartridge) removal Note: This removal applies to the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) (A) and the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) (B). Release the hooks securing the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) (A) or the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) (B). Remove the toner cartridge guide assembly. See “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on 3. 4. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) (A) or the sensor (RFID toner cartridge) (B). Remove the top cover assembly. Next Go Back A Front B 4-94 MFP Service Manual . Previous 1. -632. Note: The sensor (RFID PC cartridge) (A) and sensor (RFID toner cartridge) (B) require moderate force to remove. 5.7500-432. 2. page 4-95. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. Remove the sensor (RFID PC cartridge) (A) or sensor (RFID toner cartridge) (B) by sliding it out in the direction of the arrow.

Remove Remove Remove Remove the printer front left cover. 3. 10. Disconnect the two harnesses from the toner cartridge guide assembly (A). See “Printer left door assembly removal” on page 4-75. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. 7. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. 9. left. 4. and -832 Toner cartridge guide assembly removal 1. 11. 12. 2. Previous Next Go Back PC cartridge Front Toner cartridge 5. Remove the printer left door support strap. the PC cartridge. Open the printer left door assembly. Remove the harnesses from the clamps. Remove the front inner cover. See “Printer left door support strap removal” on page 4-74. Remove the two screws on the front of the printer securing the toner cartridge guide assembly (A). the top cover assembly. Remove the printer front door assembly. 6. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. Repair information 4-95 . -632. one on the right and one on the 8.7500-432. the toner cartridge. Remove the screw securing the toner add chute (B) to the frame. See “Front inner cover removal” on page 4-8.

Remove the toner cartridge guide assembly (C) from the printer. Note: Remove all spilled toner from the printer. Previous Next B Go Back Left Harness clamps Screw C A Front Shaft Note: Before reinstalling. While moving the toner cartridge guide assembly (A) to the left. ensure the shaft (C) on the toner cartridge guide assembly (A) is inserted into the toner add motor assembly (D).7500-432. and -832 13. Note: Before reinstalling. -632. release the toner add chute (B) from the frame. ensure the shaft on the toner cartridge guide assembly is inserted into the toner add motor assembly (C). 4-96 MFP Service Manual .

Disconnect the connector from the toner add motor assembly (A). 3. ensure the shaft on the toner cartridge guide assembly is inserted into the toner add motor assembly (A). Remove the toner cartridge guide assembly. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. 7. Remove the front inner cover. Previous Next Go Back A Connector Note: Before reinstalling. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. 5. Repair information 4-97 . 2. See “Front inner cover removal” on page 4-8. 9. Remove the toner cartridge. -632. 6. Remove the PC cartridge. 8. Remove the top cover assembly. Remove the four screws securing the toner add motor assembly (A). Remove the printer front door assembly. 4. Remove the printer front left cover. See “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. and -832 Toner add motor assembly removal 1. Remove the toner add motor assembly (A). 10.7500-432.

7500-432. Previous Next Go Back Hooks A C B Rear Note: Before reinstalling. 4-98 MFP Service Manual . See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. 2. Release the two hooks securing the fuser cooling fan (A) to the fan duct (C). 5. Remove the rear motor cover. Remove the rear RIP card cover. 4. -632. 3. the fuser cooling fan (A) must be installed with the center label facing outward. Remove the fuser cooling fan (A). and -832 Fuser cooling fan removal 1. Disconnect the connector from the fuser cooling fan (A) from the dual drive motor assembly (B).

9. Remove the front inner cover. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. 4. Remove the four screws securing the printhead assembly (A). Open the printer front door assembly. -632. 8. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. and -832 Printhead assembly removal 1. 2. See “Toner cartridge guide assembly removal” on page 4-95. Remove the toner cartridge. Remove the printhead assembly (A) by lifting it upward. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. Remove the top cover assembly. Disconnect the three connectors from the printhead assembly (A). 3. Remove the printer front door assembly. Disconnect the connector from the junction harness. 11. 5. Previous Next Go Back Rear Connectors Junction harness A Front Repair information 4-99 . 10. See “Front inner cover removal” on page 4-8. Remove the toner cartridge guide assembly.7500-432. 7. Remove the PC cartridge. 6.

7500-432. -632. 3. and -832 PC cartridge cooling fan duct removal 1. Release the connector harness from the clamp on the PC cartridge cooling fan duct (A). Previous Next Go Back Hook B A Front B A Front view Hook 4-100 MFP Service Manual . Disconnect the harness from the duct connector. Remove the top cover assembly. 2. 4. Release the hook securing the PC cartridge cooling fan duct (A) to the toner cartridge guide assembly (B). See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5.

Previous Connector Next Hooks B Go Back Connector A Holes Front Clamps Connector Repair information 4-101 .7500-432. to release 6. -632. and -832 5. Move the PC cartridge cooling fan duct (A) in the direction of the arrow while lifting the left side. the hook securing it to the toner cartridge guide assembly (B). Remove the PC cartridge cooling fan duct (A).

ensure the fan blade is facing toward the front of the machine. and -832 PC cartridge cooling fan removal 1. 4-102 MFP Service Manual . Previous 3. Remove the PC cartridge cooling fan (A). -632. Release two hooks securing the PC cartridge cooling fan (A) to the PC cartridge cooling fan duct (B). Go Back Connector B Hooks Front A Connector Note: Before reinstalling the PC cartridge cooling fan (A). Note: Use care in handling the PC cartridge cooling fan duct hooks. 2. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. Remove the top cover assembly. See “PC cartridge cooling fan duct removal” on page 4-100. Remove the PC cartridge cooling fan duct. Release the harness of the PC cartridge cooling fan (A) from the slot in the PC cartridge cooling fan 6.7500-432. as they easily break. duct (B). Next 5. 4. Disconnect the harness of the PC cartridge cooling fan (A) to the PC cartridge cooling fan duct (B).

-632. See “Fuser unit assembly removal” on page 4-104. 2. and -832 Sensor (fuser exit) removal 1. Remove the three hooks securing the sensor (fuser exit) (A) to the bracket (B). Previous Next A Hook Go Back B Left Repair information 4-103 . Disconnect the connector from the sensor (fuser exit) (A).7500-432. Remove the fuser unit. Open the printer left door assembly. 6. Remove the sensor (fuser exit) (A). 5. Remove the screw securing the bracket (B). 3. 4.

7500-432. and -832 Fuser unit assembly removal 1. Loosen the two colored knobs securing the fuser unit (A). Open the printer left cover assembly. Pull on the two colored handles to remove the fuser unit (A). Previous Next A Go Back Left Handle Knob 4-104 MFP Service Manual . 3. -632. 2.

Remove the exit 1 drive belt. 10. 3. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. Remove the rear motor cover.7500-432. See “Exit 1 drive belt removal” on page 4-113. -632. Remove the bracket (A) by lifting it upward. 6. 4. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. Open the printer front door assembly. Remove the printer front left cover. Remove the rear upper cover. 9. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. 8. 2. Open the printer left door assembly. Remove the two screws securing the bracket (A). 5. 7. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. Remove the rear RIP card cover. and -832 Exit 1 media shift assembly removal 1. Repair information 4-105 . Previous Next Go Back A Note: Disconnect the two connectors from the sensor (exit 1 media shift) and the sensor (exit 1 bin full). See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15.

Remove the exit 1 media shift assembly (B) by lifting it upward and outward in the direction of the arrow. 12. 14. -632. Remove the two screws securing the exit 1 media shift assembly (B) to the printer. 15. Previous Next Connectors B Go Back Left Left B 4-106 MFP Service Manual . and -832 11. Remove the two screws securing the exit 1 media shift assembly (B). 13. Remove the exit 1 media shift assembly (B) by lifting it upward and outward in the direction of the arrow. Disconnect the two connectors from the exit 1 media shift assembly (B).7500-432.

3. and -832 Previous A Next D Go Back C Reinstallation procedure for the bracket (A): 1.7500-432. Install the bracket (A). Make sure the standard bin full exit 1 actuator shaft (D) operates smoothly without binding. 5. 2. Release the hooks securing the plastic guide (C) that is attached to the bracket (A). 4. Remove the plastic guide (C) from the bracket (A). Repair information 4-107 . Install the plastic guide (C) and the standard bin full exit 1 actuator shaft (D) at the same time. -632.

5. 10. 4-108 MFP Service Manual . 4. 2. Remove the printer front left cover. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Remove the media shift motor (A).7500-432. Previous Next Go Back Connector Clamps A Left B Warning: Before reinstalling. See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. 3. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. 7. Remove the rear motor cover. Open the printer left door assembly. and -832 Media shift motor removal 1. secure the media shift motor (A) harness to the clamps on the exit 1 media shift assembly (B) to prevent damage. 6. Open the printer front door assembly. Remove the rear RIP card cover. 9. 8. Remove the two screws securing the media shift motor (A) to the exit 1 media shift assembly (B). 11. Disconnect the connector from the media shift motor (A). -632. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. Remove the exit 1 media shift assembly. See “Exit 1 media shift assembly removal” on page 4-105. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. Remove the rear upper cover. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13.

8. Remove the rear motor cover. 9. 13. Remove the rear RIP card cover. Previous Next Go Back B C Hooks Hook Left A Repair information 4-109 . See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. Remove the two screws securing the bracket (A) to the exit 1 media shift assembly (B). Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. 10. Remove the rear upper cover. See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. 5. 12. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. 6. 2.7500-432. 3. 4. Remove the printer front left cover. See “Exit 1 media shift assembly removal” on page 4-105. Release the hooks securing the sensor (exit 1 media shift) (C) to the bracket (A). and -832 Sensor (exit 1 media shift) removal 1. 7. See “Media shift motor removal” on page 4-108. Open the printer left door assembly. -632. Remove the media shift motor. Remove the bracket (A). See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Remove the sensor (exit 1media shift) (C). Remove the exit 1 media shift assembly. Open the printer front door assembly. 11.

Remove the exit 1 media shift assembly. 9. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. Previous Next Go Back B Hook Hooks Left A 4-110 MFP Service Manual . See “Exit 1 media shift gear removal” on page 4-111. Open the printer front door assembly. 5. and -832 Sensor (exit 1 bin full) removal 1. 8. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 2. Release the hooks securing the sensor (exit 1 bin full) (A) to the exit 1 media shift assembly (B). -632. 3. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. Remove the rear RIP card cover. Remove the printer front left cover. 10.7500-432. 4. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. Remove the rear upper cover. 7. See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. Remove the sensor (exit 1 bin full) (A). Open the printer left door assembly. Remove the rear motor cover. 6.

2. Open the printer front door assembly. See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. -632. 11. 9. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. 3. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. Remove the rear RIP card cover. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 6. Remove the exit 1 media shift motor. 8. Remove the exit 1 media shift assembly. 7. 10. Remove the printer front left cover. Remove the rear upper cover. Remove the rear motor cover. Previous Next Go Back B A Left Repair information 4-111 . 5. See “Media shift motor removal” on page 4-108. 4.7500-432. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. Remove the bracket (A) from the exit 1 media shift assembly (B). Remove the 2 screws securing the bracket (A) to the exit 1 media shift assembly (B). See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. See “Exit 1 media shift assembly removal” on page 4-105. and -832 Exit 1 media shift gear removal 1. Open the printer left door assembly.

7500-432. Remove the exit 1 media shift gear (D) by lifting it upward. and -832 12. 13. Slide the shift assembly (C) in order to release the shift assembly boss from the exit 1 media shift gear (D). -632. D Previous Next Go Back Rear B Right C Boss 4-112 MFP Service Manual .

Remove the drive belt flange (A). Remove the exit 1 drive belt (B) from the drive pulley . and -832 Exit 1 drive belt removal 1.25 tooth (C). 5. Remove the rear RIP card cover. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 4. Previous Next Go Back B D Left side view B C E Hook Rear A Note: Press on the exit 1 drive belt (B) while slowly turning the motor (E) by hand. 6. Release the hook on the drive belt flange (A). -632. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. Remove the exit 1 drive belt (B) from the exit 1 media shift assembly (D). Remove the rear motor cover. Repair information 4-113 . 7. 3. Note: The drive pulley -25 tooth (C) may become detached. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11.7500-432. 2. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly.

and -832 Dual drive motor assembly removal 1. depress the spring loaded gear (C) while replacing the dual drive motor assembly (A) to prevent damage. Remove the rear motor cover. 8. Remove the exit 1 drive belt. Disconnect the two harness connectors from the dual drive motor assembly (A). Remove the PC cartridge. Remove the dual drive motor assembly (A). Open the printer left door assembly. 3. Previous Next Go Back A C Connector Connector Rear 7. 4-114 MFP Service Manual . Remove the four screws securing the dual drive motor assembly (A) to the printer.7500-432. 2. -632. 6. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. 4. 5. Warning: Depress the spring loaded gear (C) while removing the dual drive motor assembly (A) to prevent damage. See “Exit 1 drive belt removal” on page 4-113. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. Warning: Before reinstalling. Remove the rear RIP card cover.

9. Remove the HVPS card assembly (A) by sliding it outward in the direction of the arrow. Remove the two screws securing the HVPS card assembly (A). 7. 5. 8. 4. Remove the top cover assembly. -632. 6. 2. Remove the front inner cover. Release the harness from the clamps.7500-432. See “Printer front door assembly removal” on page 4-6. Remove the printer front left cover. Next Go Back Clamp Connector A Front Clamp Note: Before reinstalling. Repair information 4-115 . 3. See “Printer front left cover removal” on page 4-3. Disconnect the connector from the HVPS card assembly (A). ensure the HVPS (A) is inserted into the side slots properly. Remove the printer front door assembly. See “Front inner cover removal” on page 4-8. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. and -832 High voltage power supply (HVPS) card removal Previous 1. Remove the PC cartridge.

Release the hooks securing the switch (main power) (B) to the bracket (A). Slide the bracket (A) to the side and then upward in the direction of the arrow. 4. Disconnect the four connectors from the switch (main power) (B). Remove the right upper cover. Remove the switch (main power) (B). 8. 2. 4-116 MFP Service Manual . 9.7500-432. Remove the top cover assembly. ensure the four connectors are plugged into their proper location to prevent damage. See “Right upper cover removal” on page 4-9. Remove the bracket (A). Open the printer front door assembly. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. Next Go Back B Hook Hook Notch A Connectors Front Warning: Before reinstalling. and -832 Switch (main power) removal Previous 1. 3. Remove the screw securing the bracket (A). Note: Make note of the proper location of the four connectors. -632. 7. 6. 5.

and -832 Exit interface card assembly removal 1. Release the plastic supports securing the exit interface card assembly (A). Previous Next Go Back Connector Plastic support Connector A B Front Repair information 4-117 . See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. 5. Remove the exit interface card assembly (A) along with the bracket (B).7500-432. 6. Disconnect all the connectors from the exit interface card assembly (A). Remove the top cover assembly. Remove the two screws securing the exit interface card assembly (A). Remove the two screws securing the exit interface card assembly (A) to the bracket (B). -632. 4. Note: Connector P430 has a hook that must first be released. 2. 3.

-632. Previous P432 P434 P433 Next P430 Go Back P431 A 4-118 MFP Service Manual . and -832 7.7500-432. Remove the exit 2 card assembly (A).

Remove the rear RIP card cover. Disconnect all the connectors from the engine controller card assembly (A). Previous Next Go Back Connector Rear A P418 P407 P406 P420 P421 P412 P401 P422 P400 P409 P416 P413 P417 P414 P415 P411 P419 P410 P402 P404 P403 P408 P405 Repair information 4-119 . P414. 4. 3. 2. P416.7500-432. Remove the six screws securing the printer engine card assembly (A). See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. -632. Remove the printer engine card assembly (A). Remove the rear motor cover. 5. Note: Connectors P405. Remove the rear lower cover. and -832 Printer engine card assembly removal 1. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. 6. See “Rear lower cover removal” on page 4-12. and P400 have a hook that must be released.

Note: Grasp the card by the edge. P521. See “Right upper cover removal” on page 4-9. Remove the right upper cover. and P524 have hooks that must first be released. P522. Next Go Back P523 P522 P524 P221 F401 P521 P5 F002 A Right 4-120 MFP Service Manual . 2. Remove the nine screws securing the LVPS card assembly (A) to the printer. -632. Disconnect the connectors from the LVPS card assembly (A). 4. Note: The connectors P5. 3.7500-432. Remove the LVPS card assembly (A). and -832 LVPS card assembly removal Previous 1. avoid touching the bottom of the LVPS assembly (A).

Disconnect the connector from the LVPS cooling fan (A). Remove the two screws securing the LVPS cooling fan to the machine.7500-432. 2. Remove the LVPS cooling fan (A). Previous Next Go Back A Right Connector Repair information 4-121 . Remove the right upper cover. -632. 3. See “Right upper cover removal” on page 4-9. 4. and -832 LVPS cooling fan removal 1.

Remove the controller cage (A). Remove the RIP card chassis bracket. Note: Connectors P1. See “RIP card chassis bracket removal” on page 4-127. P4. 4-122 MFP Service Manual . Remove the seven connections to the AC drive card assembly (B). and P7 have a hook that must be released. 3. Move the controller cage (A) leftward and outward. 8. Remove the six screws securing the controller cage (A) to the printer. Remove the controller box side cover. and -832 AC drive card assembly removal 1.7500-432. P6. -632. 4. Remove all harnesses from the clamps on the controller cage (A). Remove the six screws securing the AC drive card assembly (B) to the printer. 2. 5. Previous Next Go Back A Clamp Clamp Rear 7. See “Controller box side cover removal” on page 4-18. 6.

Remove the AC drive card assembly (B). Note: Before reinstalling.7500-432. and -832 9. Previous B Connectors Next Go Back Harness clamp Not used P526 P6 White wire Rear P8 (Not used) P7 T12 (White wire) P4 T11 (Black wire) P1 P2 (Not used) Black wire Repair information 4-123 . ensure that all electrical connections are properly connected. -632.

7. Remove the rear lower cover. 3. 5. 2. -632. See “Right upper cover removal” on page 4-9. and -832 AC power input socket assembly removal Previous 1.7500-432. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. Next Go Back Rear A Warning: Before reinstalling. 4-124 MFP Service Manual . ensure all connectors are plugged into their proper location to prevent damage. 8. Remove the top cover assembly. Remove the three screws securing the AC power input socket assembly (A). Release the harness from the clamp. Remove the right upper cover. Remove the rear motor cover. Remove the rear RIP card cover. Remove the AC power bracket assembly (A). See “Rear lower cover removal” on page 4-12. See “Top cover assembly removal” on page 4-5. 4. 6.

5. Disconnect the two connectors to the AC power input socket (B). Repair information 4-125 . 4. See “Rear lower cover removal” on page 4-12. Next Go Back Rear A B Warning: Before reinstalling. Remove the AC GFI breaker (B). -632. 7. 2. Remove the rear lower cover.7500-432. Remove the two screws securing the AC power input socket (B) to the bracket (A). 6. Remove the rear motor cover. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. Remove the rear RIP card cover. and -832 AC power input socket removal Previous 1. 3. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. ensure all connectors are plugged into their proper location to prevent damage. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A).

Release the two hooks securing the finisher AC output (B) to the bracket (A). 4. Remove the finisher AC output (B). Remove the printer engine card assembly. -632. ensure all connectors are plugged into their proper location to prevent damage. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. 7. See “Rear lower cover removal” on page 4-12. 2. 6. Remove the RIP card cover. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. 8. 3. Disconnect the three connectors to the finisher AC output (B). Remove the rear motor cover. B 4-126 MFP Service Manual . Next Go Back Hook A Rear Hook Warning: Before reinstalling. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A). Remove the rear lower cover. See “Printer engine card assembly removal” on page 4-119. 5. and -832 Finisher AC output removal Previous 1.7500-432.

Remove the two screws securing the RIP card chassis bracket (B) to the frame. Remove the rear RIP card cover. 2. Disconnect the seven connections from the RIP card assembly (A). Slide the RIP card chassis bracket (B) to the left and out of the frame. Remove the RIP card chassis bracket assembly. Previous Next Warning: Do not drop the RIP card chassis bracket. or damage will occur. 3. Repair information 4-127 . and -832 RIP card chassis bracket removal 1. Go Back connectors B A connectors 5. -632. 4. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13.7500-432.

5. See “RIP card chassis bracket removal” on page 4-127. Remove the connector from the hard drive (A). Pull the hard drive (A) to release the three locator snaps. Remove the hard drive (A). connector A B 4-128 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. Previous 3. 2. -632. Remove the two screws securing the hard drive (A) to the RIP card chassis bracket (B). Warning: Do not drop the RIP card chassis bracket. or damage will occur. and -832 Hard drive removal 1. or damage will occur. Next Go Back Warning: Do not drop the hard drive. Remove the RIP card chassis bracket. 4. 6. Remove the rear RIP card cover.

3. Previous Next Go Back B connector A Repair information 4-129 . Remove the two screws securing the fax interface card (A) to the side of the RIP card chassis bracket (B). See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. 4. and -832 Fax interface card assembly removal 1. 2. Remove the rear RIP card cover. Remove the fax interface card assembly (A). -632.7500-432. Disconnect the connection from the fax interface assembly (A).

Remove the RIP card chassis bracket. Remove the six screws securing the RIP card assembly (A) to the face of the RIP card chassis bracket (B) Remve the NVRAM card (C). See “Hard drive removal” on page 4-128. 6. Previous Next 1. See “RIP card chassis bracket removal” on page 4-127. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. See “Fax interface card assembly removal” on page 4-129. Go Back Important: The replacement RIP card assembly does not contain a NVRAM card. or incinerate a lithium battery.7500-432. Remove the RIP card assembly (A). Loosen the two thumbscrews from the side of the RIP card chassis bracket (B). Remove the NVRAM card from the old RIP card and install on the replacement RIP card to restore the NVRAM settings. B A C 4-130 MFP Service Manual . Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions and local regulations. Remove the rear RIP card cover. disassemble.. Remove the hard drive. 2. -632. Disconnect the seven connections from the RIP card assembly (A). 3. 9. 8. Remove the fax interface card assembly. Do not recharge. 5. 4. Replace it only with the same or an equivalent type of lithium battery. 7. and -832 RIP card assembly removal CAUTION—POTENTIAL INJURY: There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced.

and -832 Scanner removals Previous Next Rear Go Back Right Left Front Repair information 4-131 .7500-432. -632.

6. Remove the scanner top rear cover (A). See “Scanner right cover removal” on page 4-134. Lift the scanner top rear cover (A) upward. 7. Remove the scanner right cover. -632. Previous Next Go Back A 4-132 MFP Service Manual . 3. 4. 5. 2. and -832 Scanner top rear cover removal 1. Remove the rear upper cover. Remove the ADF unit assembly.7500-432. Remove the scanner left cover. See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. Remove the three screws securing the scanner top rear cover (A) to the scanner unit assembly. See “Scanner left cover removal” on page 4-133.

-632. Release the two hooks securing the front side of scanner left cover (A). and -832 Scanner left cover removal 1. and shift the scanner left cover (A) rearward. and remove the scanner left cover (A). Remove the two screws securing the scanner left cover (A) to the scanner unit assembly. Disengage the rear side of scanner left cover (A) from the scanner unit assembly. Previous 3. 2.7500-432. Next Go Back A Repair information 4-133 .

Disengage the rear side of scanner right cover (A) from the scanner unit assembly. and shift the scanner right cover (A) rearward. Remove the two screws securing the scanner right cover (A) to the scanner unit assembly.7500-432. Previous 3. and remove the scanner right cover (A). Next Go Back A 4-134 MFP Service Manual . 2. Release the two hooks securing the front side of the scanner right cover (A). and -832 Scanner right cover removal 1. -632.

Disconnect the four connectors from the RIP card assembly (A). 6. Repair information 4-135 . See “Controller box side cover removal” on page 4-18. 4. See “Rear RIP card cover removal” on page 4-13. See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. Pull the stud (B) securing the filter (C) away from the rear motor cover (D). Remove the controller box side cover.7500-432. 2. See “Rear motor cover removal” on page 4-11. Remove the rear upper cover. Remove the rear motor cover. Remove the filter (C). 3. and -832 Operator panel assembly removal 1. -632. Previous Next connectors Go Back A D C B Rear 5. 7. Remove the rear RIP card cover.

Release the operator panel cable and the USB-Smart card-LED cable assembly from the clamps.7500-432. Previous Next Go Back Clamps Clamps Rear 4-136 MFP Service Manual . and -832 8. -632.

Remove the operator panel assembly (B). 3. Reinstallation procedure for the operator panel assembly (B): 1. 11.7500-432. Ensure that all connections are properly reconnected. or damage will occur. 2. Guide the operator panel cable through the harness guide (C) so that it can be pulled through the rear of the printer. Note: First pull the operator panel cable out from the harness guide (C). Previous Next Go Back B 10. -632. Repair information 4-137 . and then guide the three remaining cables. Remove the four screws securing the operator panel assembly (B) to the scanner unit assembly. Warning: Do not drop the operator panel assembly (B). and -832 9. Reroute the cables. and ensure that they are reinserted into their appropriate clamps. and then remove the remaining three cables. Guide the operator panel cable and the USB-Smart card-LED cable assembly through the rear of the printer so that they can be pulled through from the front.

-632. and -832 Warning: Be careful not to damage the cables by pulling too hard. or cutting the cable insulation. Previous Next Go Back 4-138 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

-632. and -832 Previous Next Go Back Rear 1 2 4 5 7 3 6 8 * 0 9 # II C Front B Repair information 4-139 .7500-432.

Note: Use a prying tool to release the hooks that are difficult to access. 2. Previous Next Hooks Go Back Hooks A A Operator panel assembly 4-140 MFP Service Manual . Remove the operator panel side covers (A). 3. Remove the operator panel assembly. See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. -632. Release the hooks accessible on the rear end to dislodge the operator panel side covers (A). The hooks are easier to release if done in sequence starting from the least accessible hook and ending on the nearest hook.7500-432. and -832 Operator panel cover assembly removal 1.

5. Remove the two screws from the rear side of the operator panel assembly. Previous Next Go Back Repair information 4-141 . Remove the four screws from the bottom side of the operator panel assembly. Remove the four screws from the left and right sides of the operator panel assembly. 6. and -832 4. -632.7500-432.

to the rear frame (D). and remove the screw securing the green ground wire (C) 8.7500-432. Release the clamps holding the cables. -632. Lift the operator panel top cover assembly (B). and -832 7. Previous B Next Go Back C D Clamps 4-142 MFP Service Manual .

and -832 9. Note: Use a prying tool to release hooks that are difficult to access. Remove the operator panel front cover (E). Hook Next Go Back Hook F E Repair information 4-143 . 11.7500-432. Previous 10. -632. Push the hooks accessible on the rear end to dislodge the operator panel front cover (E). Remove the two screws securing the USB cable (F) to the operator panel front cover (E).

and -832 USB-Smart card-LED cable assembly removal 1. Remove the operator panel assembly. -632. Previous Next Go Back A B 4-144 MFP Service Manual . and remove. 5. 2.7500-432. 3. Remove the operator cover assembly. See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. Lift the rear frame (A). 4. Remove the three screws securing the rear frame (A) to the operator panel bottom cover (B). Release the Smart card cable and the USB cable from the operator panel top cover. See “Operator panel cover assembly removal” on page 4-140.

7. -632. Previous C Next Go Back B Repair information 4-145 . Remove the USB-Smart card-LED cable assembly from the operator panel bottom cover (B).7500-432. Remove the screw securing the LED card (C). and -832 6.

Remove the four screws securing the operator panel user touch screen (B) to the top cover. 4.7500-432. Previous 3. 5. Note: Before reinstalling the operator panel assembly. Note: Before reinstalling the operator panel user touch screen (B). and -832 Operator panel user touch screen removal 1. See “Operator panel cover assembly removal” on page 4-140. Next Go Back Connectors A B 4-146 MFP Service Manual . Disconnect the two connectors from the operator panel controller card (A). -632. 2. Remove the operator panel cover assembly. Remove the operator panel assembly. Remove the operator panel user touch screen (B). See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. ensure that all connections are properly replaced. ensure that all ground wires are properly replaced.

7500-432. Next Go Back A Connectors Repair information 4-147 . ensure that all connections are properly replaced. 5. Note: Before reinstalling the operator panel assembly. Previous 3. -632. ensure that all ground wires are properly replaced. Disconnect all the connectors from the operator panel controller card (A). Remove the operator panel assembly. 2. and -832 Operator panel controller card removal 1. See “Operator panel cover assembly removal” on page 4-140. 4. Remove the operator panel cover assembly. Remove the operator panel controller card (A). Remove the four screws securing the operator panel controller card (A) to the top cover. See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. Note: Before reinstalling the operator panel controller card (A).

See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135.7500-432. 2. -632. and -832 Operator panel cable removal 1. Remove the operator panel assembly. Next B Go Back A 4-148 MFP Service Manual . Previous 3. See “Operator panel cover assembly removal” on page 4-140. Remove the operator panel cover assembly. Disconnect the operator panel cable (A) from the operator panel controller card (B).

3. See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. See “Scanner left cover removal” on page 4-133. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the ADF unit assembly. the scanner top rear cover.7500-432. See “Scanner top rear cover removal” on page 4-132. the rear upper cover. 8. Previous Next Go Back Front A Rear Connectors A Repair information 4-149 . 2. See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. and -832 Scanner unit assembly removal 1. the scanner left cover. the two power connections from the rear of the scanner unit assembly (A). 6. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. the scanner right cover. 9. 5. See “Scanner right cover removal” on page 4-134. the six screws securing the scanner unit assembly (A) to the machine. the operator panel assembly. -632. 4. 7. the scanner unit assembly (A).

4. CAUTION: Avoid touching the underside of the large platen glass (B). Remove the large platen glass retainer (A). Go Back A B 4-150 MFP Service Manual . and -832 Large platen glass removal 1. After installation. Note: Before reinstalling the large platen glass (B). Previous Next Warning: Do not drop the large platen glass (B). or damage will occur. 3. 2. clean the underside with glass cleaner. and then install the large platen glass assembly (B). -632. Remove the two screws securing the large platen glass retainer (A) to the scanner unit assembly. Remove the large platen glass (B). Gently lift the large platen glass (B) upward. and move it rightward in the direction of the arrow. clean the top of the large platen glass (B) with glass cleaner.7500-432.

-632. Previous Next Go Back A Repair information 4-151 . Disconnect all connections from the scanner controller card assembly (C). See “Scanner top rear cover removal” on page 4-132. See “Rear upper cover removal” on page 4-15. Remove the four card mounting screws (B) securing the scanner controller card assembly (C) from the rear of the scanner unit assembly. 9. 5.7500-432. Remove the six screws securing the cover (A) to the scanner unit assembly. 10. 4. 11. 8. and -832 Scanner controller card assembly removal 1. Remove the large platen glass. Remove the rear upper cover. 7. Remove the scanner controller card assembly (C). 6. Remove the cover (A). Gently move the scanner carriage assembly completely to the left to provide access to the screws. Move the cover (A) forward then upward in the direction of the arrow. Remove the scanner top rear cover. Remove the eleven screws securing the scanner controller card assembly (C) to the scanner unit assembly. 2. See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. 3.

7500-432. and -832 Previous Connectors Next Go Back B Connector C Connector 4-152 MFP Service Manual . -632.

8. the small platen glass rear retainer (B). 6. the small platen glass (C). 9. the scanner left cover. the scanner right cover. the small platen glass front retainer (A). clean the underside of the small platen glass (C) with glass cleaner. See “Scanner right cover removal” on page 4-134. B C A Repair information 4-153 . CAUTION: Avoid touching the underside of the small platen glass (C). the screw securing the small platen glass rear retainer (B) to the scanner unit assembly. See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. 3. 5. See “Scanner left cover removal” on page 4-133. clean the top of the small platen glass (C) with glass cleaner. the scanner top rear cover. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the ADF unit assembly. Previous Next Go Back Warning: Do not drop the small platen glass (C). See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. 4. 2. then install the small platen glass assembly (C). the screw securing the small platen glass front retainer (A) to the scanner unit assembly.7500-432. -632. See “Scanner top rear cover removal” on page 4-132. 10. the operator panel assembly. or damage will occur. Note: Before reinstalling the small platen glass (C). and -832 Small platen glass removal 1. 7. After installation.

4. Go Back 6. 3. -632. Note: Ensure that the white connector is plugged into the sensor (platen length APS 1) (B). 5. Previous Next Warning: Do not remove or disturb any red painted screws or optical misalignment will occur.7500-432. Remove the eight screws securing the cover (A) to the scanner unit assembly. Remove the four screws securing the CCD card/lens assembly (E) to the scanner unit assembly. See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. Disconnect the connections to the sensor (platen length APS 1) (B) and the sensor (platen length APS 2) (C). 2. 4-154 MFP Service Manual . Remove the CCD card/lens assembly (E). 7. Remove the large platen glass. Disconnect the CCD ribbon cable assembly (D) from the CCD card/lens assembly (E). and -832 CCD card/lens assembly removal 1. Remove the cover (A).

-632.7500-432. and -832 Previous Next Go Back E Connector D Repair information 4-155 .

3. Remove the eight screws securing the cover (A) to the scanner unit assembly. 6. See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. and -832 Sensor (platen length APS 1) removal 1. Remove the sensor (platen length APS 1) (B). 5. Remove the large platen glass. 2. -632. Disconnect the sensor (platen length APS 1) (B). Previous Next Note: Ensure that the blue connector is plugged into the sensor (platen length APS 1) (B).7500-432. Go Back 4-156 MFP Service Manual . 4. Remove the screw securing the sensor (platen length APS 1) (B). Remove the cover (A).

6. 2. Disconnect the sensor (platen length APS 2) (B). 5. and -832 Sensor (platen length APS 2) removal 1. Remove the screw securing the sensor (platen length APS 2) (B). Remove the eight screws securing the cover (A) to the scanner unit assembly.7500-432. Previous Next Note: Ensure that the white connector is plugged into the sensor (platen length APS 2) (B). See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. -632. Go Back Repair information 4-157 . 4. Remove the large platen glass. Remove the cover (A). Remove the sensor (platen length APS 2) (B). 3.

2. Remove the screw securing the switch (platen interlock) (A) to the scanner unit assembly. Release the harness of the switch (platen interlock) (A) from the clamp. -632. See “Operator panel assembly removal” on page 4-135. Disconnect the connector from the switch (platen interlock) (A). 4. 5.7500-432. 3. Remove the switch (platen interlock) (A). Previous Next Go Back A Clamp Connector 4-158 MFP Service Manual . Remove the operator panel assembly. and -832 Switch (platen interlock) removal 1.

See “Scanner top rear cover removal” on page 4-132. and -832 Sensor (scanner HP) removal 1. Remove the scanner top rear cover. See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. 5. 4. Remove the sensor (scanner HP) (B). 3. Remove the large platen glass. 6. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (scanner HP) (B). Previous Next Go Back Connector B A Repair information 4-159 . Gently move the scanner carriage (A) rightward to provide access to the sensor (scanner HP) (B).7500-432. -632. Release the hooks securing the sensor (scanner HP) (B) to the scanner unit assembly. 2.

See “Scanner top rear cover removal” on page 4-132. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the ADF unit assembly. 7. Previous Next Go Back A 4-160 MFP Service Manual . the scanner right cover. See “Scanner right cover removal” on page 4-134.7500-432. -632. the ADF angle actuator assembly (A). 5. 4. See “Scanner left cover removal” on page 4-133. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. 2. the scanner left cover. 6. 3. the one screw securing the ADF angle actuator assembly (A) to the scanner unit assembly. and -832 ADF angle actuator assembly removal 1. the scanner top rear cover. the large platen glass.

Remove the scanner top rear cover. See “Scanner right cover removal” on page 4-134. Remove the ADF angle actuator assembly. and -832 Sensor (ADF angle) removal 1. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. Remove the scanner right cover. -632. 5. See “Scanner top rear cover removal” on page 4-132. 6. See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. Previous Next Go Back Connector A Repair information 4-161 . 8. 9. 3. Remove the large platen glass.7500-432. Remove the sensor (ADF angle) (A). Remove the scanner left cover. 4. 2. Release the hooks securing the sensor (ADF angle) (A) to the scanner unit assembly. See “Scanner left cover removal” on page 4-133. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (ADF angle) (A). See “ADF angle actuator assembly removal” on page 4-160. 7. Remove the ADF unit assembly.

Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the ADF unit assembly. 6. and -832 Scanner PS card assembly removal 1. all connections from the scanner PS card assembly (A). Previous Next Go Back Connector A B 4-162 MFP Service Manual . 8. the bracket (B). 4. the three screws securing the bracket (B) to the scanner unit assembly. the scanner PS card assembly (A). -632. 5. See “CCD card/lens assembly removal” on page 4-154. 7. 2. the three screws securing the scanner PS card assembly (A) to the bracket (B). the CCD card/lens assembly. See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167.7500-432. the large platen glass. 3.

7500-432. Remove the scanner left cover. and -832 Scanner drive motor assembly removal 1. 4. Previous Next Go Back B C Connector A Repair information 4-163 . Remove the three screws securing the scanner drive motor assembly (A) to the scanner unit assembly. 2. 6. 7. Disconnect the connector from the scanner drive motor assembly (A). Remove the scanner top rear cover. Remove the ADF unit assembly. Remove the scanner drive motor assembly (A). Note: To correctly set the scanner drive belt (C) tension. Remove the scanner drive motor tension spring (B) from the scanner drive motor assembly (A). 5. install the scanner drive motor assembly (A) and the scanner drive motor tension spring (B) before completely tightening the three screws. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. See “Scanner left cover removal” on page 4-133. 8. Remove the scanner right cover. -632. See “Scanner right cover removal” on page 4-134. See “Scanner top rear cover removal” on page 4-132. 3.

Remove the ADF unit assembly. 3. See “Scanner right cover removal” on page 4-134. 7. -632. 2. Remove the scanner right cover. See “Scanner left cover removal” on page 4-133. ensure that the label on the scanner cooling fan (A) is facing toward the rear of the scanner unit assembly. Remove the harness from the clamp. 5. 8. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167.7500-432. Remove the scanner left cover. Remove the scanner cooling fan (A). and -832 Scanner cooling fan removal 1. 4. Previous Next Go Back Note: Before reinstalling the scanner cooling fan (A). 6. Remove the scanner top rear cover. Disconnect the connector from the scanner cooling fan (A). See “Scanner top rear cover removal” on page 4-132. A Connector Rear Clamp 4-164 MFP Service Manual . Lift the scanner cooling fan (A) upward in the direction of the arrow.

6. Disconnect the exposure lamp PS ribbon cable (D) from the exposure lamp PS card assembly (A). 5. 7. Note: Before reinstalling the exposure lamp PS card assembly (A). Note: Ensure that the exposure lamp PS card assembly is securely mounted to the scanner carriage (B). Disconnect the exposure lamp (C) from the exposure lamp PS card assembly (A). Move the exposure lamp PS card assembly rearward then release the two hooks securing it to the scanner 4. 8. Remove the insulator bracket (E). and -832 Exposure lamp PS card assembly removal 1. Remove the screw securing the exposure lamp PS card assembly (A) to the scanner carriage (B). Previous Next Go Back B D E C A Repair information 4-165 . 3. Remove the exposure lamp PS card assembly (A). See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. Remove the two screws securing the exposure lamp PS card assembly to the insulator bracket (E). carriage (B).7500-432. -632. Note: Ensure that all harnesses and cables move freely without binding. 2. ensure that all connections are properly connected. Remove the large platen glass.

-632.7500-432. Note: Before reinstalling the exposure lamp (B). 5. Remove the screw securing the exposure lamp to the scanner carriage (A). of the exposure lamp (B). Pull out the harness of the exposure lamp (B) from the square opening in the scanner carriage. B A Connector 4-166 MFP Service Manual . Release the hook and disconnect the connector from the exposure lamp (B). 4. Note: Ensure that the exposure lamp (B) is properly reconnected. Gently move the scanner carriage (A) to the large opening of the frame to provide access to the front side 3. 2. Remove the large platen glass. ensure that the indexing pin on the end of the exposure lamp (B) is inserted into the hole on the scanner carriage (A). 6. See “Large platen glass removal” on page 4-150. and -832 Exposure lamp removal 1. Remove the exposure lamp (B). or failure will occur (B). Previous Next Go Back Warning: Do not touch the glass surface of the exposure lamp.

Remove the platen cushion assembly. 5. Remove the ADF unit assembly. Remove the connection from the ADF to the rear of the scanner unit assembly. Remove the two ADF mounting screws (A). Previous Next 1. 3. and -832 ADF removals ADF unit assembly removal Warning: The ADF is very heavy. Go Back A A A Connectors Repair information 4-167 . Open the ADF to its full upright position. See “Platen cushion removal” on page 4-168. and then lift upward in the direction of the arrow.7500-432. 2. 4. -632. or damage will occur. do not drop it. Move the ADF slightly rearward. 6.

7500-432.5+/-0.2mm 4-168 MFP Service Manual . Open the ADF unit assembly. Note: Before reinstalling the platen cushion (A). Gently pull off the platen cushion (A) from the ADF.2mm 0. and -832 Platen cushion removal 1. and place the platen cushion (A) on the large platen glass (B) flush with the left and top edges. -632.5+/-0. position the ADF in its upright position. Gently close the ADF to attach the platen cushion (A) to the ADF. 2. Previous Next Go Back A Platen guide A 0.

Remove the media scan guide (A). and -832 Media scan guide removal 1. 3.7500-432. Remove the screw securing the media scan guide (A) to the ADF unit assembly. -632. Previous Next Go Back B A Repair information 4-169 . Open the ADF unit assembly. Remove the two media scan guide springs (B) from the media scan guide (A). 4. 2.

Remove the two front screws and the five rear screws securing the ADF media feed assembly (G) to the ADF. Remove the ADF unit assembly. See “Document tray assembly removal” on page 4-172. Disconnect the connector from the inverter solenoid assembly (F). 5. Disconnect connectors P754. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. 12. 11. Remove the ADF left cover assembly. 2. and -832 ADF media feed assembly removal 1. Release the two harness from the clamp molded into the base of the ADF. Disconnect the connector from the document set LED (E). 3. P758. P761. 9. 13. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. See “ADF left cover assembly removal” on page 4-176. Remove the damper (B). Previous Next Go Back 4-170 MFP Service Manual . 8. Remove the document tray assembly. Do not excessively bend the clamp or it may break. Remove the ADF rear cover. 4. and P786 from the ADF controller card assembly (A). -632.7500-432. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 6. P755. P785. 7. Release the harness from the three clamps. Note: The above clamp is located beneath the ADF registration motor. Loosen the set screw securing the damper (B) with an Allen wrench. 14. 10. Disconnect the two connections from the switch (ADF left cover interlock) (D) with needle nose pliers.

and -832 15. Remove the ADF media feed assembly (G) from the ADF. Previous Next D Connectors E Set screw Go Back B F Front G Connectors Clamps P755 A P758 P786 Clamp P754 P785 P761 Rear Repair information 4-171 . Note: Before reinstalling the ADF media feed assembly (G). Note: When replacing the complete ADF media feed assembly. Note: Ensure that the plunger is properly reinserted into the inverter solenoid assembly (F). first remove the ADF left cover assembly and the ADF registration motor from the replacement part. ensure that the harnesses are reinserted into their appropriate clamps. Note: The plunger in the inverter solenoid assembly (F) will become detached. -632. Note: Ensure that all connections are properly reconnected.7500-432.

and -832 Document tray assembly removal 1. 11. Remove the document tray assembly (E). 2. 8. Move the document tray assembly (E) upward to detach it from the ADF. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Remove the screw securing the green ground wire (C). Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the document tray hinge (D). Note: Before reinstalling the document tray assembly. Note: Ensure the green ground wire (C) is reconnected. 3.7500-432. Remove the screw securing the document tray hinge (D). Release the wire clamp (A) that binds the harnesses together. 7. Previous Next Go Back A Connectors C E B D Front 4-172 MFP Service Manual . Disconnect the two connectors P759 and P760 from the ADF controller card assembly (B). 6. 4. Remove the ADF rear cover. 5. ensure all connections are properly reconnected. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. 9. Remove the harness from the round opening in the ADF. 10. -632. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174.

and -832 ADF rear cover removal 1. 2. 4. Remove the three screws securing the ADF rear cover (A). Remove the ADF rear cover (A). Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3. Lift the document tray assembly. Previous Next Go Back A Rear Repair information 4-173 . Lift the ADF rear cover (A) upward. 5.7500-432. -632.

4.7500-432. Lift the ADF front cover (A) upward. -632. and -832 ADF front cover assembly removal 1. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the ADF left cover assembly (A). 3. 2. Remove the screw securing the ADF front cover assembly (A). Previous Next Go Back A Front 4-174 MFP Service Manual .

Previous Next Note: Ensure that all connections are properly reconnected. Go Back P756 P757 P758 P759 P760 P786 P755 P754 P785 P761 P752 P751 P753 Ground wire Rear A Repair information 4-175 . 4. Remove the ADF controller card assembly (A).7500-432. Remove the ADF rear cover. Disconnect all connectors from the ADF controller card assembly (A). and -832 ADF controller card assembly removal 1. -632. Remove the five screws securing the ADF controller card assembly (A). 3. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Note: Ensure that the ground wire is reconnected. 2.

8. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. Remove the left cover pinch roll assembly. 5. Remove the two screws securing the harness guide (I). See “Left cover pinch roll assembly removal” on 13. and -832 ADF left cover assembly removal 1. See “ADF left cover media guide removal” on page 4-189. page 4-179. 10. 14. Remove the screw from the green ground wire (G). Remove the front hinge pin (C). See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Disconnect the connector from the pick roll position motor assembly (J). Remove the ADF rear cover. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. -632. Remove the harness retainer (A). Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the screw securing the left cover hinge retainer (B). 11. Remove the screw securing the grounding plate (H). 6. 12. While holding the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the ADF left cover media guide. Detach the harness guide (I).7500-432. 18. 19. 16. or damage will occur. Remove the screw securing the harness retainer (A). Disconnect the connector from the sensor (pick roll position HP) (F) located on the ADF left cover assembly (E). 2. 15. 4-176 MFP Service Manual . remove the rear hinge pin with needle nose pliers (D). 3. 4. Remove the screw securing the front hinge pin (C). and remove the ADF left cover assembly (E) from the ADF. 17. Remove the grounding plate (H). 9. Remove the left cover hinge retainer (B). Previous Next Go Back Warning: Do not allow the ADF left cover assembly (E) to hang by the harness. 7.

and -832 20. Note: Ensure that the ADF left cover assembly (E) opens and closes without binding. Note: Before reinstalling the ADF left cover assembly (E). Note: Ensure that the green ground wire (G) and the grounding plate (H) is reconnected. Previous Next Go Back Rear Left side A E B D Front C Repair information 4-177 . -632. Remove the harness from the rectangular opening of the side of the ADF left cover assembly. Note: Ensure that the harnesses are properly captured by the harness guide (I).7500-432. Note: Ensure that the spring (K) attached to the feed/pick roll assembly (L) is properly reinstalled. ensure that the harness is properly routed and is not pinched.

7500-432. and -832 Previous L Next Go Back I K J H G F Connector Connector E 4-178 MFP Service Manual . -632.

7500-432. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (pick roll position HP) (A). Previous Next Connector A Go Back B Front Repair information 4-179 . Remove the three screws securing the left cover pinch roll assembly (B). and -832 Left cover pinch roll assembly removal 1. 4. 2. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the left cover pinch roll assembly (A). -632.

P758. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the ADF registration motor. P785 and P786 from the ADF controller card assembly (D).7500-432. 7. 6. 10. Remove the two screws securing the ADF dual drive motor assembly (A) to the base of the ADF. P786 P756 P757 P758 P759 P760 P755 Previous Next Go Back P754 P785 P761 P752 P753 D P751 C B A A Connectors Stud screw 4-180 MFP Service Manual . 5. 4. 8. 2. Remove the screw securing the harness guide (B) to the ADF. and -832 ADF feed drive motor assembly removal 1. See “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. Remove the plastic support (C). 12. Remove the ADF dual drive motor assembly (A) from the ADF. 9. Remove the stud screw securing the ADF dual drive motor assembly (A) to the rear of the ADF. Remove the connectors P751. Remove the ADF rear cover. P761. 11. 13. -632. 3. P755. P754. Remove the two screws securing the ADF dual drive motor assembly (A) to the rear of the ADF. Disconnect the three connectors from the ADF dual drive motor assembly (A). Remove the harness guide (B) containing the harnesses and swing it out of the way. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Lift the document tray assembly.

2. 7. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174.7500-432. 8. 6. Disconnect the connector from the inverter solenoid assembly (B). and -832 Inverter solenoid assembly removal 1. -632. 3. Previous Next Go Back Set screw A B Connector Front C Plunger Repair information 4-181 . Note: Before reinstalling the inverter solenoid assembly (B). Remove the inverter solenoid assembly (B). ensure that the plunger is properly inserted into the inverter solenoid assembly (B) and attached to the inverter lever (C). Remove the screw securing the inverter solenoid assembly (B). Remove the plunger from the inverter lever (C). Remove the damper (A). Loosen the set screw securing the damper (A). 5. 4. Open the ADF left cover assembly.

4. Remove the document set LED (A). See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. 2. 5. Previous Next Go Back A Connector Front 4-182 MFP Service Manual . Disconnect the connector from the document set LED (A). Remove the screw securing the document set LED (A). Open the ADF left cover assembly. -632. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. and -832 Document set LED removal 1. 3.7500-432.

7. See “ADF feed/pick roll assembly removal” on page 4-186. Remove the rear bracket (E). -632. Remove the pick roll position motor assembly (D). Remove the two screws securing the harness guide (C). 11. Remove the screw securing the grounding plate (B). 3. 8. 2.7500-432. Remove the one screw securing the pick roll position motor assembly (D). 9. 5. 4. Gently pry the sheet through actuator (F) out of the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the ADF left cover media guide. 13. Repair information 4-183 . Remove the screw from the green ground wire (A). and -832 Sheet through actuator removal 1. 10. Previous Next Go Back Warning: Shims may be present under the rear bracket (E) and may possibly fall out. Remove the harness guide (C). Remove the one screw securing the rear bracket (E). Remove the grounding plate (B). Note the locations of any shims. Open the ADF left cover assembly. See “ADF left cover media guide removal” on page 4-189. Remove the ADF feed/pick roll assembly. 12. 6.

replace any shims that were originally present. -632. and -832 14. Remove the sheet through actuator (F). Previous F Next Go Back C D F A B E Spring 4-184 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. Note: Before reinstalling the rear bracket (E).

Disconnect the connector from the sensor (pick roll position HP) (A). 2. 3. 5. Remove the sensor (pick roll position HP) (A).7500-432. B Open the ADF left cover assembly. 4. See “ADF left cover media guide removal” on page 4-189. -632. and -832 Sensor (pick roll position HP) removal 1. Remove the ADF left cover media guide. Previous Next Go Back Connector A Repair information 4-185 . Release the hooks securing sensor (pick roll position HP) (A) to the ADF left cover assembly (B).

See “ADF left cover media guide removal” on page 4-189. 6. Note: Rotate the rear most white gear of the pick roll position motor assembly until the pick roll is completely lowered and the sector gear is completely disengaged. ensure that the machine is turned off when replacing the ADF feed/pick roll assembly. 5. Note: Once the ADF feed/pick roll assembly is secured and the plastic clip is installed. -632. Warning: To reduce the chance of pick roll position errors and mechanical misalignments. ensure that the document set stops are positioned correctly and the two set gates are positioned as shown in the diagram or the ADF will malfunction and jam. Move the front bushing (B) frontward in the direction of the arrow to remove it from the front bracket (C). 3. Go Back Rear white gear Sector gear 4-186 MFP Service Manual . 7. Move the rear bushing (D) rearward in the arrow direction to remove it from the rear bracket (E). Note: Ensure that the two springs are positioned and installed properly or the ADF will malfunction and jam. 8. Previous 1. Turn the machine off.7500-432. and -832 ADF feed/pick roll assembly removal Warning: Do not touch the rubber surface of the feed roll or the pick roll. Gently remove the ADF feed/pick roll assembly (F) from the left cover assembly. 9. rotate the rear most white gear of the pick roll position motor assembly until the pick roll has completely raised. Next 2. Note: Before reinstalling the ADF feed/pick roll assembly (F). Remove the ADF left cover media guide. Gently pull the front end of the ADF feed/pick roll assembly away from the ADF left cover assembly. Release the two springs from the ADF left cover assembly Remove the plastic clip (A). Open the ADF left cover assembly. 4.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Previous E C Next Go Back B D F A Set gate Plate Repair information 4-187 .

and -832 Document set actuator removal 1. Remove the ADF left cover media guide.7500-432. Remove the document set actuator (A). 2. 3. Previous Next Go Back A 4-188 MFP Service Manual . See “ADF left cover media guide removal” on page 4-189. 4. -632. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Gently pry the document set actuator (A) from the ADF left cover assembly.

and remove the two tabs from the holes. Lift the ADF left cover media guide (A) upward. and -832 ADF left cover media guide removal 1. Remove the ADF left cover media guide (A). -632. Go Back Boss Boss A Tabs Repair information 4-189 . Open the ADF left cover assembly. then remove the two bosses from the slot. Remove the screw securing the ADF left cover media guide (A).7500-432. 3. Previous Next 4. Note: Before reinstalling the ADF left cover media guide (A). ensure that the two bosses and two tabs are correctly installed. 2. or jamming will occur.

See “ADF left cover media guide removal” on page 4-189. Previous Next Go Back D C B A Connector 4-190 MFP Service Manual . Remove the document set actuator. Remove the grounding plate (B). 3. Remove the ADF left cover media guide. Remove the two screws securing the harness guide (C). 7. Open the ADF left cover assembly.7500-432. Remove the harness from the harness guide (C). and -832 Pick roll position motor assembly removal 1. Remove the screw from the green ground wire (A). 6. Disconnect the connector from the pick roll position motor assembly (D). Remove the harness guide (C). Remove the screw securing the grounding plate (B). See “” on page 4-187. 11. 4. 2. -632. 10. 12. Remove the one screw securing the pick roll position motor assembly (D). Remove the pick roll position motor assembly (D). 9. 8. 5.

4. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. and -832 Switch (ADF left cover interlock) removal 1. Previous Next Go Back Screw Front A Connections Repair information 4-191 . Remove the switch (ADF left cover interlock). Remove the screw and washer securing the switch (ADF left cover interlock) (A). 5. 3. Disconnect the two connections to the switch (ADF left cover interlock) (A) with needle nose pliers. -632. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 2. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174.7500-432.

The APS. 7. disconnect the connector. pre-registration. and -832 Sensor (ADF width APS 1) 1. Release the hook. Remove the two screws securing the sensor mount (A) to the ADF. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. Go Back 6.7500-432. Remove the sensor (ADF width APS 1) (C). Open the ADF left cover assembly. Previous Next 4. Release the hook securing the sensor (ADF width APS 1) (C) to the sensor mount (A). Lift the separation roll guide assembly to its uppermost position. -632. 2. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198. and inverter sensors are removed in the same manner. Disconnect the connection from sensor (ADF width APS 1) (C). and remove the sensor. 8. A B A C 4-192 MFP Service Manual . 3. 5. and move it to the position in which the required sensor is easily removed. Slide the sensor mount (A) from the underside of the ADF transport roll (B).

See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198. Go Back 6. Release the hook. and -832 Sensor (ADF width APS 2) 1. 7. Release the hook securing the sensor (ADF width APS 2) (C) to the sensor mount (A). and move it to the position in which the required sensor is easily removed. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 3. disconnect the connector. and inverter sensors are removed in the same manner. Previous Next 4. 2. 8. pre-registration. Remove the sensor (ADF width APS 2) (C). Slide the sensor mount (A) from the underside of the ADF transport roll (B).7500-432. 5. Remove the two screws securing the sensor mount (A) to the ADF. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. A B A C Repair information 4-193 . Disconnect the connection from sensor (ADF width APS 2) (C). -632. Lift the separation roll guide assembly to its uppermost position. and remove the sensor. The APS.

3. and move it to the position in which the required sensor is easily removed. Release the hook securing the sensor (ADF width APS 3) (C) to the sensor mount (A). 7. and remove the sensor. Slide the sensor mount (A) from the under of the ADF transport roll (B).7500-432. A B C A 4-194 MFP Service Manual . Remove the two screws securing the sensor mount (A) to the ADF. -632. pre-registration. Release the hook. The APS. and -832 Sensor (ADF width APS 3) 1. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 5. Go Back 6. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198. Previous Next 4. 2. Remove the sensor (ADF width APS 3) (C). disconnect the connector. Lift the separation roll guide assembly to its uppermost position. and inverter sensors are removed in the same manner. Disconnect the connection from sensor (ADF width APS 3) (C). 8.

and move it to the position in which the required sensor is easily removed. Remove the screw securing the ADF registration sensor. and -832 Sensor (ADF registration) 1. Slide the sensor mount (A) from the underside of the ADF transport roll (B). Disconnect the connector from the sensor (ADF registration). Remove the two screws securing the sensor mount (A) to the ADF. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. Lift the separation roll guide assembly to its uppermost position. pre-registration. Release the hook. 3. Remove the sensor (ADF registration) (C). A B C A Repair information 4-195 . Previous Next 4. disconnect the connector. Go Back 6. Open the ADF left cover assembly. -632. and inverter sensors are removed in the same manner. 8.7500-432. The APS. 7. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198. and remove the sensor. 5. 2.

Open the ADF left cover assembly. 2. Remove the two screws securing the sensor mount (A) to the ADF. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. -632. The APS. Release the hooks securing the sensor (ADF pre-registration) (C) to the sensor mount (A). 5. 8. 7. disconnect the connector.7500-432. and inverter sensors are removed in the same manner. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (ADF pre-registration) (C). A B C A 4-196 MFP Service Manual . pre-registration. Remove the sensor (ADF pre-registration) (C). Release the hook. 3. and remove the sensor. and move it to the position in which the required sensor is easily removed. Lift the separation roll guide assembly to its uppermost position. and -832 Sensor (ADF pre-registration) 1. Go Back 6. Slide the sensor mount (A) from the underside of the ADF transport roll (B). Previous Next 4. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198.

The APS. Remove the sensor (ADF inverter). -632. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198. and move it to the position in which the required sensor is easily removed. Slide the sensor mount (A) from the underside of the ADF transport roll (B). 8. Go Back 6. Previous Next 4. 5. and -832 Sensor (ADF inverter) 1. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Release the hook. 2. Remove the two screws securing the sensor mount (A) to the ADF. 3. Lift the separation roll guide assembly to its uppermost position. and inverter sensors are removed in the same manner. Release the hooks securing the sensor (ADF inverter) (C) to the sensor mount (A). pre-registration. disconnect the connector. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (ADF inverter) (C). and remove the sensor. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. A B A C Repair information 4-197 .7500-432. 7.

Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly (B). Lift the separation roll guide assembly (A) to its uppermost position. and -832 Actuator/media guide assembly removal 1. -632. 3.7500-432. 4. Remove the two screws securing the actuator/media guide assembly (B) to the ADF. Previous Next Go Back B A Rear 4-198 MFP Service Manual . 2.

Remove the ADF media feed assembly. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. 12. 10. 5. 9. See “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. Remove the two screws securing the sensor mount (A) to the ADF. Remove the plastic clip securing the registration roll drive pulley 28T (F). and remove the boss from the hole. Flex the tab. 6. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198.7500-432. Previous 2. 11. 14. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. 8. Remove the bearing 8 mm (G) securing the ADF registration roll assembly (H) to the rear of the feed assembly. Remove the ADF rear cover. Remove the plastic clip securing the bearing 8 mm (I) from the front side. 19. See “ADF media feed assembly removal” on page 4-170. 17. 3. 13. Remove the registration roll drive pulley 28T (F). Open the ADF left cover assembly. 16. and move it out of the way. Repair information 4-199 . Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. Loosen the screw securing the tension bracket (D). 4. Tab Next Go Back Boss A ADF registration roll assembly removal 1. Remove the tension spring (C). Slide the registration secondary drive belt (E) from the registration roll drive pulley 28T (F). Remove the ADF registration motor. 18. See “Document tray assembly removal” on page 4-172. See “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. Remove the ADF feed drive motor assembly. 3. 7. 15. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198. 2. and loosen the registration secondary drive belt (E) tension. Remove the ADF unit assembly. and -832 Inverter gate removal 1. Slide the sensor mount (A) from the underside of the ADF transport roll (B). Lift the separation roll guide assembly to its uppermost position. Remove the document tray assembly. Remove the inverter gate (A). -632.

Remove the ADF registration roll assembly (H).7500-432. Previous Warning: Do not touch the rubber surface of the ADF registration roll assembly (H). ensure that it is routed properly. Note: Before reinstalling the registration secondary drive belt (E). -632. Note: Loosen and then retighten the two screws that set the belt tension after tension spring (C) is attached. Next Go Back B A C E D F Plastic clip H G I Plastic clip Front 4-200 MFP Service Manual . and -832 20. assembly. Remove the bearing 8 mm (I) securing the ADF registration roll assembly (H) to the front of the feed 21. Move the ADF registration roll assembly (H) frontward and upward. 22.

Remove the bearing 8 mm (K) securing the feed-out roll assembly to the front of the feed assembly. 8. Remove the tension spring (B). Remove the ADF front cover assembly. 22. 10. 20. 3. Lift the separation roll guide assembly to its uppermost position. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198. Remove the ADF feed drive motor assembly. Remove the manual feed drive pulley (I). Remove the document tray assembly. Remove the manual feed drive belt (J). and -832 ADF feed-out roll assembly removal 1. Remove the exit/feed-out roll drive pulley 25/28T (F). 2. Remove the plastic clip securing the exit/feed-out roll drive pulley 25/28T (F). Loosen the screw securing the tension bracket (A) and loosen the registration secondary belt (B) tension. See “ADF unit assembly removal” on page 4-167. 14. Remove the exit roll drive belt (D). See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 16. See “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. 7. 19. Remove the registration secondary drive belt (E). -632. 12. Previous Next Go Back Repair information 4-201 . Remove the ADF media feed assembly. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. Remove the bearing 8 mm (G) securing the ADF feed-out roll assembly (H) to the rear of the feed assembly. 17. 13. 18. Remove the plastic clip securing the manual feed drive pulley (I). 9.7500-432. Remove the ADF rear cover. See “ADF registration motor removal” on page 4-209. Remove the ADF unit assembly. Loosen the screw securing the small tension bracket (C). 11. Remove the ADF registration motor. 4. See “ADF media feed assembly removal” on page 4-170. 21. See “Document tray assembly removal” on page 4-172. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. 5. 15. 6.

7500-432. Move the ADF feed-out roll assembly (H) rearward and upward. Warning: Do not touch the rubber surface of the ADF exit roll assembly (G). and -832 23. Previous A B Next Go Back A E C C D H F Plastic clip G K Plastic clip I J Front 4-202 MFP Service Manual . Remove the ADF feed-out roll assembly (H). 24. -632.

-632. Open the ADF left cover assembly. and -832 ADF separation roll guide assembly 1. 2. Lift and remove the separation roll guide assembly (A).7500-432. Lift the separation roll guide assembly (A) to it uppermost position. Previous Next Go Back B A Rear Repair information 4-203 . Note: Extra upward force is required to remove the separation roll guide assembly. 3.

16. 5. and -832 ADF exit roll assembly removal 1. 10. 3. Remove the exit roll drive pulley 20T (I). Remove the bushing 6 mm (K). 7. Loosen the screw securing the tension bracket (C). 8. Remove the ADF separation roll guide assembly. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 4. Remove the ADF rear cover. Move the ADF exit roll assembly (H) to the rear and then up. 2. 20. and loosen the registration secondary belt (D) tension. Remove the registration secondary drive belt (D). Remove the plastic clip securing the bushing 6 mm (G) on the front of the feed assembly. Remove the retainer spring (J). 14. Remove the tension spring (E). Remove the exit roll drive belt (B). Move the ADF exit roll assembly (H) to the rear. 15. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. 17. Remove the bushing 6 mm (G). See “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. Release the hook securing the exit roll drive pulley 20T (I) to the ADF exit roll assembly (H).7500-432. -632. Remove the damper (F). Previous Next Go Back 4-204 MFP Service Manual . See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 13. See “ADF separation roll guide assembly” on page 4-203. 19. Loosen the set screw securing the damper (F). 11. Note: Ensure that the small tension bracket (A) is applying adequate tension to the exit roll drive belt (B). Loosen the screw securing the small tension bracket (A) and loosen the exit roll drive belt tension (B). 12. 18. 9. Remove the ADF feed drive motor assembly. 6.

and -832 21.7500-432. E C B C Previous Next J Go Back I Rear Rear A B D H K G F Plastic clip Front Repair information 4-205 . -632. Remove the ADF exit roll assembly (H).

Remove the e-clip securing the manual feed drive wheel (A). 4. Remove the manual feed drive belt (B). See “ADF feed drive motor assembly removal” on page 4-180. 9.7500-432. Remove the ADF feed drive motor assembly. 11. See “Actuator/media guide assembly removal” on page 4-198. See “ADF front cover assembly removal” on page 4-174. Remove the e-clip securing the bushing 8 mm (C). Remove the manual feed drive wheel (A). -632. 13. 5. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. and -832 ADF transport roll assembly removal 1. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 8. 15. Remove the bushing 8 mm (C). 14. Previous Next Go Back Warning: Do not touch the rubber surface of the ADF transport roll assembly (F). Remove the transport roll drive gear 20T (D). Remove the ADF rear cover. 6. Remove the actuator/media guide assembly. 2. 7. Remove the ADF front cover assembly. Remove the e-clip securing the transport roll drive gear 20T (D). F E D E-clip E-clip C A B Front 4-206 MFP Service Manual . Move the ADF transport roll assembly (F) rearward and upward. 10. Remove the ADF transport roll assembly (F). Remove the bushing 8 mm (E). 3. 12.

7500-432. 4. Remove the sensor (document set) (A). Lift the document tray assembly. -632. Open the ADF left cover assembly. 5. Remove the ADF rear cover. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Release the hooks securing the sensor (document set) (A). 3. and -832 Sensor (document set) removal 1. 6. Previous Next Go Back Connector A Rear Repair information 4-207 . 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (document set) (A).

2. Open the ADF left cover assembly. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. Remove the sensor (sheet through) (A). Disconnect the connector from the sensor (sheet through) (A). -632.7500-432. Lift the document tray assembly. Release the hooks securing the sensor (sheet through) (A). Remove the ADF rear cover. and -832 Sensor (sheet through) removal 1. 5. 3. 6. 4. Previous Next Go Back Connector A Rear 4-208 MFP Service Manual .

-632. 8. 4. 6. 3. install the ADF registration motor (A) and the tension spring (B) before completely tightening the two screws. 7. 2. place the registration main drive belt (C) on the registration main drive pulley 21/54T (D). Note: Before reinstalling the ADF registration motor (A). Remove the ADF rear cover. Note: To correctly set the registration main drive belt (C) tension. See “ADF rear cover removal” on page 4-173. 5. and -832 ADF registration motor removal 1. Open the ADF left cover assembly.7500-432. Previous Next Go Back B C A Rear D Connector Repair information 4-209 . Remove the access cap (A). Disconnect the connector from the ADF registration motor (A). Remove the registration main drive belt (C). Note: Ensure that the registration main drive belt (C) is properly routed. Remove the tension spring (B) from the ADF registration motor (A). Lift the document tray assembly. Remove the two screws securing the ADF registration motor (A).

9. Remove the connector from the sensor (document tray width 1) (C). Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the cover (A). 6. 8. 2. -632. Remove the sensor (document tray width 1) (C). Previous Next Go Back A B C 4-210 MFP Service Manual . Remove the five screws securing the cover (A). Lift the document tray assembly.7500-432. Release the hooks securing the sensor (document tray width 1) (C). Note: The sensor (document tray width 1). 7. 3. Remove the two screws securing the bracket (B). or the sensor (document tray width 3) are all identical. 4. 5. and -832 Sensor (document tray width 1) removal 1. Remove the bracket (B). sensor (document tray width 2).

5. 6. Remove the five screws securing the cover (A). Lift the document tray assembly. 7. -632. 9. 4.7500-432. Release the hooks securing the sensor (document tray width 2) (C). Remove the two screws securing the bracket (B). Open the ADF left cover assembly. Remove the connector from the sensor (document tray width 2) (C). and -832 Sensor (document tray width 2) removal 1. Previous Next Go Back A B C Repair information 4-211 . 8. Remove the bracket (B). 2. Remove the cover (A). Note: The sensor (document tray width 1). or the sensor (document tray width 3) are all identical. sensor (document tray width 2). 3. Remove the sensor (document tray width 2) (C).

and -832 Sensor (document tray width 3) removal 1. Release the hooks securing the sensor (document tray width 3) (C). 8. 3. 6. -632. Previous Next Go Back A B C 4-212 MFP Service Manual . or the sensor (document tray width 3) are all identical. 5. Remove the two screws securing the bracket (B). Remove the sensor (document tray width 3) (C). Remove the connector from the sensor (document tray width 3) (C). sensor (document tray width 2). 7.7500-432. 4. Remove the bracket (B). Note: The sensor (document tray width 1). Remove the cover (A). 9. Remove the five screws securing the cover (A). 2. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Lift the document tray assembly.

5.7500-432. 3. Open the ADF left cover assembly. Lift the document tray assembly. Previous Next Go Back A B Connector Repair information 4-213 . 2. 7. 4. Remove the connector from the sensor (document tray length 1) (B). Note: The sensor (document tray length 1) and the sensor (document tray length 2) are identical. Remove the five screws securing the cover (A). -632. Remove the sensor (document tray length 1) (B). 6. Release the hook securing the sensor (document tray length 1) (B). and -832 Sensor (document tray length 1) removal 1. Remove the cover (A).

and -832 Sensor (document tray length 2) removal 1. 5. -632. Note: The sensor (document tray length 1) and the sensor (document tray length 2) are identical. 3.7500-432. Remove the five screws securing the cover (A). Remove the sensor (document tray length 2) (B). 2. Remove the connector from the sensor (document tray length 2) (B). 6. Release the hook securing the sensor (document tray length 2) (B). Open the ADF left cover assembly. 4. Previous Next Go Back A B Connector 4-214 MFP Service Manual . Lift the document tray assembly. Remove the cover (A). 7.

2.7500-432. -632. Pull out the tray 3 (A) and the tray 4 (B). Remove the top cover (C). C A B Repair information 4-215 . and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM) removals Rear Previous Next Go Back Left Right Front 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—top cover removal 1. 3. Remove one screw securing the top cover (C).

See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on page 4-223. Remove two screws securing the foot cover (A). -632. Previous 2. Next 3. Remove the foot cover (A). 4. Remove tray 3 assembly.7500-432. Remove the right cover. Go Back A Front 4-216 MFP Service Manual . Remove tray 4 assembly. 5. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on page 4-224. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—right cover removal” on page 4-217. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—foot cover removal 1.

Remove two screws securing the right cover (A).7500-432. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—right cover removal 1. -632. 2. Remove the right cover (A) by lifting upward and outward in the direction of the arrow. Previous Next Front Go Back A Repair information 4-217 .

and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left cover removal 1.7500-432. Remove two screws securing the left cover (A). Remove the left cover (A). -632. Previous Next Go Back A 4-218 MFP Service Manual . 2.

2. Remove four screws securing the rear cover (A). -632. Previous Next Go Back Rear A Repair information 4-219 .7500-432. Remove the rear cover (A). and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—rear cover removal 1.

Remove tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on page 4-224. Next 3. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on page 4-223.7500-432. 4. 5. Remove three screws securing the caster (A). -632. Place the right side down. Remove tray 3 assembly. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—caster removal 1. Previous 2. Remove the caster (A). Go Back A 4-220 MFP Service Manual .

5. Repair information 4-221 . 6. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on page 4-223. Go Back Front B D E-ring A 7. 4. -632. Remove tray 4 assembly. Remove the two e-clips securing the tray support rolls (B) to the two brackets (A) using a prying tool. Remove two screws securing the two brackets (A). Remove the two e-clips securing the tray support rolls (B) to the main frame. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on page 4-224. Remove the foot cover. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray support roll removal 1. Remove tray 3 assembly. Remove the shafts (D).7500-432. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—foot cover removal” on page 4-216. Next 3. Previous 2.

Previous Next Go Back Front B D C E-ring 4-222 MFP Service Manual . Remove the tray support rolls (B). -632.7500-432. and -832 8.

7500-432. 4. Pull out the tray 4 assembly. Remove the tray 4 stopper (B). 5. Remove the tray 4 assembly (C). Push the tray 4 transport assembly (A) into the machine in the direction of the arrow. 2. Remove two screws securing the tray 4 stopper (B) to the lower part of tray 4 assembly (C). Previous Next Go Back A D C B Repair information 4-223 . -632. 6. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal 1. 3. Remove two screws securing the tray 4 transport assembly (A).

Previous Next Go Back Screw A Front B 4-224 MFP Service Manual . Move the tray 3 stopper (A) outward in the direction of the arrow while pulling out the tray 3 assembly (B). 3. Remove the tray 3 assembly (B). 4. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly. Loosen the screw securing the tray 3 stopper (A).7500-432. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal 1. Remove the left cover. 2. -632. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left cover removal” on page 4-218. 5.

and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cover removal 1.7500-432. Pull out the tray 3 assembly. -632. Remove the tray 3 front cover (A). Previous Next Go Back B A Repair information 4-225 . Remove two screws securing the tray 3 front cover (A) to tray 3 assembly (B). 3. 2.

Previous 3. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cover removal” on 4. page 4-225. Remove the tray 3 assembly. 5. -632. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on page 4-224. Remove the tray 3 front cover.7500-432. Remove the left cover. Note: Do not remove the front lift cable pulley (A) or the front lift cables will become detached. Next Go Back 4-226 MFP Service Manual . Move the rear portion of the tray lift shaft assembly (B) away from the frame. from the frame. Gently move the tray lift shaft assembly (B) toward the rear of the tray and detach the rear bushing (C) 6. Remove the E-clip with a prying tool securing the front lift cable pulley (A) to the tray lift shaft assembly (B). and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 rear cable assembly removal 1. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left cover removal” on page 4-218. 2.

Repair information 4-227 . Remove the two tray 3 rear cables (E) from the tray lift shaft assembly (B).7500-432. Move the rear lift cable pulley (D) toward the rear of the tray to release the two tray 3 rear cables (E) from the tray lift shaft assembly (B). and -832 7. Previous Next Go Back 8. -632.

– Route the cables properly as shown in the figure. Remove the large guide (H) and the large pulley (I). Remove two E-clips with a prying tool securing the two small pulleys (F) on the rear of the frame assembly. Remove the two small guides (G) and the two small pulleys (F). Remove the tray 3 rear cables (E) from the bottom plate (J). 13. 11. 4-228 MFP Service Manual . Next Go Back Note: Before re-installing: – Ensure tray 3 rear cables (E) are not twisted or kinked. and -832 9. Replace the cables by setting the frame assembly on its side as shown in the figure. -632. 10.7500-432. Remove the E-clip with a prying tool securing the large guide (H) and the large pulley (I) to the frame assembly. Previous 12.

Next Go Back Note: The tray 3 front cables (C) become detached. Previous 3. Remove the tray 3 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left cover removal” on page 4-218.7500-432. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cable assembly removal 1. 2. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on page 4-224. Remove the E-clip with a prying tool securing the tray lift pulley (A) to the tray lift shaft assembly (B). 6. Remove the left cover. Remove the tray 3 front cables (C) from the tray lift shaft assembly (B). -632. Repair information 4-229 . Remove the tray 3 front cover. Remove the lift cable pulley (A). 5. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cover removal” on 4. page 4-225.

Remove the tray 3 assembly. -632. Replace the cables by setting the frame assembly (B) on its side as shown in the figure. 4. Remove the two pinion gears (A). Route the cables properly as shown in the figure. 2. 9. 5. 3. Remove the tray 3 front cables (C) from the bottom plate (F).7500-432. Ensure tray 3 front cables (C) are not twisted or kinked. Remove the four screws securing the two rack gears (C) to the frame assembly (B). 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media guide rack and pinion removal 1. assembly. Remove two e-clips securing the two pinion gears (A) to the frame assembly (B). Place the tray 3 assembly on its right side. and -832 7. Remove two small guides (E) and the two small pulleys (D). 4-230 MFP Service Manual . Remove two E-clips with a prying tool securing the two small pulleys (D) on the front of the frame 8. Previous Next Go Back Note: Before re-installing: – – – – It is recommended that all four cables be replaced. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on page 4-224.

7500-432, -632, and -832

6. Remove the rack gears (C).

Previous

Next

Go Back

C

B

E-ring E-ring A A C Left

Repair information

4-231

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Next

Go Back

D

D
Note: Before re-installing, move the two side guides (D) of the frame assembly (B) fully outward before installing the two pinion gears (A).

4-232 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 media guide lock assembly removal
1. Remove the tray 3 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on
page 4-224.

Previous

2. Remove the tray 3 front cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cover removal” on
page 4-225.
Next

3. Remove the tray 3 rear cable assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 rear cable assembly
removal” on page 4-226.

4. Remove the tray 3 front cable assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cable 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
assembly removal” on page 4-229. Remove the media guide rack and pinion. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media guide rack and pinion removal” on page 4-230. Move both media guides fully inward. Lift the front edge of the bottom plate from the tray. Remove the bottom plate (A) from the tray. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the two screws securing the bracket (B) to the tray. the front media guide (C). the e-clip securing the tray 3 media guide lock (D) to the front media guide (C). the tray 3 media guide lock (D). the spring (E). the tray 3 media guide lock button (F) from the tray 3 media guide lock (D).

Go Back

Note: Before re-installing, ensure the tray 3 media guide lock (D) and the tray 3 media guide lock button (F) are properly installed as shown in the figure.

F D E C

A

B

Repair information

4-233

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 mylar actuator removal
1. Remove the tray 3 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on
page 4-224.

Previous

2. Remove the tray 3 front cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cover removal” on
page 4-225.
Next

3. Remove the tray 3 rear cable assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 rear cable assembly
removal” on page 4-226.

4. Remove the tray 3 front cable assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 front cable 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
assembly removal” on page 4-229. Remove the media guide rack and pinion. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media guide rack and pinion removal” on page 4-230. Move both media guides fully inward. Lift the front edge of the bottom plate (A) from the tray. Remove the bottom plate (A) from the tray. Remove the two screws securing the bracket (B) to the tray. Remove the rear media guide (C). Remove the mylar actuator (D) by sliding it out of the tray in the direction of the arrow.

Go Back

Note: Before re-installing, ensure the bosses on the rear media guide (C) are fitted into the slots on the mylar actuator (D) as shown in the figure.

A

C

B

D Slots

4-234 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cover removal
1. Remove the tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on
page 4-223.

Previous

2. 3. 4. 5.

Remove two screws securing the tray 4 front cover (A). Remove the tray 4 front cover (A) by moving it upward in the direction of the arrow. Remove the four screws securing the bracket (B) to the tray. Remove the bracket (B).
Go Back Next

B

A

Repair information

4-235

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media transport assembly removal
1. Remove the tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on
page 4-223.

Previous

2. Remove the tray 4 transport assembly (A).
Note: Before re-installing, insert the tray 4 transport assembly (A) into the rails of the frame assembly (B).
Next

A

Go Back

B

4-236 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 rear cables removal
1. Remove the tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on
page 4-223.

Previous

2. Remove the tray 4 front cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cover removal” on
page 4-235.
Next

3. Place the tray 4 assembly on its right side as shown in the figure. 4. Remove the E-clip with a prying tool securing the tray lift cable pulley (A) to the tray lift shaft assembly (B). 5. Gently move the tray lift shaft assembly (B) toward the rear of the tray and detach the rear bushing (C)
from the frame. Note: Do not remove the front lift cable pulley (A) or the front lift cables will become detached.

Go Back

6. Move the rear portion of the tray lift shaft assembly (B) away from the frame. 7. Move the rear the rear lift cable pulley (E) toward the rear of the tray to release the two tray 4 rear cables
(D) from the tray lift shaft assembly (B).

8. Remove the two tray 4 rear cables (D) from the tray lift shaft assembly (B).

Repair information

4-237

7500-432, -632, and -832

Previous

Next

Go Back

9. Place the tray 4 assembly back to its upright position.

4-238 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

10. Remove two E-clips with a prying tool securing the two small pulleys (F) on the rear of the frame assembly. 11. Remove two small guides (G) and two small pulleys (F). 12. Remove the tray 4 rear cables (D) from the bottom plate (H).

Previous

Next

Go Back

Note: Before re-installing:

– – – –

It is recommended that all four cables be replaced. Ensure tray 4 rear cables (D) are not twisted or kinked. Route the cables properly as shown in the figure. Replace the cables by setting the frame assembly on its side as shown in the figure.

Repair information

4-239

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cables removal
1. Remove the tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on
page 4-223.

Previous

2. Remove the tray 4 front cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cover removal” on
page 4-235.
Next

3. Place the tray 4 assembly on its right side, as shown in the figure. 4. Remove the E-clip with a prying tool securing the front tray lift pulley (A) to the tray lift shaft assembly (B). 5. Remove the front tray lift pulley (A).
Note: The tray 4 front cables (C) become detached.

Go Back

6. Remove the tray 4 front cables (C) from the tray lift shaft assembly (B).

4-240 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

7. Place the tray 4 assembly back in its upright position.

Previous

Next

Go Back

8. Remove two E-clips with a prying tool securing the two small pulleys (D) on the front of the frame
assembly.

9. Remove the two small guides (E) and the two small pulleys (D). 10. Remove the tray 4 front cables (C) from the bottom plates (F).

Note: Before re-installing:

– – – –

It is recommended that all four cables be replaced. Ensure tray 4 front cables (C) are not twisted or kinked. Route the cables properly as shown in the figure. Replace the cables by setting the frame assembly (B) on its side as shown in the figure.

Repair information

4-241

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media guide rack and pinion removal
1. Remove the tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on
page 4-223.

Previous

2. Place the tray 4 assembly on its right side, as shown in the figure. 3. Remove two e-clips securing the two pinion gears (A) to the frame assembly (B). 4. Remove two pinion gears (A).

Next

Go Back

C

E-ring E-ring A A C B

5. Remove four screws securing the two rack gears (C) to the frame assembly (B).

4-242 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

6. Remove the rack gears (C).

Previous

Next

Go Back

D

D
Note: Before re-installing, move the two side guides (D) of the frame assembly (B) fully outward before installing the two pinion gears (A).

Repair information

4-243

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media guide lock assembly removal
1. Remove the tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on
page 4-223.

Previous

2. Remove the tray 4 front cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cover removal” on
page 4-235.
Next

3. Remove the tray 4 rear cable assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 rear cables
removal” on page 4-237.

4. Remove the tray 4 front cable assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cables 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
removal” on page 4-240. Remove the media guide rack and pinion. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media guide rack and pinion removal” on page 4-230. Move both media guides inward. Lift the front edge of the bottom plate from the tray. Remove the bottom plate (A) from the tray. Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove two screws securing the bracket (B) to the tray. the front media guide (C). the e-clip securing the tray 4 media guide lock (D) to the front media guide (C). the tray 4 media guide lock (D). the spring (E). the tray 4 media guide lock button (F) from the tray 4 media guide lock (D).

Go Back

Note: Before re-installing, ensure the tray 4 media guide lock (D) and the tray 4 media guide lock button (F) are properly installed as shown in the figure.

F D E C

A

B

4-244 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 mylar actuator removal
1. Remove the tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on
page 4-223.

Previous

2. Remove the tray 4 front cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cover removal” on
page 4-235.
Next

3. Remove the tray 4 rear cable assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 rear cables
removal” on page 4-237.

4. Remove the tray 4 front cable assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 front cables 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
removal” on page 4-240. Remove the media guide rack and pinion. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media guide rack and pinion removal” on page 4-230. Move both media guides inward. Lift the front edge of the bottom plate (A) from the tray. Remove the bottom plate (A) from the tray. Remove two screws securing the bracket (B) to the tray. Remove the rear media guide (C). Remove the mylar actuator (D) by sliding it out of the tray in the direction of the arrow.

Go Back

Note: Before re-installing, ensure the bosses on the rear media guide (C) are fitted into the slots on the mylar actuator (D) as shown in the figure.

A

C

B

D Slots

Repair information

4-245

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)
1. Remove the tray 3 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on
page 4-224.

Previous

2. Remove the tray 4 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on
page 4-223.
Next

3. Remove the tray 4 transport assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 media transport
assembly removal” on page 4-236.

4. Disconnect the two connectors from the media feed unit assembly (A). 5. Remove two screws securing the media feed unit assembly (A).
Note: Removing the media tray 1 and media tray 2 in the printer makes removing the media feed unit assembly (A) rear screws easier.

Go Back

Connectors A

Front

A

B

4-246 MFP Service Manual

the rear bracket (E). and -832 6. two screws securing the upper guide (D) to the media feed unit assembly (A). Move the media feed unit assembly (A) leftward and upward in the direction of the arrow to remove it. 12. 11. Remove the front bracket (B). 13. 9. -632. the upper guide (D). the lower guide (C). Remove one screw securing the front bracket (B). Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove Remove the two screws securing the lower guide (C) to the media feed unit assembly (A). 10. 14.7500-432. Previous Next Go Back E D C Repair information 4-247 . two screws securing the rear bracket (E) to the media feed unit assembly (A). 7. 8.

4. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on page 4-223. Previous 2. -632. Release the hooks securing the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) (A) to the upper guide (B).7500-432. Next 3. Remove the tray 3 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on page 4-224. Remove the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) (A). 5. B Go Back Connector A Hook Front 4-248 MFP Service Manual . and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (tray 4 feed-out) removal 1. Remove the tray 4 assembly. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (tray 4 feed-out) (A).

Disconnect the connector from the switch (TTM media size) (A). Remove one screw securing the switch (TTM media size) (A). Previous 1. 3. Remove the tray 3 assembly See (“2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 assembly removal” on page 4-224) or tray 4 assembly (“2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 assembly removal” on page 4-223). -632.7500-432. Rear Go Back A Connector Repair information 4-249 . and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—switch (TTM media size) removal Note: This removal procedure may be applied to tray 3 and tray 4. Next 2. 4. Remove the switch (TTM media size) (A).

2. 4. 5. Release the bosses on both sides securing the vertical turn guide (B). 8. 3. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3) 1. Remove the upper vertical turn guide (C). 7. Open the 2TM/TTM left door assembly. Remove one screw securing the 2TM/TTM left door support strap (A). Remove the vertical turn guide (B). Previous Next Go Back Boss C Boss Front A Boss Boss B 4-250 MFP Service Manual . Pull out the tray 3 assembly. 6. -632. Release the bosses on both sides securing the upper vertical turn guide (C).7500-432. Pull out the tray 4 assembly.

7500-432. Disconnect the connector from the machine. Release the harness from the clamp. Front Previous Next Go Back Connector Clamps Repair information 4-251 . -632. 10. and -832 9.

two screws securing the rear bracket (E) to the media feed unit assembly (D). and -832 11. 12. 14. 13. -632. Previous Next Go Back Connector Clamps Front E Connector D 4-252 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. Remove Remove Remove Remove three screws securing the media feed unit assembly (D). the media feed unit assembly (D) by pulling outward. the rear bracket (E).

Previous Next Go Back 8. Disconnect the connector to the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) (B). 4. Move the 2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly (C) leftward and outward in the direction of the arrow to remove. Remove two screws securing the bracket (A). and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly removal 1. Remove the bracket (A). 5. Note: One of the bushings may become detached. Remove the large e-clip on the left securing the 2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly (C). Projection Notch D Connector E-ring B A D C E-ring Note: Before re-installing the 2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly (C). Open the left door assembly. Slide the bushing (D) to the right. Note: When removing the 2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly (C). 6. do not touch the rubber surface. 2. Remove the 2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly (C). Repair information 4-253 .7500-432. -632. 3. 7. do not touch the rubber surface.

Remove two screws securing the bracket (A). 2. 6. -632. Remove the bracket (A). and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (tray 3 feed-out) removal 1. 4. 3. Release the hooks securing the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) (B) to the bracket (A). Open the left door assembly. Remove the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) (B). 5. Disconnect the connector to the sensor (tray 3 feed-out) (B). Previous Next Go Back Connector Hook A B Actuator 4-254 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

Remove the media feed lift motor (B). Disconnect the harness from the media feed lift motor (A). Remove the two screws securing the media feed lift motor to the media feed unit assembly (B). 3. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246. -632. Remove the media feed unit assembly. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed lift motor removal 1. Previous 2.7500-432. 4. B Next Go Back A Connector Rear Repair information 4-255 .

Note: The gears may become detached from bracket (A). Remove bracket (A). Remove the e-ring with a prying tool securing the tray lift coupling (B) to bracket (A). 6. ensure all gears and washers attached to bracket (A) are securely installed. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—lift coupling assembly removal 1.7500-432. -632. Remove the tray lift coupling gear 31 tooth (C). Clamp Washer E-ring A B Rear D C Note: Before re-installing. Remove the media feed unit assembly. 3. Remove the harness from bracket (A). See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246. Remove the spring (D). Next Go Back 5. 7. 4-256 MFP Service Manual . 4. Previous 2. Remove three screws securing bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly.

Harness Clamp Washer A B Rear Repair information 4-257 . Note: The gears may become detached from the bracket (A). Remove the media feed unit assembly. -632. 3. Remove the tray lift one-way clutch (B). 4. Next Go Back 5. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246. Previous 2. Remove the bracket (A). Remove the harness from the bracket (A).7500-432. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—one-way clutch / gear assembly removal 1.

-632. 4-258 MFP Service Manual . ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A). and -832 6.7500-432. Remove the tray lift one-way gear 24 tooth (C). Previous Harness Next Go Back Washer C A Rear Note: Before re-installing.

ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A). See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—one-way 22 tooth removal” on page 4-268. Remove the bracket (A). Remove the tray lift one-way gear 24 tooth. 3. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed roll one-way clutch removal” on page 4-267. Previous 2. Note: Gears may become detached from the bracket (A). Next Go Back 5. Remove the tray lift one-way clutch. Repair information 4-259 . Remove the media feed unit drive gear . Remove the harness from the bracket (A). Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly.13 tooth (B). Remove the media feed unit assembly. 6. 7.7500-432. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit drive gear 13 tooth removal 1. -632. Harness Clamp Washer Washer A Rear B Note: Before re-installing. 4. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246.

Next Go Back Front A Bosses Lower view 4-260 MFP Service Manual . Remove the media out actuator (A). Remove the two bosses on the media out actuator (A) from the media feed unit assembly. 3. -632.7500-432. Remove the media feed unit assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246. Previous 2. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media out actuator removal 1.

-632. 4. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (media level) removal 1. Remove the media feed unit assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246. Release the hooks securing the sensor (media level) (A) to the media feed unit assembly. 3. Next Go Back Front A Harness Hooks Lower view Repair information 4-261 . Remove the sensor (media level) (A). Previous 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (media level) (A).7500-432.

4. Remove the media feed unit assembly. -632. Remove the media out actuator. Go Back Front Harness A Hook Hooks Lower view 4-262 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. 5. Release the hooks securing the sensor (media out) (A) to the media feed unit assembly. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (media out) removal 1. Remove the sensor (media out) (A). Previous 2. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (media out) (A). Next 3. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media out actuator removal” on page 4-260. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246.

3. -632. Remove the sensor (pre-feed) (A) from the feed unit front guide (B).7500-432. Next Go Back Hook Front A B Repair information 4-263 . Disconnect the connector from the sensor (pre-feed) (A). See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—sensor (pre-feed) removal 1. Previous 2. Remove the media feed unit assembly.

Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly. Harness Clamp Washer A Rear B Rear Note: Before re-installing. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit drive gear 28 / 21 tooth removal 1. Remove the feed unit drive gear . Remove the bracket (A). Previous 2. 4. -632. Remove the harness from the bracket (A).7500-432. 3. ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A). Remove the media feed unit assembly. Next Go Back 5. 4-264 MFP Service Manual . See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246.28 tooth / 21 tooth (B). Note: The gears may become detached from the bracket (A).

Remove the bracket (A).7500-432. 4. Remove the feed unit drive gear . Repair information 4-265 . Next Go Back 5. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit drive gear 29 tooth removal 1.28 tooth / 21 tooth (B). See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246. Remove the harness from the bracket (A). -632. Previous 2. 3. Note: The gears may become detached from the bracket (A). ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A). Harness Clamp Washer A Rear Rear B Note: Before re-installing. Remove the media feed unit assembly.

do not touch the rubber surface of the feed roll (B). Remove the feed roll (B). Note: Do not touch the rubber surface of the feed roll (B). -632. 4. 4-266 MFP Service Manual . and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed roll removal 1. Previous Next Go Back C B Hook A Front Note: Before re-installing. 3.7500-432. Remove the media tray assembly. Release the hook securing the feed roll (B) to the shaft (C). 2. Move the feed unit front guide (A) in the direction of the arrow.

See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed roll removal” on page 4-266. 3. Previous Next B Go Back A Front Repair information 4-267 . and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed roll one-way clutch removal 1. -632.7500-432. Remove the media tray assembly. Remove the feed roll one-way clutch (A) from the shaft (B). Remove the feed roll. 2.

Remove the feed roll one-way gear 22 tooth (A). and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—one-way 22 tooth removal 1. Go Back B A Front 4-268 MFP Service Manual . 3. Remove the media tray assembly. -632. Remove the feed roll. Remove the feed roll one-way clutch. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed roll removal” on page 4-266. 2.7500-432. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed roll one-way clutch removal” on page 4-267. Previous Next 4.

Next Go Back Front B C A Repair information 4-269 . Remove the media tray assembly. Previous 3. Remove the separation roll one-way friction clutch (B). 2. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—separation roll removal” on page 4-270. Remove the separation roll spacer (A). -632. 4. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—separation roll one-way friction clutch removal 1. Remove the separation roll.7500-432.

7500-432. 2. Move the feed unit front guide (A) in the direction of the arrow. Previous Next A Go Back Front C B 4-270 MFP Service Manual . Release the hook securing the separation roll (B) to the shaft (C). Remove the media tray assembly. -632. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—separation roll removal 1. 3.

and -832 4. Repair information 4-271 . do not touch the rubber surface of the separation roll (B). Remove the separation roll (B). -632. Previous A Next Go Back Front C B Note: Before re-installing. Note: Do not touch the rubber surface of the feed roll (B).7500-432.

2. 3. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. -632. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll idler gear 33 tooth removal 1. Previous Next 4. Remove the pick roll drive gear 25 tooth. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll drive gear 25 tooth removal” on page 4-274. Go Back Front A 4-272 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. Remove the pick roll idler gear 33 tooth (A). Remove the pick roll. Remove the media tray assembly.

and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal 1. Move the front guide (A) in the direction of the arrow. 2. Remove the pick roll (B). do not touch the rubber surface of the pick roll (B). Remove the media tray assembly.7500-432. 4. -632. Repair information 4-273 . Release the hook securing the pick roll (B) to the shaft (C). Note: Do not touch the rubber surface of the feed roll (B). Previous Next Go Back C Hook B A Front Note: Before re-installing. 3.

2. -632. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll drive gear 25 tooth removal 1.7500-432. Previous Next B Go Back A Front 4-274 MFP Service Manual . 3. Remove the pick roll drive gear 25 tooth (A). See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—pick roll removal” on page 4-273. Remove the media tray assembly. Remove the pick roll.

27 tooth (B). Harness Clamp Washer A Rear Hook C B Note: Before re-installing. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (A) to the media feed unit assembly. 4. Remove the media feed unit assembly. Remove the harness from the bracket (A). -632. and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed unit drive gear 27 tooth removal 1.7500-432. Note: The gears may become detached from the bracket (A). Repair information 4-275 . 6. Remove the bracket (A). ensure all gears and washers are securely attached to the bracket (A). Remove the feed unit drive gear . 3. Remove the hook securing the feed unit drive gear .27 tooth (B) to the shaft (C). See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250 or “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit assembly removal (tray 4)” on page 4-246. Previous 2. Next Go Back 5.

Previous Next Go Back A C Front B 4-276 MFP Service Manual . Remove the 2TM/TTM left door assembly (C). 6. 4. 5. Move the 2TM/TTM left door assembly (C) toward the right and outward in the direction of the arrow. Remove one screw securing the bracket (B). 3. 2. -632. Open the 2TM/TMM left door assembly.7500-432. Remove the bracket (B). and -832 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—2TM/TTM left door assembly removal 1. Remove one screw securing the 2TM/TTM left door support strap (A).

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) removal
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Open the left door assembly. Remove the screw securing the bracket (A). Remove the bracket (A). Disconnect the connector from the switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) (B). Release the hooks securing the switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) (B) to the bracket (A). Remove the switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) (B).

Previous

Next

Go Back

Front B

A

Repair information

4-277

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 lift gear assembly removal
1. Remove the rear cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—rear cover removal” on page 4-219. 2. Remove the media feed unit 3 assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit
assembly removal (tray 3)” on page 4-250.

Previous

3. Release the harness from the clamp of the tray 3 lift gear assembly (A). 4. Remove two screws securing the tray 3 lift gear assembly (A). 5. Remove the tray 3 lift gear assembly (A).

Next

Go Back

Clamp

Clamp

A

4-278 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 lift gear assembly removal
1. Remove the rear cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—rear cover removal” on page 4-219. 2. Remove the controller card assembly. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—2TM/TTM controller card
assembly removal” on page 4-281.

Previous

3. Release the two harnesses from the clamp of the tray 4 lift gear assembly (A). 4. Remove two screws securing the tray 4 lift gear assembly (A). 5. Remove the tray 4 lift gear assembly (A).

Next

Go Back

Clamps

A

Repair information

4-279

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—drive motor assembly removal
1. 2. 3. 4.
Remove the rear cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—rear cover removal” on page 4-219. Disconnect the connector from the 2TM/TTM drive motor (A). Remove two screws securing the 2TM/TTM drive motor (A). Remove the 2TM/TTM drive motor (A).

Previous

Next

Connector
Go Back

A

4-280 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—2TM/TTM controller card assembly removal
1. Remove the rear cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—rear cover removal” on page 4-219. 2. Disconnect all the connectors from the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly (A). A

Previous

Next

Go Back

B

3. Remove four screws securing the 2TM/TTM controller card assembly (A). 4. Remove the controller card assembly (A).

P541 P554
DIP switch settings, TTM

P548

P552

On

DIP switch

1

2 3 4

P549

2TM /TTM control card

Repair information

4-281

7500-432, -632, and -832

2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—clutch removal
1. 2. 3. 4.
Remove the rear cover. See “2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—rear cover removal” on page 4-219. Disconnect the connector from the machine to the bracket (A). Remove two screws securing the bracket (A) to the frame assembly. Remove the bracket (A). Note: The bushing (B) and washer (C) may become detached from the shaft (D). the clutch gear - 38 tooth (E).

Previous

Next

5. Remove the e-clip securing the clutch gear - 38 tooth (E) to the shaft (D) using a prying tool, and remove 6. Disconnect the harness connector to the 2TM/TTM clutch (F) from the bracket (A). 7. Remove the 2TM/TTM clutch (F).
Knotch
B E-ring A Boss F E E-ring Connector B C

Go Back

D

Rear

Note: Before re-installing:

– The notch on the 2TM/TTM clutch (F) must be placed over the boss of the bracket (A), as shown in
the figure.

4-282 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

– Ensure the harness does not come in contact with the gears.

Previous

Duplex unit removals
Next

Right
Go Back

Rear

Left Front

Repair information

4-283

7500-432, -632, and -832

Duplex unit assembly removal
1. 2. 3. 4.
Pull the option hookup cover (A) outward in the direction of the arrow to remove. Disconnect the connector of the duplex unit assembly harness from the machine. Release the duplex unit assembly harness clamp from the machine. Open the duplex unit assembly.

Previous

Next

Go Back

Clamp

Clamp

Connector

Clamp Rear

A

4-284 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

5. Turn the two duplex docking locks (B) on the duplex unit assembly by 90 degrees counterclockwise to
release the duplex unit assembly from the machine.

Previous

6. Remove the duplex unit assembly.
Release
Next

B B Hook

Go Back

Hook Hole

Hole

Front

Repair information

4-285

7500-432, -632, and -832

Duplex docking locks removal
1. Remove the duplex unit assembly. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. 2. Open the duplex unit assembly. 3. Turn the two duplex docking locks (A) 45 degrees, and release the hooks with needle nose pliers on the 4.
back side securing them to the duplex. Remove the two duplex docking locks (A).

Previous

Next

A

Go Back

A

A

A

A

4-286 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

Duplex support strap removal
1. Remove the duplex unit assembly. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. 2. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly. 3. Remove the duplex lower guide (A).

Previous

Next

A

Go Back

Right

Repair information

4-287

7500-432, -632, and -832

4. Open the duplex unit assembly. 5. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex
unit assembly.

Previous

Next

Go Back

B

Left

C

6. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. 7. Remove the duplex left cover (C).

4-288 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

8. Remove the duplex left door support strap (B) from the duplex unit assembly.

Previous

Next

B
Go Back

Hook

Left B

Repair information

4-289

7500-432, -632, and -832

Duplex drive gear 28 tooth removal
1. Remove the duplex unit assembly. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. 2. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly. 3. Remove the duplex lower guide (A).

Previous

Next

Go Back

A

Right

4-290 MFP Service Manual

7500-432, -632, and -832

4. Open the duplex unit assembly. 5. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex
unit assembly.

Previous

6. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. 7. Remove the duplex left cover (C).
Next

Go Back

B

Hook

B

Left C

Repair information

4-291

7500-432, -632, and -832

8. Disconnect the connector of the harness from duplex drive motor assembly (D) to the duplex main cable
assembly.

Previous

9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.

Release the harness from the clamps of the duplex unit assembly. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (E) to the duplex unit assembly. Remove the bracket (E). Remove the two duplex drive gears 33/74T (G). Release the hooks securing the three duplex drive gears 28T (F) to the duplex unit assembly. Remove the three duplex drive gears 28T (F).

Next

Go Back

Clamps

D

Connector

F

Hook

F

Rear

G G

F

E

4-292 MFP Service Manual

-632. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly.7500-432. Remove the duplex unit assembly. 3. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. 2. and -832 Duplex drive gear 33 / 74 tooth removal 1. Remove the duplex lower guide (A). Previous Next Go Back A Right Repair information 4-293 .

Remove the duplex left cover (C). 5.7500-432. Open the duplex unit assembly. Next Go Back B Hook B Left C 4-294 MFP Service Manual . Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. Previous 6. 7. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. and -832 4. -632.

Previous 9. Remove the bracket (E). Remove the two duplex drive gears 33/74T (F). Disconnect the connector of the harness from duplex drive motor assembly (D) to the duplex main cable assembly. 11. 12. and -832 8. -632. 10. Release the harness from the clamps of the duplex unit assembly. Next Go Back Connector D Clamps Rear F F Rear E Repair information 4-295 . Remove the three screws securing the bracket (E) to the duplex unit assembly.7500-432.

See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. Previous Next Go Back A Right 4-296 MFP Service Manual . 3. Remove the duplex lower guide (A). Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly. -632. Remove the duplex unit assembly. 2.7500-432. and -832 Duplex drive gear 33 tooth removal 1.

-632.7500-432. 7. Open the duplex unit assembly. Previous 6. 5. and -832 4. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. Remove the duplex left cover (C). Next Go Back B Hook B Left C Repair information 4-297 .

11. -632. Remove the two duplex drive gears 33T (F). and -832 8. Remove the bracket (E). 12. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (E) to the duplex unit assembly. Next Go Back Clamps D Connector F F Rear E 4-298 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. 10. Previous 9. Release the harness from the clamps of the duplex unit assembly. Disconnect the connector of the harness from the duplex drive motor assembly (D) to the duplex main cable assembly.

See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. and -832 Duplex drive gear 42 tooth removal 1. -632. 3. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly. Previous Next Go Back A Right Repair information 4-299 .7500-432. Remove the duplex lower guide (A). 2. Remove the duplex unit assembly.

7500-432. -632. Next Go Back B Hook B Left C 4-300 MFP Service Manual . and -832 4. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. Remove the duplex left cover (C). Previous 6. Open the duplex unit assembly. 5. 7.

10. 11. Remove the three screws securing the bracket (E) to the duplex unit assembly. Release the harness from the clamps of the duplex unit assembly. Previous 9. Remove the bracket (E). 12. Remove the duplex drive gear 42T (F). Disconnect the connector of the harness from duplex drive motor assembly (D) to the duplex main cable assembly. and -832 8. Next Go Back Clamps D Connector F Rear E Repair information 4-301 .7500-432. -632.

and -832 Duplex switch (left cover interlock) removal 1. 3. -632. Previous Next Go Back A Right 4-302 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. Remove the duplex lower guide (A). Remove the duplex unit assembly. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. 2. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly.

Previous 6. -632. 5. Open the duplex unit assembly. Next Go Back B Hook B Left C Repair information 4-303 .7500-432. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. 7. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. and -832 4. Remove the duplex left cover (C).

Connector Previous Next D Go Back Hooks E Rear 4-304 MFP Service Manual . Release the hooks securing the switch (duplex cover interlock) (D) to the bracket (E). 10. Remove the switch (duplex left door interlock) (D). Disconnect the connector from the switch (duplex left door interlock) (D). and -832 8. 9. -632.7500-432.

-632. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. Remove the duplex lower guide (A). Previous Next Go Back A Right Repair information 4-305 . Remove the duplex unit assembly. 3. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly. and -832 Duplex media in actuator removal 1.7500-432. 2.

7. Remove the duplex left cover (C). Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. 5. Next Go Back B Hook B Left C 4-306 MFP Service Manual . -632. and -832 4. Previous 6. Open the duplex unit assembly.7500-432.

9. and -832 8. Turn the duplex wait in actuator (E) 180 degrees. Remove the spring (D) from the duplex wait actuator (E). Remove the duplex wait actuator (E).7500-432. Next E Go Back D Left Repair information 4-307 . -632. Previous 10. and move it rightward and upward in the direction of the arrow.

7500-432. 2. and -832 Duplex drive motor assembly removal 1. 3. Remove the duplex lower guide (A). -632. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. Previous Next Go Back A Right 4-308 MFP Service Manual . Remove the duplex unit assembly.

5. Next Go Back B Hook B Left C Repair information 4-309 . Open the duplex unit assembly. -632. Remove the duplex left cover (C). 7. Previous 6.7500-432. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. and -832 4. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly.

Disconnect the connector of the harness from the duplex motor assembly (D) to the duplex main cable assembly. 13. 12. Previous 9. 14. Remove the duplex drive motor assembly (E). Remove the two screws securing the duplex drive motor assembly (E) to the duplex unit assembly. Next Go Back Clamps D Connector G Mark E-Ring Screws Left E F 4-310 MFP Service Manual . Remove the duplex drive motor fan (G). 11.7500-432. Remove the e-clip with a prying tool securing the duplex drive motor fan (G) to the duplex drive motor assembly (E). 10. Remove the duplex drive motor duct (F) from the duplex drive motor assembly (E). Release the harness from the clamps of the duplex unit assembly. -632. and -832 8.

and -832 Duplex controller card assembly removal 1. -632. Remove the duplex unit assembly. 2. Previous Next Go Back A Right Repair information 4-311 . 3. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. Remove the duplex lower guide (A).7500-432.

Next Go Back B Hook B Left C 4-312 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. Remove the duplex left cover (C). 5. 7. Previous 6. -632. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. and -832 4. Open the duplex unit assembly. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly.

9. Previous Next D Go Back Connectors Right Repair information 4-313 . Remove the duplex controller card assembly (D). Remove the two screws securing the duplex controller card assembly (D) to the duplex unit assembly.7500-432. -632. Disconnect all the connectors to the duplex controller card assembly (D). and -832 8. 10.

and -832 Duplex sensor (duplex wait) removal 1.7500-432. Remove the duplex unit assembly. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. 3. Previous Next Go Back A Right 4-314 MFP Service Manual . Remove the duplex lower guide (A). 2. -632. Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly.

Next Go Back B Hook B Left C Repair information 4-315 . 7. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. Previous 6. Remove the duplex left cover (C). -632. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly.7500-432. Open the duplex unit assembly. and -832 4. 5.

10. Remove the sensor (duplex wait) (D). Release the hooks securing the sensor (duplex wait) (D) to the duplex unit assembly. and -832 8. -632. 9. Disconnect the connector of the harness from the sensor (duplex wait) (D). Previous Next Hooks Connector D Go Back Left 4-316 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

2. and -832 Duplex access handle removal 1. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284. Remove the duplex unit assembly. -632. Previous Next A Go Back Right Repair information 4-317 . Remove the duplex lower guide (A). Remove the two screws securing the duplex lower guide (A) to the duplex unit assembly.7500-432. 3.

7500-432. 7. and -832 4. Open the duplex unit assembly. -632. Remove the four screws securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. Remove the duplex left cover (C). Previous 6. Release the hook of the duplex left door support strap (B) securing the duplex left cover (C) to the duplex unit assembly. 5. Next B Go Back Hook B Left C 4-318 MFP Service Manual .

14. 10. 13. Rotate the duplex left door handle (G) upward. 9. and move in the direction of the arrow. Remove the spring (F).7500-432. and -832 8. Rotate the duplex left door handle latch (I) upward. 12. Remove the duplex left door handle (G). Previous Next Go Back F 2 Tab 1 G Left E H I Tab Repair information 4-319 . Note: The metal shaft (H) may become detached. Remove the duplex left door handle latch (I). and move in the direction of the arrow. -632. 11. Remove the bracket (E). Remove the three screws securing the bracket (E) to the duplex unit assembly.

Previous Next 5. B Go Back B Hook A A Hook Hook Hook Right A A Note: When replacing the two duplex media transport rolls (B). Remove the duplex assembly. and -832 Duplex media transport rolls removal 1. 4-320 MFP Service Manual . 3. Remove the duplex unit assembly. Note: When removing the two duplex media transport rolls (B).7500-432. Remove the duplex drive gears 28T. Remove the hooks of the four bushings (A) securing the two duplex media transport rolls (B) to the duplex unit assembly. 2. -632. do not touch the rubber surface. Remove the two duplex media transport rolls (B). do not touch the rubber surface. See “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. 4. See “Duplex drive gear 28 tooth removal” on page 4-290. See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284.

do not touch the rubber surface. Remove the hooks of the two bushings (A) securing the duplex media transport center roll (B) to the duplex 4. Next Go Back B A Hook Hook Right A Note: When replacing the duplex media center transport roll (B). -632. 2. Remove the duplex media center transport roll (B). Remove the duplex controller card assembly. unit assembly. Remove the duplex unit assembly. Previous 3. and -832 Duplex media center transport roll removal 1. See “Duplex controller card assembly removal” on page 4-311. do not touch the rubber surface. Repair information 4-321 .7500-432. Note: When removing the duplex media center transport roll (B). See “Duplex unit assembly removal” on page 4-284.

-632. 2. Open the printer left door assembly (A). Previous Next Go Back B C Left A Note: Before reinstalling. Note: The rear side of the exit 2 unit (C) may require some force to disengage the electrical connector.7500-432. 4-322 MFP Service Manual . Lift the two levers (B) while pulling the exit 2 unit (C) outward in the direction of the arrow. 3. Remove the exit 2 unit (C). and -832 Exit 2 removals Exit 2 unit assembly removal 1. ensure the exit 2 (C) unit is properly aligned and the electrical connector is properly connected.

Remove the springs (C) from the brackets (B). Remove the two exit 2 unit docking levers (A) with a prying tool from the brackets (B). ensure the brackets (B) are not bent or deformed.7500-432. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 2. Previous 3. -632. Note: When removing the two exit 2 docking levers. Next Go Back FRONT B C A REAR A C B Exit 2 left door handle removal Repair information 4-323 . and -832 Exit 2 unit docking lever removal 1. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly.

Remove two screws securing the upper guide assembly (A) to the exit 2 unit assembly. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. and -832 1. Note: The exit 2 left door handle (B) may become detached. ensure the exit 2 left door handle (B) operates freely. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 2. Remove the upper guide assembly (A). Previous 5. Remove the spring (C) from the upper guide assembly (A). Open the exit 2 unit assembly. 4. Next Go Back A C B 4-324 MFP Service Manual . -632. 3. Remove the exit 2 left door handle (B) from the upper guide assembly (A). 6.7500-432. Note: After reinstalling the upper guide assembly (A).

Exit 2 left cover removal Repair information 4-325 . Remove the upper guide assembly (A). Gently flex the mounting points securing the exit 2 diverter gate (D) to the upper guide assembly (A). 3. ensure the exit 2 access handle (B) operates freely.7500-432. Open the exit 2 unit assembly. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Remove the spring (C) connecting the exit 2 diverter gate (D) to the upper guide assembly (A). 5. Note: The exit 2 access handle (B) may become detached. 6. 2. -632. Previous Next Boss Go Back Front A 4. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. and -832 Exit 2 diverter gate removal 1. Remove the exit 2 diverter gate (D) A B D C Note: After reinstalling the upper guide assembly (A). Remove two screws securing the upper guide assembly (A) to the exit 2 unit assembly. 7.

See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 2. and -832 1. Note: Extra force is required on the rear of the exit 2 left cover to break the seal of the double stick tape. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. Release two hooks securing the exit 2 left cover (A) to the exit 2 unit assembly. 5.7500-432. Previous Next A Go Back Hook Hook Double stick tape between covers 4-326 MFP Service Manual . -632. 3. 4. Remove the exit 2 left cover (A). Move the exit 2 left cover (A) downward and outward in the direction of the arrow. Open the exit 2 unit assembly.

7500-432. Previous Next Go Back C Push B Hook A Boss D Boss E Repair information 4-327 . and -832 Exit 2 right cover removal 1. See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. Remove one screw securing the exit 2 rear cover (B). 5. Move the exit 2 rear cover (B) upward and outward in the direction of the arrow. 9. 6. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Remove the one screw securing the exit 2 front cover (A) to the exit 2 unit assembly. Release the hook of the exit 2 support strap (C). -632. Remove the exit 2 front cover (A). 7. Remove the exit 2 left cover. 4. Remove the exit 2 rear cover (B). 3. 2. Open the exit 2 unit assembly. 8. 10. Gently remove the link (D) from the bracket (E).

13. Note: The exit 2 unit assembly should be in two pieces. the boss on the right then the one on the left to separate the 12. with a flat tip screwdriver. 14.7500-432. Gently pry apart. and -832 11. -632. A Previous Next Go Back B F Rear Hooks Hook Square hole 4-328 MFP Service Manual . exit 2 unit assembly into two pieces. Remove the four screws securing the exit 2 right cover assembly (F) to the exit 2 unit assembly. Release two hooks securing the exit 2 right cover assembly (F) to the exit 2 unit assembly. Remove the exit 2 right cover assembly (F).

See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. and -832 Standard bin full exit 2 actuator removal 1. 2. 4. 5. Release the spring (B) from the hook of the standard bin full exit 2 actuator inner (C). Release the hooks securing the standard bin full exit 2 actuator inner (C) to the right cover (D).7500-432. 7. 6. Open the exit 2 unit assembly (A). 3. -632. Remove the exit 2 left cover. Remove the standard bin full exit 2 actuator outer (A) from the spring (B). See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. Previous Next Go Back D Hook C Rear Square hole Hook Hook B Hook D Slot A Repair information 4-329 . Remove the exit 2 right cover. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly.

See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. Release the spring (A) on the exit 2 actuator (B). 6. See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. 2. Remove the exit 2 right cover. Remove the exit 2 actuator (B). See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Previous Next Go Back B B A A Front Note: Before reinstalling the exit 2 actuator (B). 5.7500-432. 3. 4-330 MFP Service Manual . 7. ensure the spring (A) is properly installed. -632. Move the exit 2 actuator (B) to the right in the direction of the arrow to release two hooks. Remove the spring (A) from the exit 2 actuator (B). 8. Remove the exit 2 left cover. and -832 Exit 2 actuator removal 1. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. Open the exit 2 unit assembly. 4.

-632. 3. and -832 Exit 2 switch (exit 2 left door interlock) removal 1. 4.7500-432. Remove the switch (exit 2 door interlock) (A). See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. Open the exit 2 unit assembly. 5. 6. 2. Release the hooks securing the switch (exit 2 left door interlock) (A) to the exit 2 unit assembly. Remove the exit 2 right cover. See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. Previous Next Go Back A Harness Guides Front Repair information 4-331 . Remove the exit 2 left cover.

A CONNECTOR Previous Next FRONT Go Back Note: Before reinstalling the switch (exit 2 left door interlock) (A). -632. 4-332 MFP Service Manual . and -832 7. Remove the connector from the exit 2 switch (exit 2 left door interlock) (A). ensure all the harnesses and connectors are properly installed.7500-432.

6. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Previous Next Go Back B HOLE HOOK A FRONT A B A Repair information 4-333 . Open the exit 2 unit assembly.7500-432. Remove the exit 2 right cover. and -832 Exit 2 media shift gear removal 1. Release the hook on the exit 2 media shift gear (B) from the hole in the roll assembly (A). Remove the exit 2 left cover. 5. See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. Remove the exit 2 media shift gear (B). -632. Lift the exit 2 media shift gear (B) upward to release it from the exit 2 unit assembly. 3. Move the roll assembly (A) fully to the right (front). See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. 4. 8. 2. 7.

5. -632. Previous Next Go Back A Front Connector B Clamp 4-334 MFP Service Manual . 7. 4. Remove the exit 2 left cover. 2. Release the harness from the clamp. Move the media diverter link (B) toward the top of the exit 2 unit assembly in the direction of the arrow. 10. Remove the exit 2 right cover. Open the exit 2 unit assembly. Disconnect the media diverter solenoid (A). Remove the screw securing the media diverter solenoid (A) to the exit 2 unit assembly. See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. 9. and -832 Exit 2 media diverter solenoid removal 1. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. 3. 8.7500-432. Remove the media diverter link (B) from the media diverter solenoid (A). Remove the media diverter solenoid (A). See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. 6.

Pull the exit 2 sensor (actuator) (B) back in the direction of the arrow. 5. 3. Disconnect the connector from the sensor (exit 2) (A). Open the exit 2 unit assembly. See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 6.7500-432. See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. 8. Remove the exit 2 right cover. -632. 4. and -832 Exit 2 sensor (exit 2) removal 1. 2. Remove the exit 2 left cover. Release the hooks securing the sensor (exit 2) (A) to the exit 2 unit assembly. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. Previous Next Go Back Connector A Hook Front B Repair information 4-335 . Remove the sensor (exit 2) (A). 7.

Disconnect the connector from the sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) (B). Rotate the shift assembly (A) upward in the direction of the arrow. Remove the exit 2 media shift gear. 4. Remove the exit 2 left cover. Remove the sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) (B). Open the exit 2 unit assembly. See “Exit 2 media shift gear removal” on page 4-333. Release the hooks securing the sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) (B) to the exit 2 unit assembly. 6. and -832 Exit 2 sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) removal 1. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 3. Remove the exit 2 right cover.7500-432. 5. Previous Next Go Back Connector B A Hooks LOW CHUTE Rear 4-336 MFP Service Manual . 2. See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. 7. 8. -632. 9. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly.

Remove the sensor (standard bin full exit 2) (A). Remove the exit 2 right cover. Remove the exit 2 left cover. See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. 7. 6. See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. -632. Previous Next Go Back A Connector Hook Front Repair information 4-337 . and -832 Exit 2 sensor (standard bin full exit 2) removal 1. 5. Remove the exit 2 unit assembly.7500-432. 4. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. Disconnect the sensor (standard bin full exit 2) (A). Open the exit 2 unit assembly. Release the hooks to the sensor (standard bin full exit 2) (A) from the exit 2 unit assembly. 2. 3.

Disconnect the connector from the exit 2 cooling fan (A). Remove the screw securing the exit 2 cooling fan (A) to the exit 2 unit assembly. See “Exit 2 unit assembly removal” on page 4-322. 8. Open the exit 2 unit assembly. Remove the exit 2 right cover. See “Exit 2 left cover removal” on page 4-325. 7. Remove the exit 2 cooling fan (A).7500-432. Remove the exit 2 left cover. 6. 5. See “Exit 2 right cover removal” on page 4-327. 2. Previous Next Go Back Connector A Hole Marker Cover Clamp Clamp Rear A 4-338 MFP Service Manual . Remove the exit 2 unit assembly. Remove the harness from the hole in the exit 2 unit assembly. and -832 Exit 2 cooling fan removal 1. 3. -632. 4.

and -832 5. -632.7500-432. Component locations Locations Previous Next Printer boards HVPS Go Back LVPS Component locations 5-1 .

-632.7500-432. and -832 Printer motors and sensors Sensor (fuser exit) Sensor (RFID toner cartridge) Toner add motor Previous Next PC cartridge cooling fan Go Back HVPS Switch (main power) Switch (printer front door interlock) 5-2 MFP Service Manual .

and -832 Previous Sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) Sensor (standard bin full exit 1) Next Exit 1 media shift assembly Go Back Exit shift motor Fuser unit assembly Component locations 5-3 . -632.7500-432.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Previous Sensor (RFID PC cartridge) Registration clutch Sensor (humidity and temperature) Sensor (registration) Go Back Next 5-4 MFP Service Manual .

-632.7500-432. and -832 Previous Sensor (media level) Sensor (media out) Sensor (pre-feed) Go Back Next Switch (lower left door interlock) Sensor (tray 2 feed out) Component locations 5-5 .

and -832 Previous Switch (printer left door interlock) Next Fuser cooling fan Go Back MPF transport drive motor assembly Switch (media size) PC cartridge motor Transport (Drum unit motor) motor HCF hookup connector Printer engine card assembly 5-6 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

7500-432. and -832 Printer switches Previous Next Go Back Exit interface card assembly Switch (main power) HVPS card assembly Switch (printer front door interlock) Component locations 5-7 . -632.

7500-432. and -832 Cables Previous Next Go Back Fuser AC cable assembly RFID sensor cable assembly Main power switch cable assembly 5-8 MFP Service Manual . -632.

Sensor (hum/temp) .Fuser cable assembly (data) Multi connect cable assembly 1 connects the following: .HVPS .PC cartridge sensor connector Component locations 5-9 .7500-432.Exit interface card assembly .Toner add motor . -632.Registration clutch . and -832 Previous Next Switch (PC cartridge interlock switch) Go Back Interlock switch cable assembly HCF hookup connector Multi connect Media size switch cable assembly 1 cable assenbly connects the following: .Sensor (registration) .LVPS .LVPS cooling fan .

Toner add motor . -632.LVPS .Fuser cable assembly (data) Next Go Back Dual drive motor cable assembly Media feed unit cable assembly Media feed unit cable assembly Media feed unit cable assembly 5-10 MFP Service Manual .Exit interface card assembly .LVPS cooling fan . and -832 Previous Multi connect cable assembly 3 connects the following: .7500-432.

7500-432.Fuser sensor cable assembly .Sensor (Tray 2 feed out) Component locations 5-11 . -632. and -832 Previous Next Go Back RIP card cable assembly Printhead cable assembly Multi connect cable assembly 2 connects the following: .

7500-432. -632. and -832 Previous Next Go Back 5-12 MFP Service Manual .

-632. and -832 TTM components Previous Next Go Back 2TM/TTM clutch assembly 2TM/TTM controller card assembly 2TM/TTM drive motor Sensor (media level) Sensor (media out) Sensor (pre-feed) Switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) Sensor (tray 4 feed out) Sensor (tray 3 feed out) Switch (TTM media size) Component locations 5-13 .7500-432.

and -832 Duplex components Switch (duplex left door interlock) Sensor (duplex wait) Previous Next Go Back Duplex controller card assembly Duplex drive motor 5-14 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

-632. and -832 Exit 2 components Switch (exit 2 left door interlock) Previous Next Exit 2 drive motor Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) Sensor (standard bin full exit 2) Go Back Sensor (exit 2) Not used Media shift motor Media diverter solenoid Component locations 5-15 .7500-432.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Previous Next Go Back 5-16 MFP Service Manual .

Previous Next Safety inspection guide Go Back The purpose of this inspection guide is to aid you in identifying unsafe conditions. or altered covers. Preventive maintenance This chapter describes procedures for printer preventive maintenance. X862de. X864de MEDIA TRAY—PRINTER 2TM/TTM EVERY SERVICE CALL EVERY 300K NOTE Media Side Guides Inspect Media End Guide Inspect Separation Pad Inspect Tray Lift Gear Group MEDIA FEED UNIT—PRINTER TTM Feed Roll Inspect Pick Roll Inspect Separation Roll Inspect MPF feed roll Inspect Transport Roll Assembly Sensor (registration) Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) MEDIA FEED UNIT HCF (if equipped) Feed Roll Inspect Pick Roll Inspect Separation Roll Inspect HCF Transport Roll Assembly Front Edge Guide Inspect Rear Edge Guide Inspect Long Edge Guide Inspect Separation Pad Inspect TRANSFER ROLL Transfer Roll Inspect FUSER UNIT Fuser Unit Inspect Sensor (fuser exit) DUPLEX Duplex Transport Roll (2) Inspect Inspect Clean Inspect Replace Replace Replace Clean Clean Clean Clean Replace Replace Replace Clean Check for correct positioning Check for correct positioning Damp cloth Verify page count before replacing Verify page count before replacing Verify page count before replacing Water or alcohol Water or alcohol Brush or blower brush Brush or blower brush Verify page count before replacing Verify page count before replacing Verify page count before replacing Water or alcohol Check for correct positioning Check for correct positioning Check for correct positioning Damp cloth Clean Replace Replace Clean Clean Blower brush Water or alcohol Preventive maintenance 6-1 . and -832 6. Check the following items: • Damaged. find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you correct the hazard. If any unsafe conditions exist.7500-432. Follow these recommendations to help prevent problems and maintain optimum performance. -632. missing. especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover • Possible safety exposure from any non-Lexmark attachments LEXMARK X860de. or altered parts. especially in the area of the on/off switch and the power supply • Damaged. missing.

P/N 1280443 (Approved equivalents: Mobil DTE27. 220 V 40X2377—Maintenance Kit. X862de. transfer roller. 100 V The ADF requires scheduled maintenance at each 150K page count interval. X862de. Use of lubricants other than those specified can cause premature failure. -632. Scheduled maintenance The LCD displays 80 scheduled maintenance at each 300K page count interval. It is necessary to replace the fuser assembly. The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part numbers: 40X0394—Maintenance Kit. It is necessary to replace the feed/ pick roll assembly and the separation guide assembly at this interval to maintain ADF media feed reliability. IBM no.7500-432. pick and separation rollers at this interval to maintain the print quality and reliability of the printer. and -832 LEXMARK X860de. The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part number: 40X2734—Maintenance Kit. and grease. 10 oil. and feed. EVERY SERVICE CALL X864de Duplex Transport Roll Middle EXIT 2 Exit 2 Transport Roll Exit 2 Media Exit Roll FINISHER (if equipped) Bridge Unit Transport Belts Main Paddles (3) Sub Paddles (2) Clamp Paddles (3) Punch Waste Box Stapler Cartridge Inspect FLATBED SCANNER Mirrors (3) Inspect Lens Inspect Small Platen Glass Clean Large Platen Glass Clean LEXMARK X860de. P/N 99A0394 to lubricate appropriate areas. 23 grease (Approved equivalent Shell Darina 1). not on a scheduled basis. EVERY SERVICE CALL X864de ADF Feed Pick Roll Assembly Inspect Separation Roll Guide Assembly Inspect ADF Registration Roll Assembly Inspect ADF Feed-Out Roll Assembly Inspect ADF Exit Roll Assembly Inspect ADF Transport Roll Assembly Inspect EVERY 300K Clean Clean Clean Clean Inspect Inspect Inspect Clean Inspect Clean Clean Clean Clean EVERY 150K NOTE: Water or alcohol Water or alcohol Water or alcohol Water or alcohol Previous Next Go Back Check for correct operation Glass cleaner Glass cleaner Glass cleaner Glass cleaner NOTE: Replace Replace Clean Clean Clean Clean Water or alcohol Water or alcohol Water or alcohol Water or alcohol Lubrication specifications Lubricate only when parts are replaced or as needed. Some unauthorized lubricants may chemically attack polycarbonate parts. Use IBM no. Shell Tellus 100. ADF 6-2 MFP Service Manual . 110 V 40X0398—Maintenance Kit. Fuchs Renolin MR30).

7500-432. The Configuration Menu appears on the LCD. 8. When performing the 300K scheduled maintenance procedure. the following areas should be cleaned of media dust and toner contamination: • • • • • • • • Media trays PC cartridge area Transfer roll area Duplex area Exit 2 area Standard bins Bridge unit area (if equipped) Finisher media bins (if equipped) Preventive maintenance 6-3 . 4. and -832 After replacing the kit. -632. To initiate the reset operation. Reset Maintenance Counter appears in the header and Yes and No appears below the header. Turn off the printer Press and hold the 2 and 6 buttons simultaneously. press Back or No. 6. 5. To cancel the reset operation. the maintenance count must be reset to zero to clear the “80 scheduled maintenance” message. Release the buttons after 10 seconds. To reset the maintenance count Previous 1. All other button presses are ignored. Turn on the printer. 2. Touch Reset Maintenance Counter from the Configuration Menu. select Yes. 7. Next Go Back The maintenance count resets to zero and the LCD returns to the Configuration Menu. 3.

-632. and -832 Previous Next Go Back 6-4 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

PP: (Parts Packet) in the parts description column indicates the part is contained in a parts packet. -632. Units/kit or pkg : Refers to the number of units packaged together and identified by the part number. Part number: Identifies the unique number that identifies this FRU. Units/mach: Refers to the number of units actually used in the base machine or product.7500-432. Parts catalog How to use this parts catalog Previous Next The following legend is used in the parts catalog: Units/ kit or pkg Go Back Asm Index Part number Units/mach Description • Assembly-index: Identifies the assembly and the item in the diagram. NS: (Not shown) in the assembly-Index column indicates that the part is procurable but is not pictured in the illustration. Model name Lexmark X860de Lexmark X862de Lexmark X864de Configuration Network Network Network Machine type 7500-432 7500-632 7500-832 Speed 35 PPM 45 PPM 55 PPM Parts catalog 7-1 . and -832 7. For example 3-1 indicates • • • • • Assembly 3 and the item number 1 in the table.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 1: Covers (1 of 2) 12 Previous Next Go Back 11 1 2 10 3 4 5 9 7 8 6 7-2 MFP Service Manual .

-632. and -832 Assembly 1: Covers (1 of 2) Asm Index 1–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part number 40X0553 40X2366 40X2385 40X0560 40X0561 40X0562 40X0960 40X2294 40X0550 40X2296 40X2297 40X2295 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 Description Switch (printer front door interlock) Top cover assembly Printer front door assembly Front door magnetic catch Front door support strap Front inner cover 2TM/TTM retaining screws Front left cover Left lower cover Front interior cover Left upper cover Rear interior cover Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-3 .7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 2: Covers 1 Previous Next 2 13 Go Back 3 4 12 11 10 5 9 6 7 8 7-4 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 2: Covers Asm Index 1–1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part number 40X2300 40X2382 40X2304 40X2306 40X2301 40X2386 40X2387 40X0568 40X2302 40X2303 40X2299 40X2305 40X0564 40X0563 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Rear motor cover TVOC filter assembly Rear RIP card cover Controller box side cover Rear Upper cover Rear lower cover (110V) Rear lower cover (220V) Option hookup cover Rear lower cap cover GFI label Rear corner cover Controller box lower cover Right lower cover Right upper cover Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-5 .7500-432. -632.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 3: Media feed unit 1 Previous Next Go Back 2 4 3 7-6 MFP Service Manual .

and -832 Assembly 3: Media feed unit Asm Index 3-1 2 Part number 40X0570 40X0569 Units/ mach 2 2 Units/ kit or pkg 1 3 Description Switch (media size) Media tray catch kit includes: • Media tray catch • Media tray slide (2 each) Vertical turn guide Vertical turn mylar guide Previous Next 3 4 40X0572 40X0571 1 1 1 1 Go Back Parts catalog 7-7 . -632.7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 4: Media feed unit exploded (tray 1 and tray 2) 1 Previous Note: Applies to tray 3 and tray 4 Next 19 2 Go Back 3 18 17 4 16 8 6 7 14 15 12 13 4 5 10 11 10 9 10 7-8 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 4: Media feed unit exploded (tray 1 and tray 2) Asm Index 4–1 2 3 Part number 40X0581 40X0582 40X0585 Units/ mach 2 2 2 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 6 Description Media feed unit assembly (this comes assembled) Media feed lift motor Media feed drive gear kit includes: • • • • • 4 5 40X0880 40X0967 2 2 1 2 Media feed unit drive gear 13T Media feed unit drive gear 28/21T Media feed unit drive gear 29T Media feed unit drive gear 27T 2 mm washer (2 each) Previous Next Go Back Bushing 6 mm Media tray lift one-way clutch/gear kit includes: • Media tray lift one-way clutch • Media tray lift one-way gear 6 7 40X0968 40X0583 2 2 1 3 Media tray lift one-way shaft Tray lift coupling kit includes: • Tray lift coupling • Tray lift coupling gear 31T • Spring 8 9 40X0590 40X0593 2 2 1 2 Pick roll assembly spring Separation roll friction clutch kit includes: • Separation roll one-way friction clutch • Separation roll spacer 10 40X0594 2 6 Feed unit roll kit includes: • Feed roll (2 each) • Pick roll (2 each) • Separation roll (2 each) 11 12 13 40X0970 40X0969 40X0591 2 2 2 1 1 2 Pick roll drive gear Pick roll idler gear Feed roll one-way clutch kit includes: • Feed roll one-way clutch • Feed roll one-way gear 22T 14 15 40X0952 40X0586 2 2 1 2 Bushing 6 mm Media feed unit front guide kit includes: • Media feed unit front guide • Media feed unit front guide rail 16 17 18 19 40X0587 40X0588 40X0588 40X0589 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 Media out actuator Sensor (media out) Sensor (media level) Sensor (pre-feed) Note: Assembly index items 17 and 18 are identical sensors with different functions. Parts catalog 7-9 . they are the same part number with different descriptions. therefore.7500-432. -632.

and -832 Assembly 5: Media tray 1 Previous 2 Next Go Back 3 9 5 5 4 7 8 6 7 7-10 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

These callouts are the two items that make up the media tray end guide actuator kit. and -832 Assembly 5: Media tray Asm Index 5–1 Part number 40X0573 Units/ mach 2 Units/ kit or pkg 3 Description Media tray assembly includes: (this comes assembled) • Media tray assembly • Labels (2 each) 2 40X0578 2 2 Media tray end guide kit includes: • Media tray end guide • Spring 3 40X0577 2 3 Media tray side guide actuator kit includes: • Media tray side guide actuator • Media tray side guide slide • Spring 4 40X0576 2 5 Media tray side guide kit includes: • • • • 5 6 40X0966 40X0574 4 2 1 1 Media max label Front media tray guide assembly Rear media tray guide Pinion gear (2 each) Previous Next Go Back Media tray separation brush Media tray front cover includes: • Media tray front cover • Labels (2 each) 7 40X0579 2 2 Media tray end guide actuator kit includes: • Media end guide actuator • Actuator link Note: The graphic on the previous page. shows two #7 callouts.7500-432. 8 40X0580 2 3 Media tray lift gear kit includes: • Tray lift coupling gear 13T • Tray lift gear 13/60T • Tray lift sector gear 12T 9 40X0965 2 1 Media tray separation pad Parts catalog 7-11 . -632.

and -832 Assembly 6: MPF unit 1 Previous Next Go Back 10 9 6 7 5 8 2 4 3 7-12 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. -632.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 6: MPF unit Asm Index 6–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part number 40X0600 40X0599 40X6000 40X0608 40X0597 40X0755 40X0598 40X0601 40X0588 40X0596 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Description MPF rear cover MPF front cover MPF feed unit assembly MPF fold down tray assembly MPF unit cable assembly MPF pickup spring MPF idler gear bracket assembly MPF transport pinch roll assembly Sensor (MPF media out) MPF media out actuator kit includes: • MPF media out actuator • Upper frame Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-13 . -632.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 7: MPF unit feed Previous Next 1 Go Back 2 3 8 9 6 4 5 7 2 6 7-14 MFP Service Manual .

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 7: MPF unit feed Asm Index 7–1 Part number 40X0605 Units/ mach 1 Units/ kit or pkg 5 Description MPF transport roll kit includes: • • • • 2 40X0603 1 2 MPF transport shaft collar MPF transport gear 18T MPF transport roll assembly Bushing 8 mm (2 each) Previous Next Go Back MPF pick roll kit includes: • MPF pressure pad • MPF pick roll assembly 3 40X1382 1 6 MPF feed shaft kit includes: • • • • • MPF feed MPF feed MPF feed MPF feed MPF feed shaft shaft cam rear shaft cam front shaft roll core (2 each) roll assembly 4 40X0974 1 2 MPF pressure pad kit includes: • Shaft • MPF pressure pad 5 6 7 40X1380 40X1381 40X0606 2 2 1 1 1 3 MPF pressure pad spring MPF feed shaft bushing MPF pick solenoid kit includes: • Pick lever • Pick solenoid • Spring 8 40X0971 1 2 MPF feed drive gear kit includes: • MPF feed gear • MPF feed gear stopper 9 40X0973 1 2 MPF feed cam gear kit includes: • MPF feed cam gear • Spring Parts catalog 7-15 .

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 8: Left lower door and transport 1 Previous Next Go Back 2 8 3 7 4 5 6 7-16 MFP Service Manual . -632.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 8: Left lower door and transport Asm Index 8–1 2 3 4 Part number 40X0609 40X0610 40X1386 40X1387 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 2 Description Vertical drive gear assembly Switch (left lower door interlock) Bushing 6 mm (transport roll rear) Transport roll kit includes: • Transport roll assembly • Transport roll gear 18T 5 6 7 40X1388 40X0612 40X0614 1 1 1 1 1 2 Bushing 8 mm Printer left lower door assembly (this comes assembled) Left lower door handle kit includes: • Left lower door handle • Spring 8 40X0613 1 1 Hinge pin Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-17 . -632.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 9: Left door and transfer roll 1 Previous Next 2 Go Back 3 4 5 7-18 MFP Service Manual .

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 9: Left door and transfer roll Asm Index 9–1 2 3 4 5 Part number 40X0553 40X0618 40X0617 40X0616 40X0619 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 Description Switch (printer left door interlock) PC cartridge shutter link Transfer roll power contact Transfer roll assembly Transfer roll guide assembly Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-19 .

and -832 Assembly 10: Printer left door 1 Previous Next 5 Go Back 2 3 4 7-20 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 10: Printer left door Asm Index 10–1 2 3 4 Part number 40X0620 40X0624 40X0623 40X0621 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 2 Description Printer left door assembly (this comes assembled) Printer left door support strap Left door duplex entrance guide Printer left door assembly handle kit includes: • Printer left door assembly handle • Spring 5 40X0622 1 1 PC cartridge shutter actuator Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-21 .7500-432. -632.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 11: Registration Previous Next Go Back 1 2 3 4 5 7-22 MFP Service Manual . -632.

and -832 Assembly 11: Registration Asm Index 11–1 2 3 4 5 Part number 40X0628 40X0625 40X0627 40X0589 40X0630 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 Description Registration mylar guide assembly (this comes assembled) Registration roll assembly Sensor (registration) Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) Tray 2 feed-out sensor guide (this comes assembled) Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-23 .7500-432. -632.

-632. cartridge guides. and fans Previous Next Go Back 7-24 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. and -832 Assembly 12: Printhead.

Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-25 .7500-432. -632. cartridge guides. and -832 Assembly 12: Printhead. they are the same part number with different descriptions. and fans Asm Index 12-1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part number 40X0639 40X0640 40X0636 40X0641 40X0631 40X0644 40X1390 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Description Toner add motor assembly Fuser cooling fan Sensor (RFID toner cartridge) Printhead assembly PC cartridge stop PC cartridge sensor connector Switch (PC cartridge interlock) kit includes: • Backup spring • Switch (PC cartridge interlock) 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 40X1389 40X0633 40X0634 40X0635 40X0636 40X0643 40X0637 40X0638 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 PC cartridge interlock switch screw Sensor (hum & temp) PC cartridge guide assembly Laser opening guide Sensor (RFID PC cartridge) PC cartridge cooling fan Multi connector cable assembly 1 Toner cartridge guide kit includes: • Toner cartridge guide assembly • PC cartridge cooling fan duct • PC cartridge cooling fan Note: Assembly index items 2 and 11 are identical sensors with different functions. therefore.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 13: Fuser Previous Next Go Back 7-26 MFP Service Manual . -632.

-632. and -832 Assembly 13: Fuser Asm Index 13-1 2 3 3 3 Part number 40X0588 40X5931 40X2503 40X2504 40X2378 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 Description Sensor (fuser exit) Sensor (fuser exit) assembly with actuator Fuser assembly 110 V (this comes assembled) Fuser assembly 220 V (this comes assembled) Fuser assembly 100 V (this comes assembled) Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-27 .7500-432.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 14: Standard Exit 1 Previous 2 1 Next Go Back 3 4 11 5 6 9 10 7 8 7-28 MFP Service Manual .

therefore. Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-29 . they are the same part number with different descriptions. and -832 Assembly 14: Standard Exit 1 Asm Index 14-1 2 Part number 40X2384 40X0657 Units/ mach 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 3 Description Exit 1 media shift assembly (this comes assembled) Standard bin full exit 1 actuator kit includes: • Standard bin full exit 1 actuator shaft • Standard bin full exit 1 actuator • Output guide 3 4 5 6 7 8 40X0650 40X0651 40X0653 40X0588 40X0588 40X0654 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Exit 1 sensor cable assembly Media shift motor Exit 1 media shift gear Sensor (standard bin full exit 1) Sensor (exit 1 media shift HP) Media diverter gate kit includes: • Media diverter gate • Spring 9 10 40X1391 40X1392 1 1 1 2 Exit 1 static eliminator Exit 1 media exit guide kit includes: • Exit 1 media exit guide • Exit 1 media exit guide pad 11 40X2389 1 1 Output guide Note: Assembly index items 6 and 7 are identical sensors with different functions. -632.7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 15: Dual unit drive motor 1 2 Previous Next Go Back 3 8 4 5 7 6 7-30 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 15: Dual unit drive motor Asm Index 15–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part number 40X0660 40X0659 40X0661 40X2374 40X2309 40X2373 40X2372 40X2310 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Dual drive motor assembly Exit 1 drive belt Drive belt flange Transport motor support bushing MPF/transport drive motor assembly MPF drive gear 18T Transport roll drive gear 28T MPF/transport drive gear 19/29T Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-31 .7500-432.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 16: Electrical 1 Previous Next 9 Go Back 8 7 2 6 3 4 5 7-32 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 16: Electrical Asm Index 16–1 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 Part number 40X0664 40X0673 40X2314 40X2315 40X2316 40X2379 40X2380 40X2313 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 Description Exit interface card assembly HCF hookup connector assembly AC drive card assembly 110 V AC drive card assembly 220 V Printer engine card assembly X860e Printer engine card assembly X862e Printer engine card assembly X864e AC power input socket kit includes: • • • • • • 6 7 8 9 40X2312 40X2311 40X0662 40X2388 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Screws 4 mm (2 each) Bracket AC power input socket Ground wire Main AC cable assembly Finisher AC output Previous Next Go Back Universal LVPS card assembly LVPS cooling fan HVPS Switch (main power) Parts catalog 7-33 . -632.

-632. and -832 Assembly 16 (continued): Electrical Previous Next Go Back 7-34 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

-632. Remove the NVRAM card from the old RIP card and install on the replacement RIP card to restore the NVRAM settings. and -832 Assembly 16 (continued): Electrical Asm Index 16-1 Part number 40X4822 Units/ mach 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 Description 80 GB hard drive assembly includes: Mounting bracket Interface card 2 3 4 5 6 40X5316 40X4821 40X0507 40X6380 40X6091 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Hard drive data cable assembly Fax interface card assembly Fax interface card cable assembly RIP card assembly (this comes assembled) NVRAM card Previous Next Go Back Important: The replacement RIP card assembly does not contain a NVRAM card.7500-432. Parts catalog 7-35 .

-632. and -832 Assembly 17: Covers and operator panel Previous 1 Next Go Back 12 13 11 2 10 3 9 8 4 1 2 4 5 7 3 6 8 * 0 9 # II 4 4 7 5 6 7-36 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

and X864de) Scanner left cover Scanner interface cable assembly Scanner PS cable assembly Flatbed scanner unit assembly (this comes assembled) Note: This assembly includes all individual parts on pages 7-38. Operator panel cover assembly w/o Smart card slot Operator panel cover assembly w/ Smart card slot Operator panel controller card Operator panel user touch screen Operator panel cable USB. -632. 7-42. X862de. Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-37 . and -832 Assembly 17: Covers and operator panel Asm Index 17–1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part number 40X2200 40X2201 40X5555 40X0388 40X5554 40X5556 40X5557 40X5559 40X1527 40X5568 40X2205 40X2219 40X2207 40X2206 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Scanner top rear cover Scanner right cover Operator panel assembly (universal) Note: This operator panel can be used on any X860 Series product. 7-40. Smart card. and 7-44.7500-432. and LED cable assembly Operator panel bezel (X860de.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 18: Platen glass 1 Previous 2 Next Go Back 5 4 3 6 7 11 8 9 10 10 REAR 7-38 MFP Service Manual . -632.

and -832 Assembly 18: Platen glass Asm Index 18–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Part number 40X2208 40X2209 40X2210 40X2211 40X2212 40X2213 40X2214 40X2215 40X2216 40X2217 40X2218 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Large platen glass Large platen glass retainer cover Scanner controller card assembly CCD ribbon cable assembly Scanner main cable assembly Small platen glass front retainer Small platen glass Small platen glass rear retainer Scanner filter Card mounting screws Large platen retainer Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-39 . -632.7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 19: Lens and sensors Previous Next 3 2 Go Back 1 4 8 5 6 7 REAR 7-40 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 19: Lens and sensors Asm Index 19–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Part number 40X2220 40X2320 40X2320 40X2222 40X2223 40X2223 40X2224 40X2225 Units/ mach 1 2 2 1 13 13 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description CCD card/lens assembly Sensor (platen length APS 1) Sensor (platen length APS 2) Switch (platen interlock) Sensor (Scanner HP) Sensor (ADF angle) ADF angle actuator assembly Scanner PS card assembly Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-41 .7500-432.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 20: Carriage motor and cooling fan Previous Next Go Back 1 2 4 3 7-42 MFP Service Manual . -632.

-632. and -832 Assembly 20: Carriage motor and cooling fan Asm Index 20–1 2 3 4 Part number 40X2231 40X2229 40X2228 40X2226 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 Description Scanner cooling fan Scanner drive motor tension spring Scanner drive motor assembly Scanner drive belt Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-43 .7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 21: Full/half rate carriage 1 Previous 7 Next Go Back 1 7 1 6 1 5 4 3 1 1 2 7-44 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. -632.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 21: Full/half rate carriage Asm Index 21–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part number 40X2233 40X2236 40X2353 40X2352 40X2234 40X2237 40X2232 Units/ mach 6 1 1 1 1 1 2 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Mirror retaining clip Exposure lamp PS ribbon cable Exposure lamp PS card assembly Exposure lamp PS card insulator Scanner 1st mirror Exposure lamp Scanner 2nd/3rd mirror Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-45 .

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 22: ADF assembly Previous Next Go Back 4 1 2 3 7-46 MFP Service Manual . -632.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 22: ADF assembly Asm Index 22-1 2 3 4 Part number 40X2240 40X2239 40X2206 40X2238 Units/ mach 1 1 1 2 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 Description ADF unit assembly (complete unit) Platen cushion Flatbed scanner unit assembly ADF mounting screw Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-47 .

and -832 Assembly 23: ADF covers and components Previous Next Go Back 5 1 4 3 2 2 7-48 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. -632.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 23: ADF covers and components Asm Index 23–1 2 3 4 5 Part number 40X2244 40X2246 40X2245 40X2242 40X2243 Units/ mach 1 2 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 Description ADF rear cover Small hook/loop strip ADF front cover assembly Document tray assembly (this comes assembled) Document tray hinge Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-49 . -632.

-632. and -832 Assembly 24: ADF base 1 2 Previous Front Next Go Back 3 4 10 9 8 5 6 7 7-50 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 24: ADF base Asm Index 24–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part number 40X2257 40X2371 40X2247 40X2330 40X2354 40X2355 40X2248 40X2260 40X2259 40X2258 Units/ mach 1 1 7 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description ADF left hinge ADF registration pinch/frame assembly (this comes assembled) Large hook/loop strip Spring Registration pad Registration pad cover Solenoid/interlock cable assembly ADF controller card assembly ADF interface cable assembly ADF right hinge Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-51 .7500-432. -632.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 25: ADF feeder 1 2 Previous Next 3 Go Back 4 13 12 5 7 6 11 10 8 9 7-52 MFP Service Manual . -632.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 25: ADF feeder Asm Index 25–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part number 40X2262 40X2265 40X2266 40X2264 40X2267 40X2270 40X2269 40X2327 40X2383 40X2272 40X2256 40X2271 40X2273 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description ADF left cover assembly (this comes assembled) Registration motor cable assembly ADF feed motor cable assembly Document set/sheet through cable assembly Left cover hinge retainer Registration main drive belt Stud screw ADF feed motor assembly (this comes assembled) ADF main feed assembly (this comes assembled) Document set LED Inverter lever Inverter solenoid assembly Separation roll guide assembly (this comes assembled) Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-53 .

and -832 Assembly 26: ADF left cover components Previous 1 Next 2 3 Go Back 4 9 5 6 13 7 8 9 10 9 11 12 7-54 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. -632.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 26: ADF left cover components Asm Index 26–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Part number 40X2223 40X2291 40X2280 40X2276 40X2274 40X2381 40X2283 40X2275 40X2330 40X2277 40X2278 40X2321 40X2279 Units/ mach 13 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Sensor (pick roll position HP) Plastic ring clip 6 mm ADF feed/pick roll assembly (this comes assembled) Left cover pinch roll assembly (this comes assembled) ADF left cover handle Document set rear stop Document set actuator Sheet through actuator Spring Pick roll position motor assembly Pick roll position cable assembly Left cover media guide Document set front stop Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-55 . -632.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 27: ADF media guide 1 Previous Next Go Back 2 3 7 8 6 5 4 9 12 10 10 11 7-56 MFP Service Manual .

and -832 Assembly 27: ADF media guide Asm Index 27–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Part number 40X2290 40X2289 40X2288 40X2223 40X0589 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2324 40X2323 40X2286 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 13 13 13 13 2 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Actuator/media guide assembly (this comes assembled) Inverter gate ADF main feed cable assembly Sensor (ADF pre-registration) Sensor (ADF registration) Sensor (ADF width APS 1) Sensor (ADF width APS 2) Sensor (ADF width APS 3) Sensor (ADF inverter) Media scan guide spring Media scan guide Switch (ADF left cover interlock) Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-57 . -632.7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 28: ADF feeder roll 1 Previous 2 3 Next Go Back 4 4 5 6 22 4 20 7 5 8 9 21 10 6 19 5 20 18 14 17 5 16 4 15 4 13 12 11 7-58 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. -632.

-632. and -832 Assembly 28: ADF feeder roll Asm Index 28–1 2 3 4 Part number 40X2383 40X2346 40X2345 40X2291 Units/ mach 1 1 1 3 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 4 Description ADF main feed assembly (this comes assembled) Manual feed drive wheel Manual feed drive belt Plastic ring clip kit includes: • Plastic ring clip 6 mm • Plastic ring clip 8 mm 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 40X2337 40X2339 40X2336 40X2333 40X2334 40X2335 40X2349 40X2342 40X2347 40X2350 40X2341 40X2340 40X2351 40X2348 40X2343 40X2338 40X2223 40X2344 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bearing 8 mm Bushing 8 mm ADF transport roll assembly ADF registration roll assembly ADF feed-out roll assembly ADF exit roll assembly Registration main drive pulley 21/54T Exit roll drive pulley 20T Exit roll drive belt Registration secondary drive belt Exit/feed-out roll drive pulley 25/28T Registration roll drive pulley 28T Retainer spring Tension spring Transport roll drive gear 20T Bushing 6 mm Sensor (document set) Manual feed drive pulley Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-59 .7500-432.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 29: ADF motor unit Previous Next 1 Go Back 2 3 4 7-60 MFP Service Manual .

-632. and -832 Assembly 29: ADF motor unit Asm Index 29–1 2 3 4 Part number 40X2327 40X2223 40X2326 40X2325 Units/ mach 1 13 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 Description ADF feed motor assembly (this comes assembled) Sensor (sheet through) Tension spring ADF registration motor Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-61 .7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 30: ADF document tray 1 Previous Next Go Back 2 5 4 6 3 7-62 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

they are the same part number with different descriptions. -632. therefore. 5 and 6 are identical sensors with different functions. and -832 Assembly 30: ADF document tray Asm Index 30–1 2 3 4 5 6 Part number 40X2242 40X2328 40X2328 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Document tray assembly (this comes assembled) Sensor (document tray length 1) Sensor (document tray length 2) Sensor (document tray width 1) Sensor (document tray width 2) Sensor (document tray width 3) Previous Next Go Back Note: Assembly index items 2. 3.7500-432. 4. Parts catalog 7-63 .

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 31: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—covers Previous 1 Next 2 Go Back 3 4 7 5 6 7-64 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 31: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—covers AsmIndex 31—1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Part number 40X0687 40X0688 40X0689 40X0703 40X0691 40X0704 40X0690 Units/ option 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 Units/ FRU 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 Description Top cover Foot cover Right cover Tray support roll (4) Locking caster Tray 4 stopper Left cover Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-65 . -632.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 32: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 Previous Next Go Back 7-66 MFP Service Manual .

-632. and -832 Assembly 32: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 AsmIndex 32—1 Part number 40X0712 Units/ option 1 Units/ FRU 3 Description Tray 3 media guide lock kit includes: • Tray 3 media guide lock button • Tray 3 media guide lock shaft • Spring 2 40X0953 2 8 TTM tray lift pulley kit includes: • TTM tray lift pulley (4) • Pulley guide (4) 3 4 40X0710 40X0705 1 1 2 2 Tray 3 front cable (2) Tray 3 front cover kit includes: • Tray 3 front cover • Tray 3 tray handle 5 40X0713 2 4 Media guide rack and pinion kit includes: • Media guide rack gear (2) • Media guide pinion gear (2) 6 7 8 9 10 40X0714 40X0706 40X0715 40X0707 40X0716 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 TTM media tray catch Lift cable pulley Tray 3 brake assembly Tray lift shaft assembly Tray 3 slide kit includes: • Tray 3 slide strip (2) • Tray 3 slide button (2) 11 12 40X0709 40X0708 1 2 2 2 Tray 3 rear cable (2) Large idler pulley kit includes: • Large idler pulley • Large idler guide 13 14 40X0717 40X0711 2 2 1 3 Mylar actuator TTM tray separator kit includes: • TTM tray separation pad • TTM tray brush (2) Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-67 .7500-432.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 33: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 Previous Next 1 Go Back 2 2 4 13 2 4 3 12 11 11 4 10 4 5 9 3 7 6 8 7-68 MFP Service Manual .

and -832 Assembly 33: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 AsmIndex 33—1 Part number 40X0721 Units/ option 1 Units/ FRU 3 Description Tray 4 media guide lock kit includes: • Tray 4 media guide lock button • Tray 4 media guide lock shaft • Spring 2 40X0711 2 3 TTM tray separator kit includes: • TTM tray separation pad • TTM tray brush (2) 3 40X0722 1 2 Tray 4 brake kit includes: • Tray 4 brake assembly • Tray 4 brake gear 18T 4 40X0953 2 8 TTM tray lift pulley kit includes: • TTM tray lift pulley (4) • Pulley guide (4) 5 6 7 8 9 10 40X0720 40X0718 40X0706 40X0714 40X0707 40X0713 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 4 Tray 4 front cable (2) Tray 4 front cover Lift cable pulley TTM media tray catch Tray lift shaft assembly Media guide rack and pinion kit includes: • Media guide rack gear (2) • Media guide pinion gear (2) 11 12 13 40X0723 40X0719 40X0717 1 1 2 2 2 1 Tray 4 rear support roll (2) Tray 4 rear cable (2) Mylar actuator Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-69 .7500-432. -632.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 34: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed and transport Previous 6 Next Go Back 1 5 4 3 2 7-70 MFP Service Manual .

and -832 Assembly 34: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed and transport AsmIndex 34–1 2 3 Part number 40X0729 40X0581 40X0728 Units/ option 2 2 1 Units/ FRU 1 1 2 Description Switch (TTM media size switch) Media feed unit assembly (this comes assembled) Tray 4 media guide kit includes: • Tray 4 upper media guide • Tray 4 lower media guide 4 5 6 40X0727 40X0730 40X0724 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) Tray 4 feed-out sensor cable assembly Tray 4 media transport assembly Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-71 .7500-432. -632.

and -832 Assembly 35: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed and transport 1 Previous Next 6 5 Go Back 1 2 3 4 7-72 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 35: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed and transport AsmIndex 35–1 Part number 40X0692 Units/ option 1 Units/ FRU 2 Description Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) kit includes: • Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) • Sensor protector 2 3 4 5 40X0732 40X0581 40X0572 40X0695 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Upper vertical turn guide Media feed unit assembly (this comes assembled) Vertical turn guide 2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly kit includes: • 2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly • Bushing 8 mm 6 40X0693 1 2 Sensor cable kit includes: • Tray 3 feed-out sensor cable • Tray 4 feed-out sensor cable Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-73 . -632.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 36: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit 1 Previous Note: Applies to tray 3 and tray 4 Next 19 2 Go Back 3 18 17 4 16 8 6 7 14 15 12 13 4 5 10 11 10 9 10 7-74 MFP Service Manual . -632.

-632. and -832 Assembly 36: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit AsmIndex 36–1 2 3 Part number 40X0581 40X0582 40X0585 Units/ option 2 2 2 Units/ FRU 1 1 6 Description Media feed unit assembly (this comes assembled) Media feed lift motor Media feed drive gear kit includes: • Media feed unit drive gear 13T • Media feed unit drive gear 28/21T • Media feed unit drive gear 29T • Media feed unit drive gear 27T • 2 mm washer (2 each) Note: The graphic on the previous page. 4 5 40X0880 40X0967 2 2 1 2 Bushing 6 mm Media tray lift one-way clutch/gear kit includes: • Media tray lift one-way clutch • Media tray lift one-way gear 6 7 40X0968 40X0583 2 2 1 3 Media tray lift one-way shaft Tray lift coupling kit includes: • Tray lift coupling • Tray lift coupling gear 31T • Spring 8 9 40X0590 40X0593 2 2 1 2 Pick roll assembly spring Separation roll friction clutch kit includes: • Separation roll one-way friction clutch • Separation roll spacer 10 40X0594 2 3 Feed unit roll kit includes: • Feed roll • Pick roll • Separation roll 11 12 13 40X0970 40X0969 40X0591 2 2 2 1 1 2 Pick roll drive gear Pick roll idler gear Feed roll one-way clutch kit includes: • Feed roll one-way clutch • Feed roll one-way gear 22T 14 15 40X0952 40X0586 2 2 1 2 Bushing 6 mm Media feed unit front guide kit includes: • Media feed unit front guide • Media feed unit front guide rail 16 17 18 19 40X0587 40X0588 40X0588 40X0589 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 Media out actuator Sensor (media out) Sensor (media level) Sensor (pre-feed) Previous Next Go Back Note: Assembly index items 17 and 18 are identical sensors with different functions. Parts catalog 7-75 . shows two #3 callouts. These callouts are the items that make up the media feed drive gear kit. they are the same part number with different descriptions.7500-432. therefore.

and -832 Assembly 37: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left door Previous Next Go Back 4 3 2 1 7-76 MFP Service Manual . -632.7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 37: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left door AsmIndex 37–1 2 3 4 Part number 40X0733 40X0696 40X0697 40X0610 Units/ option 1 1 1 1 Units/ FRU 1 1 1 1 Description 2TM/TTM left door assembly (this comes assembled) 2TM/TTM left door pinch assembly (this comes assembled) 2TM/TTM left door support strap Switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-77 .7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 38: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—drive and electrical 1 Previous 7 Next Go Back 6 1 5 4 3 2 1 3 7-78 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 38: 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—drive and electrical AsmIndex 38–1 Part number 40X0736 Units/ option 1 Units/ FRU 8 Description TTM drive gear kit includes: • • • • • • 2 3 40X0734 40X0699 1 1 1 6 TTM drive gear 22/40T TTM drive gear 37T (2 each) TTM drive gear 32T TTM drive gear 60T (2 each) TTM drive gear 60T TTM drive gear bracket assembly Previous Next Go Back Tray 3 lift gear assembly 2TM/TTM clutch kit includes: • • • • • • 2TM/TTM clutch assembly Shaft Bushing 8 mm Clutch gear 38T Bushing 8 mm Washer 4 5 6 7 40X3664 40X0735 40X3666 40X2735 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2TM/TTM drive motor Tray 4 lift gear assembly TTM main cable assembly 2TM/TTM controller card assembly Parts catalog 7-79 .7500-432.

-632. and -832 Assembly 39: Duplex outer 1 Previous Note: This assembly includes everything on pages 7-80 and 7-82.7500-432. Next 2 Go Back 3 4 11 5 6 10 9 8 7 7-80 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 39: Duplex outer AsmIndex 39–1 2 Part number 40X0780 40X0788 Units/ option 1 1 Units/ FRU 1 3 Description Duplex unit assembly (this comes assembled) Duplex cable kit includes: • Duplex sensor cable assembly • Duplex motor cable assembly • Duplex main cable assembly 3 40X0782 1 3 Duplex left door handle kit includes: • Duplex left door handle latch • Duplex left door handle • Spring 4 5 6 40X0786 40X0588 40X0784 1 1 1 1 1 2 Duplex controller card assembly Sensor (duplex wait) Duplex wait actuator kit includes: • Duplex wait actuator • Spring 7 8 9 40X0787 40X0783 40X0785 1 1 1 1 1 3 Duplex left cover Duplex lower guide Duplex drive motor kit includes: • Duplex drive motor • Duplex drive motor cooling fan • Duplex drive motor cooling fan shroud 10 11 40X0610 40X0781 1 1 1 8 Switch (duplex left door interlock) Duplex drive gear kit includes: • • • • Duplex drive gear 28T (3 each) Duplex drive gear 33/74T (2 each) Duplex drive gear 33T (2 each) Duplex drive gear 42T Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-81 . -632.

Next 2 Go Back 3 4 3 5 2 4 6 7-82 MFP Service Manual . and -832 Assembly 40: Duplex inner 1 Previous Note: This assembly includes everything on pages 7-80 and 7-82.7500-432. -632.

-632. and -832 Assembly 40: Duplex inner AsmIndex 40–1 2 Part number 40X0780 40X0792 Units/ option 1 1 Units/ FRU 1 20 Description Duplex unit assembly (this comes assembled) Duplex media transport pinch roll kit includes: • Duplex media transport pinch roll (10 each) • Spring (10 each) 3 4 5 40X0790 40X0791 40X0793 1 1 1 2 2 9 Duplex docking lock (2 each) Hinge pin (2 each) Duplex media transport roll kit includes: • Bushing 6 mm (6 each) • Duplex media transport roll (2 each) • Duplex media center transport roll 6 40X0789 1 1 Duplex left door support strap Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-83 .7500-432.

-632.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 41: Exit 2 outer Previous Next Go Back 7-84 MFP Service Manual .

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 41: Exit 2 outer AsmIndex 41–1 2 3 Part number 40X0794 40X0797 40X0795 Units/ option 1 1 1 Units/ FRU 1 1 2 Description Exit 2 unit assembly (this comes assembled) Exit 2 left door support strap Exit 2 left door handle kit includes: • Exit 2 left door handle • Spring 4 40X0796 1 2 Media diverter gate kit includes: • Media diverter gate • Spring 5 40X0798 1 1 Left cover Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-85 . -632.

and -832 Assembly 42: Exit 2 inner 1 Previous Note: This assembly includes everything on pages 7-84 and 7-86. -632. Next 2 Go Back 13 12 3 14 11 10 4 9 5 8 3 6 7 7-86 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-87 . they are the same part number with different descriptions. therefore.7500-432. and -832 Assembly 42: Exit 2 inner AsmIndex 42–1 2 3 Part number 40X0794 40X0807 40X0802 Units/ option 1 1 1 Units/ FRU 1 1 4 Description Exit 2 unit assembly (this comes assembled) Exit 2 cooling fan Exit 2 docking latch kit includes: • Docking latch (2 each) • Docking latch spring front • Docking latch spring rear 4 5 40X0803 40X0805 1 1 1 2 Exit 2 media shift gear Media diverter solenoid kit includes: • Media diverter solenoid • Media diverter link 6 7 40X2389 40X0801 1 1 3 3 Output guide Right cover kit includes: • Right cover • Right cover anti static brush • Right cover grounding plate 8 40X0806 1 4 Exit 2 pinch roll kit includes: • Spring (2 each) • Exit 2 pinch roll (2 each) 9 10 11 40X0588 40X0610 40X0809 1 1 1 1 1 3 Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) Switch (exit 2 left door interlock) Exit 2 actuator kit includes: • Exit 2 actuator • Roller • Spring 12 13 14 40X0588 40X0588 40X0808 1 1 1 1 1 3 Sensor (exit 2) Sensor (standard bin full exit 2) Standard bin full exit 2 actuator kit includes: • Standard bin full exit 2 actuator inner • Standard bin full exit 2 actuator outer • Spring Note: Assembly index items 12 and 13 are identical sensors with different functions. -632.

and -832 Assembly 43: Electrical cables Previous Next Go Back Asm Index 43–1 2 3 Part number 40X2368 40X0686 40X2319 Units/ mach 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 Description Fuser AC cable assembly RFID sensor cable assembly Main switch cable assembly 7-88 MFP Service Manual .7500-432. -632.

-632. and -832 Assembly 44: Electrical cables Previous Next Go Back 6 1 2 3 4 5 Asm Index 44–1 2 3 4 5 Part number 40X0683 40X0673 40X0637 40X0676 40X2318 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 Description Interlock switch cable assembly HCF hookup connector assembly Multi connector cable assembly 1 Media size switch cable assembly Multi connector cable assembly 3 Note: Assembly 44 (Index # 5) on page 89 and Assembly 45 (Index #1) on page 90 is a cable bundle that makes up Multi connector cable assembly 3. 6 40X1390 1 2 Switch (PC cartridge interlock) kit includes: • Backup spring • Switch (PC cartridge interlock) Parts catalog 7-89 .7500-432.

and -832 Assembly 45: Electrical cables Previous Next 1 Go Back 2 3 4 5 Asm Index 45–1 Part number 40X2318 Units/ mach 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 Description Multi connector cable assembly 3 Note: Assembly 44 (Index # 5) on page 89 and Assembly 45 (Index #1) on page 90 is a cable bundle that makes up Multi connector cable assembly 3.7500-432. 2 3 4 5 40X0685 40X0674 40X0675 40X2313 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 Dual drive motor cable assembly Media feed unit cable assembly MPF hookup cable assembly AC power input socket kit includes: • • • • • • Screws 4 mm (2 each) Bracket AC power input socket Ground wire Main AC cable assembly Finisher AC output 7-90 MFP Service Manual . -632.

7500-432. and -832 Assembly 46: Electrical cables Previous Next Go Back 3 2 1 Asm Index 46–1 2 3 Part number 40X2367 40X2317 40X0677 Units/ mach 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 Description Multi connector cable assembly 2 Printhead cable assembly RIP card cable assembly Parts catalog 7-91 . -632.

7500-432. -632. and -832 Assembly 47: Electrical cable 1 Previous Next Go Back Asm Index 47–1 Part number 40X0679 Units/ mach 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 Description Exit interface cable assembly 7-92 MFP Service Manual .

Canada. Russia 6ft straight Power cord—Denmark 6ft straight Power cord—Korea 6ft straight Power cord—Taiwan 6ft straight Power cord—China 6ft straight Power cord—England. -632. Asia Pacific 8ft straight Power cord—Japan 8ft straight Power cord—Switzerland 6ft straight Power cord—Israel 6ft straight Power cord—South Africa 6ft straight Power cord—Brazil 8ft straight Power cord—Austria.7500-432. Belgium 6ft straight Power cord—Italy 6ft straight Power cord—Argentina 8ft straight Power cord—Australia 6ft straight Power cord—US et al 6ft straight Previous Next Go Back Parts catalog 7-93 . France. and -832 Assembly 48: Power cords Asm Index 48–NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS Part number 40X0269 40X0270 40X0274 40X0275 40X0276 40X4596 40X0278 40X0279 40X0280 40X0281 40X0282 40X0286 40X0287 40X0288 40X0296 40X0297 Units/ mach 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Power cord—USA. Latin America. Germany. Spain.

-632. and -832 Assembly 49: Miscellaneous AsmIndex 49-NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS Part number 40X4819 40X4823 40X0392 40X0948 40X0949 40X1374 40X4827 40X1383 40X5952 40X5969 40X5970 40X5971 40X5972 40X5704 40X5301 40X5302 40X5303 40X0770 40X0394 Units/ mach 1 1 1 NA NA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Units/ kit or pkg 1 1 1 NA NA 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 14 Description RS232C serial interface card Parallel 1284-B interface card Scanner and touch-screen wipes Assorted E-clip packet Assorted screw packet X860de/X862de/X864de Forms + Bar code card MarkNet™ N8130 Fiber Ethernet 100BaseFX.7500-432. X86xe ADF Feed unit roll kit Maintenance kit (110 V) • • • • • NS 40X0398 1 14 • • • • • NS 40X2377 1 14 • • • • • NS 40X2734 1 2 Fuser unit assembly Transfer roll assembly Feed rolls (4 each) Pick rolls (4 each) Separation rolls (4 each) Fuser unit assembly Transfer roll assembly Feed rolls (4 each) Pick rolls (4 each) Separation rolls (4 each) Fuser unit assembly Transfer roll assembly Feed rolls (4 each) Pick rolls (4 each) Separation rolls (4 each) Previous Next Go Back Maintenance kit (220 V) Maintenance kit (100 V) Maintenance kit (ADF) • Feed/pick roll assembly • Separation guide assembly NS NS NS 40X4602 40X4603 40X4604 1 1 1 1 1 1 Smart card 3121 Smart card 5121 Smart card 5125 7-94 MFP Service Manual . 10 BaseFL X860de/X862de/X864de IPDS and SCS/TNE card Lexmark PrintCryption card assembly Korean font card Simplified Chinese font card Traditional Chinese font card Japanese font card 256MB Flash card 256MB DDR2-DRAM 512MB DDR2-DRAM 1024MB DDR2-DRAM X85xe.

and -832 Index Previous A accessing service menus 3-1 acronyms 1-74 Asterisk button 2-4 B Backspace button 2-4 buttons Asterisk 2-4 Backspace 2-4 Cancel Jobs 2-7 Copy 2-5 Dial Pause 2-4 E-mail 2-5 Fax 2-5 FTP 2-5 Held Jobs 2-5. -632.7500-432. 2-6 Keypad 2-3 Lock Device 2-6 Menus 2-5 Pound 2-4 Release Held Faxes 2-6 Search Held Jobs 2-6 Selected radio 2-9 Start 2-4 Status message bar 2-6 Status/Supplies 2-6 Stop 2-4 Unlock Device 2-7 Unselected radio 2-9 Key Repeat Initial Delay 3-51 Key Repeat Rate 3-51 LES Applications 3-50 Maintenance Counter Value 3-35 Min Copy Memory 3-41 Panel Menus 3-40 Paper Prompts 3-44 PPDS Emulation 3-40 Print Quality Pages 3-38 REGISTRATION 3-36 Quick Test 3-37 Require Standby 3-50 Reset Maintenance Counter 3-35 Short Edge Printing 3-50 SIZE SENSING 3-39 Tray Low Message 3-50 Wipe Disk 3-47 connectivity optional 1-2 standard 1-1 Next Go Back D diagnostic aids 3-1 accessing service menus 3-1 diagnostic information 2-1 confirm the installation status 2-2 error code messages 2-11 service checks 2-36 start 2-1 using service checks 2-1 Diagnostic Menus entering diagnostic menus 3-2 Diagnostics Menus available tests 3-2 BASE SENSOR TEST 3-16 DEVICE TESTS 3-17 Disk Test/Clean 3-17 Quick Disk Test 3-17 DUPLEX TESTS C component locations 5-1 cables 5-8 duplex components 5-14 exit 2 components 5-15 HVPS 5-1 LVPS 5-1 printer boards 5-1 printer motors and sensors 5-2 printer switches 5-7 TTM components 5-13 Configuration Menu ADF Edge Erase 3-42 available menus 3-33 Disk Encryption 3-44 Energy Conserve 3-41 entering 3-33 Envelope Prompts 3-44 EVENT LOG 3-42 Factory Defaults 3-41 FB Edge Erase 3-42 Font Sharpening 3-49 Format Fax Storage 3-42 Jobs On Disk 3-44 3-10 Quick Test 3-10 EVENT LOG 3-22 Clear the Event Log 3-24 Display the Event Log 3-22 Print the Event Log 3-24 FINISHER TESTS Feed Tests 3-14 Hole Punch Test 3-14 Sensor Test 3-14 Staple Test 3-13 HARDWARE TESTS 3-7 Button Test 3-7 CACHE Test 3-9 DRAM Test 3-8 Panel Test 3-7 Index I-1 .

04 sensor (tray 3 feed-out) static jam 2-69 244.11 sensor (ADF registration) on jam ADF simplex side 2-91 290.00 sensor (duplex wait) on jam 2-47.13 sensor (ADF registration) off jam 2-95 290.01 sensor (fuser exit) off (too short) jam 2-40 202.01 scanner communication failure 2-125 842.00 sensor (fuser exit) on jam 2-38 202.00 242.01 sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed) 2-73 244.22 sensor (ADF width APS 2) static jam 2-103 290.10 sensor (ADF pre-registration) static jam 2-90 290.01 sensor (registration) static on jam 2-37 201.00 sensor (exit 2) on jam 2-41 203.03 too short size jam 2-121 295.00 scanner communication failure 2-125 842.02 sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam on inverting 2-115 295.02 sensor (ADF inverter) on jam 2-107 291.04 too long size jam 2-123 298.00 sensor (fuser exit) off jam 2-39 202.00 sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed) 2-50 231.03 sensor (registration) on jam (tray 4 media feed) 2-77 244.15 sensor (ADF registration) off jam (inverting) E emulation 1-2 error code messages 2-11 error codes 200.02 sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed) 2-66 243.12 sensor (ADF registration) on jam side 2-93 290.04 scanner communication failure 2-127 842.01 sensor (ADF inverter) off jam (inverting) 2-105 291.01 sensor (sheet through) on jam 2-83 290.02 scanner communication failure 2-126 842.01 sensor (tray 3 feed-out) on jam (tray 3 media feed) 2-64 243.03 scanner communication failure 2-127 842.00 sensor (registration) on jam (MPF pick) 2-81 290.00 size mismatch jam (mix-size) 2-117 295.14 sensor (ADF inverter) on jam (inverting) 2-97 290.01 sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 1 feed) 2-54 sensor (registration) on jam (tray 1 feed) 2-55 sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 2 feed) 2-56 sensor (tray 2 feed-out) on jam (tray 2 feed) 2-58 242.03 sensor (ADF inverter) off jam 2-109 294.01 sensor (exit 2) off jam 2-43 203.05 sensor (tray 4 feed-out) static jam 2-80 250.02 sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 4 media feed) Next Go Back 2-75 244.00 sensor (ADF inverter) static jam 2-112 294.21 sensor (ADF width APS 1) static jam 2-102 290.10 scanner unit assembly .02 sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam ADF simplex side 2-86 290. 2-48 230.00 image pipeline ASIC failure 2-124 842.7500-432.01 242.02 invalid combine size jam 2-120 295.00 sensor (registration) off jam (too long) 2-36 200.00 sensor (tray 4 feed-out) on jam (tray 4 media feed) 2-70 244.01 sensor (registration) on jam (duplex paper feed) 2-52 241.01 sensor (ADF pre-registration) on jam side 2 2-113 294.03 sensor (exit 2) static jam 2-46 230.02 sensor (fuser exit) static jam 2-41 203.03 sensor (tray 2 feed-out) static jam 2-62 243.00 241.01 size mismatch jam (no mix-size) 2-119 295.01 scanner cable missing or unplugged 2-124 841.00 switch (sheet through) static jam 2-83 290.23 sensor (ADF width APS 3) static jam 2-104 291.ADF communication failure 2-128 2-45 203.02 sensor (exit 2) on jam in standard bin or finisher 2-99 290. -632.00 sensor (ADF registration) static jam 2-104 291.04 sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 4 media feed) 2-78 244.03 sensor (ADF pre-registration) off jam 2-88 290.01 sensor (duplex wait) static jam 2-50 231. and -832 INPUT TRAY TESTS Feed Tests 3-10 Sensor Test 3-11 MOTOR TESTS 3-5 OUTPUT TRAY TESTS Feed Tests 3-12 Feed To All Bins 3-12 Sensor Test 3-13 PRINT TESTS 3-6 PRINTER SETUP 3-19 Configuration ID 3-20 Defaults 3-19 Edge to Edge 3-21 Enable Edge to Edge Copy 3-21 Engine Setting 1 to 16 3-20 Model Name 3-20 Permanent Page Count 3-20 Printed Page Count 3-20 Serial Number 3-20 REPORTS 3-22 SCANNER TESTS ASIC Test 3-25 Feed Test 3-25 Scanner Manual Registration 3-26 Scanner manual registration factory defaults 3-30 Sensor Test 3-31 Dial Pause button 2-4 duty cycle 1-3 243.02 sensor (registration) on jam (tray 2 feed) 2-60 242.00 sensor (pre-feed) on jam (tray 3 media feed) 2-62 I-2 MFP Service Manual .03 sensor (registration) on jam (tray 3 media feed) Previous 2-67 243.

00 sensor (ATC) failure 2-159 930.7500-432.01 exit 2 unit assembly connection failure 2-155 920.10 ADF RAM test failure 2-131 843.00 rear thermistor failure 2-157 924.XX RIP card assembly NVRAM failure 2-167 953.00 RAM read/write check failure 2-145 904.XX RIP card assembly NAND CRC failure 2-168 956.01 lamp illumination failure 2-137 845.00 LVPS cooling fan failure 2-153 918. and -832 842.00 media tray 2 lift up / no media tray failure 2-163 943.00 over heat temperature failure 2-156 922.11 scanner communication failure (by scanner) 2-128 842. 2-189 toner cartridge set failure 2-189 tray 1 media size failure 2-190 tray 1 media size mismatch in length 2-191 tray 2 media size failure 2-191 tray 2 media size mismatch in length 2-193 tray 3 media size failure 2-195 tray 3 media size mismatch in length 2-197 tray 4 media size failure 2-196 tray 4 media size mismatch in length 2-199 exiting Configuration Menu 3-52 exiting Diagnostics Menu 3-32 Index I-3 .00 printhead assembly failure 2-150 914.00 scanner communication failure 2-140 846.00 RFID ASIC failure 2-147 908.XX operator panel assembly NVRAM failure 2-167 955.13 switch (platen interlock) open 2-143 849.12 scanner unit assembly communication failure 932.11 ADF EEPROM failure 2-131 843.22 scanner unit assembly EEPROM sub system failure 2-134 843.00 NVM read/write cannot be executed failure 2-146 906.00 RIP card assembly processor failure 2-168 956.00 fuser cooling fan failure 2-151 916.23 scanner cooling fan failure 2-134 843.00 PPM data failure 2-147 909.00 toner cartridge RFID communication failure Previous 2-160 939.00 transport motor failure 2-149 912.00 fuser operating temperature failure 2-158 927.00 zero cross failure 2-148 910.12 scanner unit assembly software logic failure 2-161 941.01 CCD initialization (lamp on) failure 2-139 845.00 RIP card assembly communication failure 2-129 843.24 image processing failure 2-135 843.12 ADF pick roll position lift up failure 2-132 843.00 exposure lamp failure 2-136 844.01 RIP card assembly processor over temperature failure 2-168 956.00 CPU power to access NVM failure 2-146 907.00 sensor (scanner HP) failure 2-130 843.00 toner cartridge RFID data write failure 2-160 933.00 PC cartridge cooling fan failure 2-152 917.00 tray 4 lift up / no tray failure 2-165 951.00 PC cartridge RFID data write failure 2-158 928.00 media tray 1 lift up / no media tray failure 2-161 942.00 toner add motor assembly failure 2-150 915.00 PC cartridge unit motor failure 2-149 913.10 sensor (ADF width APS X) failure 2-141 846. -632.00 center thermistor failure 2-157 923.25 scanner controller card assembly failure 2-135 843.00 CCD failure 2-139 845.00 fuser unit assembly on time failure 2-156 921.00 tray 3 lift up / no tray failure 2-164 944.21 scanner unit assembly EEPROM failure 2-133 843.00 2TM/TTM controller card assembly communication failure 2-170 980.26 scanner controller card assembly failure 2-136 844.00 exit 1 media shift HP failure 2-153 919.00 duplex controller card assembly type failure Next Go Back 2-172 error messages 2TM/TTM left door assembly open 2-172 duplex left door assembly open 2-173 exit 2 left door assembly open 2-174 media size mismatch in width 2-175.20 scanner unit assembly connection failure 2-133 843.00 pressure roll thermistor failure 2-157 925.03 RIP card assembly FPGA failure 2-169 980.00 NVM data failure 2-145 905.02 RIP card assembly cooling fan failure 2-169 956.00 laser power failure 2-159 2-179 PC cartridge end of life 2-179 PC cartridge RFID failure 2-179 PC cartridge set failure 2-180 printer front door open 2-181 printer left door open 2-182 printer left lower door open 2-182 scanner missing failure 2-185 scheduled maintenance required 2-183 standard bin 1 full 2-183 standard bin 2 full 2-184 switch (ADF left cover interlock) open 2-185 toner cartridge empty 2-186 toner cartridge near empty 2-187 toner cartridge RFID failure 2-188. 2-176 no media in the select media tray 2-176.00 transport motor stop failure 2-148 911.00 PC cartridge RFID communication failure 2-159 929.02 CCD initialization (lamp off) failure 2-140 846.05 engine flicker communication failure 2-171 997.01 scanner communication failure 2-141 846.03 duplex controller card assembly communication failure 2-171 980. 2-177 paper is installed (short edge) in the media paper tray 2-143 846.01 scanner carriage over run failure 2-131 843.03 exit interface card assembly communication failure 2-170 980.00 sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) failure 2-154 919.00 hard drive failure 2-144 900.XX RIP card assembly software failure 2-144 903.

and -832 F fonts 1-2 H Home screen 2-5 buttons 2-5 home screen status message bar 2-6 I image quality trouble 2-201 blank print (no print) 2-204 faint print (low contrast) 2-202 image quality 2-202 solid black 2-206 troubleshooting 2-201 vertical blank lines (white stripes in media transport direction) 2-207 image quality troubles after image 2-217 background (fog) 2-218 horizontal band printheads out 2-209 horizontal stripes 2-213 media damage 2-221 no fuse 2-222 partial lack 2-215 skew 2-219 spots 2-216 vertical stripes 2-211 indicator light 2-4 Start 2-4 Stop 2-4 optional connectivity 1-2 options and features description 1-4 duplex 1-65 duplex drive motor 1-65 media transport 1-66 exit 2 1-69 exit 2 drive motor 1-69 media transport 1-70 tandem tray 1-56 driving force transmission path 1-57 main components 1-63 media transport 1-58 media tray assembly 1-60 Previous Next Go Back P paper capacity 1-2 paper handling 1-3 parts catalog 7-1 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—covers 7-65 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—drive and electrical 7-79 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—feed and transport 7-71. 7-4 covers and operator panel 7-36 dual unit drive motor 7-30 duplex—duplex inner 7-83 duplex—duplex outer 7-81 electrical 7-32 electrical cable 7-92 electrical cables 7-88. 7-91 exit 2—exit 2 inner 7-87 exit 2—exit 2 outer 7-85 full/half rate carriage 7-44 fuser 7-26 how to use this parts catalog 7-1 left door 7-20 left door and transfer roll 7-18 left lower door and transport 7-16 lens and sensors 7-40 media feed unit 7-6 media feed unit exploded (tray 1 and tray 2) 7-8 media tray 7-10 miscellaneous 7-94 L LCD touch-screen features Menu trail line 2-10 light. 7-90. 7-73 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—left door 7-77 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—media feed unit 7-75 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 3 7-67 2000-sheet dual input (TTM)—tray 4 7-69 ADF assembly 7-46 ADF covers and components 7-48 ADF document tray 7-62 ADF feeder 7-52 ADF feeder roll 7-58 ADF left cover components 7-54 ADF media guide 7-56 ADF motor unit 7-60 carriage motor and cooling fan 7-42 covers 7-3. -632.7500-432. 7-89. indicator 2-4 Lock 2-6 lubrication specification 6-2 M maintenance scheduled 6-2 maximum resolution 1-1 media types 1-3 media weights 1-3 memory 1-1 models 1-1 N nlock 2-7 numeric keypad 2-3 O operating systems 1-2 operator panel Asterisk 2-4 Backspace 2-4 Dial Pause 2-4 Display 2-3 Keypad 2-3 Pound 2-4 I-4 MFP Service Manual .

and -832 MPF unit 7-12 MPF unit feed 7-14 platen glass 7-38 power cords 7-93 printhead. -632.29 tooth 4-43 media out actuator 4-38 media shift motor 4-108 media transport roll assembly/gear 4-69 media tray end guide 4-30 media tray lift gear group 4-32 media tray side guides 4-26 MPF feed drive gear group 4-59 MPF feed shaft assembly 4-63 MPF feed unit assembly 4-54 MPF fold down tray assembly 4-65 MPF media out actuator and upper frame 4-55 MPF pick solenoid/pick lever 4-62 MPF pressure pad 4-60 MPF rear cover 4-58 MPF transport pinch roll assembly 4-57 MPF transport roll assembly 4-61 option hookup cover 4-14 PC cartridge cooling fan 4-102 PC cartridge cooling fan duct 4-100 pick roll 4-51 .13 tooth 4-37 media feed unit drive gear .28/21 tooth 4-42 media feed unit drive gear . 4-125 controller box lower cover 4-17 controller box side cover 4-18 dual drive motor assembly 4-114 ESD-sensitive parts 4-1 exit 1 drive belt 4-113 exit 1 media shift assembly 4-105 exit 1 media shift gear 4-111 exit interface card assembly 4-117 fax interface card assembly 4-129 feed roll 4-45 feed roll one way clutch 4-46 feed roll one way gear 22 tooth 4-47 feed unit drive gear 27 tooth 4-53 finisher AC output 4-126 front door support strap and front door magnetic catch 4-7 front inner cover 4-8 fuser cooling fan 4-98 fuser unit assembly 4-104 hard drive 4-128 high voltage power supply (HVPS) card 4-115 left door assembly 4-75 left door assembly handle 4-78 left lower door handle assembly 4-72 left lower pinch roll assembly 4-71 LVPS card assembly 4-120 LVPS cooling fan 4-121 media feed lift motor 4-33 media feed unit assembly 1 4-20 media feed unit assembly 2 4-23 media feed unit drive gear . and fans 7-24 registration 7-22 standard exit 1 7-28 Pound button 2-4 preventive maintenance 6-1 print speed 1-1 printer overview 1-4 basic model 1-4 configured model 1-5 printer technology 1-1 processor 1-1 R radio button selected 2-9 unselected 2-9 removals AC power input socket assembly 4-124. 4-64 pick roll drive gear 25 tooth 4-52 pick roll idler gear 33 tooth 4-50 printer front door assembly 4-6 printer front left cover 4-3 printer left door support strap 4-74 printer left lower door assembly 4-70 printhead assembly 4-99 rear lower cover 4-12 rear motor cover 4-11 rear upper cover 4-15 registration clutch assembly 4-80 registration roll assembly 4-79 right lower cover 4-10 right upper cover 4-9 RIP card assembly 4-130 RIP card chassis bracket assembly 4-127 sensor (exit 1 bin full) 4-110 sensor (exit 1 media shift) 4-109 sensor (fuser exit) 4-103 sensor (humidity and temperature) 4-90 sensor (media level) 4-39 sensor (media out) 4-40 sensor (MPF media out) 4-56 sensor (pre-feed) 4-41 sensor (registration) 4-81 sensor (RFID PC cartridge) and sensor (RFID toner cartridge) 4-94 sensor (tray 2 feed-out) 4-83 separation roll 4-49 separation roll one way friction clutch 4-48 switch (left lower door interlock) 4-68 switch (main power) 4-116 switch (media size) 4-19 switch (PC cartridge interlock) 4-84 switch (printer front door interlock) 4-4 switch (printer left door interlock) 4-76 toner add motor assembly 4-97 toner cartridge guide assembly 4-95 top cover assembly 4-5 transfer roll assembly 4-73 transfer roll guide assembly 4-77 tray lift coupling assembly 4-34 tray lift one way clutch/gear assembly 4-35 vertical drive gear assembly 4-67 Previous Next Go Back Index I-5 .7500-432. cartridge guides.

7500-432. and -832 removals—2000-sheet dual input (TTM) 2TM/TTM controller card assembly 4-281 2TTM/TTM left door assembly 4-276 caster 4-220 clutch 4-282 drive motor assembly 4-280 feed roll 4-266 feed roll one-way clutch 4-267 feed unit drive gear 27T 4-275 foot cover 4-216 front cable assembly 4-229 left cover 4-218 lift coupling assembly 4-256 media feed lift motor 4-255 media feed unit assembly (tray 3) 4-250 media feed unit assembly (tray 4) 4-246 media feed unit drive gear 13 tooth 4-259 media feed unit drive gear 28/21T 4-264 media feed unit drive gear 29T 4-265 media guide rack and pinion 4-230 media out actuator 4-260 media transport roll assembly 4-253 one-way 22T 4-268 one-way clutch/gear assembly 4-257 pick roll 4-273 pick roll drive gear 25T 4-274 pick roll idler gear 33T 4-272 rear cover 4-219 right cover 4-217 sensor (media level) 4-261 sensor (media out) 4-262 sensor (pre-feed) 4-263 sensor (tray 3 feed-out) 4-254 sensor (tray 4 feed-out) 4-248 separation roll 4-270 separation roll one-way friction clutch 4-269 switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) 4-277 switch (TTM media size) 4-249 top cover 4-215 tray 3 assembly 4-224 tray 3 front cover 4-225 tray 3 lift gear assembly 4-278 tray 3 media guide lock assembly 4-233 tray 3 mylar actuator 4-234 tray 3 rear cable assembly 4-226 tray 4 assembly 4-223 tray 4 front cables 4-240 tray 4 front cover 4-235 tray 4 lift gear assembly 4-279 tray 4 media guide lock assembly 4-244 tray 4 media guide rack and pinion 4-242 tray 4 mylar actuator 4-245 tray 4 rear cables 4-237 tray 4 transport assembly 4-236 tray support roll 4-221 removals—ADF actuator/media guide assembly 4-198 ADF controller card assembly 4-175 ADF exit roll assembly 4-204 ADF feed drive motor assembly 4-180 ADF feed/pick roll assembly 4-186 ADF feed-out roll assembly 4-201 ADF front cover assembly 4-174 ADF left cover assembly 4-176 ADF left cover media guide 4-189 ADF media feed assembly 4-170 ADF rear cover 4-173 ADF registration motor 4-209 ADF registration roll assembly 4-199 ADF separation roll guide assembly 4-203 ADF transport roll assembly 4-206 ADF unit assembly 4-167 document set actuator 4-188 document set LED 4-182 document tray assembly 4-172 inverter gate 4-199 inverter solenoid assembly 4-181 left cover pinch roll assembly 4-179 media scan guide 4-169 pick roll position motor assembly 4-190 platen cushion 4-168 sensor (ADF inverter) 4-197 sensor (ADF pre-registration) 4-196 sensor (ADF registration) 4-195 sensor (ADF width APS 1) 4-192 sensor (ADF width APS 2) 4-193 sensor (ADF width APS 3) 4-194 sensor (document set) 4-207 sensor (document tray length 1) 4-213 sensor (document tray length 2) 4-214 sensor (document tray width 1) 4-210 sensor (document tray width 2) 4-211 sensor (document tray width 3) 4-212 sensor (pick roll position HP) 4-185 sensor (sheet through) 4-208 sheet through actuator 4-183 switch (ADF left cover interlock) 4-191 removals—duplex unit duplex access handle 4-317 duplex controller card assembly 4-311 duplex docking locks 4-286 duplex drive gear 28T 4-290 duplex drive gear 33/74T 4-293 duplex drive gear 33T 4-296 duplex drive gear 42T 4-299 duplex drive motor assembly 4-308 duplex media center transport roll 4-321 duplex media in actuator 4-305 duplex media transport roll 4-320 duplex sensor (duplex wait) 4-314 duplex support strap 4-287 duplex switch (left cover interlock) 4-302 duplex unit assembly 4-284 removals—exit 2 exit 2 actuator 4-330 exit 2 cooling fan 4-338 exit 2 diverter gate 4-325 exit 2 left cover 4-325 Previous Next Go Back I-6 MFP Service Manual . -632.

without finisher 1-3 standard connectivity 1-1 Start button 2-4 status message bar 2-6 Stop button 2-4 T tools required 1-73 Index I-7 .7500-432. -632. and -832 exit 2 left door handle 4-323 exit 2 media diverter solenoid 4-334 exit 2 media shift gear 4-333 exit 2 right cover 4-327 exit 2 sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) 4-336 exit 2 sensor (exit 2) 4-335 exit 2 sensor (standard bin full exit 2) 4-337 exit 2 switch (left door interlock) 4-331 exit 2 unit assembly 4-322 exit 2 unit docking lever 4-323 standard bin full exit 2 actuator 4-329 removals—scanner ADF angle actuator assembly 4-160 CCD card/lens assembly 4-154 exposure lamp 4-166 exposure lamp PS card assembly 4-165 large platen glass 4-150 operator panel assembly 4-135 operator panel cable assembly 4-148 operator panel controller card assembly 4-147 operator panel cover assembly 4-140 operator panel user touch screen 4-146 scanner controller card assembly 4-151 scanner cooling fan 4-164 scanner drive motor assembly 4-163 scanner left cover 4-133 scanner PS card assembly 4-162 scanner right cover 4-134 scanner top rear cover 4-132 scanner unit assembly 4-149 sensor (ADF angle) 4-161 sensor (platen length APS 1) 4-156 sensor (platen length APS 2) 4-157 sensor (scanner HP) 4-159 small platen glass 4-153 switch (platen interlock) 4-158 USB-Smart card-LED cable assembly 4-144 Previous Next Go Back S safety information xix safety inspection guide 6-1 scheduled maintenance 6-2 service checks 2-36 size and weight .

-632. and -832 Previous Next Go Back I-8 MFP Service Manual .7500-432.

............................... and -832 Part number index P/N 40X0269 40X0270 40X0274 40X0275 40X0276 40X0278 40X0279 40X0280 40X0281 40X0282 40X0286 40X0287 40X0288 40X0296 40X0297 40X0388 40X0392 40X0394 40X0394 40X0398 40X0398 40X0507 40X0550 40X0553 40X0553 40X0560 40X0561 40X0562 40X0563 40X0564 40X0568 40X0569 40X0570 40X0571 40X0572 40X0573 40X0574 40X0576 40X0577 40X0578 40X0579 40X0580 40X0581 40X0582 40X0583 40X0585 40X0586 40X0587 40X0588 40X0588 40X0588 40X0588 40X0588 40X0588 Description Page Previous Power cord—USA.............7-29 Sensor (fuser exit) .........................7-7 Switch (media size) .......................................................... 7-73 Media tray assembly (this comes assembled) ............7-93 Power cord—Taiwan 6ft straight .....................................................7-3 Front inner cover ................................................................................................................7-9..7-5 Media catch tray kit ........6-2 Maintenance kit (220 V) ................................................7-27 Sensor (media level) ..............................7-93 Power cord—US et al 6ft straight .............................7-19 Front door magnetic catch ................................................................7-9......7-93 Power cord—Argentina 8ft straight ..............................7-11 Media tray end guide kit ... 7-75 Part number index Next Go Back I-9 ...................................................................................7-9....................7-7 Vertical turn mylar guide ....... 7-75 Sensor (duplex wait) .7-11 Media tray lift gear kit ................................ -632........................................7-93 Power cord—Austria............................................7-93 Power cord—Australia 6ft straight ...........................7-11 Media feed unit assembly (this comes assembled) .....7-7.....7500-432..................................7-93 Power cord—Switzerland 6ft straight .7-93 Power cord—South Africa 6ft straight ......... 7-75 Tray lift coupling kit .........7-9......... France......................................................................................................6-2 Fax interface card cable assembly ............... 220 V ...........................................7-37 Scanner and touch-screen wipes .......................................................................7-93 Power cord—Israel 6ft straight ................. 7-75 Media out actuator .................................7-93 Power cord—China 6ft straight .......................................................................................................................................................... Asia Pacific 8ft straight .......................................................................7-93 Power cord—Italy 6ft straight ........................................ Latin America..............7-93 Operator panel cover assembly w/o Smart card slot ...........................................................................................7-9....................7-94 Maintenance kit..................................................................................... Spain................................7-93 Power cord—Korea 6ft straight ................................................................7-81 Sensor (exit 2 media shift HP) ...................................................................... Germany........................................................................................................................................................7-35 Left lower cover .......................................7-3 Switch (printer front door interlock) ...............................................7-94 Maintenance kit.................. 7-75 Media feed lift motor ..7-87 Sensor (exit1 media shift HP) ..................................... 7-75 Media feed unit front guide kit ......7-5 Option hookup cover ...........................7-5 Right lower cover ................ Russia 6ft straight ...............................................7-3 Switch (printer left door interlock) ...............7-9................................................................................... Belgium 6ft straight ...7-11 Media tray side guide actuator kit ................................................................................7-93 Power cord—Japan 8ft straight ...............7-93 Power cord—England...............7-11 Media tray side guide kit .............................7-93 Power cord—Denmark 6ft straight ........................................................................................ 110 V .............................................................. 7-73....7-87 Sensor (exit 2) ...............................................7-9.............................................7-3 Front door support strap ..............7-7 Vertical turn guide ................................7-3 Right upper cover ............... 7-75 Media feed drive gear kit ....... 7-71........................................................... Canada..............7-94 Maintenance kit (110 V) ...................7-11 Media tray front cover .......................7-11 Media tray end guide actuator kit ..................

.......7-25...........................................................PC cartridge shutter link ..............Sensor (RFID PC cartridge) ......................................................................................................................................................Vertical drive gear assembly .......................................................................Sensor (pre-feed) ......Printhead assembly .....................................................Transfer roll guide assembly ....... Sensor (MPF media out) ................................................................................................MFP pick solenoid kit ...........Multi connector cable assembly 1 ...........................Hinge pin ...............Sensor (hum & temp) ..........................................PC cartridge stop ..............................................................................MPF pick roll kit ...........................Media shift motor ...........................................................MPF front cover ........................................ MPF media out actuator kit ...........7-9..PC cartridge guide assembly .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................Tray 2 feed-out sensor guide .................................. Sensor (tray 2 feed-out) ...................Printer left door assembly (this comes assembled) ...........Sensor (registration) ...................MPF idler gear bracket assembly .......................Sensor (standard bin full exit 2) .....Sensor (ADF registration) .............................................Exit 1 sensor cable assembly .................................................................................................Printer left lower door assembly (this comes assembled) ........................Switch (2TM/TTM left door interlock) .............................................................................................. Feed roll one-way clutch kit ....................MPF fold down tray assembly .................................Transfer roll power contact .......Exit 1 media shift gear ...................................Registration mylar guide assembly ...................................................................................................................................MPF rear cover ................................................................................................Left door duplex entrance guide ..............................PC cartridge sensor connector ...7-9.Printer left door assembly handle kit ...................Printer left door support strap .......Sensor (standard bin full exit 1) ....Laser opening guide ..................................................................................................................PC cartridge cooling fan ..MPF transport pinch roll assembly ......... Toner cartridge guide kit ............Registration roll assembly ..............................................................Switch (left lower door interlock) ..........Sensor (RFID toner cartridge) .............................................. -632.............. Separation roll friction clutch kit ...........................................................................................Switch (duplex left door interlock) .... and -832 40X0588 40X0588 40X0588 40X0588 40X0589 40X0589 40X0589 40X0590 40X0591 40X0593 40X0594 40X0596 40X0597 40X0598 40X0599 40X0600 40X0601 40X0603 40X0605 40X0606 40X0608 40X0609 40X0610 40X0610 40X0610 40X0610 40X0612 40X0613 40X0614 40X0616 40X0617 40X0618 40X0619 40X0620 40X0621 40X0622 40X0623 40X0624 40X0625 40X0627 40X0628 40X0630 40X0631 40X0633 40X0634 40X0635 40X0636 40X0636 40X0637 40X0638 40X0639 40X0640 40X0641 40X0643 40X0644 40X0650 40X0651 40X0653 40X0654 Sensor (media out) ....Switch (exit 2 left door interlock) .........................................................................................7-9......................................................................7500-432.......Left lower door handle kit ........- 7-75 7-13 7-29 7-87 7-57 7-75 7-23 7-75 7-75 7-75 7-75 7-13 7-13 7-13 7-13 7-13 7-13 7-15 7-15 7-15 7-13 7-17 7-77 7-81 7-87 7-17 7-17 7-17 7-17 7-19 7-19 7-19 7-19 7-21 7-21 7-21 7-21 7-21 7-23 7-23 7-23 7-23 7-25 7-25 7-25 7-25 7-25 7-25 7-89 7-25 7-25 7-25 7-25 7-25 7-25 7-29 7-29 7-29 7-29 Previous Next Go Back I-10 MFP Service Manual ................................................................................................................................ Feed unit roll kit ....................................................................................Transfer roll assembly .........7-9...........7-9.................................................Pick roll assembly spring ...........Media diverter gate kit ..............................................................................................MPF unit cable assembly .....................................................................................................................Toner add motor assembly ....................................................................PC cartridge shutter actuator .............................................................................................................Fuser cooling fan ...........................................................................................................7-9..........................MPF transport roll kit .............

.............................7-67..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Dual drive motor cable assembly ....Tray 4 lift gear assembly ........................Sensor (tray 4 feed-out) ...............Upper vertical turn guide ..........................................7-67................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Tray 3 front cable (2) ..................7-67.................................................. -632..............Tray 3 slide kit ...........................................................MPF hookup cable assembly ......................2TM/TTM left door support strap ......................Media size switch cable assembly .......................................................Left cover ............X85xe....Tray 4 feed-out sensor cable assembly ...............................Tray 4 media transport assembly .................................................................................................7500-432..................................................................... Tray 3 media guide lock kit ......................................................Tray 3 lift gear assembly ........RFID sensor cable assembly ....Exit 1 drive belt ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................2TM/TTM left door pinch assembly (this comes assembled) ...................................................... Media feed unit cable assembly .........................................Sensor (tray 3 feed-out) ....................................................Interlock switch cable assembly ...................................................... X86xe ADF Feed unit roll kit ................................................2TM/TTM left door assembly (this comes assembled) ........................Tray 4 front cable (2) .........................................................................................................................2TM/TTM media transport roll assembly ...............Exit interface card assembly .............Tray 4 rear support roll (2) .....................................7-33..................Locking caster ..............Tray 4 rear cable (2) ......................................................................................................7-67...RIP card cable assembly .....................................................2TM/TTM clutch kit ................................... Tray 3 brake assembly ...........................................................................Dual drive motor assembly ........................Tray support roll (4) ..................HVPS ................................ and -832 40X0657 40X0659 40X0660 40X0661 40X0662 40X0664 40X0673 40X0674 40X0675 40X0676 40X0677 40X0679 40X0683 40X0685 40X0686 40X0687 40X0688 40X0689 40X0690 40X0691 40X0692 40X0693 40X0695 40X0696 40X0697 40X0699 40X0703 40X0704 40X0705 40X0706 40X0707 40X0708 40X0709 40X0710 40X0711 40X0712 40X0713 40X0714 40X0715 40X0716 40X0717 40X0718 40X0719 40X0720 40X0721 40X0722 40X0723 40X0724 40X0727 40X0728 40X0729 40X0730 40X0732 40X0733 40X0734 40X0735 40X0736 40X0755 40X0770 Standard bin full exit 1 actuator kit ........... TTM media tray catch ..................................................Media guide rack and pinion kit ...Tray 4 media guide kit ..............................Tray 4 brake kit ......... Tray 4 front cover .Tray 4 stopper ....- 7-29 7-31 7-31 7-31 7-33 7-33 7-89 7-90 7-90 7-89 7-91 7-92 7-89 7-90 7-88 7-65 7-65 7-65 7-65 7-65 7-73 7-73 7-73 7-77 7-77 7-79 7-65 7-65 7-67 7-69 7-69 7-67 7-67 7-67 7-69 7-67 7-69 7-69 7-67 7-67 7-69 7-69 7-69 7-69 7-69 7-69 7-69 7-71 7-71 7-71 7-71 7-71 7-73 7-77 7-79 7-79 7-79 7-13 7-94 Previous Next Go Back Part number index I-11 ..................................Mylar actuator ......................................................TTM drive gear kit ................Foot cover ............................ Large idler pulley kit .........................Sensor cable kit .....................................MPF pickup spring .........................................................................7-67......HCF hookup connector assembly .Exit interface cable assembly .....................................Switch (TTM media size switch) ..............................................Tray 4 media guide lock kit .........................................................................................Drive belt flange ..TTM tray separator kit ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................Top cover ............7-67......................................... Tray lift shaft assembly ...........................................................................Right cover .................................................Lift cable pulley ...............Tray 3 rear cable (2) .......................................................Tray 3 front cover kit ................................

....7-87 Exit 2 actuator .............................................................7-15 X860de/X862de/X864de Forms + Bar code card ............ and LED cable assembly .....................................................................................7-29 Exit 1 media exit guide kit .............................................................7-37 Scanner left cover .................................7500-432............................................7-67...................................................................................................7-87 Standard bin full exit 2 actuator kit .....7-81 Duplex cable kit ..................................................7-15 MPF feed shaft bushing .7-81 Duplex left door handle kit ... 7-87 Exit 2 left door handle kit ............................................................7-87 Exit 2 pinch roll kit ..............7-83 Hinge pin (2) ...........................................................7-9...................... 7-75 Pick roll drive gear ................................................................................................................. 7-75 Media tray lift one-way shaft ............................................................................................................ 7-75 Pick roll idler gear .... 7-89 Exit 1 static eliminator ............7-15 MPF feed cam gear kit ...........7-29 USB................7-87 Bushing 6 mm .............................7-81 Duplex drive motor kit ........................7-3 Media tray separation pad ...................................................7-37 Scanner top rear cover ..........................7-85 Media diverter gate kit ......... 7-75 MPF feed drive gear kit ...........................7-85 Exit 2 left door support strap ...................................................7-15 MPF pressure pad kit ......................................................................7-25..............7-81 Duplex controller card assembly .........7-9......................... Smart card...............7-81 Duplex left cover ..............................7-87 Media diverter solenoid kit .........................................................7-37...........................7-17 Bushing 8 mm .....................................................................................................................................................................7-9.......................7-9.......................................................7-81 Duplex left door support strap .7-87 Exit 2 docking latch kit ............................7-85 Right cover kit .............................................................. -632...................................7-11 Media tray separation brush .............7-17 PC cartridge interlock switch screw .............................................7-81...........................................................................7-83 Duplex docking lock (2) ........ 7-47 Previous Next Go Back I-12 MFP Service Manual ..................................................7-85.... and -832 40X0780 40X0781 40X0782 40X0783 40X0784 40X0785 40X0786 40X0787 40X0788 40X0789 40X0790 40X0791 40X0792 40X0793 40X0794 40X0795 40X0796 40X0797 40X0798 40X0801 40X0802 40X0803 40X0805 40X0806 40X0807 40X0808 40X0809 40X0880 40X0948 40X0949 40X0952 40X0953 40X0960 40X0965 40X0966 40X0967 40X0968 40X0969 40X0970 40X0971 40X0973 40X0974 40X1374 40X1380 40X1381 40X1382 40X1383 40X1386 40X1387 40X1388 40X1389 40X1390 40X1391 40X1392 40X1527 40X2200 40X2201 40X2205 40X2206 Duplex unit assembly (this comes assembled) ....................................................7-83 Duplex media transport pinch roll kit .........................7-94 MPF pressure pad spring .............................................................7-94 Bushing 6 mm ................................................................7-81 Duplex wait actuator kit ......................................................................7-25 PC cartridge interlock switch kit ....7-37 Scanner right cover ...............................................7-85 Left cover ................7-15 X860de/X862de/X864de IPDS and SCS/TNE card .............7-87 Exit 2 media shift gear ...................7-37 Flatbed scanner unit assembly ....................7-9..........................................................................................................................................................................................................7-87 Exit 2 cooling fan ..........7-81 Duplex lower guide .....................7-11 Media tray lift one-way clutch/gear kit ...... 7-75 TTM tray lift pulley kit ..................7-94 Bushing 6 mm (transport roll rear) ................................................................................... 7-83 Duplex drive gear kit ...7-94 Assorted screw packet ....................................................................................................................................................................................7-83 Duplex media transport roll kit .............................................7-15 MPF feed shaft kit ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 7-75 Assorted E-clip packet .......7-83 Exit 2 unit assembly (this comes assembled) .................................................................................................. 7-69 2TM/TTM retaining screws .................7-17 Transport roll kit ..........7-9...

.....Document tray assembly (this comes assembled) .........Scanner cooling fan ..................................................................................................................................................Scanner PS card assembly ....................................................Scanner drive motor tension spring ......................................................................................................................................................ADF controller card assembly .................7-49.............................................................................................................................Scanner interface cable assembly ...........Small hook/loop strip ....Switch (platen interlock) ..........................ADF interface cable assembly ......Large platen glass .................................................Sensor (document tray width 3) ...........Scanner 1st mirror .......................................................................................................................................Sensor (ADF width APS 3) ...........Card mounting screws .........................................................................................ADF front cover assembly ..............................................................................Small platen glass front retainer ........Small platen glass rear retainer ............................................Mirror retaining clip ..............................................................................................................................Sensor (ADF width APS 1) .................................................................................Scanner filter .........................................Exposure lamp ...........Scanner main cable assembly ....Sensor (document set) .............................................Large platen retainer .........................ADF left cover assembly (this comes assembled) ...................................Document set/sheet through cable assembly .................Inverter lever .............................................Scanner drive belt ....................................................Scanner 2nd/3rd mirror ...................................................ADF rear cover .......ADF mounting screw ..........................Sensor (ADF inverter) ...........................................................................CCD card/lens assembly ...................................................Sensor (ADF pre-registration) .......ADF unit assembly (complete unit) ..........................................................................................................................................7500-432...................................................................................Scanner drive motor assembly ........................................................................ADF feed motor cable assembly .........................................................................................................Solenoid/interlock cable assembly ....................................Large platen glass retainer cover .....................................................................Registration motor cable assembly ....Scanner controller card assembly ........................... Document tray hinge .....................................................................................................................ADF right hinge ...............................................................................................................Sensor (ADF angle) ...Sensor (ADF width APS 2) ..Sensor (document tray width 1) ...................................................................................Sensor (sheet through) ..................ADF angle actuator assembly ...............Sensor (pick roll position HP) ............ and -832 40X2207 40X2208 40X2209 40X2210 40X2211 40X2212 40X2213 40X2214 40X2215 40X2216 40X2217 40X2218 40X2219 40X2220 40X2222 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2223 40X2224 40X2225 40X2226 40X2228 40X2229 40X2231 40X2232 40X2233 40X2234 40X2236 40X2237 40X2238 40X2239 40X2240 40X2242 40X2243 40X2244 40X2245 40X2246 40X2247 40X2248 40X2256 40X2257 40X2258 40X2259 40X2260 40X2262 40X2264 40X2265 40X2266 40X2267 Scanner PS cable assembly ..........................................................................................................................................................Left cover hinge retainer ....................................................................Exposure lamp PS ribbon cable ....................................................................- 7-37 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-39 7-37 7-41 7-41 7-41 7-57 7-57 7-57 7-57 7-57 7-59 7-63 7-63 7-63 7-55 7-41 7-61 7-41 7-41 7-43 7-43 7-43 7-43 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-47 7-47 7-47 7-63 7-49 7-49 7-49 7-49 7-51 7-51 7-53 7-51 7-51 7-51 7-51 7-53 7-53 7-53 7-53 7-53 Previous Next Go Back Part number index I-13 ......................................Large hook/loop strip ....................................... -632..........................................................................Sensor (Scanner HP) ...........ADF left hinge ...................................................CCD ribbon cable assembly ........................Platen cushion .....................Small platen glass ..............................................Sensor (document tray width 2) .................

.. -632.............................................................7-63 Spring ............................................................7-33 Printhead cable assembly ...................................................................................................................7-33 Universal LVPS card assembly .............................7-57 Inverter gate ..........................7-57 ADF main feed cable assembly ............................7-57 Actuator/media guide assembly (this comes assembled) ...............................................................................................................................7-3 Left upper cover ................................................................................7-3 Rear interior cover .....7-55 Document set front stop ..........................................................................................................................................7-88 Sensor (platen length APS 1) ........7-53 Registration main drive belt .........7-31 LVPS cooling fan ..7-61 Tension spring ............7-55 Media scan guide .......7-55 Plastic ring clip kit ......7-53 Inverter solenoid assembly .................................................................................................................................................7-53 ADF left cover handle ...................................7-53 Document set LED .....7-59 ADF feed-out roll assembly . 7-90 AC drive card assembly 110 V .............................................................................................................7-55 Sheet through actuator ...............................7-53 ADF feed motor assembly (this comes complete) .....7-63 Sensor (document tray length 2) ..............................7-57 Plastic ring clip 6 mm ...7-59 Bearing 8 mm .....................................7-5 Controller box side cover ................7-5 Rear motor cover .........................7-59 Previous Next Go Back I-14 MFP Service Manual .................7-33 Printer engine card assembly X860e .............................................7-91 Multi connector cable assembly 3 .......................................................................................................................................................................................7-55 Left cover pinch roll assembly (this comes assembled) ......................................................7-5 GFI label ................7-33 AC power input socket kit ..........................................................7-51...................................................7-57 ADF registration motor .....................................7-3 Rear corner cover .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................7-5 Controller box lower cover ............................................................................................................ 7-90 Main switch cable assembly ..7-55 Pick roll position cable assembly ...............7-55 ADF feed/pick roll assembly (this comes assembled) ........7-5 Rear lower cap cover .......7-61 ADF feed motor assembly (this comes assembled) .7-33 AC drive card assembly 220 V ........................7-57 Media scan guide spring ...........................................7-31 MPF/transport drive gear 19/29T ..............7-41 Left cover media guide ...................... 7-55 ADF registration roll assembly ...................................................................................................7-59 ADF transport roll assembly ..............7-3 Front interior cover ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................7-5 Rear Upper cover .......................................................7-41 Sensor (platen length APS 2) ...................7-5 MPF/transport drive motor assembly ......7-53 Separation roll guide assembly (this comes assembled) ...........................................................7-5 Rear RIP card cover .................................. and -832 40X2269 40X2270 40X2271 40X2272 40X2273 40X2274 40X2275 40X2276 40X2277 40X2278 40X2279 40X2280 40X2283 40X2286 40X2288 40X2289 40X2290 40X2291 40X2291 40X2294 40X2295 40X2296 40X2297 40X2299 40X2300 40X2301 40X2302 40X2303 40X2304 40X2305 40X2306 40X2309 40X2310 40X2311 40X2312 40X2313 40X2314 40X2315 40X2316 40X2317 40X2318 40X2319 40X2320 40X2320 40X2321 40X2323 40X2324 40X2325 40X2326 40X2327 40X2327 40X2328 40X2328 40X2330 40X2333 40X2334 40X2335 40X2336 40X2337 Stud screw ............7-33..................7-59 ADF exit roll assembly .....................................................7-55 Pick roll position motor assembly ..................................................................................7-55 Switch (ADF left cover interlock) ......................7500-432...................7-55 Document set actuator .............................................7-61 Sensor (document